
Glass 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



THE D OCHER-OTTO FRENCH COURSE 
■ f ' ■ 

FRENCH 

Conversation-Grammar 



BY 

DR. EMIL OTTO 



REVISED BY 

FERDINAND BOCHER 

Instructor in French at Harvard University 



NEW EDITION, ENLARGED BY FULL VOCABULARIES 



L. PYLODET (.4 




NEW YORK 
HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 

F. W. CIIIUSTERX 
BOSTON: SCIIOXHOP & MOLLER 






-:> 



in 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S64, by 

S. R. URBINO, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 



Copyright, 1ST5, by 
HENRY HOLT. 



John F. Trow & Son, 

STEREOTYPERS AND PRINTERS, 

205-213 East intk St., 

NEW YORT, 



PREFACE 



The first edition of Dr. Emile Otto's " French 
Conversation Grammar " appeared at Heidelberg in 
1859. A second edition was issued in 1863, upon 
which this first American edition is based. The pres- 
ent editor has not hesitated in making such changes 
as he deemed proper in the body of the work, abandon- 
ing, among other things, the names of the Latin cases, 
genitive, dative, etc., which, although they may be of 
help to the German student, can only confuse the Amer- 
ican learner. The names of the tenses have also been 
changed, and, it is hoped, simplified. A few lessons 
have been added to Part I., and the chapter upon the 
Past Participle has been re-written. The preliminary 
lesson upon Pronunciation i3 also entirely new, and an 
English and French Vocabulary of the words that 
occur in the Themes has been added. 

Boston, August, 1884. 



CONTENTS. 



PRONUNCIATION. 



Pacb. 



Tlic Alphabet 

Division of Syllables ^ 

Syllabic Accent, or Stress 1A 

Accents — Orthographic Marks « 

Simple Vowels j- 

Compound Vowels j« 

Diphthongs ,0 

Nasal Vowis 1(J 

Consonants.— General Rules o^ 

Consonants. — Special Rules ( q.? 

Linking of Final Consonants oq 

Observations on E mute 2(J 



J?A.I£T I. 

Lesson. _ 

I. The Article "^ 

II. Formation of the Plural 30 

III. Case— A— BE. 33 

IV. Prepositions Qg 

V. The Partitive Article 39 

VI. Further use of de .< > 

VII. Proper Nouns ^ 

VIIL Conjugation of avoir, to have — affirmatively 43 

IX. Idiomatic use of avoir 5! 

X. Conjugation of etre, to be — affirmatively 01 

XI. Negations. — The Negative and Interrogative forms of the Aux- 
iliaries ~ 7 

IX 



X CONTENTS. 



Lsosoh. 



f*ar. 



XII. Demonstrative and Interrogative Adjectives 

XIII. Possessive Adjectives 64 

XIV. Cardinal Numbers 67 

XV. Ordinal Numbers 71 

XVI. Indefinite Adjectives 75 

XVII. Adjectives. — Formation of the feminine and of the plural .... 78 

XVIII. The place of Adjectives 82 

XIX. Degrees of Comparison 8A 

XX. Regular Verbs. — First Conjugation. — Bonner 88 

Reading Lesson : Le chameau et le chat 95 

XXI. Remarks on the Orthography of some Verbs of the First Conjuga- 
tion 9G 

XXII. Second Conjugation : Finir » 100 

Reading Lesson : Le Moineau et ses Fetits 104 

XXIII. Third Conjugation : Vendre 105 

Reading Lesson: Le roi de Perse 110 

XXIV. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns 110 

Reading Lesson: Le Rosier 113 

XXV. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns 114 

Reading Lesson : Suite du Rosier 118 

XXVI. Demonstrative Pronouns 119 

XXVII. Interrogative Pronouns 122 

XXVIII. Possessive and Relative Pronouns 125 

XXIX. Indefinite Pronouns . 129 

Reading Lesson: Puissance de la Concorde 132 

XXX. Passive and Neuter Verbs 133 

XXXI. Reflective Verbs 138 

Reading Lesson : Lc Sansonnet 144 

XXXII. Impersonal Verbs 145 

Reading Lesson : Productions de divers climats 150 

XXXIII. Formation of Adverbs 151 

XXXIV. Adverbs of Place and of Time 155 

XXXV. Adverbs of Number, of Quality, of Negation, etc 153 

XXXVI. Conjunctions 162 

Reading Lesson : Lafitte 166 

XXXVII. Conjunctive Phrases . 167 

XXXVIII. Irregular Verbs.— First Class 170 

XXXIX. Irregular Verbs. — First Class continued 174 

XL. Irregular Verbs. — First Class continued , . . 177 

XLI. Irregular Verbs. — First Class continued , . 180 



CONTENTS. XI 

LBftOH. PaOI. 

XLII. Irregular Vert/3. — Second Class 

XLIII. Irregular Verbs.— Third Class 1S3 

XLIV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued l^-'j 

XLV. Irregular Verbs. — Third Class continued 194 

XLVI. Defective Verbs 197 

Alphabetical List of Irregular and Defective Verbs 199 

XL VII. How to render do, did, shall, will, etc 201 

Supplementary Tenses , 203 



PART II. 

Elision 205 

I. On the Gender of Substantives 206 

II. Plural of Nouns 214 

Reading Lesson: Le Castor 210 

HJ. Use of the Article 218 

Reading Lesson : Demosthene 226 

TV. Special use of de and & 228 

V. Peculiarities in the use of names of Countries, Towns, etc. . . . 235 

Reading Lesson: Charles XII 233 

VI. Possessive Adjectives 239 

Reading Lesson : Eudamidas . . . „ . , 242 

VII. Numerals 244 

VIII. Adjectives 240 

Reading Lesson: L'elephant 2o3 

IX. 1. Personal Pronouns 255 

2. Particular use of en and y 258 

3. The supplying Pronouns le, la, les 200 

Reading Lesson : L'elephant (continuation) 262 

X. Interrogative Pronouns 2G3 

Reading Lesson : Scrvilius se defend devant le pcuple 206 

XI. Relative Pronouns 207 

Reading Lesson : Suite de " Scrvilius," 272 

XII. Indefinite Pronouns 271 

XILT. Indefinite Pronouns, continued 278 

XIV. Adverbs 284 

Reading Lesson : Lc Connetable dc Bourbon et Bayard 288 



XII CONTENTS. 

LESSOR. FfcSB. 

XV. Syntax of Negations 289 

Reading Lesson: Le Conndtablc de Bouibon et Bayard. (Suite) . 295 

XVI. Remarks on some Prepositions 293 

XVH Different uses of the Conjunction que 307 

Reading Lesson: Le Connetable de Bourbon et Bayard. (Fin) . 311 

XVIII. Use of tbe Tenses of the Indicative 313 

Reading Lesson: Alexandre Selkirk 321 

XIX. The Subjunctive Mood 325 

Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk. (Suite) 338 

XX. The Infinitive 338 

" " preceded by de . 342 

" " preceded by a 347 

" " preceded by other Prepositions 354 

Reading Lesson : Alexandre Selkirk. (Suite) 355 

XXI. The Present Participle 357 

Reading Lesson: Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 360 

XXII. The Past Participle 363 

XXIII. The Participle Absolute 367 

Reading Lesson : Gesler conduit Tell a Kusnach 369 

XXIV. Government of Verbs 371 

XXV. Idiomatical Expressions 380 

English Vocabulary of the Words that ocour in the Themes .885 



FRENCH GRAMMAR 



PRONUNCIATION. 



THE ALPHABET. 

1. The written French alphabet is the same as the English, w 
and k are found only in words borrowed from other languages. 

The names of the letters are given below in the French spelling as they 
are of little or no value to the beginner. In the new names the e in be, ke, 
dp., gue, etc., is only sounded enough to allow the utterance of the consonant 
that precedes it, as in glo&e, cafe, ma.de, fatigue ; j is sounded as s in pleasure. 
The vowels have their normal French sounds. — W when spoken of is' 
called double V. 



OLD NAMES. NEW NAMES. 



A 


a 


a 


a 


N 


n 


enne 


no 


B 


b 


be 


be 














C 


c 


c^ 


ke (se) 


P 


P 


pe 


pe 


D 


d 


de 


de 


Q 


q 


fk>) 


ke _ 


E 


e 


c 


e 


ft 


r 


erre 


re 


F 


f 


efie 


fe 


s 


s 


esse 


se (ze) 


— .0 


g 


& 


gue(je) 5 ^ 
he \vY* 


T 


t 


te 


te 


H 


h 


ache 


► U 


u 


!^i 


u 


I 


i 
j 


i 


1 (*jO 


V 
X 


V 
X 


ve 
ics 


vo 

kse 


K 


k 


ka 


ke 


Y 


y 


i greo 


i 


L 


1 


elle 


le 


z 


z 


zede 


ze 


. M 


m 


emme 


me 








~*r 



vV 



OLD NAMES. NEW NAME3. 



13 



14 PKONUNCIATION. 



DIVISION OF SYLLABLES. 

2. Words are generally divided as in English; but whenever it 
is possible a syllable must begin with a consonant. Hence, verbal 
and other terminations beginning with a vowel must be joinad to the 
consonant that precedes ; thus ai-mer, but ai-me-rai ; chan-ter. 
chan-te-rai, chan-te-rons. 

As to x equal to gs, cs, its compound nature prevents its separation from 
the vowel that precedes : hence the following division ex-em-ple. 

In writing, silent h apparently begins a syllable, as in in-he'-rent ; but in 
the spoken syllables, silent h has no value whatever ; and a consonant be- 
tween a vowel and a silent h is separated from that vowel in the spoken 
though not in the written language ; hence the following divisions. 

Written. Pronounced. 

in-hu-main i-nhu-main 

in-ha-bi-le i-nha-bile 

in-he-rent i-nhe-rent 

bon-heur bo-nheur 

If these words were pronounced according to the written divisions, they 
would begin with a nasal sound ; but they do not. (See Nasal vowels, 37.) 



SYLLABIC ACCENT, OE STRESS. 

As compared with English, Trench is generally said to have no syllabic 
accent. Such a stress of voice as is heard in the words ac'cent and accent? 
does not occur in French ; but the following rule explains the uniformity 
of the English accent on the last syllable in words newly introduced from 
the Erench, such as barouche, surtout, machine, fatigue, etc. 

3. In French each syllable of a word must be pronounced 
smoothly, the voice resting upon the last, unless it ends in e mute, 
in which .case the syllable before the last is slightly accented. Ex, 
constitution, indubitable. 



ACCENTS — SIMPLE VOWELS. 15 



ACCENTS, — ORTHOGRAPHIC MARKS. 

4. Three orthographic marks, the acute ('), the grave Q, and 
the circumflex ( A ),*have received the name of accents. 

These marks never affect a syllable ; they can only modify the sound of 
b vowel over which they are placed. Sometimes they have a mere ortho- 
graphic value. They must never be neglected in writing. 

5. The acute (0 is used only over the vowel e (e), which then 
has the sound of a in date. Ex. eti t donne. 

6. The Grave Q) or open accent is used principally over e (e), 
which then has the sound of e in ebb or of e in there. Ex.feve, 
fere. Over a and u it is only used to distinguish words otherwise 
similarly spelled, and docs not affect the pronunciation. Ex. la, 
the ; la, there ; a, has ; a, to ; ou, or; ou, where. 

7. The Circumflex ( a ) is used over all the vowels, which are 

then long. Ex. age, cote, sur. 

The circumflex denotes that a contraction has taken place ; thus age and 
sur were formerly spelled aage and seur. Often an s has been dropped in 
modern French which still remains in the English word taken from the old 
French. Ex. ile, isle ; hate, haste ; forct, forest ; tempote, tempest. 

8. The Cedilla is placed under the c (c) when it has the sound 
of s before a, 0, u. Ex. fagade, gargon, regu. 

9. The Dlzeresis (" Trema) is used over e, i, and u ; in which 
case these letters do not coalesce with the preceding vowel, but be- 
gin a new syllable. Ex. hair, Noel, aigue, are pronounced ha-ir, 
No-el, ai-gu-e, (the last e is silent.) 



SIMPLE VOWELS. 

A. 4- 

10. A long has the sound of a in far. Ex. ame, soul; pate, 
paste ; cas, case. 

11 Short a differs from long a principally in quantity. It has 



16 PKONUNCIATION. 

the sound of a in the Interjection ha ! pronounced quick. Ex. la, 
the; patte, paw. 
A is silent in Saone, taon, aofit, aoriste, Curacao. 

E. 

12. E unaccented, when it ends a syllable in the middle of a 
^ word, and in the monosyllables ce, de,je, le, me, ne, que, se and te, 
has the indistinct sound of e in Batt0y. Ex. lever, to raise; re- 
gard, look. 

IS. E unaccented final is mute. Ex. table, table. 

14. E with an acute accent (e) has the sound of a im&hite. Ex. 
ete, summer ; donnd, given. 

E unaccented takes the sound of € (a in date) before final d, r, z, mute, 
also at the beginning of a "word before a double consonant. Ex. pied, foot ; 
donner, to give ; assez, enough ; effet, effect ; et, and, is always pronounced <?. 

15. E with the grave (e) or with the circumflex accent (e) is 
more or less open, varying between e in ebb, and e in where. Ex. 
reve, dream; pere, father ; foret, forest ; apres, after. 

E unaccented takes the sound of e (e in ebb) when preceding c,f, I, r, s, t, 
or x in the same syllable and in the middle of a word before any double 
consonant. Before r, the sound is more open than before the other letters. 
Ex. fer, iron; dessert, dessert; terre, earth; tendresse, tenderness ; sonnette, 
bell ; chef, chief; mes, my ; est, is ; esprit, spirit. In the last words the e is 
pronounced by many persons veiy nearly like € especially in rapid conver- 
sation. Even e often loses its broad, long sound. 

16. E takes the sound of French a in femme, solennel, i?idemniser, 
and in all adverbial terminations in emment. 

17. E is silent between g and a or o. Ex. pigeon, pigeon ; 
mangeons, (we) eat; mangeant, eating. In these words the e 
merely serves to prevent g from having the hard sound of g in go. 

For further observations on e mute, see page 26. 

I. 
-^ 18. I has only one sound, that of i in machine ; — long in vie, 
life ; rire, to laugh;— short in Qm, finished; ici, here. 



SIMPLE VOWELS. 17 

o. 

19. 0, when long, lias the sound of o in rose. Ex. cotd, side } 
close dose. 

20. short has a sound between the o in rob and the u in rub. 
Ex. Koine, robe, mode. 

21. O before final re or r and a final consonant has the sound of 
o in lord. Ex. aurore, dawn ; alors, *Ae?i ; bord, border. 

O is silent in Laon, paon, and faon. 

u. 

22. French u has no equivalent in English. To acquire the 
sound, place the lips as if about to whistle, leaving the aperture very 
small; keeping the lips in this position try to utter e as in me. 
Ex. murmure, murmur. 

U may be long as in raur, ripe ; or short as in vcrtu, virtue. 

23. U is silent after q and between g and e or i. Ex. guide, 
guide; question, question; quatre, four; fatigue, fatigue. 

& /\ s 

Exceptions. — U is sounded when the vowel after it is marked with the 
diaeresis, as aigue, acute ; also in arguer, to argue ; aiguille, needle ; aiguiser, 
to sharpen; etc. Qu is sounded as in English in a few words directly de- 
rived from the Latin. These words are alike or nearly alike in French and 
English. Ex. equateur, equation, quadrupede, etc. In equitation, 
ubiquite, and a few other words, u retains the proper French sound. 



y. 

24. Y, initial, or between two consonants, has the sound of 
French i. Ex. style, style; y, there. 

25. Y between two vowels is equivalent to ii, the first i forming 
a diphthong with the preceding, the second with the following vow- 
el. Thus, essayer, to try; royal, royal; appuyer, to lean; are 
pronounced as if written essai-ier, roi-ial, appui-ier. (See ai and 
oi.) 

In pays, country ; paysage, landscape; paysan, peasant ; ay is equivalent 
to ai-i. 

2 



SL 



18 PRONUNCIATION. 

COMPOUND VOWELS. 
AI and EI (ay). 

26. Ai and ei are equivalent sometimes to e, sometimes to & 
Ai final is always like e ; in other cases it takes the sound of e, — 
whenever e unaccented would have that sound. (See under E.) 
Ex. reine, queen; j'aimai, I loved ; j'avais, Iliad; kit, milk. 

Ay, followed by a vowel, is equivalent to ai-i. Ex. rayer. 

Ai in the present participle of the verb /aire and in the corresponding 
syllables of all the forms derived from it, has the indistinct sound of e in 
battery. Ex. faisant, je faisais, tu faisais, il faisait, je defaisais, bienfaisant, 
etc. These forms were all written formerly as they are pronounced : fesant, 
je dejesais, etc.; compare the future of the same verb, which is jeferai and 
not fairai. 

AU. 

27. Au and eau sound like o in note. Ex. haut, high ; beau, 
handsome. 

EU (EU, (ce.) 

28. Eu (ceu) has no exact equivalent in English ; it is some- 
what like the u in fur. It is longer in jeune, fast, peur, fear, 
coeur, heart, than in jeune, young, feu, fire, and oeuf, egg. 

OE has the sound of eu before liquid I, — as in ceil, eye. 

Eu, whenever it occurs in the conjugation of the verb avoir, to have, has 
the sound of simple Erench u, so that J'eus, tu eus, il eut, etc., must be pro- 
nounced as if written j'us, tu us, il ut, etc. 

OU. 

29. Ou has the sound of oo in poor. It is long in roue, wheel ,- 
boule, ball; short in mou, soft; cou, neck. 



DIPHTHONGS. 

30. The vowels i, u, ou, o, preceding a rowel sound, may co- 
alesce with it and produce a diphthong. 
These vowel sounds (i, u, ou, o,) are the only ones that can be initial in 



NASAL VOWELS. 19 

a true diphthong ; i- e. one in which tivo vowels are heard but coalesce into 
one syllable. 

31. In French diphthongs the first vowel (t, a, o\i, o) is uttered 
quick anl short and the voice rests upon the second vowel element 
The dipthongal combinations are : i-a, i-e (i-ai), — i-o (i-aii), i-cu, 
iou, — o-a, o-e, o-i (wa), — ou-a, ou-ai, ou-e, ou-i, — u-a, u-e, ui. 
The e in these combinations is not the e mute. 

By paying attention to the above remark the diphthongs present no dif- 
ficulty, as each vowel retains its proper sound, the first being very short ; oi 
is the only exception. 

OI. (oy.) 

32. Oi is nearly like wa in water ; more accurately oi is equiva- 
lent to French a preceded by a w sound. The a (ah) is more pro- 
longed in voir, to see ; poire, pear ; than in roi, king ; moi, me. 

Oy, followed by a vowel, is equivalent to oi-i. Ex. royal. 



NASAL VOWELS. 

33. M and N, following a vowel in the samo syllable, lose 
their power as consonants, and form with that vowel a nasal sound 
which is in every respect a vowel. 

34. The nasals form four groups, viz.: — 

A. E, AI. O. EU. 

an, am. ain, aim. on, om. tun. 

en, em. in, im. (ym.) un, urn. 

To acquire these sounds the organs of speech should be kept in the same 
position as they arc in uttering the simple vowel that is to be nasalized ; tho 
back part of the tongue being raised enough to close the passage between 
the mouth and the nose. The same is done in English in such words as 
anger, ink, want ; but in English the nasal sound is not detached from the 
next consonant, while in French it is. No 771 or n consonant sound must 
be heard. To avoid this, the tip of the tongue must be kept motionless 
and the lips disposed to articulate a vowel. French a, thus uttered, will 
give an; — e (ai), Cnot i in machine) gives in (nin) ; — gives on ; — eu 
(not French u) gives un (eun). 



20 PRONUNCIATION. 

The nasal sounds may coalesce with a previous i, u, ou, or o, and 
form a nasal diphthong, to which all that has been said of the other 
diphthongs is applicable. 

85. The following list presents the nasal combinations. 

K". B. The English equivalents of the Erench nasal rowels are all neces- 
sarily imperfect, as no consonant m or n must be heard in the Erench sound 
they are meant to explain. 

an 1 [ dans, lance, manger, vanter. 

am I an in J camp, ambre, ample, lampe. 

en I vfant j en, enfant, mentir, dent. 

em J [temps, empire, membre, trembler. 

ian *) is equivalent to ( viande. 

ien j i-an \ patient. (See special rule for ten.) 

in 1 f pin, crin, vin, rincer. 

im impie, importe, imposer, imbu. 

ym I an in J thym, nymphe, symphonic 

ain [ anger j sain, bain, saint, crainte. 

aim faim, essaim, daim. 

em J [sein, peindre r feindre, ceinturo. 

ien is equivalent to i-in, rien. (See special rule for ien.) 

oin " " " w-in, foin, coin, point, moins. 

on ) on in , non, conte, chanson, ronde. 

om ) song Inom, comte, plomb, compris. 

ion is equivalent to i-on, action, passion, question. 

un ") no equivalent fun, brun, tribun, chacun. 

urn >in English, French < parfum, humble. 

cun ) eu nasal. ( a jeun. 

The nasal diphthongs tan, ion, are the simple sounds an, on, 
preceded by a short French i ; oin is in preceded by a w sound. 
All other combinations may be decomposed in the same manner, as 
ou-in, ou-en, etc. 

36. Ien final, and in verbs in enir, is equivalent to i-in or yin, 
(ijan in yankee). Ex. chien, Men, viendrai, tiendront ; in other 
cases, when followed by a consonant (not n) , it is equivalent to i-an 
(yari) nasal. Ex. science, audience, patient, and all words in 
lent 



CONSONANTS. 2! 

Remark. In compound words, as bientot, chiendent, ten retains the sound 
of the primitive words lien, (Men. 

37. M and N are not nasal when double or when between two 
vowels or a vowel and a silent h. Ex. annee, innocent, homme, 
une, inoui', inutile, inhuraain. 

Exceptions. The nasal sound is heard in ennui and its derivatives; in 
fjnmener and all words beginning in emm ; in enivrcr and enorgueiUir. 

38. Ent in the third person plural of verbs is silent. Ex. ils 
aiment, they love ; ils unirent, etc. In other cases ent final 13 
equivalent to nasal an. Ex. content, contented ; president, presi- 
dent ; — while in the verbs, ils content, they relate, ils president, 
they preside, ent is silent. 

39. En and em in a few foreign names have the sound of in, 
nasal. Ex. Benjamin, Memphis. Em final, and sometimes am 
and im in foreign proper names, are not nasal. Ex. Jerusalem, 
Abraham, Sclim. Urn in words that still preserve their Latin form 
is not nasal, u having the sound of o. Ex. album, triumvir. In 
many other foreign words m and n final are not nasal. 'Es..Eden. 
Hymen, amen, etc. 

CONSONANTS 

GENERAL RULES. 

40. Final consonants arc silent except c, f, I, r. Ex. ctait 
apres, croix, pronounced as if written eiai, apre, croi. 

Remark. "When several consonants occur at the end of a word with no 
vowel after them, they arc all silent, except c, f, I, r. Ex. est,faits, ils, 
dards, pronounced as if written e,fai, il, dar. 

Exceptions. In foreign proper names the final consonant is generally 
sounded. Ex. Brutus, Job. 

41. A double consonant is pronounced as one letter. Ex. abbe, 
frapper, pronounced as if written a-he, fra-per. 

42. B, c, d, f, 1, m, n, p, Cp n >) °1» v » an( ^ z arG pronounced as 
in English. 



22 PRONUNCIATION. 

Exceptions to the above general rules will be given under the various let- 
ters. 

43. In English, consonants in the middle or at the beginning of 
words are often silent, as p and / in psalm ; g in phlegm ; I in calm. 
In French, consonants in a like position retain their proper sound. 
Thus in psaume, Jlegme, calme, the p } the g, and the / are fully 
sounded. 

SPECIAL RULES. 

B final is pronounced in radoub, rumb. 

C has the sound of g in second and its derivatives. 

44. C is pronounced as c infagade. Ex. gargon, legem, 

45. Ch has the sound of ch in machine. Ex. chaise, chercher. 

Ch in many -words derived from the Greek and in several proper names 
has the sound of k. Ex. chaos, choeur, Michel-Ange. But ch has the sound 
of sh in Achille, patriarche, archeveque. It is silent in ahnanach. 

Cc before e, i, and y is equivalent to Jc-s. Ex. acces, accident. 

C final is silent after n. Ex. banc. It is silent in accroc, broc, clerc, 
estomac, lacs, tabac. 

D final is heard in sv.d. 

Dd. Two d's are heard when ad precedes a syllable beginning with a d. 
Ex. addition. 

F final is silent in clef, chef-d'oeuvre, bosufs, oeufs ; though sounded in chef, 
besuf, ceuf F is silent in neuf nine, only when the next word begins with a 
consonant, before a vowel it has the sound of v. Ex. neuf homines. 

G before a, o, u, sounds like g in game. Ex. gargon. 

46. G before e, i, and y, sounds like s in pleasure. Ex. genre, 
gibet, general. 

47. Gn has a liquid sound something like ni in union. Ex, 
agneau, magnifique. This sound is produced with the body, not 
with the tip of the tongue against the roof of the mouth. 

G is hard before n at the beginning of a word. Ex. gnomon ; also in stag- 
nant, inexpugnable, and in several words in eg and ig that seldom occur. 

Gg. Two g*s are heard in suggfter : the first hard, the last like s in 
pleasure. 

G final is sounded injow. 



CONSONANTS. 



23 



48. H is said to be mute or aspirate. When mute it is entirely 
disregarded in pronunciation, and the vowel that conies after it is 
pronounced with the preceding consonant, or causes the preceding 
vowel to be elided as if no letter intervened. Ex. Thommc, deux 
habits. 

49. When h is aspirated no real aspiration is heard as in Eng- 
lish j but the vowel that comes after it is pronounced strongly. II 
aspirate prevents linking and elision. Ex. le heros, deux heros. 

50. There are about 300 words beginning with h aspirate. 
These comprise many marine terms, foreign words, and the words in 
the following list, and their derivatives. 

Remark. The derivatives ofhe'ros — heroine, he'roique, heroism, — are not as- 
pirated. But hableur,hai?ie, hausser, etc., follow tlic andlogy of their prim- 
itive hablcr, hair, haut, which alone are given in the list. V 



hablcr 


hamcau 


hargneux 


hennir 


hache 


hanche 


haricot 


Henri 


hagard 


hangar 


haridelle 


heraut 


haie 


hanneton 


harnais 


he'risson 


hail Ions 


hantcr 


harpe 


he'risser 


hair 


harangue 


harpie 


heron 


haire 


haras 


hasard 


heros 


hale 


harasser 


hate 


herse 


halle 


harceler 


haut 


heurter 


hallebardo 


hardes 


have 


hibou 


hallier 


hardi 


havre 


hideux 


halte 


hareng 


havresac 


hierarchie 


hornard 


houblon 


houx 


humer 


honte 


houillo 


huche 


huppe 


horde 


houlette 


hue'e 


hure 


hors 


houppe 


huguenot 


hurler 


hotte 


housse 


huit 


hussard 



51. J is pronounced like s in pleasure; it is never silent nor 
double. Ex. dejcl, joujou. 

L when not liquid sounds as in English. Ex. livre. 

52. IU not initial, and il final, have a liquid sound somewhat like 
// in William, brilliant. This sound, still prevalent in the southern 



24 PRONUNCIATION. 

and central parts of France, has been softened down to nearly a y 
in the north and especially in Paris, so that there, ill in tailleur is 
scarcely more audible than * in paten. Ex. file, famille, gentille, 

53. The vowel that precedes liquid ill or il, retains its proper 
sound and does not coalesce with the i ; ue and <z are then equivalent 
to eu. Ex. muraille, patrouille, orgueil, ceil. 

54. Ill is not liquid, that is, I retains its proper sound, in words 
that begin with il. Ex. illustre, illisiUe ; also in rnille, ville, tran- 
quiHe, pupille, Achille, osciller, vaciller, etc. 

Jl is not liquid in mil, jil, civil, profil. 

L final is silent in haril, ckenil, coutil, fournil, fusil, gril, gentil, soiircil, per- 
sil, outil. It is also silent in soul, pouls, fils, and in the terminations auld. 
ault, ould, oult. 

M and N, when not nasal, are pronounced as in English. Ex. manier. 

M is silent in damner, automne, and their derivatives. 

P is silent in bapieme, sept, compte, dompter, exempter, sculpter. 

Q is always followed by u except in coq and cinq, when it sounds like k. 
("For qu see u, 23.J In cinq before a consonant it is silent. 

55. E is rolled, but with less force at the end than at the begin 
ning of a syllable. Ex. grand, sceur ; rr and rh are generally pro- 
nounced with more force than r alone. Ex. arriver, rhame. 

In the future and conditional of the verbs acquerir, to acquire, courir, to 
run, mourir, to die, the two r's must be distinctly heard to distinguish 
them from other forms that have but one r. Thus nous courrons, vous 
acquerrez, ils mourraient, must not be pronounced like nous courons, vous 
acqu€rez, ilts mouraient. 

E final is generally pronounced, but final er is equivalent to €. Ex. 
parler, aimer. In monosyllables in er the r is sounded. Ex.^er, char, met. 
It is also sounded in amer, enfer,hier, hiver, and in a few words of foreign 
origin, as magister, etc. R is silent in monsieur. 

56. S is generally sounded as m English; but in words ending 
ismc, asme, etc., it has not the sound of z. Ex. prisyne, miasme. 

57. S between two vowels has the sound of z. Ex. rose, base, 
vase. 

S has also the sound of z m words compounded with the Latin preposi- 



CONSONANTS. 25 

tion trans, followed by a rowel. Ex. transit if, transition. It has the same 
sound before b, d, v, and after I. Ex. presbytere, svelte, balsamique. 

As s initial has the hissing sound as in English, — when a word beginning 
with an s takes a prefix, the s, though between two vowels, retains its hiss- 
ing sound. Ex. vraisemblable Ccompoundcd of vrai and semblable), mor,o* 
sj/llabe. 

Sch is generally pronounced like sh. Ex. schisme. It has the sound of 
sJc in a few -words. 

S final is sounded in words that have been taken from Greek and Latin 
without any change of orthography. Ex. atlas, bhcus, gratis, etc. S is 
also sounded in cens, eii-sus, mais, mozurs, vis, Ixheims, fds, sens (in some of 
its meanings), lis (not in fleur-de-lis), tous (when used without a noun). 

T is generally sounded as in English. 

58. In words corresponding in form to those in which t has in 
English an sh sound, it has in French the sound of ss. This occurs 
in tied, tiel,tier, tion, not initial or preceded by x or s. Ex. partial, 
essenticl, inuier, nation. But bestial, bastion, mixtion, have the 
pure t sound. 

59. T has also the sound of s in words in tie, that have in Eng- 
lish cy, or tia, in which t sounds like sh. Ex. prophetie, democra- 
tic, minutie, initier, — also in balbutier. In other words in tie 
and tier, t retains the proper sound. Ex. moitie, metier. 

Tli is never pronounced as in English, but always like t alone, as paths 
tique. 

T final is heard in brut, chut, correct, dot, direct, deficit, fat, exact, net, sus- 
pect, strict. In sept and huit, t is silent only when they precede a noun com- 
mencing with a consonant. Ex. huit gar cons. In Christ, s and t are both 
pronounced; but in Je'sus-Christ they are both silent. In vingt, f is pro- 
nounced only in the scries between 20 and 30. Ex. vingt-cinq. 

X has the sound of gs in words beginning with x or ex before a vowel or 
an h mute. Ex. Xavier, exit, exhumer. 

In a few proper names x has the sound of ss. Ex. Bruxelles, Auxerre; it 
ha3 also this sound in soixante, — and in six and dix when standing alono. 
In dix-huit and dix-neuf x sounds like z. 

X in other cases has the sound of ks. Ex. luxe, Aix-la-Chapelle. 

Z is pronounced in gaz. When final in proper names it has the 
sound of s. Ex. Metz, Suez, etc. 



26 PRONUNCIATION. 



LINKING OF FINAL CONSONANTS. 

60. The final consonant of a word, closely connected in sense 
with the next word beginning with a vowel or silent h must general- 
ly he carried over. In that case s and x are sounded like, z ; d like 
t, and g (seldom linked) like 1c. Ex. un grand homme, vous avez. 
Us ont, aux armes. 

No general rule can be given embracing all the cases in which a final con- 
sonant must be thus linked. In poetry and in impressive reading, the link- 
ing must be made in many cases where it would sound unnatural and af- 
fected in daily conversation. It may be stated in general terms that the 
more closely connected the words are in sense, the more imperative it is to 
link them together in pronunciation. Certain words, such as et, riz, clef, 
plomb, hup, etc., can never be linked. Words ending in a nasal sound are 
seldom linked, except short words that recur frequently, such as on, en, un, 
mon, ton, son, Men, bon, etc. When a nasal n is linked, either the nasal 
sound is heard and an additional n pronounced before the next vowel, or 
the nasal is dropped altogether, thus un homme, on a, as if written un 
nhomme, on na; or u-nhomme, o-na. In rapid speech the nasal sound almost 
always disappears ; many omit it altogether. In some combinations, such 
as bon homme, bien heureux, it is never heard. 



f 



OBSERVATIONS ON E MUTE. 



We have seen that e unaccented when final is mute, and that in the words 
ce, de, je, le, me, ne, que, se and te, and when it terminates a syllable not 
final, it has the indistinct sound of e in battery. In rapid utterance, however, 
even this feeble sound is not heard whenever the articulation connected with it 
can be distinctly uttered without it. 

Hence the following rule : — 

61. E unaccented ending a syllable is silent whenever the con« 
sonant before it can be pronounced either with a vowel that precedes 
or one that comes after it in the next syllable or word. 

Practice and oral teaching only can make this law of euphony perfectly 
clear. In the following examples the e's printed in italics are not pro- 
nounced. ' 



OBSERVATIONS, ETC. 



27 



Voilk \e shemin de fer. 

Je \e sais. 

Je ne te \e donne pas. 

Beaucoup de monde. 

Je ne me le propose r)as. 

Etre attentif. 

Noble ardeur.. 



There is the railway. 

I know it. 

I do not give it to theo. 

Many persons. 

I do not propose it to myself. 

To be attentive. 

Noble ardor. 



In the last two examples the r and I that precede the e are virtually car- 
ried over to the next word as if no e intervened, and tr and bl were final. 

Note. Care must be taken not to pronounce tre, dre, ble, pie, ere, etc., as 
they are in English, that is as ter, der, bel, pel, etc., in order, temple, noble. 
In French the I and r must not be separated by any intervening sound from 
the consonant that precedes. Ex. ordrc, aimable, quatrc, nacre, peuple. 



K 



I. PREMIERE LEgON. 



THE ARTICLE. 



1. In the French language there are only two genders, viz,, 
the masculine and the feminine. This distinction applies also to 
inanimate objects, which are either masculine or feminine. 

2. The definite article has a peculiar form for each gender : le 
before a masculine, la before a feminine substantive ; les is the plu- 
ral of both genders. Ex. : — 

Masc. Le roi, the king, is-^"^. Fern. La reine, the queen. 
lepere, the father. la mere, the mother. 

3. Le and la in the singular lose their vowels and take the apos- 
trophe (T) before a noun beginning either with a vowel or /* mute. 
Ex.: — 

Masc. L'ami, the friend. Eem. L'amie, the (female) friend. 

I'homme, the man, Vhistoire, (the) history."' 

4. The indefinite article, answering to the English a or an, is 
un for the masculine ; une for the feminine. Ex. : 

Masc. Un roi, a king. . Fern. Une reine, a queen. 

unpere, a father. une mere, a, mother. 

un ami, a friend. une amie, a (female) friend. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le livre, the book. un chapeau, a hat, bonnet. 

le pain, the bread. la rose, the rose. 

le cheval, the horse. lajleur, the flower. 

le chien, the dog. la plume, the pen, feather. 

Voncle, the uncle. la tante, the aunt. 

V enfant, the child. une poire, a pear. 

Vor, m. the gold. une pomme, an apple. 

■un jardin, a garden. et, and. 



if- 



THE ARTICLE. 29 



S. J > ai > I have. Ai-je, have I ? 

iu as, thou hast. as-tu, hast thou ? 

il a. he lias. a-?-?7, has he ? 

e#e a, she has. a-t-elle, has she? 

PL nous avons, we have. avons-nous, have we ? 

reus ares, you have. ovae-wos, have you? 

ils~dnt, they have. ont-ils, have they? 

elles~ont, they (fern) have. ant-elks, have they? 

Remark 1. J'cu' is for /e a/. The e of je, I, is elided when the verb 
begins with a vowel or silent h. 

2. Observe the hyphen by which the verb and pronoun are always joined 
in interrogations. 

3. The t in a-t-il, a-t-elle, is merely euphonic. It is inserted to prevent 
the hiatus between two vowel sounds, when the third person singular of a 
verb ends in a vowel, and is followed by il, elle, on. 

4. The use of the 2d person singular is much more frequent in French 
than in English. It generally denotes familiarity and intimacy. In ad- 
dressing inferiors, it denotes authority; in poetry, its use is the same as in 
English. 

■ 5. When, in a question not beginning with an interrogative pronoun or 
an adverb, the subject is expressed by a substantive, it must begin the sen- 
tence, and the pronoun still be put after the verb. Ex. : — L' enfant a-t-il ? 
has the child ? La mere a-t-elle ? has the mother ? 



READING EXERCISE \. 

J'ai lo Hvto. Tu as un livrc. J'ai la rose. As-tu la rose ? 
II a le cheval. Elle a le pain. Le pere a un cheval. La mere a 
un jardin. L'enfant a une poire. Nous^avons un cliicn. Avez- 
vou3 un chapeau ? Us ont' un oncle et une tante. Elles^bnt une 
tante. L'enfant a-t-il une plume ? La mere a-t-elle la fleur ? Le 
roi a-t-ii un cheval? II a le ebeval. Leslmiis (jjIu.*) ont leslivres. 
Lcs enfants ont les plumes. 

THE^rE 1. 

1. I have the horse. 2. I have a friend. 3. Thou hast the book. 
4. He has a dog. 5. She has the bonnet. 6. The father has a 
garden. 7. The mother has the rose. 8. The king has the gold. 



30 



\ 



II. DEUXIEME LEpON. 



9. The uncle has a friend. 10. We have the bread. 11. You 
have a pear.| 12. They (masc.) have an apple. 13. They (fern.) 
have a flowed. 14. Has the friend a horse ? 15. The friend has 
a horse and a^og. 



Ai-je la rose ? 

As-tu le pain ? 

A-t-ellelafleur? 

L 'enfant a-t-il le livre ? 

Avez-vous un cheval ? 

L 'enfant a-t-iTune poire ? 



CONVEESATION. 

VouTavez la rose. 

J'ai le pain. 

Elle a la fleur, 

II a le livre. 

Nous*Svons~un cheval et un chiengl 

L' enfant a une poire et une pomme. 



II. DEUXIEME LE9ON, 



FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 

I. General Rule. The plural is formed in French as in Eng- 
lish, by the addition of an s to the singular. Ex. : — 



Le roi, 


Plur. les rois. 


la pomme, 


Plur. les pommes. 


le livre, 


les Uvres. 


l* enfant f 


les enfants. 


Vkomme, 


les hommes. 


I'ami, 


les amis. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

2. Nouns ending in s, x, z, in the singular, remain unchanged. 
Lefils, the son. Plur. les fJs, the sons. 



la noix, the walnut, 
le nez, the nose. 



les noix, the walnuts. 
les nez, the noses. 



3. Words ending in au, eu, form their plural by adding x instead 
of s, as : — 

I& chapeau, the hat or bonnet. Plur. les chapeaux. 
le feu, the fire. les feux. 

le lieu, the place. les lieux. 



FORMATION OP THE PLURAL". 31 

Remark. Seven nouns in ou take x in the plural, viz. : 
Le chou, the cabbage. le pou, the louse. 

le bijou, the jewel. le genou, the knee. 

le caillou, the pcbblo. le joujou, the plaything. 

le hibou, the owl. 

Plural : les choux, les bijoux, les cailloux, etc. 

The others ending in ou follow the general rule and take s in the plural, 
03 . le clou, the nail; plur. les clous ; le trou, the hole; plur. les. trous, etc. 

4. Nouns ending in al, ail, change these terminations into aux, 
to form the plural, as : 

Le cheval, the horse. Plur. Les chevaux. 

V animal, the animal. les animaux. 

le travail, the work. les travaux. 

Remark. This rule, however, has a few exceptions, which follow the 
general rule, simply taking s in the plural, as : le bal, the ball ; le carnaval, 
the carnival; le porta il, the doorway; le gouvernail, the helm ; l'e~uentaif, the 
fan, etc. Plur. les bals, les carnavals, etc. 

5. The following words form their plural irregularly. (The first, 
three have also a regular plural. See Part n, L. n.) 

Le del, heaven. Plur. Les cieux, heavens. 
Vceil, the eye. les yeux, the eyes. 

I'aleul, the great-grandfather. les a'ieux, the ancestors. 

le beT.aU, the cattle. les bestiaux, the cattle. 



VOCABULARY. 

L^canif, the penknife. lejcu, the play, game. 

lefrere, the brother. la souris, the mouse. 

la sccur, the sister. le nom, the name. 

la porte, the door, gate. le chameau, the camel. 

la maison, the house. le couteau, the knife. 

le chateau, the castle. mon, in. ma, f. mes, pi. my. 

le palais, the palace. vu, seen, ou, or. 

un tableau, a picture. deux, two. trois, three. 

le chat, the cat. quatre, four, cinq, five. 

le ge'n&al, the general. le bras, the arm. 

la nohk the walnut. also. 



32 II. DETJXIEME LECON. 

Void, here is, this is, here are, these are. 

Voila, there is, that is, there are, those are. 

Void is compounded of the imperative of voir, to see, and id, here. It 
means therefore literally, see here. Voila means see there. They both gov- 
ern the obiective case. Ex. me void, here am I ; literally. Behold me here. 

S. J'avais, I had. Avais-je, had II 

tu avais, thou hadst. avais-tu, hadst thou ? 

il avail, he had. avait-il, had he ? 

elle avail, she had. avait-elle, had she ? 

PL nous avions, we had. avions-nous, had we ? 

yous ayi'ez, you had. aviez-vous, had you ? 

i7s avaient, they had. avaient-ils, had they ? 

eWes avaient, they had. avaient-elles, had they ? 

READING EXERCISE 2 

Nous avons un canif. Vous aviez deux canifs. Mon frere a les 
couteaux. La maison a deux portes. Avais-je les noix ? Aviez- 
vous les joujoux ? Oui, nous avions les joujoux. Le roi avait troia 
chateaux. La reinc a les bijoux. Voici quatre souris. Les enfants 
avaient trois pommes. Mon oncle avait deux chevaux. Ma tante 
a cinq tableaux. Les chameaux out une bosse (hump). Ma mere 
a deux soeurs et trois freres. 

THEME 2. 

1. I have three brothers. 2. (The)* man has two arms. 3. I 
had four horses. 4. Hadst thou the flowers ? 5. I had the roses. 
6. There are the apples, the pears, and the walnuts. 7. There aie 
also the games and the pictures. 8. Have you seen the houses, the 
castles, and the gardens ? 9. My uncle has four pictures. 10. 1 
have seen five horses and two camels. 11. The children have thrco 
mice. 12. Have you seen the games of the (cfes) children? 

* In the themes, words placed in parentheses ( — ) must be expressed in 
French, though redundant in English. English words printed in italics 
must be omitted in French. 



CASE. 



33 



13. Has my aunt three dogs or three cats ? 14. She has three clogs* 
and two cats. 15. The eye is blue (est bleu). 1G. I have two 
17. My brother has two knives, and I have two penknives. 



eyes 



CONVERSATION. 



Avez-vous un canif ? 
Avais-je les couteaux ? 
As-tu vu les chameaux ? 

\vez-vous aussi vu les cha- 
teaux? 

Avez-vous les bijoux ? 

Les enfants out ils les habits 
(coats) ou les chapeaux? 

Avaient-ils vu les feux ? 

Avez-vous les tableaux ? 

Mon pere a-t-il un chat ? 

Combien de (how many) freres 
avez-vous ? 

Combien de sceurs avez-vous ? 

Avez-vous vu les amis ? 



J'ai deux canifs. 

Vous aviez }es couteaux. 

J'ai vu les chameaux et les cho 

vaux. 
J'ai vu les chateaux et les pa- 

lais. 
Ma tante a les bijoux. 
Les enfants ont les habits et les 

Jiapeaux. 
lis avaient vu les feux. 
Je n'ai pas (not) les tableaux. 
II a un chat et un chien. 
J'ai trois freres. 

J'ai deux sceurs. 

Nous n'avons pas vu les amis. 



III. TROISIEME LE9ON 



CASE — A — DE. 

1. French nouns have no variation of termination to indicate 
ease ; the nominative and objective are, as in English, alike in form, 
and the possessive is expressed by the preposition de (of) and its 
object. 

2. The possessor must, in French, follow the object possessed., 



34 III. TROISIEME LEQON. 

and be preceded by the article, e. g. The king's throne, must be 
transposed as if it were, the throne of the king ; Le trone du roi. . 

3. The preposition de (of, from,) appears either unchanged or 
contracted with the article. A contraction takes place whenever de 
occurs before the article le or les ; in the first case, it takes the forra 
du (singular), in the second des (plural). Ex. 

S. du roi (instead of de le roi,) of the king, or the king's. 
du pere (instead of de le pere,) of the father, or the father's. 

PI. des rois (instead of de les rois,) of the kings, or the kings'. 
des meres (instead of de les meres,) of the mothers. 

4. Before la and l\ de remains unaltered, as : — 

de la mere, of the mother, or the mother's. 
de Vami, of the friend, the friend's. 
de Vhomme, of (the) man, the man's. 

5. Before the indefinite article un, une, an apostrophe is put in- 
stead of the e of de, as : — 

d'un roi, of a king. (Pune reine, of a queen. 

d'un ami, of a friend. d'une amie, of a female friend. 

6. Before le, the preposition h (to) is contracted with this article 
to au ; and before les into aux ; as : — 

au (a le) roi, to the king. aux (a les) rois, to the kings. 

au " frere, to the brother. aux " freres, to the brothers. 

7. The definite article must be used in French before all, nouns 
used in a general sense or denoting a whole species of objects, though 
in English the article is not employed ; as : — 

Man, Vhomme. nature, la nature 

life, la vie. summer, I* €t€. 

fortune, la fortune. dinner, le diner. 

Hence, of man, of life, of fortune, etc., are to be translated in French 

de Vhomme, de la vie, de la fortune, etc. ; to man, to life, to nature, etc., a 

Vhomme, a la vie, a la nature. 

8. In French the article is to be repeated before each substantive 
of a sentence, as : — 



CASE. 35 

The salt, pepper and vinegar, — le sel, lepoivreet le vinaigre. 

The men, women and children, — les homines, lesfemmes et les enfants. 

VOCABULARY. 

Dieu, God. lafenetre, the window. 

le cre'ateur, the creator. le cousin, the cousin. 

le moncle, the world. la cousine, the cousin, f. 

Vennemi, the enemy. lajil/e, the daughter. 

le sommeif, sleep. la ville, the town. 

V image, f. the iniage. je donne, I give. 

la mart, death. / le voisin, the neighbor. 

lafeuille, the loaf. est, is. (belongs) sont, are. 

a qui, to whom, whose ? oui, yes. no/?, no. 

Voiseau, the bird. Monsieur, Sir. 

t?or>e, your. Madame, Madam. 

I'arlre, m. the tree. Mademoiselle, Miss. 



READING EXERCISE 3. 

Le pere de l'enfant. La mere des enfants. La porte de la mai- 
son. Les portes des maisons. Les fenetres du palais. Le chat 
est un animal. Les chats sont les ennemis des souris. Le sommeil 
est l'image de la mort. Le chateau est au roi ct a la reine. Je 
donne la plume a l'enfant. Je donne le jeu aux enfants. Le jar- 
din est aux freres et aux scours. Les images des rois. Les feuilles 
des arbres. Les fenetres de la maison. 

THEME 3. 

1. The father of the son. 2. The mother of the daughter. 
3. The mother of the children. 4. The door of the house. 5. The 
gates of the town. 6. The houses of the towns. 7. The windows 
of the houses. 8. God is the creator of the world. 9. The dog is 
the enemy of the cat. 10. I give the book to the brother. 11. I 
give the coats to the brothers and sisters. 12. The dog is the friend 
of man. 13. The feathers of the birds. 14. My cousin's bonnet. 
15. My cousins' bonnets (the bonnets of my cousins). 10. Sleep 
ia the brother of death. 17. Of the trees of the garden. 18. The 



36 IV. QUATRIEMB LEgON. 

eyes of the horses are large {grands). 19. The friend's name. 
20. The windows of the castle. 21. The neighbor's house and 
garden. 22. I give the roses to the sister of the general. 23. Give 
(donnez) the pen to the father. 

CONVERSATION- 

Ai-je le livre du cousin V Tu as le livre la cousin. 

As-tu l'image de la tante ? Oui M — * j'ai l'image de la 

tantc. 
A-t-il vu le jardin du roi ? Non M — il a vu le chateau du 

roi. 
Les enfants ont-ils les jeux ? Out M — les enfants ont les 

jeux. 
Qui (who) a les ciseaux (scis- Yoici les ciseaux de votre soeur. 

sors) de ma soeur ? 
A qui sont les noix ? Elles sont a 1'enfant. 

A qui sont les poires ? Elles sont aux enfants du voisin 

A qui est ce (this) jardin ? II est au roi et a la reine. 

Avez-vous vu le chien de Ton- Yoila le chien de l'oncle. . 

cle? 
A qui sont ces (these) roses ? Elles sont a ma cousine. 



IV. QUATRIEME LE9ON. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

1. The following list includes the French prepositions of most 
frequent occurrence. 

a, to, at, in, dans, in, into. par, through, by 

apres, after. de, of, from. parmi, among. 

* This M — , which will always be inserted after Oui and Non should 
!>e read Monsieur, Madame, or Mademoiselle, as the case may require. 



PREPOSITIONS. 



31 



avant, before, (time), devant, before, (place) . pendant, during. 
avec, with. dcrriere, behind. pour, for. 

chez, at, with, at the en, in. sans, without. 

house of. entre, between. sous, under. 

contre, against. envers,vers, towards, sur, on, upon. 

As to the contraction of a and le into an, of a and les into aux, of de villi 
k into du, oide with les into des, see page 34. 

2. After prepositions no article is used whenever the noun is taken in a 
wide and indeterminate sense, and forms with the preposition a sort of ad- 
verbial phrase, as : avec plaisir, with pleasure ; sans crainte, without fear. 

3. Chez means at the house of. It governs the noun or pro- 
noun as any other preposition. Ex. chez moi, at my house, (at the 
house of me); chez vaus, at your house; chez mon oncle, at my 
uncle's, (at the house of my uncle) . 

For remarks on the employment of some prepositions, see P. n., L. IG. 



VOCABULARY. 



La cour, the court, yard. 

I'ecole, f. the school. 

le maitre, the master, teacher. 

Veau, f. the water. 

la main, the hand. 

lapluie, the rain. 

le toit, the roof. 

oil, where, ton, thy, cc, tills 

S. Je sins, I am. 
tu es, thou art. 
ii est, he is. 
eWeest, she is. 



PI. 



nous sommes, we are. 
voits ctes, you arc. 
ils sont, they are. 
dies sont, they are. 



la chambre, the room. 
Ve'gUse, f. the church. 
la unity the night. 
le jour, the day. 
la cuisine, the kitchen. 
la. poche, the pocket. 
demeure, lives, noire, our. 
qui, -svho, whom ? 

Suis-je, am I? 
cs-tu, art thou ? 
est-il, is he ? 
est-elle, is she ? 

sommes-7ious, are wo 1 
etes-vous, are you ? 
sont-ils, are they ? 
sont-cl/cs, are they .' 



38 IV. QUATRIEME LEgON 

READING EXERCISE 4. 

Je sins dans la cour. L'oiseau est sur le fcoifc. Es-tu au jardin 
(dans le jardin) ? Louis est chez mon pere. Les chevaux sont de- 
vant la porte. Apres la pluie. Pendant la nuit. Avant le jour. 
L'enfant est sons i'arbre. Parmi les enfants. Nous sommes der- 
riere les arbres. Es sont entre la porte et la fenetre. Ce livre est 
pour mon frere. /Ma tante est a l'eglise. Sans argent (money.) 
Avee les chevaux de mon oncle. Contre l'ennemi. Notre ami 
demeure a Paris dans fa maison de sa tante. 

THEME 4. 

1. In the yard. 2. During the night. 3. I am before the 
house. 4. Louis is in the garden. 5. Are you in the yard ? 6. 
Before night. 7. I speak (je park) of the house, — of the coat, — 
of the flowers, — of my father, — of my mother. 8. The two knives 
are in my pocket. 9. Where are the cats ? 10, They are in the 
kitchen. 11. The birds are on the roof. 12. The three children 
of my cousin (m.)' are in (the) town. 13. Against the rain. 14. 
With my father. 15. Without a master. 16. Louis is in his (sa) 
room. 17. The book is for my sister. 18. Between the two win- 
dows. 19. Under the roof of the house. 20. Are they before the 
door of the church ? 21. No; they are behind the church. 22. 
The children are at (the) school. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou est Louis ? II est dans la cour, 

Ou est mon fils ? II est au jardin. 

Ou sont les enfants ? lis jouent (jolay) devant la mai- 

son. 

Votre cousine est-elle a l'ecole? Non M — , elle est a l'eglise. 

.fees-vous dans le jardin ? Non M — , nous sommes dans la 

cour. 

Ton pere est-il au jardin? Non M — , il est dans-sa cham- 

bre. 

Sont-ils a la fenetre ? Oui M — , ils sont a la fenetre. 

Avez-vous vu les canards Nous avons vu les canards evle^ 
(ducks) dans la cour? oies (geese). 



THE PAKTIT1VE ARTICLE. 39 

Y. CINQUIEME LE9ON. 



THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE. 

1. The partitive article answers to the English some or any, ex- 
pressed in French by du before a noun masculine beginning with a 
consonant, by de la before a noun feminine beginning with a conso- 
nant, and by de V before a noun of either gender beginning with a 
vowel or an h mute. Ex. : 

Du pain, some or any bread. de la Here, some beer. 

du viri, (some or any) wine. de la viande, some meat. 

de V argent, some money (Silver). de I'huile, some oil. 
In the plural the partitive article is des for both genders. Ex. 

Des litres, (some) books. desjleurs, flowers. 

des enfants, children. des roses, roses. 

Some is not always used in English, whereas du, de la, de V, des, must 
always be expressed in French. 

2. In cuiestions the English use any instead of some ; in French 
it must be rendered by the sapie article, as : — 

Have you any bread ? avez-vous du pain 7 
Is there any water ? y a-t-il de Veau ? 

3. The partitive article must be used whenever in English some 
or any is expressed or understood before a substantive ; it must be 
repeated before every substantive in a sentence. Ex. : — 

Have you bread and cheese ? Avez-vous du pain et duframage ? 
Bring me some mustard, oil and vinegar. 
Apportez-moi de la moutarde, de I'kuile et du vinaigre. 

4. However, when the substantive is preceded oy an adjective, 
the simple preposition de or cT takes the place of the partitive arti- 
cle, in the singular as well as in the plural, as: — 

S. de bon vin, some or any good wine. 
de bonne viande, some or any good meat. 
de mauvais cafe, some or any bad coffee. 
d 1 excellentejarine, some or any excellent flour. 






40 



V. CINQUIEME LEgON. 



PL de bans livres, some or any good books. 

de belles Jieurs, some or any beautiful flowers. 

d' excellents vaisseaux, some or any excellent vessels. 



VOCABULARY. 



La f urine, the flour. 

lefer, (the) iron. 

V argent, m. silver. 

le papier, the paper. 

Vencre, f. the ink. 

lefromage, the cheese. 

le gareon* the boy. 

le plomb, the lead. 

le sel, the salt. 

le canard, the duck, 

Vceuf, m. the egg. 

t7 y a, there is, there are. 

S. Taurai, I shall have 
tu auras, thou wilt have. 
il aura, he will have. 
die aura, she will have 

PI. nous aurons, we shall have. 
vous aurez, you will have. 
ilsauront, they will have. 
dies duront, they will have. 



le fruit, the fruit. 
Ze sucre, the sugar. 
Ze cq/e, the coffee. 
la prune, the plum. 
le beurre, the butter. 
le crayon, the pencil. 
Ze Soulier, the shoe. 
Ze 6as, the stocking. 
achet€, boaght. 
que, what, mais, but. 
la, there, six, six. 
c'es£, this is, that is. 

Aurai-je, shall I have? 
auras-tu, wilt thou ha^e 1 ? 
aura-t-il, will he have ? 
aura-t-elle, will she have ? 

aurons-nous, shall we have ? 
aurez-vous, will you have ? 
auront-ils, will they have ? 
auront-ettes, will they have ? 



READING EXERCISE 5. 

J'avais de la farine et du sel. Aviez-vous aussi du sel ? Le roi 
a de For et de F argent. II a aussi des bijoux. Tu auras du 
fromage. Louis a achete du papier et de Fencre. Nous aurons 
des livres, des plumes et des crayons. AvaiemVelles des fleurs e^ 
«ies fruits? Je donne a ton cousin des noix et des pommes. Dans 
Ja cour il y a des canards. Mon cousin avait des chevaux et des 
chiens. Ma cousine aura des chats, mais ma tante aura des oiseaux. 
Dans les jardins il y a des arbrcs, des fruits et des fleurs. 

* Gareon means waiter and bachelor as well as boy. Petit, small, is there- 
fore generally prefixed in speaking of a young boy. 



PREPOSITIONS. 41 

THEME 5. 

1. We had some butter and (some) cheese. 2. You had 
butter and eggs. 3. Here is (L. n.) bread. 4. There is Boroo 
bread. 5. My father ha? bought lead and iron. 6. The child has 
flowers. 7. My cousin (/.) will have some flour and bread. 8. 
There are eggs and fruits. 9. The man ha? sugar and coffee. 
10. The queen has gold and silver. 11. I give (to) the boys 
books, pencils and pens./* 12. They will also have some paper and 
ink. 13. Louis has horses and dogs. 14. My sister will have 
shoes and stockings. 15. I give (to) the boy stockings, clothes, 
(habits) and hats. 1G. Have you (any) friends (m). 17. They 
(f.) will have friends (f.). 18. At my uncle's (L. iv. 3.) house 
there are books and pictures. 19. Will you have (voulez-rous) 
some money ? 20. No ; give me (donnez-moi) some bread. 
21. Read (liscz) good books. 22. This is bad coffee. 23. We 
have seen beautiful roses. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avons-nous de la ferine ? Nous avons de la farine. 

Avons-nous aussi du sei ? Nous avons aussi du sel. 

Aurons-nous du bcurre et du Non 31 — , mais vous aurez des 

pain? fruits. 

Qu'avez-vous la (there) ? Nous avons de la viande et du 

pain. 
A-t-elle des crayons ? Non M — , mais elle a des 

plumes. 
Los enfants ont-ils des poires ? Non M — , Us ont des pommes. 
Qu'as-tu sous le bras (arm) ? J'ai des livres. 
Pour qui sont ces livres? lis sont pour mon maitre. 

Ta soeur a-t-elle du sucre ? Elle a du sucre et du cafe. 

Ton cousin a-t-il du papier ? Mon cousin a du papier, 

plumes et de Tencre. 
Qui a du fromage ? Le garcon a du fromage. 

Y a-t-iJ des frui Oui 31 — , il y a des fruits. 

Qu'y a-t-il chez mon oncle ? Ilya des livres et des images. 



42 VI. SIXIEME LE(?ON. 

VI. SIXIEME LEgON 



FURTHER USE OF BE. 

Be is used without the article. 

1. After nouns expressing measure, weight, numbe?, as : 

Une bouteitte de vin, a bottle of wine. Une livre de sucre, a pound of sugar. 
Un mbrceau de pain, a piece of bread. Une paire de bas, a pair of stockings. 

2. After adverbs of quantity. 

Assez, enough. moins, less, fewer. 

beaucoup, much, many, a great many, ne — Hen, nothing. 

a great deal. quel que chose, something. 

combien, how much, how many. trop, too, too much, too many. 

ne — guere, but little, but few. trop pen, too little, too few. 

peu, little, few. tant, so much, so many. 

plus, more. autant, as much, as many. 

Ex. : — Assez de vin, wine enough, {assez before the noun and adjective) 

Combien d' argent, how much money ? 

Tant de fieurs, so many flowers. Trop def antes, too many mistakes. 

Remark. But after bien, much, many, and la plupart, most, the article 
must be used. Ex. : — 

Bien des hommes, many men La plupart du temps, most of the time. 

3. After pas, point, jamais, de alone must be used instead of 
the partitive du, de la, des. Ex. : — r 

Je n'aipasde sucre, I have no sugar. JSP avez-vous point d'encre, have you no 

ink? 

4. Be is used as a connective of a word denoting a material. 

Une bague d'or, a gold ring. Une cuiller d'argent, a silver spoon, 

Une bourse de soie, a silk purse. Une table de bois, a wooden table. 

Un chapeau de velours, a velvet bonnet. ^^^ 



\ 



PREPOSITIONS. 43 

VOCABULARY. 

Une feuillc, a sheet. I'auue, f. the ell, yaM. 

un verve, a glass. une douzaine, a dozen. 

le the*, tea. hi bottc, the hoot. 

une Loite, a hox. In personne, the person. 

la vion.re, the watch. le hois, the wood. 

le drap, the cloth. than. 

recu, received. bu, drunk. 

la chaine, the chain. heur< ux, happy. 

READING EXERCISE 6. 

Voici une bouteille do vin. Nous avons trois livrcs do sucre. 
Nous aurons aussi deux livres de cafe. La reinc avait beaucoup do 
liijoux. Aviez-vous assez d'argent? Mon oncle aura une douzaine 
do has. Avcz-vous rcc:u la boitc de crayons? Vous aurez une 
feuillc de papier. Aviez-vous assez de pain ? Les enfant s a 
moins de poires que de noix. Je donne assez d'argent a mon nls. 
II a bu trop de vin. Nous aurons une chaine d'argent. Vous au- 
rez une montre d'or! Ma mere a un chapcau de velours. La plu- 
part des hommes sont heureux. 

THEME c. 

1. I have a dozen (of) pens. 2. Thou wilt have u sheet of pa- 
per. 3. Shu has cheese and butter enough. 4. We had a glass of 
wine. 5. I shall have also a piece of meat and two glasses of wine. 
6. He had a bottle of oil. 7. We had two pounds of sugar, six 
pounds of coffee, and five pounds of tea. 8. You will have a great 
many pencils and books. 9. I have bought a dozen stockings and 
two pairs of shoes. 10. v In this (cette) box there are six yards of 
oloth. 11. I had a silver watch and a gold ring. 12. This is a 
wooden table. 13. How many persons have you seen (vucs) '( 
14. We have seen few persons. 15. My cousin had a wooden box 
16. Have you drunk a bottle of wine? 17. Give me a 
of papci. 18. My brother will have something. 10. My sis- 
ter has bought two gold rings and three silver spoons. 20. The 
child has as many pears as (que de) apples. 



u 



YL SIXIEME LEgON. 



CONVERSATION. 

Qu'avcz-vou3 Ih ? Nous avons un vcrre d'eau. 

Qu'avez-vous achete" ? J'ai achete deux livies de sucre. 

A vez-vous aussi du cafe ? Oui M — , j'ai du cafe. 

Avez-vous de l'argent, mon Oui nion pere, j'ai de l'argent. 

ffls? 
Ooinbien d'argent avez-vous ? J'ai six francs. 
Est-ce assez pour vous? C'est assez pour moi (me). 

Ou avez-vous vu le maitre de J'ai vu mon maitre de musique 

au jardin. 
Oui M — , il avait des fruits et des 

fieurs. 
Nous avons trois chevaux. 
J'ai une paire de bottes et deux 
paires de souliers. 



musique ? 
Avait-il des fleurs ? 



Combien de chevaux avez-vous ? 
Avez-vcus une paire de bottes ? 



VII. SEPTIEME LE9ON. 



PROPER NOUNS. 

A distil iion must be made between names of persons and towns, 
and names f countries, provinces, mountains, rivers, lakes. 
1. !Ilie former, as in English, take no article, such are : — 



CHRISTIAN NAMES. 
Guillaume, William. Frangois, Francis. 

Henri, Henry. Elise, Eliza. 

George, George. Relene, Helen, Ellen. 

Jean, John. Jeanne, Jane. 



NAMES OF TOWNS. 



Vienne, Vienna. 
Geneve, Geneva. 



Lyon, Lyons. 
Bruxettes, Brussels. 



PROPER NOUNS. 46 

2. We must except from the abQve rule the names of several 
rtalian authors before which the article is used : le Tasse, Tasso (du 
Tasse, etc) ; PArioste, Ariosto ; le Dante, Dante ; — titles of books 
or plays, as : le Tele'maque de Fenelon, V All tall c dc Racine, etc. ; 
some names of towns, as : le Havre, Havre ; le Caere, Cairo ; lp v 
Nouvelle Orleans, New Orleans. 

3. Before proper names of countries, provinces, .rivers and moun- 
tains, the definite article is used in French, as : — 

La France, France. la Prusse, Prussia. 

la Belgique, Belgium. V Europe, Europe. 

VAngleterre, England. I'Afrique, Africa. 

Vltalie, Italy. I'Asie, Asia. 

la Suisse, Switzerland. VAmerique, America. 

V Allcmagne, Germany. la Seine, the Seine. 

VEspagne, Spain. le RJiin, the Rhine. 

la Suecli, Sweden. les Alpes, the Alps, etc. 

la Russie, Kussia. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

4. The names of countries Bud provinces take no article when 
they are preceded by the preposition en, which corresponds to both 
to and in. Ex.: — 

Je vais en Italic, I am going to Italy. 

Fl demeure en Allemagne, he lives in Germany. 

5. To and at or in, before names of cities, towns, and vil- 
lages, are rendered by a. Ex.: — 

Nous allons a Londres, a Paris, a Bod', ric. 

We go to London to Paris, to Baden, etc. 

Mon oncle demeure a Berlin a Lyon, etc. 

My uncle lives at (in) Berlin, at (in) Lyons, etc. 

(Further explanations will be given in the second part.) 
Most names of towns are spelled in French as in English, with a fev/ ex- 
oeptions. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le cahier, the copy-book. la villc, the city, town. 

la carte, the map le cours, the course. 

la fable, the fable. le marcliand, the dealer, tradesman. 






16 VII. SEPTIEME LECON. 

le manteau, the cloak. le negotiant, the mei chant. 

le gant, the glove. la capitate, the capital. 

lepays, the country. donnez, give, voire, your. 

ou, where, lu, read. €tait, was. e2iez-vous, were you ? : 

READING EXERCISE 7. 

J'ai le cahier de Frederic. Yoici les fables de La Fontaine. 
J'ai vii'le chateau du roi de Belgians. Donnez la boito a Sophie. 
Donnez la plume d Henri. Ou est Monsieur H? C'est le cha- 
peau de mademoiselle Elise. C'est le canif de George. Nous 
sommes d Paris. Etiez-vous a Vienne ? Mon cousin est en 
Amerique. Le cours du Rhin est long. Yoici une carte d'Alle- 
magne. Louis Phillippe, roi de France, est mort (died) en Angle- 
terre. Yoici les chevaux de Charles. Avez-yous lu les ceuvres 
(the works) de Corneilie ? Donnez ces gants a Henri. 

^ THEME 7. 

1. William is my friend. 2. I am William's friend (the friend of 
William). 3. Here is John's brother. 4. Where is my sister Ellen ? 
5. She is with Caroline. 6. Where are Eliza's gloves ? 7. Speak 
(parlez) to Henry and Francis. 8. I have received the book from 
Paris. 9 Brussels is the capital of Belgium. 10. Florence is a 
city in Italy. 11. I am going to Switzerland. 12. The merchants 
of New York. 13. My uncle lives in Germany. 14. Are 
ing (allez-vous) to Berlin or to Yienna? 15. I am 
Frankfort and to Yienna. 1G. Paris is the capital of France 
Is your aunt in America? 18. Yes; she is in Newhj 
19. My brother has travelled (voyage) in Russia, in Sweden, 
in Germany. 20. This is John's hat. 21. I have seen Gcnevl 
Lyons, and Home. 22. Give me Mary's copy-book and George's 
pencil. 23. I have seen the apple-vender (dealer in (de) apples), 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou etiez-vous? J'etais a Paris. 

Et ton frere ou ^tait-il ? II etait aussi a Paris. 




PROPER NOUNS. 



47 



Ou sont lcs gants d'Helene? 
Quelle est la capitale do la 



Us sont sur la table. 
C'cst Bruxejles. 



Belgique ? 
Quelle est la capitale de la C'cst Berlin 

Prusse ? 
Qui est la? 

A qui donnez-vous ces livrcs ? 
A qui est ce chapeau? 
u trouvc-t-on {is found) beau- 

coujo d'e-r? 
Ou trouve-t-on de bon fer? 



■ \ 



Lcs enfants de madanie B. 
Jc lcs (them) donne a Mario. 
Ce chapeau est h, Guillaume. 
En Calilomie. 



Quels pays avoz-vous yus ? 
Avcz-vous lu les poemes de Be- 
ranger ? 

Coinbien do crayons Caroline 
a-t-clle achctes ? 

Ou sont lcs enfants de Ma- 
dame L ? 

Donncz moi (me) mes gants 
s'il vous plait ( if you 
please ) . 

Avez-vous lu cetto (this) fa- 
ble? 



En Suede (Sivcdc?i) et en An- 

gleterre. 
J'ai vu la Suisse ct F Italic 
Non M — , maia j'ai lu les poemes 

'de Victor Hugo. 
Caroline a achete quatre crayons 

et Jcannette a achete six 

plumes, 
lis sont au jardin. 

Les voici, M — , (Here they are). 



Oui M — , j'ai lu toutes (all) lea 
fables de La Fontaine. 



.** 



48 



VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 



VIII. KUITIEME LEgON 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR, TO HAVE, — AFFIRMATIVELY. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT. 


COMPOUND 0] 


? THE PRESENT. 


J'ai, 


I have 


J'ai eu, 


1 have had 


Tuas, 


thou hast 


Tu as eu, 


thou hast had 


11 a (cllc a, on a), 


lie has 


11 a eu, 


he Lis had 


Nous avons, 


we have 


Nous avons eu, 


we have had 


Vous avez, 


you have 
they have 


Vous avez eu, 


you have had 


Us ont, 


lis ont eu, 


they have had 


IMPERFECT. 


COMPOUND OF 


THE IMPERFECT. 


J'avais, I had, was 


having, or used to 
have 

thou hadst 


J'avais eu, 


I had had 


Tu avais, 


Tu avais eu, 


thou hadst had 


11 avait, 


he had 


11 avait eu, 


he had had 


Nous avions, 


we had 


Nous avions eu, 


we had lead 


Vous avicz, 


you had 


Vous aviez eu, 


you had had 


tls avaient, 


they had 


lis avaient eu, 


they had had 


PRETERITE. 


COMPOUND OF 


THE PRETERITE. 


J'eus, 


I had 


J'eus eu, 


/ had had 


Tu eus, 


thou hadst, etc. 


Tu eus eu, 


thou hadst had 


11 cut, 


he had 


11 eut eu, 


he had had 


Nous eumes, 


we had 


Nous eumes eu, 


we had had 


Vous eutes, 


you had 


Vous eutes eu, 


you had had 


lis eurent, 


they had 


lis eurent eu, 


they had had 


FUTURE. 


COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 


J'aurai, 


1 shall or will have 


J'aurai eu, / shall or will have had 


Tu auras, 


thou wilt have 


Tu auras eu, 


thou wilt have had 


[1 aura, 


he will have 


11 aura ej|, 


he will have had 


Nous aurons, 


we shall have 


Nous aurons eu, 


we shall have had 


Vous aurez, 


you will have 


Vous aurez eu, 


you will have had 


lis auront, 


they will have 


lis auront eu, 


they will have liad 



PRESENT. 



CONTITIONAL MOOD. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



J'liiirais, 
Tu aurais, 
II aurait, 
Nous aurions, 
Vous auriez, 
lis auraient, 



I should have 

thou rvouldst have 

he would hare 

we should have 

you would have 

they would have 



I should have luxd 
thou wouldst have had 



J aurais eu, 

Tu aurais eu, 

11 aurait eu, 

Nous aurions eu, 

Vous auriez eu, you would have had 

lis auraient eu, they would hare had 



he would have had 
ivc should have had 



CONJUGATION OP AVOIK. 



49 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Aic, have (thou). 

Ayons, let us have. 

Ayez, have (ye or you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT. 



Quej'aie, that I may 

Que tu aies, that thou maycst 

Qu'il ait, tliat he may 

Que nous ayons, that ice may 
Que vous aycz, that you may 

Qu'ils aicnt, that they may 

IMPERFECT. 

Que j 'cusse, that I m ight 

Que tu cusses, that thou mightest 

Qu'il cfit, that he miqht 

Que nous eussions, that we miyht 

Que vous eussiez, that you might 
Qu'ils eusscnt, that they might 



COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT. 

Que j 'aic eu, that I may " 

Que tu aies cu, that thou maycst 
Qu'il ait cu, that he may 

Que nous ayons cu, that ice may 
Que vous ayez cu, that you may 
Qu'ils aicnt cu, that they may 



COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j 'cusse cu, that 7 might ' 

Que tti cusses eu, that thou 

mightest 

Qu'il cut eu, that he might 

g Que nous eussions eu, that we 

mi (jut [might 

Que vous eussiez eu, that you 

I Qu'ils eusscnt cu, that they might 



Avoir, 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

to have I Avoir cu, to have hud 



Aycnt. 



PARTICIPLE. 
PRESENT. COMPOUND. 

having | Ayant cu, havi 



PAST OR PASSIVE. 

Eu, had 



It would he a good plan to conjugate the whole verb avoir together with 
a noun, as ; .Fai une pomme,j'avais unc pomme, etc. — After that, with the 
pronoun /' (k) . it, and les, them, as : je I'ai, I have it; tu Vat, it I'a, etc.; 
je Its aurai, tu les auras, etc. 



50 vm; HUITIEME LEgON. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le temps, time. demain, to-morrow. 

h courage, the courage. Vencrier, m. the inkstand. 

le plaisir, the pleasure. la regie, the ruler. 

la voiture, the carriage. perdu, lost, ete, been. 

la bourse, the purse. aujourd'hui, to-day. 

hier, yesterday, c'est, it is. et, and. si, if. 

THEME 8. 

Pres. 1. I have a "book. 2. Ho has a hat. 3. We have a 
house and (a) garden. 4. They (masc.) have a horse. 5. They 
(/em.) have flowers and fruit. — Imperf. G. I had a friend. 7. 
Thou hadst a friend. 8. Louisa had two cats. 9. You had money 
enough. 10. The children had bread. — Pret. 11. lie had the 
courage. 12. You had the pleasure. 13. The son of the king had 
a carriage. — Put. and CoxD. 14. I shall have apples. 15. He 
would have seen the castle. 1G. "We shall have some coffee to-day. 
17. We would have some sugar. 18. You will have two horses. 

19. They would have an inkstand and a ruler. — Gompouxd Tenses. 

20. We have had much trouble (peine). 21. You have had a great 
(grand) pleasure. 22. She has had a great many nuts. 23. 
They had had two copy books. 24. I shall have paper and pens. 
25. You will have had my horse. 2G. Charles's sisters will have 
many flowers. 27. I should have had a great deal of (beaucoup 
de) trouble. 28. Thou wouldst have had more pleasure. '29. You 
would have had a good friend. 30. The boy would have had a 
penknife. 

ADDITIONAL THEME UPON AVOIR. 

1. My (ma) aunt has apples, I have many plums and you ha\e 
flowers enough (L. VI. 2). 2. The merchant's cousin will have a 
ball to-morrow. 3. Yesterday I had money, but I have lost my 
purse to-day. 4. To-morrow I shall have the pleasure of seeing 
(de voir) my cousin, (f) my aunt and my sister ; I should have had 
the pleasure of seeing them (de, les voir) yesterday if I had been in 
(en without article) town. 5. We shall have time enough to-mor- 
row. G. We had too much time yesterday. 7. Have the cour- 



IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIE. 51 

age to do it (de le faire) ; you have time enough. 8. Let us have 
the carriage and we shall have much pleasure. 9. TV 7 e should have 
had the carriage yesterday if we had wished (voulu). 10. Though 
(quoique) you may have had time, you have not had* the courage. 
11. Though we have (pres. Subj.) two horses, we have not 
(n? avons pas) the courage to ride them (de les monter). 12. We 
have money to-day, and to-morrow we shall have bread, meat, and 
wine. 13. It is you, who (qui) will have the most (le plus de) 
pleasure. 14. I do not think (je ne crois pas) that he would have 
had the courage. 15. During the night he had lost his (sa) purse. 
10. If he had had an inkstand he would have had ink. 17. They 
will have silver spoons on the table. 18. They would have jewels 
if (V) they had money. 



IX. NEUYIEME LE9ON. 



IDIOMATIC USE OE AVOIR. 
1. Avoir is used idiomatically with the nouns chaud, warmth; 
froid, cold; faim, hunger; soif, thirst; raison, reason; tort, 
wrong ; peur, fear ; honte, shame ; envie, desire ; sommeil, sleep ; 
bcsoin, need ; as : — 

J'ai chaud. I am warm. 

J'avais froid. I was cold. 

II aura faim. lie will be hungry. 

Elle aurait soif. She would be thirsty. 

Nous avons raison. "We are right. 

Vous avcz tort. You arc wrong. 

Nous avons eu pcur. We were (have been) afraid, 

lis ont honte. They are ashamed. 

Elles avaient envie. They were desirous. 

Avez-vous sommeil ? Are you sleepy 1 

Nous avons besom. "We need. We want. 
* Voua n'avcz pas eu. 



52 



IX. NEUVIEME LEfON. 



2. Avoir quelque chose, literally, to have something, is also used 
idiomatically in the sense of to be the matter with ; thus : — 



Qu' avez-vous 1 ? 




What is 


the matter with jou 1 


J'ai quelque chose. 




Somethi 


ng is the matter with me. 


Vous avez quelque chose. 


<t 


tt c< tt u y0Uj 


11 a 


«< 


a 


" " " " him. 


EUe a " 


u 


a 


a a a a her# 


Nous avions " 


tt 


tt 


was the matter with us. 


Vous aviez " 


a 


*t 


tt it it it y QU> 


lis auront " 


tt 


« 


will be the matter with 
them. 


Remark. The opposite of avoir quelque 


chose is n' avoir rien (ne before 


the verb and rien after it. 


See L. 


XL 2). A 


s: — 


Jo n'ai rien. 




Nothing 


• is the matter with me. 


Vous n'avez rien. 




t( 


" " " " you. 


11 n'a rien. 




t< 


tt tt tt a himi 


Elle n'a rien. 




tt 


a a .t a her 


Nous n'avions rien 




tt 


was the " " us. 


Vous n'aviez rien. 




tt 


tt a a tt JQXL 


lis n'auront rien. 




tt 


will be the matter with them. 



3. Avoir Vair means to have the appearance, to look ; — avoir 
V intention de, to have the intention, to intend ; — avoir soin de, to 
take care of; — avoir mal a, to have a sore, an ache, or a pain in. 

As: — 



II avait l'air content. 

Vous avez l'air heureux. 

lis ont Fair malheureux. 

A-t-elle l'intention d'aller en 

Trance ? 
Non, Monsieur; elle a l'intention 

d'aller en Italic 
Ayez soin de mon chapeau. 
J'aurai soin de votre chapeau et de 

votre canne. 
J'ai mal a la tete. 
Avez-vous mal aux dents 1 
J'avais mal au bras. 
XI avait mal au genou. 



He looked glad. 

You look happy. 

They look unhappy. 

Does she intend to go to France 1 

No, sir; she intends to go to Italy. 

Take care of my hat. 

I shall take care of your hat and cane 

I have a headache. 
Have you the toothache ? 
I had a sore arm. 
He had a sore knee. 



IDIOMATIC USE OF AVOIR. 53 

VOCABULARY. 

he chien, the dcg. content, glad, pleased. 

la tete, the head. malade, sick, ill. 

le bras, the ami. oiler, to go. 

la gorge, the throat. votre, your, too??, my. 

la dent, the tooth. /a demoiselle, the young lady. 

fe manteau, the cloak. Ze parapluie, the umbrella. 

READING EXERCISE 9. 

A-t-il peur? Oui Madame; il a peur. Avez-Yous honte de 
parlor (to speak) frangais ? Non, Mademoiselle ; mais j'ai peur de 
parler francais. Aviez-TOus froid hier ? Oui, Monsieur, j'avais froid 
hier mais j'ai ehaud aujourd 'hui. Aycz-yous eu peur du chien ? 
Non, nous avons eu peur du cheYal. Yotre ami, a-t-il quelque 
chose? Oui, il a quelque chose. Qu' a-t-il? II a mal a la tete. 
Qu' avez-vous ? J'ai sommeil., Yotre ami a-t-il besoin de moi ? Au- 
rez-Yous soin de mon cheYal ? Oui, Monsieur ; j'aurai soin de Yotre 
cheYal. Qui a besoin de l'encrier ? Yotre cousine a-t-elle mal an 
bras ? Elle a mal au bras. Le negociant a Fair content. Mon 
frere a TinteDtion d'aller a Paris et a Londres. Yotre frere, 
qu' a-t-il ? II a honte. 

THE3IE 9. 

1. Where do you intend to go to-morrow? 2. I intend to go 
and see (voir') the merchant. 8. I was wrong and you were 
right, 4. Was he sleepy? 5. lie was sleepy. 6. Were you cold? 
7. I was cold. 8. What is the matter with your father ? 9. Noth- 
ing is the matter with him. 10. What was the matter with that 
(ce) boy? 11. He was ashamed. 12. Was he afraid of the 
horse? 13. No, sir; he was afraid of the dog. 1-4. Do I look 
sick ? 15. Yes, sir ; you look sick. 16. Have you a headache ? 17. 
No, sir; I have a sore throat. 18. Has that young lady the tooth- 
ache? 19. She has the toothache. 20. Take care of my watch. 
21. We shall take care of your watch, your cloak, and your , um- 
brella. 



54 



X. DIXIEME LEgON. 



X. DIXIEME LE90N, 



CONJUGATION OF ETRE, TO BE — AFFIRMATIVELY. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT. 



COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT. 



Je suis, 




I am 


J'ai ete, 


I have 


been 


Tu es, 




thou art 


Tu as ete, 


thou hast been 


11 est (elle est, 


on est), 


he is 


11 a etc', 


he has been 


Nous sommes, 




we are 


Nous avons ete, 


we have been 


Vous etes, 




ye or you are 


Vous avez ete, 


you have been 


lis sont, 




they are 


lis out ete, 


they have been 


IMPERFECT. 


COMPOUND OF 


THE IMPERFECT. 


J' etais, 


i" was or used to be 


J'avais ete, 


/ had been 


Tu etais, 




thou wast 


Tu avais ete, 


thou hadst been 


11 etait, 




he was 


11 av ait ete, 


he had been 


Nous e'tions, 




we were 


Nous avions ete, 


we had been 


Vous etiez, 




you were 


Vous aviez ete, 


. you had been 


lis etaient, 




they were 


lis avaient etc', 


they had been 


PRETERITE. 


COMPOUND OF 


THE PRETERITE. 


Je fus, 




I was 


J'eus etc, 


/ had been 


Tu fus, 




tlvou wast 


Tu eus ete', 


thou hadst been 


11 fut, 




he was 


11 eut ete, 


he had been 


Nous fumes, 




we were 


Nous eum.es etd, 


we had been 


Vous futes, 




you were 


Vous eutcs e'te, 


you had been 


lis furent, 




•4 

they were 


Us eure'nt e'te', 


they had been 


FUTURE. 




COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 


Je serai, 


I shall be, will be 


J'aurai ete, 


I shall 




Tu scras, 




thou wilt be 


Tu auras e'te, 


thou unit 


r 


11 sera, 




he will be 


11 aura etc, 


he will 


§ 


Nous serona, 




we shall be 


Nous aurons etc*, 


we shall 


' r 


Vous serez, 




you will be 


Vous aurez ete, 


you will 


s 


lis seront, 




they will be 


Us jLiiront e'te', 


they will 








CONDITION 


AL MOOD. 




FXESENT. 




COMPOUND OF 


THE PRESENT. 


Je serais, 




I should be 


J'aurais ete, 


Ishoxdd ' 




Tu serais, 




thou wouldst be 


Tu aurais e'te, 


thou wouldst 


1 


11 serait, 




he would be 


11 aurait etc, 


he would 




Nous serious, 




we should be 


Nous aurions etc', 


we should 


§■ 


Vous seriez, 




you would be 


Vous auriez ete, 


you would 


? 


lis seraient, 




they would be 


lis auraient ete, 


they icould t 





CONJUGATION OF ETBE, TO BE. 



55 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Sois, 

Soyons, 

Soyez, 



be (thou). 

let us be. 

be (ye or you). 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Que je sois, that I may be 

Que tu sois, that thou may est be 

Qu'il soit, that he may be 

Que nous soyons, that we may be 

Que tous soyez, that you may be 

Qu'ils soient, that they may be 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je fusse, 

Que tu fusses, 



that I might be 
that thou mightest be 



Qu'il fut that he might be 

Que nous fussions, that we might be 

Que vous fussiez, that you might be 

Qu'ils fussent, that they might be 



Etre, 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie ete, that I may 

Que tu aies ete, that thou mayest 
Qu'il ait ete, that he may 

Que nous ayons etc, that we may 
Que vous ayez ete, that you may 
Qu'ils aient ete, that they may 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse ete, that I might 
Que tu eusscs ete, that thou 

mightest 
Qu'il cut ete, that he might 

Que nous eussions ete', that ive 

might 
Que vous eussicz ete, that you 

might 
Qu'ils eussent £te, that they 

might 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT- COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

to be I Avoir £te, to have been 



Etant, 



PRESENT. 



PARTICIPLE. 



being 



COMPOUND. 

Ayant ete, having 



PAST OR PASSIVE. 
itt&, ("invariable) 



YOCABULASY. 



Riche, rich. 
applique', diligent. 
malheureux, unhappy. 
content, pleased, contented. 
faible, "weak, tres, very. 
le gouvernail, helm. 



paresseux, lazy, idle. 

heureux, happy. 

jeune, young. 

sage, good, comment, how, 

encore, still, again* 

Jules. Julius. 



5G — x 2. DIXIEME LEgON. 

THEME 10. 

I am ill. Thou art young. Charles is my friend. "We are hap- 
py. You are also happy. The child will be good. Louisa was ill. 
William and Julius have also been ill. This boy has been idle. 
This girl was very good. He will be contented. You would also 
be contented. She has been at Paris. Her (son) brother has been 
in London. We have been in France. Your mother may (pent) 
have been (Comp. Inf.) ill. Yes, indeed (en effei) she has been ill 
long.* Who was (has been) with (chez) your father ? A merchant 
has been with my father. He had been before (auparavani) with 
my uncle. 

ADDITIONAL THEME ON ETRE CONJUGATED AFFIRMATIVELY. 

1. Having been sick, he is still weak. 2. The spoons were on 
the table. 3. We were still sick. 4. The young boy was at the 
helm. 5. I am among my (mes) friends. 6. I shall be with my 
friends to-morrow. 7. I was at your (voire) father's house yester- 
day (L. IV. 3). 8. She is in the room. 9. My neighbor's name 
is William. 10. I should be happy if you were pleased. 11. If 
you are unhappy, how can you (pouvez-vous) be (inf.) contented? 
12. I shall be pleased to see you (de vous voir) to-morrow. 13. 
The merchant has been here (ici) to-clay. 14. He had been at his 
friend's yesterday. 15. Be at my house (chez-moi) to-morrow. 
16. Let us be happy. 17. Though he is (Pres. Subj.) rich, he is 
more (plus) unhappy than you. 

* Translate, she is ill since a longtime (depuis longtemps). 



NEGATIONS. 57 

XI. ONZIEME LE9ON. 



NEGATIONS. —THE NEGATIVE AND INTERIIOGA 
TIYE FORMS OE THE AUXILIARIES. 

1. The negation not is rendered by the two words ne . . . pas. A r e 
is placed before the verb and becomes rC before a vowel or silent h ; 
pas is placed immediately after the verb. In compound tenses pas 
is placed between the auxiliary and the participle. In the iniiaitivc 
ne and pas generally both precede the verb. Ex. 

Jc ne suis pas. I am not. 

Je n'ai pas eu. I have not had. 

Ne pas etre, less frequently, n'etre pas. Not to be. 

2. The words jamais, ever, personne, person, and rien, any- 
thing, used with a verb preceded by ne mean respectively never, 
nobody, nothing. When the verb is understood, as in answers, the 
ne is omitted, and they have none the less a negative meaning. 
When used with a verb not preceded by ne they are always affirma- 
tive. Ex. 

Avez-vous jamais rien vu de pareil ? Have you ever seen anything similar ? 

Je n'ai rien. I have nothing. 

II n'a jamais tort. He is never wrong. 

Personne n'a sommeil. Nobody is sleepy. 

C'est une personne qui a sommeil. It is a person that is sleepy. 

Qui a sommeil "? Personne. Who is sleepy ? Nobody. 

Qu' avez-vous ? Rien. What is the matter with you ? Noth- 
ing. 

3. The words aucun, nul, no ; nullement, nowise, not at all ; ni . . . 
ni, neither . . . nor ; guere., but little, but few ; and que in the 
sense of but or only ; also require the verb to be preceded by ?ic. 
Me (the verb) plus means, no more, not any more left. Ex. 

Je n'ai plus de pain. I have no more bread. 

II n'a ni pain ni vin. He has neither bread nor wine» 

Elle n'a guere de patience. She has but little patience* 

Nul ii'cst parfait. No one is perfect. 



58 XI. ONZIEME LEgON. 

Ebmaek. After ni . . . ni nouns used in a partitive sense take neithei 
preposition nor s-rticle ; as, ni pain ni vin. . 
Eor further rules on the negative see P. I. L. 33, and P. II. L. 15. 

4/ In interrogations the pronoun which is the subject of the verb 
is placed after it, and both are joined by a hyphen, as : aurez-vous ? 
avez-vous eu? When the verb ends with a vowel, -t- is placed 
between the verb and it, elle, or on, as : aura-t-iU a-t-on ? See also 
L. I. Rem. 5. 



5. AVOIR AND ETRE CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Je n'ai pas, / have not 

Tu n'as pas, thou hast not 

11 n'a pas, he has not 

Nous n'avons pas, we have not 

Vous n'avez pas, you have not 

lis n'ont pas, they have not 



Je ne suis pas, / am not 

Tu n'es pas, thou art not 

II n'est pas, he is not 

Nous ne sommes pas, we are not 

Vous n'etes pas, you are not 

lis ne sont pas, they are not 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je n'ai pas eu, I have not had, etc. | Je n'ai pas ete, / have not been, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je n'avais pas, I had not or did not I Je n'etais pas, I was not, etc. 

. have, etc. j 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je n'avais pas eu, I had not had, etc. | Je n'avais pas ete, I had not been, etc 
And thus with all compound tenses. 

PRETERITE. 

ft 

Je n'eus pas, / had not, etc. | Je ne fus pas, / was not, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je n'aurai pas, etc. | Je ne serai pas, etc. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Je n'aurais pas, etc. | Je ne serais pas, etc. 



NEGATIONS. 



59 



Que je n'aie pas, etc. 
Que je n'eusse pas, etc. 
N 'aic pas, etc. 



Ne pas avoir. 
(N 'avoir pas.) 



N'ayant pas. 
N'ayant pas cu. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT. 

| Que je ne sois pas, etc 

IMPERFECT. 

| Que je ne fusso pas, etc. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

| Ne sois pas, etc. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Ne pas etre. 
(N'etre pas.) 

PARTICIPLES. 



N'c'tant pas. 
N'ayant pas ete'. 



INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Ai-je, 
As-tu, 
A-t-il, 


have I? 

hast thou? 

has he ? etc. 


Suis-je, 

Es-tu, 

Est-il, 




COMPOUND OF THE PRESEN 


Ai-je eu, 


have I had? etc. | Ai-je ete', 




IMPERFECT. 


Avais-je, etc. 


| Etais-je, etc. 




PRETERITE. 


Eus-je, etc. 


| -Eus-je, etc. 




FUTURE. 


Aurai-je, etc. 


Serai-je, etc 




CONDITIONAL MOOD. 


Aurais-je, etc. 


1 


Serais-je, etc. 



ami? 

art thou ? 

is he? etc. 



Iiave I been ? etc 



60 



XI. ONZIEMB LEgON. 



NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE CONJUGATION. 

PRESENT. 



N'ai-je pas, 
N'as-tu pas, 
N 'a-t-il pas, 



N'aTais-je pas, etc. 
N'eus-je pas, etc. ■ 
N'aurai-je pas, etc. 
N'aurais-je pas, etc. 



have I not ? 

hast thou not ? 

has he not ? etc. 



Ne suis-je pas, 
N'es-tu pas, 
N'est-il pas, 



am I not 'I 

art thou not ? 

is he not f etc. 



IMPERFECT. 

I N'etais-je pas, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

j Ne fus-je pas, etc. 

FUTURE. 

j Ne serai-je pas, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

I Ne serais-je pas, etc. 



VOCABULARY. 

La nouvelle, the news. tres, very, du tout, at all. 

la lettre, the letter. pauvre, poor. 

le chagrin, the grief. me'content, discontented. 

les parents, the parents. mange*, eaten. 

le tailleur, the tailor. autrefois, formerly. 

le bottier, the boot-maker. longtemps, long, a long time. 

la cerise, the cherry. vos, plural of voire, your. 

THEME 11. 

1. I liavo a friend. 2. Hast thou also a friend ? 3. We have 
friends. 4. Have you also friends? 5. I am happy. 6. lam 
not happy. 7. Are you happy? 8. Are you not happy? 9. 
No, we are not happy ; we are poor. 1 10. Formerly we were very 
happy. 11. You are not rich. 1 12. Thou hast been poor. 13. 
She has been rich. 14. Have you had any cherries? 15. You 
have been idle. 16. Hast thou been ill ? No, I have not b^en 
ill at all. 17. Th3j have not received the letter. 18. Were you 
(have you been) at (chez) the tailor's ? 19. I have not been 
at the tailor's. 20. I have been at the boot-maker's; but Qnais) 



i These adjectives take s in the plural (paucres — riches). 



NEGATIONS. 



Qi 



he was not at home (a la maison) . 21. How many horses had 
you ? 22. I had two horses. 23. Charles would not have been 
ill, if he had not eaten too much (trop). 24. Be contented. 25. 
Take care of your books. 



CONVERSATION. 



Quand (when) avez-vous ete* 

au spectacle (theatre) ? 
Charles, seras-tu content ? 
Avez-yous un ami ? 
Avez-vous re5u une lettre ? 
Ou &ait ton ami Louis ? 
Vos parents sontrils riches ? 
Ou avez-vous ete hier? 
Oil serez-vous demain? 
Ta soeur a-t-elle et6 malade ? 
Avez-vous des affaires (business)*! 

N'etes-vous pas contents ? 

Pourquoi (why) etes-vous me- 

contents ? 
Pourquoi avez-vous du chagrin ? 
Serais-tu content, si tu avais 

beaucoup de livres 1 



Nous avons 6t6 hier au spectacle 

Oui, M — , je serai content. 

Nous avons beaucoup d'amis. 

J'ai regu une lettre de Paris. 

II etait a Berhn. 

Non, M — , ils sont pauvres. 

Nous avons ete a l'eglise. 

Nous serons a. l'ecole. 

Oui, elle a ete longtemps malade. 

Oui, M — , nous avons beaucoup 

d'affaires. 
Non, M — , nous sommes mecon- 

tents. 
Nous avons eu une triste (sad) 

nouvelle. 
Notre mere est tres -malade. 
Oui, M — , je serais Men content. 



62 XII. DOUZIEME LEgON. 

XII. DOUZIEME LE9ON 



DEMONSTRATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE ADJEC- 
TIVES. 

Adjectives in French agree in gender and number with the nouns they 
limit ; — form the plural according to the rules given for nouns (L. 11.);—* 
form the feminine by adding e mute to the masculine. If the masculine 
ends in e, the feminine is the same. Irregular formations will be given in 
the vocabularies until the full rules are given, L. xvn. 

1. The Demonstrative Adjectives are : — » 

Ce, fern, cette, this, that ; plur. ces, these, those. 
Ce — ci, fern, cette — ci, this (here) ; plur. ces — ci. 
Ce — la, fern, cette — la, that ; plur. ces — la, those. 

2. As ce means either this or that; whenever in English the 
words this, that, these, those are emphatic, either ci (abbreviated form 
of id, here) or la (there) are appended to the noun. Ex. : — 

Ce chapeau, this hat. ces hommes, these men. 

cette ville, this town. ce meme livre, this same book. 

Ce gargon-ci, this boy (here). ce garcon-la, that boy. 

cette femme-ci, this woman (here). cette femme-la, that woman. 

ces arbres-ci, these trees. ces arbres-la, those trees. 

3. Before a masculine noun which begins with a vowel or h mute. 
cet is used instead ce. Ex. : — 

Cet arbre, this tree (instead of ce arbre.) 

Cet habit, this or that coat (instead of ce habit). 

4. The Interrogative Adjective is, in the singular, quel, fern, 
quelle ; plur. quels, quelles, which or what ? Ex. : — 

Quel livre, which book 1 plur. quels livres, which or what books 1 
Quelle Jleur, which or what flower ? 
It answers also to the exclamative what a — / Ex. : — 
Quel beau tableau I what a beautiful picture I 



DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 63 

VOCABULARY. 

La plante, the plant. ' l'<zuf> m « the egg. 

le champ, the field. kaut, f. haute, high. 

la couleur, the color. beau, f. belle, beautiful. 

1/ijille, the girl. grand, f. grande, large, great. 

le b&uf, the ox. bon, f. 6onne, good. 

hivache, the cow. *rop, too. mais, "but. 

I'heure, f. the hour. connaissez-vous, do you know ? 
Za roie, the dress. 

READING EXERCISE 12. 

Ceverre. Cette ponime-ci. Cethomme. Cesbas. Cesbottes- 
la. Cette boite est haute. Ces enfants sont pauvres. . Le frere de 
ce gar9on. Deux iivres de ce cafe. Je doime ces poires a cette 
fille-ci. La meme couleur. Nous avons achete les memes plumes. 
J'ai vu ces chiens-la. Quels ckiens avez-vous vus ? Quel beau 
cheval ! Quelle belle maison ! Le fils de cet homme-lk est trea 
grand. Quelle heure est-il ? E est trois heures (o'clock), II est 
une heure. 

THE3IE 12. 

1. This king is rich, 2. This queen is also rich. 3. This man 
is poor. 4. These men are poor. 5. That child is not good (sage) . 
6. That woman is not contented. 7. This tree is very high. 8. 
Those trees are not very bigh. 9. Whose (a qui) is this pencil ? 
10. Whose are these pens? 11. The color of that dress is beauti- 
ful (belle). 12. The field of that man is large. 13. These oxen 
are larger (plus grands) than those cows. 14. I give the bread 
to this boy. 15. I give these flowers to those girls. 1G. The 
parents of those children are very good. 17. Which boy? IS. 
Which apples? 19. What a beautiful picture ! 20. The pleasure 
of those gilds was not very great. 21. What o'clock is it (transL 
whickhour is it?) 22. It is four o'clock (transl. four hours), 23. 
We have read (lu) the same books. 



61 



XIII. TREIZEME LEQON. 



CONVERSATION. 

A qui (whose) est ce canif ? II est a ma soeur 

A qui sont ces gants ? 

Ou est la fille de cette femme ? 

Connaissez-vous cette fleur ? 

Connaissez-vous le pere de ce 

garcon-la ? 
Quel papier voulez-vous ? 
Ces plumes-ci sont-elles bonnes ? 
Cette eglise est-clle haute ? 
A qui donnez-vous ces fleurs ? 
A qui donnez-vous ces crayons ? 
Troiwe-t-on de l'or dans ce 



pays 



lis sont a Mademoiselle Julie. 

Elle est au jardin. 

C'est une rose. 

Non M — , mais jo connais (/ 

know) sa mere. 
Donnez-moi ce papier-la. 
Oui, M — , elles sont tres-bonnes. 
Oui, elle est tres-haute. 
Je lcs donne a cette fille-ci. 
Je les donne a ce garcon-la. 
Oui, M — , ce pays-ci est riche 

en or. 



Voulez-vous (do you wish, lit- Donnez-moi ces gants-la. 

erally, wish you) ces bas-ci 

ou ces gants-la ? 
Trouvez-vous ces couleurs belles ? Oui, ces couleurs sont tres-belles. 



Quelle heure est-il ? 



II est quatre heures. 



XIII. TEEIZIEME LEgON 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES, 

1*. The Possessive Adjectives are : — 

mon, fern, via, plur. mcs, my. 
ton, " ta, " tes, thy. 
son, " sa, " ses, his, her, its. 
notre " notre, " nos, our. 
votre, " votre, " vos, your. 
leur> " leur, " lews, their. 
Ex. : — Mon pere, ta mere, ses frercs, notre ami, ros livres, leurs parents* 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 65 

2. The possessive adjectives are repeated in French before each 
substantive, and agree with it in gender and number : — 

Monfrere et ma sceur, my brother and sister. 

3. Mon, ton, son, are used instead of ma, ta, sa, before feminine 
words beginning with a vowel or h mute, in order to avoid the hiatus 
which would result from the meeting of the two vowels. Ex. : — 

Mon amie, my (female) friend; son dme, his soul.. 

4. Son, sa, ses, each mean his, her, and. its ; they agree in gen- 
der with the following noun, as : — 

Lepere aime sonjils, the father loves his son. 

La mere aime sonjils et sajiile, the mother loves her son and her daughter. 

5. In French, votre is, from politeness, often preceded by the 
words: Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle; plur. Messieurs, Mes- 
dames, Mesdemoiselles, which are not expressed in English, as, — 

Monsieur votre pere, your father. 
Mademoiselle votre sceur, your sister. 
Messieurs vosfreres, your brothers. 

6. In expressions such as " a friend of yours," the possessive ad- 
jective must be used in French, preceded by de, as, un de vos 
amis., une de mes tantes, an aunt of mine. 

7. A possessive adjective must always precede a noun denoting a 
degree of relationship when a relative or friend is addressed, though 
none is used in English. Ex. Bonjour ma sceur, good morning, 
sister; adieu, mon cousin, good-by, cousin. The words papa, 
maman, and a few terms of endearment are excepted, as, bonjour 
papa, bonsoir maman. 

VOCABULARY. 

La demoisdle, the young lady. la yrand'mere, the grandmother. 

la tante, the aunt. la poche, the pocket. 

la canne, the cane. arrive', e, arrived. 

la casquette, the cap. ptarti, e, departed, gone. 

le arand-pere, the grandfather. perdu, lost. 

deux, eld. trouve', found. 
6 



66 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. 

BEADING EXERCISE 13. 

Mon pere est boil. Ma mere est bonne. Ton frere est grand. 
Ta soeur n'est pas grande. Notre oncle a ete riche. Votre tante 
est pauvre. Lcurs parents seront contents. Mes cousins et mes 
eousines sont arrives. Les peres aiment (love) leurs enfants. No- 
tre grand'mere a perdu sa bourse. J'ai trouve la bourse de votre 
grand 'mere. Mon amie est arrive e. Madame votre mere est-ello 
ici (here) ? Non, elle n'est pas ici ; elle est k Londres. Mesde< 
moiselles vos sceurs sont parties. 

THEME 13. 

1. My dog is old. 2. Thy book is good. 3. My book and 
(my) pen. 4. My books and pens. 5. Your garden is beautiful. 
6. Your flowers are beautiful (belles'). 7. My sister has lost her 
watch. 8. Our sisters have found their letters. 9. These children 
have lost their father. 10. These parents have lost their children. 
11. Here is (voici) thy stick. 12. Your cousins (/.) have been 
in our garden. 13. My soul is immortal (immortelle). 14. We 
have received this letter from our aunt. 15. Our uncle's horse (the 
horse of our uncle) is old. 16. Where is your father ? 17. Whero 
is your sister? 18. I have found the purse of your mother. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou est mon frere ? II est alle* (gone) au jardin. 

Ou est ton livre ? Le voila sur la table. 

Qui a perdu sa casquette ? Charles a perdu sa casquette. 

Qui a trouve nos crayons ? Henri les (them) a trouves. 

Que cherchez-vous (are you Je cherche mes plumes. 

looking for) f 

A qui est cette canne ? Elle est h Monsieur votre onclo. 

A qui sont ces gants ? lis sont a Mademoiselle votre 

soeur. 

Voulez-vous mes crayons? Non, mcrci (thank you). 

Connaissez-vous mon amie ? Oui, je la cormais (know her). 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



67 



Ou etait Monsieur votre pere? 
Ou as-tu trouve ta bourse ? 
Qui est arrive aujourd'hui ? 
Avez-vous ete dans votre cliamp ? 

De qui avez-vous recu cette belle 
canne ? 



II etaiyi Berlin. 

Ello etait dans ma poclie. 

La fille de mon oncle. 

Non, Monsieur, nous avons 6te 

dans notre jardin. 
C'est un cadeau (present) de nadL^ 

grand'rnere. 



XIY. QUATORZIEME LE9ON. 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



1. The Cardinal Numbers are : — 



Un, une, one. 
deux, two. 
trois, three. 
guatre, four. 
cinq, five. 
six, six. 
sept, seven. 
huit, eight. 
neuf, nine. 
dix, ten. 
onze, eleven. 
tdouze, twelve. 
treize, thirteen. 
quatorze, fourteen. 
quinze, fifteen. 
seize, sixteen. 
dix-sept, seventeen. 
dix-huit, eighteen. 
dix-neuf, nineteen. 
vingt, twenty. 
vingt et un, twenty-one 



vingt-deux, twenty-two. 
vingt-trois, twenty-three. 
vingt-quatre, twenty-four. 
vingt-cinq, twenty-five, etc. 
trente, thirty. 
quarante, forty. 
cinquante, fifty. 
soixante, sixty. 
soixante-dix, seventy. 
soixante-anze, seventy-one. 
soixante-douze, seventy-two. 
soixante-treize, seventy-three. 
soixante-quatorze, seventy-four. 
soixante-quinze, seventy-five. 
soixante seize, seventy-six. 
soixante-dix-sept, seven ty-sevon 
soixa nte-dix-Jw it, seven ty-eig 1 it, 
soixante-dix-neuf, seventy-nine. 
quatre-vingts, eighty. 
quatre-vingt-un, eighty-one. 
quatre-vingt-deuz, eighty-two. 



68 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE^ON. 

quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. cent deux, a hundred and two, etc. 

quatre-vingt-onze, ninety-one. deux cents, two hundred. 

qnatre-vingt-douze, ninety-two. trois cents, three hundred, etc. 

quatre-vingt-treize, ninety-three, etc. quinze cents, fifteen hundred. 
cent, a hundred. mille, mil, a thousand. 

cent un, a hundred and one. un million, a million. 

Ex.: Cinq enfants, five children. 

Trente-six chevaux, thirty-six horses. 
Trois cent quatre-vingt-quinze aunes, 395 yards. 
L'an mil huit cent soixante-cinq, the year 1865. 
Et, and, must be expressed before un after vingt, trente, quarante, cinquante s 
soixante, as : vingt et un, etc. Et is* also often used in soixante et onze. 

2. The cardinal numerals do not admit of change in their termi- 
nations except un, which takes an e in the feminine, and cent and 
quatre-vingts. Cent takes an s when several hundreds, not followed 
by another number, are mentioned, as : — 

Trois cents francs, 300 francs. 

Sept cents personnes, 700 persons. — But : 

Sept cent vingt personnes, 720 persons. 

3. Quatre-vingts loses its s when followed by another numeral. 

Ex.: — 

Quatre-vingts e'coliers, 80 pupils. — But: 
Quatre-vingt-deux aunes, 82 yards. 

4. Cent and mille are not accompanied by the indefinite article 
as in English. Ex.: — 

A hundred or a thousand pounds, cent ou mille livres. 

5. When one thousand is used for dates it is rendered in French 
by mil, with one I only, thus : — 

L'an or en mil huit cent, cinquante-huit , in the year 1F5S. 

G. The expression, "I am 20, 30, 40, etc., years old," cannot 
be rendered literally, but must bo expressed thus : Tax vingt ans, - — 
[rente ans, etc. How old are you ? is translated thus : Quel age 
avez-vous ? Ex. : — 

Quel agetfL votrefrcre, how old is your brother ? 

Ft a dix-huit ans, he is eighteen years old 



CARDINAL NUMBERS. 



69 



7. Collective numbers are : 

Une huitaine, a series of eight. 
Une dizaine, a series of ten, 

half a score. 
Une douzaine, a dozen. 



Une vingtaine, a score. 
Une centaine, a hundred. 
Un millier, a thousand* 
Un million, a million. 



VOCABULARY 

I /a file, the daughter. 

le veau, the calf. 

le cochon, the pig, swine. 

la brebis, the sheep. 

le lievre, the hare. 

le chevreuil, the deer, the roe. 

n€, f. rufe, born. 

la rue, the street. 

Vhabitant, m. the inhabitant. 

J'dge, m. the age. 

la semaine, the week. 

encore, still, fois, times. 

compte, contains. 

environ, about. 



chasse, hunting. 
lejour, the day. 
h nuit, the night. 
le mois, the month. 
lafievre, the fever. 
Van, m. and Vannee, f. the year. 
Vheure, the hour. 
la minute, the minute, 
/e pied, the foot. 
vivait, lived, mound, died. 
combien, how much, how many. 
yo?rt, make, o;/, or. 
vendue, sold, es£ ne'-e, was born 
en, in. en, of them. 



READING EXERCISE 14. 

J'ai trois fils. Vous avez quatre filles. Mon oncle a eu dix en- 
fants. 11 a perdu cinq fils et deux filles. Nous avons vu 35 boeufs, 
42 vacbes, 88 veaux, et 76 cochons. Notre voisin a eu 495 
brebis. . Combien do lievres avez-vous tues (killed) ? Nous avons 
tue 23 lievres et 14 cbevreuils. Sept et huit font quinze. 24 et 
36 font GO. —4 fois 8 font 32. — 7 fois 9 font 63. — 21 fois 32 
font 672. Je suis ne en 1814, et mon frere en 1818. Ma mere 
est nee en 1829. La ville de Londres compte 10,000 rues, 600 
eglises, 249,500 maisons et plus de (more thaii) deux millions 
d'habitants. Lycurgue vivait en 880 avant Jesus-Cbrist. Quel 
6ge avez-vous ? J'ai quinze ans. 



TIIEME 14, 

1. I have bad tbree borses and five dogs. 2. My cousin bas 34 
sheep. 3. My neighbor (m.) bad 36 oxen. 4. A week bas 7 



70 



XIV. QUATORZIEME LE£ON. 



days. 5. 30 days make a month. 6. 12 months or 52 weeks 
make a year. 7. A year has 365 days. 8. I was (je suis) born 
in the year (en) 1828. 9. I am 35 years old. 10. My sister was 
born (f.) in the year 1841 ; she is 17 years old. 11. How much 
h (font) three times nine ? 12. 3 times 9 make 27. 13. 6 times 
8 are 48. 14. 35 and 42 are 77. 1£. How much is 125 and 
£64? 16. My mother has had the fever during 6 weeks. 17. A 
(the) day has 24 hours, an (the) hour 60 minutes. 18. Give 
(to) Charles 32 florins and (to) Louis 33 florins. 19. Here are 
200 pounds of sugar. 

CONVERSATION. 



Combien de fils votre oncle 

a-t-il? 
Combien d'enfants a-t-il eus ? 
Oil sont vos deux cousines? 
Quelle est la hauteur (the 

height) de cette eglise ? 
Combien font 5 et 7 ? 
Combien font 15 et 25 ? 
Combien font 20, 35 et 45 ? 
Combien font 6 fois 8 ? 
Combien font 12 fois 24? 
Quel age avez-vous ? 
Quel age a votre soeur ? 
Combien de florins avez-vous 

recus de votre pere ? 
Combien de jours a une annee ? 

Combien de semaincs font un 
inois? 

Combien de mcis font une an- 
nee? 

Avez-vous ete h la chasse 
hier? 



II a encore trois fils. 

11 a eu sept enfants. 
Elles sont a l'egliso. 

Elle a 327 pieds de hauteur. 

5 et 7 font 12. 
15 et 25 font 40. 

20 et 35 et 45 font cent. 

6 fois 8 font 48. 

12 fois 24 font 288. 
J'ai quatorze ans. 
Elle a 18 ans. 

J'ai rccu 50 florins. 

Une annee a 365 jours et six 

heurcs. 
Qaatre semaines et deux ou troLa 

jours font un mois. 
Douze mois font une annee. 

Oui, Monsieur, toute la journeo 
(all day) . 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



11 



A.vez-vous tue beaucoup de Nous avons tue 35 lievres. 

lievres ? 
Charles a-t-il assez d'argent ? Oh, oui, il a 22 francs. 



XV. QUINZIEME LE9ON 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 

1. Except le premier and le second, the ordinal numbers are 
formed from the cardinal by changing e mute into ieme ; and by add- 
ing this syllable to those which end in another letter. But cinq 
takes u before ieme (cinquieme) , and neuf changes the f into v 
{neuvieme) . 

Le ■premier, 

la premiere, 



They are as follows : 
the first. 



le second, \ 

la seconde, y the second. 

le, la deuxieme, ) 

le troisieme, tlie third. 

le quatrieme, the fourth. 

le cinquieme, the fifth. 

le aixieme, the sixth. 

le septieme, the seventh. 

le kuitieme, the eighth. 

le neuvieme, the ninth. 

le dixieme, the tenth. 

le onzieme, the eleventh. 

le douzieme, the twelfth. 

le treizieme, the thirteenth. 

le quatorzieme, the fourteenth 

le quinzieme, the fifteenth. 

le seizieme, the 16th. 

le dix-septieme, the 17th. 

le dix-huitieme, the 18th. 

le dix-neuvieme. the 19th. 



le vingtieme; the 20th. 

le vingtet unieme, the 21st. 

le vingt-deuxieme, the 22d, etc. 

le trentieme, the 30th. 

le quarantieme, the 40th.. 

le cinquantieme, the 50tn. 

le soixantieme, the 60th. 

le soixante-dixieme, the 70th. 

le soixante-onzieme, the 71st. 

le soixante-douzieme, the 72d, etc. 

le quatre-vingtieme, the 80th. 

le quatre-vingt-unihne, the 81st. 

le quati e-vingt-dix ieme, the 90th. 

le centieme, the 100th. 

le cent et unieme, the 101st. 

le cent deuxieme, the 102d, etc. 

le cent vingtieme, the 120th. 

le deux centieme, the 20Cth. 

le six cent soixante-quinzieme f tha 

6 75th. 
le milliemej the lOOOt^. 
le dernier, the last. 



72 XV. QUINZIEME LEf ON. 

2. Uhieme is used only after vingt, trente, quamnte, etc. , as : 
Charles est le vingt et unieme de sa classe. 

3. Days of the month (except le premier and le dernier) are 
expressed by cardinal numbers, as : — 

The first of April, le premier Avril. — But : 

The 2d, 3d, 4th, etc., of May, le deux, trois, quatre, etc., max (or de Tnci). 

The eleventh of March, le onze (without apostrophe) mars. 

The twentieth of June, le vingt juin. 

The question, " What day of the month is it to-day? " is trans- 
lated : Quel quantihne avons-nous aujourdliui f or, Quel jour du 
mois avons-nous f 

The English "on the sixth," etc., is rendered in Trench, without prepo- 
sition, le six Ex. : On the sixth of May, le six max. 

4. Proper names of princes, etc., take in French the cardinal 
numbers without the article, except the first and sometimes the sec- 
ond, as : — 

Henri -premier, Henry the first. 
Henri second or deux, Henry the second. 
Henri quatre, Henri the fourth. 
Louis quatorze, Louis the fourteenth. 

Note. The German Emperor, Charles V., bears in French the name of Charles- 
Quint, and the Pope Sixtus V. that of Sixte- Quint. 

5. Numeral adverbs are formed from ordinal numbers by adding 
-ment or -ement to the final : — 

Premierement, firstly. Deuxiemement, secondly. Troisiemement, thirdly, etc. 

6. Fractional numbers are expressed by ordinal numbers, as in 
English, but only from five upwards, as : — 

Un cinquieme, a fifth. Un sixieme, a sixth. 

Un huxtieme, an eighth. Un dixibne, a tenth- 

The others are as follows : — 

Half (adj.), demi. f. demie. The half, la moiti€ (noun). 
A third, un tiers. A quarter or fourth, un quart. 
One pound and a half, une livre et demie. 



ORDINAL M7MBEB3, 73 

7. The hours of the day I are expressed thus : — 

Two o"cl . . ' . .'.res. 

A quarter pa;: heures et (un) quart. 

Half past two, de:ix heures et demie. 

A quarter to three, trois heures moins un quart 

At twelve o'clock {at noon), a midi. 

At twelve o'clock (midnight), a nt 

8. Proportional numbers which express a quantity multiplied, 

: — 

Simple, simple. quadruple, fourfold. 

double, double, two: txxbq. '-:. sentopk a _ nn -red-fold. 

- pie, triple, threefold. 

VOCABULARY. 

January. Dimancke, Sunday. 

ary. Lundi, Monday. 

Tnes lay (and on Tue: 1 
Ai-ril, April Mercrec lay. 

Jendtj Thursday. 

Jui/i, June. Vendredi, Friday. 

Fuly. Samedi, S tan lay 

Aou- sentnry. 

5. "_.'." " :. Septei 1'incend'e, m. afire, conflagration. 

Octobre, October. la partie, the part, portion 

1~ bre, Xovember. la place, the place. 

£ :5re, December. /a classe, the e'- 

en /an war, in January. a pn 

nous vivons, we live. nume'ro, number (denoring order, as 

nombre, number. number of a house, of a rule, of a 

page). 

9. Rule for il and ce as expletive subjects of lire. Use il 
~erb is followed: 1. by an adjective limiting something which 

comes after it in the sentence; 2. by temps m by the hour of the 
day. In all other cases use ce. Ex. Fai-es cela, e'est facile, do 
that, it is easy. But. II est facile de faire cela, it is easy to do 
that. II est temps dele fa zie to do it. II est six heures, 

it is six o'clock. CV : n' est pas moi. it is you, i: is uot T. 



71 XV. QUINZIEME LEgON. 

READING EXERCISE 15. 

Je suis dans ma soixante-douzieme annee. Charles est le pre- 
mier de sa classe. Louis est le neuvieme, Henri le dix-huitieme et 
Jules le dernier. Le pape (pope) Gregoire VII etait l'ennemi de 
Henri IV. Nous vivons dans le dix-neuvieme siecle. Romulus 
rut le premier, Numa Pompilius le second roi de Rome. Pierre 
premier fut sumomme (was sumamed) le grand. Avril est le 
quatrieme, Juin le sixieme et Decembre le dernier mois de l'annee. 
La semaine est la cinquante-deuxieme partie de l'annee. Ma soeur 
Elisabeth est n^e le vingt-huit juillet, mil huit cent trente-cinq. 
J'ai re^u trois livres et demie de cafe et cinq livres et un quart de 
sucre. Charles XII etait roi de Suede. Le 27 (de) septembro 
1829, un incendie detruisit (destroyed) a Constantinople 11,000 
maisons; 700 personnes perirent (perished) dans les flammes. 

THEME 15. 

1. A month is the twelfth part of a year. 2. What day of the 
month is it to-day? 3. It is the 24th [of] June. 4. I am the 
third, my cousin John the seventh. 5. January is the first, Febru- 
ary the second, March the third month of the year. 6. Napoleon 
died at St. Helena (Sainte-Helene) the 5th of May, 1821. 7. My 
grandmother is at present in her 78th year. 8. What o'clock 
(quelle heure) is it now ? It is four o'clock, or half past four. 
9. Louis the Sixteenth, king of (de) France, was beheaded (fut de< 
capite) at Paris the 21st of January, 1793. 10. Frederick the 
Second was king of Prussia. 11. Peter the Great of Russia died at 
St. Petersburgh (St. Petersbodrg) the 8th of February, 1725, in 
the 53d year of his age.* 12. We have received 6 } pounds of cof- 
fee, 13 pounds of sugar, and 2 i pounds of tea. 

CONVERSATION. 

Quand etes-vous arrive" ? Je suis arrive' le premier jum. 

Quand avez-vous vu votre mere ? Hier a cinq heures. 
Mademoiselle Sophie est-elle la Je crois (/ think) qu'elle est la 
premiere ou la deuxieme ? deuxieme. 

* Translate, hi his 53d year. 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 



75 



Quel age a-t-elle ? 

Dans quelle annee est-elle nee ? 

Dans quel mois ? 

Quel jour ? 

De quel roi parlez-vous ? 

Quand mourut-il ? 

Quelle heure est-il 1 

A quelle heure etes-vous parti ? 

Quel quantieme avons-nous au- 

jourd'hui ? 
Combien d'aunes voulez-vous ? 
Quand mourut Charlemagne ? 
QueJ age a votre grand-pere ? 



Elle a quinze ans. 

Elle est nee en 1851. 

Au mois d'Octobre. 

Le onze. 

Nous parlons de Louis XVI. 

En 1793. 

II est sept heures et (un) quart on 

sept heures et demie. 
Je suis parti a. huit heures moina 

un quart. 
( Nous avons le vingt-cinq. 
> C'est le vingt-cinq. 
Donnez-moi seize aunes et demie 
II mourut en 814, le 28 Janvier. 
H est a present dans sa quatre 

vin[rtieme annee. 



XVI. SEIZIEME LE9ON 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 

1. The Indefinite adjectives precede the noun to which they he- 
long, and agree with it in number and gender. They are sometimes 
used pronominally without a noun. They are as follows : — - 



Chaque, m. and f. ) 
toutj.toute, } every, all. 

aucun, e, ") 
nul, nulls, ) 
jjiaint, e, many a. 
quelque, some, any. 



not one, nc, 



quelques, pi. some. 
certain, e, a certain. 
plusieurs, pi. m. and f. several. 
divers, f. -es, ) 

diff€rents, f . -tes, ) " ' 



ifFerenL 



76 



XVI. SEIZIEME LEQON. 



quelques pommes, some appleg. ■' 
plusieurs e'coliers, several pupils. 
certains mots, certain words. 
differ -entes enireprises, different en 
terprises. 



Ex . Chaque maison, every house. 
toute ville, every town. 
aucun pays, no country. 
nulle regie, no rule, 
maint homme, many a man. 
quelque argent, some money. 

2. Tout has the double meaning of every and all or whole ; in 
the latter case it is accompanied by an article or a possessive adjec- 
tive. Toute ville (without article) signifies every town ; toute la 
ville means all the town or the whole town. The plural of tout is 
masc. tous, fern, toutes. Ex. : Tous les hommes, all men ; toutes 
les lettres, all the letters ; Tous ses enfants, all bis children. 

3. Aucun and nul can only be used of individual things, and an- 
swer to the English not one. They require the particle ne to be 
prefixed to the verb. (In most cases the English no is translated 
point de or pas de.) Ex. : — 

Je n'ai aucunefaute, I have not one mistake. 

Je n'ai pas de (ox point de)faute, I have no mistake. 

4. Quelconque, whatever, takes its place after the noun. 
Un livre quelconque, a (any) book whatever. 



Ex. 



VOCABULARY. 



L'epine, f. the thorn. 

la chose, the thing. 

le temps, time, weather. 

la nouvellc, the news. 

le nom, the name. 

le paysan, the peasant. 

pretez, lend. 

lafaute, the fault, mistake. 

I'erreur, f. the error. 

la torsion, the translation. 



mortel, -le, mortal. 

lafemme, the woman. 

le motif, the motive. 

I'ennemi, m. the enemy. 

rare, rare. 

froid, e, cold. 

le meme, the same. 

depuis, since. 

aime, loves. 

quelque chose, something. 



READING EXERCISE 16. 

Nulle rose n'est sans epines. Notre maitre de musique donne 
chaque jour six lecons. Plusieurs personnes sont arrivees de Vien- 
ne. Dieu est le pere de tous les hommes. Chaque age a ses plai- 
sirs et ses chagrins. Tous les hommes sont mortels. Tout ce pays 
est pauvre. Toute chose a son temps. Je n'ai aucune nouvelle de 



INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 77 

mon frere. Je connais quelques families riches dans cette viile. 
Nous avons rec;u aujourd'hui diverses lettres. Plusieurs hommes 
ont le meme nom. Maint paysan est tres-pauvre. On a parle 
(spoken) de differentes entreprises. Pretez-moi quelques livres. 

THEME 16. 

1 Every ebild likes playing (le jeu). 2. Each town has a 
church. 3. You have several faults in your translation. 4. Every 
man is liable (sujet) to error. 5. My brother has found some pen- 
cils, whose (d qui) are they? 6. The whole house was cold 
(froide). 7. All the houses of this town are very high (hautes). 
8. I do not know the names of all animals. 9. John has lost sev- 
eral pens. 10. The king had different motives*. 11. This father, 
has lost all his children. 12. No rule without exception (excep- 
tion). 13. Certain books are not good for young people (la jeun- 
esse). 14. I have not one enemy. 15. Every mother loves her 
children. 16. All the children lege (aiment) their parents. 17. 
It is rare to (oV ) have several good friends. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ai-je des fautes dans ma ver- Oui, mon ami, vous avez plusieurs 

sion ? fautes. 

Quelles sont les fautes ? Les voici. 

Qui a dit cela (said so) ? Tous les enfants Font dit. 

Ou trouve-t-on cette plante ? On la (it) trouve dans tous les 

pays de 1' Europe. 

A qui sont ces maisons ? Toutes ces maisons sont a mon on- 

cle. 

Quels motifs avez- vous eus? Nous avons eu divers motifs. 

As-tu beaucoup de fautes ? Non, M — , je n'ai aucune faute- 

Qui est mortel ? Tous les hommes sont mortels. 

A-t-elle trouve quelque chose ? Oui, elle a trouve une bourse. 

Ou avez-vous ete la semaine J'ai ete dans plusieurs endroits 

derniere? (places). 

A quoi (to what) les hommes lis sont sujets h Perreiir. 

sont-ils sujets ? 



78 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEQON. 



XVII, DIX-SEPTIEME LE9ON 



ADJECTIVES. — FORMATION OF THE FEMININE 
AND OF THE PLURAL. 

1. General rule. The feminine of adjectives is formed by 
adding an e to the masculine termination, if this does not end in e 
mute. Ex. : Petit, small, little, fern, petite ; joli, pretty, fern 
jolie ; applique, diligent, appliquee. 

2. Particular rules. Adjectives which end in e mute are 
alike in the masculine and feminine gender : facile, easy, fern, fa* 
cile ; sage, wise, fern. sage. 

3. Adjectives ending in el, eil, and n, — further, monosyllables 
ending in 5 and t, double their final consonant before e mute of the 
feminine, as: Gruel, cruel, fern, cruelle ; pareil, like, such, fern, pa* 
reille ; bon, good, fern, bonne ; gros, big, fern, grosse ; has, low, 
fern, basse ; sot, stupid, fern, sotte. 

4. Adjectives which end in f become feminine by changing f 
into ve, as : vif quick, lively, f. vive ; neuf new, f. neuve ; actif 
active, f. active; bref short, f. breve. 

5. Adjectives ending in x, change this x into se, as : JTeureux, 
happy, lucky, f. heureuse ; jaloux, jealous, f. jalouse. 

6. Adjectives which end in er and et, take in the feminine the 
grave accent, as : Leger, light, f. legere ; complet, complete, f. com- 
plete. Those in gu have gue in the fern, to preserve the sound of it 
(see p. 17, Excep.), as: aigu, acute, f. aigue. 

7. Of the adjectives ending in c, three change this c into che, 
viz : Blanc, white, f. blanche ; franc, frank, f. franche ; sec, dry, 
f. seche. 

The others ending in c take -que, as : Turc, Turkish, f. turqite ; 
public, public, f. publique ; Grec, Greek, has in the fern, grccque. 



ADJECTIVES, 79 

8. The following adjectives do not quite agree with the foregoing 
rules : — 

Long, long, f. longue. expres, express, f. exprnsse. 

frais, fresh, f. fraiche. maet, dumb, mute, f. muette. 

e'pais, thick, f. €paisse. sujet, subject, f. sujette. 

doux, sweet, soft, f. douce. malm, wicked, f. maligne. 

faux, false, i.fausse. b€nin, benign, f. b€nigne. 

9. The following are more irregular in the formation of their fem- 
inine, as: — 

Beau (bel), beautiful, f. belle, 
nouveau (nouvel), new, f. nouvelle. 
mou (mol), soft, f. molle. 
fou (fol), mad, foolish, i.folle. 
vieux (vieil), old, f. vieille. 

Note. The forms in parentheses, bel, nouvel, etc., are used before mascu- 
line nouns beginning with a vowel or h mute, as : un bel arbre, a fine tree ; 
un nouvel ordre, a new order; unfol espoir, a mad, wild hope. 

10. The rules given for the plural of substantives apply also to 
adjectives. Ex. : — 

Grand, f. grande ; plur. grands, f. grandes. 
applique', f. appliqu€e ; plur. applique's, f. appliquees. 
grqs, f. grasse, fat ; plur. gras, f. grasses, 
royal, f. royale, royal ; plur. royaux, f. royales. 
beau, f. belle, beautiful ; plur. beaux, f. belles, 
vieux, f. vieille, old , plur. vieux, f. vieilles. 
Fou, mou, and bleu make in the plural fous, mous, and bleus. 

11. The adjective must agree in gender and number with the 

substantive which it qualifies, as : — 

La grande maison, the large house. 

La maison est grande, the house is large. 

La jolie rose, the pretty rose. 

Ces roses sont tres-jolies, these roses are very pretty. 

The adjective is more frequently used substantively in French than in 
English. Ex. Leparesseux, the lazy (one). 



80 



XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEgON. 



VOCABULARY. 



agre'able, agreeable. 
amer, arriere, bitter. 
mur, e, ripe. 
aimable, amiable. 
immortel, -le, immortal. 
cher, chere, dear. 
obtissant, e, obedient. 
precieux, -se, precious. 
corps, m. body. 
oie, f. 



La m€decine, the medicine. 

Vivoire, m. ivory. 

la violette, the violet. 

la montagne, the mountain. 

la liberte, liberty. 

la robe, the dress, gown. 

I'herbe, f. the grass. 

vrai, C; true. 

la voix, the voice. 

utile, useful. 



READING EXERCISE 17. 

Cet arbre est tres-gros. Yoici deux gros arbres. La m^decine 
n' etait pas bonne ; elle etait tres-amere. Nos enfants sont heureux. 
Yos filles ne sont pas heureuses; elles sont tres-malheureuses. 
Vous seriez aimable, si (if) vous etiez appliqnee. Yoici une tres- 
jolie maison, elle est encore neuve. Cette eglise est vieille. Yos 
chevaux sont vieux. Les chateaux royaux sont tres-beaux. Les 
dents longues et blanches de l'elephant fournissent (furnish) 
1'ivoire. La fille de notre voisin est muette. lis ne sont pas 
obeissants. J'avais une oie qui (which) etait grosse etgrasse. 



THEME 17. 

1. The rose is pretty ; the violets are also pretty. 2. My room 
is small; your house is large. 3. This news is not true. 4. My 
father is good ; my mother is also good. 5. These geese are big 
and fat. 6. What beautiful houses ! 7. Henry's books are useful 
and agreeable. 8. Your windows are very small and low. 9. My 
body is mortal, but my soul is immortal. 10. Our town is very old. 
11. Her sister is not handsome. 12. This house is well situated 
(bien situee). 13. This apple is not ripe, but these pears are too 
(trop) ripe. 14. Is this butter fresh ? 15. The grass is very thick. 
16. Ivory is white ; my teeth are not so (si) wbite. 17. Her voico 
is very sweet. 18. I have received a long letter from my father. 
19. What a foolish (§ 9, Note) hope ! 20. That medicine was very 






ADJECTIVES. 



81 



bitter. 21. Louisa's dress is beautiful, but her bonnet is not very 
beautiful 22. My shoes are very old. 23. The leaf is dry. 24. 
My mother is happy ; my sisters are also happy. 25. Your letter 
was too short. 26. That girl is very foolish and idle. 

CONVERSATION. 

Non, elle est immortelle. 



L'ame de Thomme cst-elle mor- 

telle? 
Qui est malade chez vous ? 
Prend-elle (does she take) de la 

medecine ? 
Qui est arrive ? 
A-t-il apporte quelque chose ? 

Etes-vous heureux ? 

Comment trouvez-vous (how do 

you like) cette rose ? 
Votre robe est-elle vieille on 

neuve ? 
Notre version est-elle longue ? 
Comment trouvez-vous ces deux 

ecoliers ? 
Sont-ils obeissants? 



C'est ma tante qui est malade. 

Oui, M — , elle prend une mede- 
cine tres-amere. 

Mon oncle Richard. 

II a apporte un bel oiseau, un 
perroquot (parrot). 

Oh ! non, nous sommes malheu' 
reux ! 

Je la trouve tres-belle. 

Elle n'est pas vieille ; elle est 

toute neuve. 
Non, elle n'est pas bien longue. 
lis sont tres-paresseux. 



Non, M — , lis ne sont pas obeis- 
sants. 
A vez-vous perdu quelque chose ? Oui, Monsieur, j'ai perdu ma- 

vieiile casque tte (cap). 



82 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEgON. 

XVIII, DIX-HUITIEME LEgON. 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 

1. General rule. Adjectives generally follow their 

NOUNS. 

2. Particular rules. The following generally precede the 
substantive : 

Beau, fine. m€chant, wicked. 

bon, good. meifleur, better. 

grand, great, large. moindre, less, least. 

gros, big. petit, little. 

jeune, young. saint holy. 

mauvais, bad. vieux, old. vrai, true. 

Ex. : — Un beau pays, a fine country. 

Une grande ville, a large town or city. 
Un jeune lion, a young lion. 
Un mauvais lit, a bad bed. 
• Un meilleur avis, a better advice. 

Un vieux soldat, an old soldier, etc. 
Note. Grand is placed after its noun, when it signifies tall : un homme 
grand, a tall man. 

N. B. It is to be observed, that substantives preceded by an adjective, 
when used in the partitive sense, take only de before them, instead of du, de, 
la, or des. (See L. v., 4.) Ex. : De bon vin, (some) good wine; de belles 
fieurs, beautiful flowers. 

Note. Exceptions to this rule are : du bon sens, good sense ; des jeunes 
gens, young men ; des petitspois, green peas ; and other expressions in which 
the noun and adjective form really but one compound word. 

3. Monosyllabic adjectives, except those denoting some physical 
property (color, taste, form, etc.), precede the noun. Ex.: Un 
long discours, unfol amour. 

4. Adjectives qualifying a noun followed by a limiting phrase or 
clause, precede the noun. Ex. : LHmmortel auieur du Paradis 
perdu. 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 83 

5. Many adjectives, when taken in their literal sense, follow, 
when taken figuratively, precede the substantive, as : — 

FIGURATIVELY. LITEKALLY. 

Unets'idre amitie', a tender friend- De la viande tendre, tender meat, 

ship. 
moil pauvre enfant, my poor child. un enfant paiwre, a poor (indigent) 

child. 
un profond silence, a deep silence. un fosse 1 prof ond, a deep ditch. 

6. Many adjectives take their place sometimes before, sometiaies 
aftei the noun, without changing their signification, simply for the 
Bake of euphony or stress. This is mostly to be seen when the ad- 
jective is preceded by the definite' article or by ce, cette. We say, 
for instance : une verite affreuse, a frightful truth, but, Yaffreuse or 
cette affreuse verite: 

L' inflexible durete" des riches. 

The inflexible hardness of the rich. 

Cette affligeante nouvelle se repandit dans la ville. 

This afflicting news spread (soon) in the town. 

7. Some adjectives have a different meaning, according as they 
stand before or after their noun : — 

Mon cher ami, my dear friend (de- Un livre cher, a dear book (denoting 

noting affection ) . the price ) . 

un brave liomme, a worthy man. un homme brave, a brave (courageous) 

man. 
un honnete liomme, an honest man. un homme honnete, a civil or polite 

man. 
la derniere annexe, the last year (of a I'annee derniere, last year (the past 
certain space of time). 1 year). 

VOCABULARY. 

Le soldat, the soldier. am€ricain, e, American. 

les gens, people. simple, simple. 

attentif, -ve, attentive. modeste, modest. 

vert, e, green. ' vertueux, -se, virtuous. 

blm, e, blue. laborieux, -se, laborious 

1 For instance: He spent the last year of his life at Paris, il passu la derniere 
ann£e de sa vie a Paris. 



84: XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LEgON. 

aveugh, blind. nature!, -le, natural. 

ta rtAisique, the music- le sentiment, the sentiment. 

noir, e, black, rond, round. la fum€e, the smoke. 

romain, e, Roman. incroyable, incredible. 

Varm€e, f. the army. V application, f. the application 

le malheur, misfortune. deja, already. 

levaisseau, the vessel. nuisible, hurtful. 
Note. Adjectives denoting nationality are not written with a capital. 
Ex.: Lalanguefrangaise. 

READING EXERCISE 18. 

J'ai des raisins doux. Ce sont des jeunes gens attentifs. La 
couleur verte est la couleur de la nature. Notre voisin a un habit 
bleu et une casquette rouge. Yoiciune jeune fille aveugle. You- 
lez-vous cette petite boite ? Elle a recu une lettre amusante de 
sa vieille (old} cousine. Avez-vous de bonne encre ? J'aime la 
musique italienne. Voici deux aunes de drap vert et quatre aunea 
de drap noir. Les soldats romains etaient tres-braves. Un ete' sec 
est tres-nuisible aux plantes. Mon maitre de musique est un brave 
homme. Yoici de grands vaisseaux americams. Les colibris 
(Jitimming fiirds) sont de beaux petits oiseaux. J'aime les jeunes 
filles douces, simples et modestes. m 

THEME 18. 

1. France is a fine country. 2. We have a large house. 
3. Henry has a bad pen. 4. My aunt is a virtuous woman. 5. She 
is also very active and laborious. 6. Frank is an attentive boy. 
7. Miss B. is an amiable young lady. 8. Is Mr. A. a polite man? 
9. Yes, he is very polite. 10. The wasp (la guepe) is a hurtful 
insect. 11 Our neighbor has three small horses. 12. This is a 
natural sentiment. 13. The young man studies (etudie) with (an) 
incredible application. 14. I have bought a round table. 15. Givo 
me some red paper and four black pencils. 16. Yesterday we had 
an easy translation, but our exercise for to-morrow is difficult. 17. I 
like the blue sky, (the) high trees and (the) green fields. 18. Have 
you ripe pears? 19. No, sir, the pears are not yet (pas encore) 



THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 



85 



ripe, but we have ripe cherries. 20. Italian music is very agreea- 
ble. 21. The French soldiers under Napoleon the first were very 
brave. 22. Here are beautiful flowers and beautiful fruit (pi.). 
23. The English have large vessels. 24. The rose and [the] lily 
are beautiful flowers. 



CONVERSATION. 



Avez-vous des noix mures ? 
Quand seront-elles mures? 
Aimez-vous la musique alle- 

mande ? 
Ce marchand a-t-il de bon 

beurre ? 
Comment trouvez-vous ces 

jeunes lions ? 
Votre theme est-il difficile ? 
Combien coute cet habit ? 

Ou est mon cher ami Lucien ? 
A qui est ce livre amusant ? 
Qui a perdu une casquette 

rouge ? 
Avez-vous de bon pain et du 

fromage ? 



Elles ne sont pas encore mures. 

Dans huit jours. 

J'aime mieux (better) la musique 

italienne. 
Son beurre n'est pas frais, mais sa 

creme (cream) est fraiche. 
lis sont tres-beaux. 

Non, Monsieur, il est facile. 

II coute cent francs. C'est un 

habit cher. 
H est alle au concert. 
II est a mon oncle. 
C'est Jules qui l'a perdue. 

Voici un gros morceau de pain et 
du fromage. 



86 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

XIX. DIX-NEUYIBME LE9ON 






DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 

1. The comparative is formed by placing the adverb plus, more, 
before an adjective. The superlative by placing the article before 
the comparative, as : 

Haut, e, high; comp. plus haut, higher; sup. le plus haut, the highest; 
fern, haute, comp. plus haute, sup. la plus haute. 

Mauvais, e, bad; comp. plus mauvais, e, worse; sup. leplus mauvais, f. la 
plus mauvaise, '.he worst. 

Rem. When a possessive adjective is placed before the superlative, the 
article le, la, les, is dropped, as : Mon plus jeunefr ere, my } r oungest brother. 

2. There is in French also a lower and lowest degree which is ef- 
fected by the words moins, less, for the comparative degree, and le 
moins, f. lamoins, the least, for the superlative, as: 

Cruel, -le, cruel ; comp. moins cruel, f. moins crudle, less cruel or not so 
cruel ; sup. le moins cruel, f. la moins cruelle, the least cruel. 

3. The following adjectives have an irregular comparison : 

Bon, f. bonne, good; comp. meilleur, e, better; sup. le meilleur, f. la meit- 
leure, the best. 

(Mauvais, e, in the sense of wicked^), comp. pire, worse ; sup. lepire, f. Id 
pire, the worst. 

(Petit, e,) ; comp. moindre, less ; sup. le moindre, f. la moindre, the least. 

Petit and mauvais are also regular. 

4 As before an adjective is rendered aussi ; as after it, and than 
are both translated que. Ex. : — II est aussi heureux que moi, he 
is as happy as I am. Charles est plus fort que sonfrere, Charles 
is stronger than his brother. 

5. In after a superlative and before the name of a place is ren- 
dered by de and not by dans. Ex. : Les plus belles eglises db 
Paris, the finest churches in Paris. 



DEGREES OP COMPARISON. 87 

VOCABULARY. 

La HoUande, Holland. fort, e, strong. 

Vabeille, f. the bee. chaud, warm. 

le metal, the metal. encore, still. 

V elephant, the elephant. toujours, always. 

Jidele, faithful. V autre, the other. 

peuple, e, peopled, populous. le matin, the morning. 

le pays, the country. le soir, the evening. 

pesant, e, heavy. court, short. 

READING EXERCISE 19. 

L'Europe est pins petite que l'Asie. L'Allemagne est plus fer- 
tile que la Hollande. L'abeille est l'insecte le plus utile. L'or est 
le metal le plus pesant. Ta robe est moins belle que la robe de ta 
sosur. Monsieur S est un homme tres-fort. Son frere aine (elder) 
est encore plus fort ; c'est l'homme le plus fort que (that) je con- 
naisse. L'elephant est le plus grand de tous les animaux terrestres. 
Les livres d'Ernilie sont plus aniusants que les notres (ours) . Les 
chats sont moins fideles que les chiens. Ces pommes-ci sont meil- 
leures que vos poires. Les notres sont les meilleures. Votre tante 
est plus laborieuse que sa fille. Londres et Pari3 sont les villes les 
plus grandes et les plus peuplees de l'Europe. 

THEME 19. 

1. The coffee was warm; the tea was still warmer. 2. This 
church is higher than the other. 3. Mary is the happiest girl in the 
world. 4. She is prettier than Louisa ; she is the prettiest of the 
sisters. 5. This house is not so (si) old as (que) the other. 6. 
This mountain is very high, higher than all the other mountains of 
this country. 7. The 22d [of] June is the longest, and the 22d 
of December the shortest day of the year. 8. The rose is the finest 
of all (the) flowers. 9. This wine is worse than water. 10. Have 
you any (de) better wine? 11. Yes, the red wine is better.^ 12. 
My wine is the best. 13. John is my best friend. 



88 



XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 



CONVERSATION. 

Mademoiselle Mane, etes-vous Ob ! oui, je suis tres-heureuse : 

heureuse ? plus heureuse que ma soeur. 

Yotre voisin est-il malheureux ? II est moins malheureux que son 

frere qui est en Amerique. 
Quel est le metal le plus utile ? C'est le fer. 
Quels metaux sont les. plus pe- L'or, le platine et le plomb sont 

sants ? les plus pesants. 

Quelle est la plus attentive de C'est Madeleine, la fllle de Mon- 

toutes vos ecolieres ? sieur B. 

Quel est le plus fort des ani- C'est 1'elephant; c'est le plus 

maux terrestres. grand et le plus fort de tous les 

animaux terrestres. 
Quel est le mois le plus froid de C 'est le mois de Janvier. 

l'annee ? 
Votre robe est-elle aussi belle Non, elle est moins belle. 

que la robe de Julie ? 
Le tigre est-il cruel ? Oui, c'est le plus cruel de tous les 

animaux. 
Ou trouve-t-on le meilleur fer ? Le meilleur fer se trouve (is 

found) en Suede. 



XX. VINGTIEME LE9ON 



REGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CONJUGATION — 
DONNER. 

1. There are in French three regular conjugations, viz. : in er, tr, and re. 
Verbfj in -oir belong to the irregular ones, as their root undergoes manifold 
changes.* The Infinitive mood is to be considered as the radical part or 



*Only six other verbs are conjugated like recevoir, which is often given as the 
model of one conjugation. They will all be found L. xliv. p. 189. 



REGULAR VERBS. 89 

ground- form on which the conjugation depends. What precedes the ter- 
mination er, ir, cr re, is the root, which, with regular verbs, always remains 
unaltered. To this are added the different terminations, by which persons, 
tenses, and moods are distinguished and which are common to all the verbs 
of that same conjugation. 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS. 

2. There are primitive tenses and derived tenses. The primitive tenses 
are : the infinitive, the participle present, the past participle, the, present indica- 
tive, the preterite. 

3. From the present infinitive are formed : the future, by adding ai, and 
the conditional, by adding air., as : Inf. donner: Fut. je donnerai, and Cond. 
je donnerais; Jinir : Fut. je finirai, Cond. je Jinirais. In the third conju- 
gation the final e is dropped : vendre : Fut. je vendrai, Cond. je vendrais. 

4. From the participle present are formed: the present of the subjunctive, 
by changing ant into e, as : donnant: que je donne; finissant: que je finisse ; 
vendant : que je vende ; and the Imperfect Indicative by changing ant into 
ais, as : finissant: jefinissais, etc. 

5. With the participle past are formed all the compound tenses, by means 
of the auxiliaries avoir or etre, as: Part, past: donne', fini, vendu — : j'ai 
donn€, j' avals fini, j'aurai vendu, etc. 

6. From the present of the Indicative, viz. : from its 1st person singular 
and the 1st and 2d persons plural, the Imperative is formed, by suppress- 
ing the pronouns je, jious, vous, as: donne (give), donnons, donnez; finis (fin- 
ish), finjssons, fin issez, etc. 

7. From the preterite is formed the Subjunctive imperfect, by changing the 
final ai into asse for the verbs of the first conjugation, and is into isse for 
the second and third conjugations. Ex.: je donnai: que je donnasse; je 
finis: que je finisse .; je vendis : quejevendisse. 



CONJUGATION OF DONNER, — TO GIVE. 

INDICATIVE. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Je donne, I give, nous donnons, we give. 

tu donnes, thou givest. vous donnez, you give. 

il donne, he gives, ils donnent, ] , , 

elle donne, she gives. elles donnent, ( 



90 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 



IMPERFECT. 



Je donnais, I gave or was giving. nous donnions, we gave. 
tu donnais, thou gavest. vous donniez, you gave. 

il donnait, he gave. ils donnaient, they gave. 



PRETERITE. 



Je donnai, J gave or did give. nous donnames, we gave. 
tu donnas, thou gavest. vous donnates, you gave. 

il donna, he gave. ils donnerent, they gave. 



Je donnerai, I shall give. nous donnerons, we shall give. 

tu donneras, thou wilt give. vous donnerez, you ivill give. 

il donnera, he will give. ils donneront, they will give. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je donnerais, I should give. nous donnerions, we should give. 

tu donnerais, etc. vous donneriez, etc. 

il donnerait, etc. ils donneraient, efc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Donne, give. donnons, let us give. 

(donnes-en),* give (of it). donnez, give. 

INFINITIVE. 

"Donner, to give. (de or h dormer), to give. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je donne, that I (may) give, que nous donnions, that we (may) 
que tu donnes, etc. que vous donniez, etc. [give. 

qu'il donne, etc. qu'ils donnent, etc. 

* The Imperative mood of the first conjugation takes an s, in the singular, when 
followed by en (of it, of them, some) or y (to or of it, to them). Ex. : offres-en, 
offer some , penses-y, think of it. 









REGULAR VERBS. 91 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je donnasse, that I (might) que nous donnassions. 
que tu donnasses, etc. [give, que vous donnassiez. 
qu'il donnat, etc, qu'ils donnassent. 



PARTICIPLES. 
PRESENT. PAST. 

Dormant, giving. Dwnne, f. donnee, given. 

(en donnant) , by or in giving, etc. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

In active verbs these are formed with the Part, past and the auxiliary 
avoir, to have. 

INFINITIVE. 

Avoir donne, to have given. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT. 

J'ai donne, I have given. 

tu as donne, thou hast given. 

il a donne, he has given. 

nous avons donne, we have given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais donne*, / had given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'ens donne, I hzd given, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai donne, / shall have given, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

J'aurais donne, ) T , ,, , 

' y I shovld have given, 
J'eusse donne, ) 



92 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. * 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



Que j'aie donne, that I (may) have given, etc.- 

Que tu aies donne, that thou (mayest) have given, etc. 

COMPOUND OP THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse donne, that I (might) have given, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Ayant donne, e, having given. 
Remark 1 . There is but one way to render the expressions : / give, 1 
do give ; I am giving ; viz. : je donne : — / was giving ; je donnais, etc. 

2. In the interrogative and negative form the auxiliary do is not ex- 
pressed. (See also the 11th Lesson, 4.) Ex. : 

PRESENT. 

INTERROGATIVELY. 

Est-ce que je donne, do I give? donnons-nous, do we give? 

' donnes-tu, dost thou give ? donnez-vous, do you give ? 

donne-t-il, does he give ? donnent-ils, j do f , . t 

donne-t-elle, does she give ? donnent-elles, ) 

NEGATIVELY. 

Je nc donne pas, I do not give. 

tu ne donnes pas, thou dost not give. 

il ne donne pas, he does net give, etc. 

NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 

Est-ce que je ne donne pas, do I not give ? 
ne donnes-tu pas, dost thou not give ? 
ne donne-t-il pas, does he not give? 

3. The forms donne' je (acute on the e), donnais-je, donnai-je, are little 
used, except in poetry and in studied prose ; they arc replaced by E&t-ce q\w 
(is it that) prefixed to the common form, as: est-ce que je donne, do I give; 
est-ce que je donnais, did I give (was I giving), etc. The future and condi 
tional donnerai-je, donnerais-je are more common, though est-ce que may be 
used in all cases to form an interrogation, especially in common conversa- 
tion, as : est-ce que je donnerai, shall I give; est-ce qu'il donne, does he give; 
est-ce que vous donnez, est-ce que tu ne donnes pas, etc. 






REGULAR VERBS. 93 

COMPOUND OF THE PKESENT. 

Ai-je donne 1 as-tu donne 1 a-t-il donne? etc. 
Je n'ai pas donne, tu n'as pas donne, etc. 
N'ai-je pas donne 1 n' as-tu pas donne? etc. 
Conjugate in the same manner : parler, to speak ; porter, to carry, to take ; 
admirer, to admire; aimer, to love, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le prochain, the neighbor. magnijique, magnificent 

apporter, to bring, to take. manger, to eat. 

tomber, to fall. chercher t to look for. 

Vescalier, m. the stairs. trouver, to find. 

la sant€, health. penser, to think. 

le cccur, the heart.' jouer, to play, pleurer, to cry. 

le canif, the penknife. arriver, to arrive. 

les gens, the people. prier, to pray. 

la chasse, the chase. I'autre, the other. 

le chasseur, the hunter. pas encore, not yet. 

la poste, the post-ofiice. 

READING EXERCISE 20. 

Aimez Dieu et votre prochain. Les parents aiment leurs enfants. 
Portez cette lettre a la poste. Tu porteras cette robe a ta soeur. 
J'apporterai ces livres a mon maitre. Apportez-lui (him) aussi 
cette boite. L'enfant tornba de l'escalier. J'ai pense a mon ami. 
Pensez a votre cousin. Jouons. Nous cherchions longtemps votre 
chien. Yous ne le (him) trouverez pas. Les jeunes gens parlaient 
souvent de leurs amis. Les chasseurs parlerent de la chasse. Tu 
ne mangeras pas cette poire-ci ; elle n'est pas mure. Qui a mange* 
I'autre ? N'admirez-vous pas cette magnifique couleur ? 

THEME 20. 

1. I love my father. 2. Thou lovest thy mother. 3. He loves 
his sister. 4. We love our parents. 5. Do you like flowers ? 6. 
I give an apple to my brother. 7. We were speaking of your aunt. 
8. I admired the beautiful palace of the king. 9. We played yes- 
terday. 10. The child cried. 11. The children cried. 12. The 



94: 



XX. VINGTIBME LEgON. 



boy will look for Ms copy-book. 13. The boys will look for their 
copy-books. 14. I have found my knife. 15. Have you found 
your gloves? 16. We have not found our gloves. 17. Play, my 
child. 18. Eat these apples. 19. Do not eat these pears ; they 
are not ripe. 20. She would fall. 21. We should admire your 
garden. 22. They would have eaten some bread and butter. 23. 
I think that our friends will arrive to-day. 24. They will ar- 
rive to-morrow. 25. Will you take this letter to the post-office ? 
26. Pray to Grod every morning and every evening. 27. Wny 
do you cry ? 28. Why have you not brought your money ? 29. I 
have not brought my purse. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous cherche votre mon- Je la,X}t) cherche encore. 

tre d'or ? 

Qu'avez-vous apporte ? J'ai apporte les gants de Ma- 
demoiselle Mathilde 

Voulez-vous (will you) manger J'ai deja mange un gros morceau 

du pain ? de pain. 

Votre mere parle-t-elle fran- Oui, elle parle frangais et anglais. 

gais ? 

Quel commandement Jesus- H a dit: Aimez Dieu et votre 

Christ a-t-il donne ? prochain. 

Qui est notre prochain ? Tous les hommes. 

Qui portera cette lettre k la Ce sera Theodore. 

poste, Antoine ou Theodore ? 

Qu'apporte le chasseur ? II apporte d<nix lievres. 

Avez-vous aussi 6te h la chasse ? Oui, Monsieur, nous avons £te* h 

la chasse hier. 

A quoi pensez-vous ? Je pense a mon theme frangais. 

A quel jeu jouerons-nous de- Nous jouerons a la balle (ball) . 

main? 

Quo chcrchez-vous ? Je cherche mes gants 

Qu'admirez-vous Ik? Nous admirons ce magninque 

vaisseau anglais. 



REGULAR VERBS. 95 



READING LESSON. 
LE CHAMEAU ET LE CHAT. 

Le chat au chameau. Soyez le bien-venu, mon frere. 

Le chameau. Comment, moi (/) ton frere ! 

Le chat. Oui, certes. Voyez un peu (see a little) : ne puls-je 
pas (cannot I) faire une aussi jolie bosse que vous ? 

Le chameau. Cela peut (can) etre ; mais peut-elle aussi porter 
autant que la mienne (mine) ? 

Le chat. La sotte demancle ! donnez-moi seulement (only) votre 
petit paquet, je le porterai, comme si ce n'etait rien. 

Le chameau. Mais pcnses-y bien : n'est-il pas trop gros pour toi 
(you) f 

Le chat. Ah ! quel conte ! donnez-moi, vous dis-je, donnez. 

Le chameau. C'est bien; approche un peu, le voila 

Le chat. Ah ! quelle charge ! je suis ecrase ! 

Le chameau. Tu as ce que (what) tu merites ! 

Celui qui veut entreprendre de grandes cboses, doit (must) au- 
paravant eprouver ses forces. 

Le chameau, the camel. y, of it (to it). 

le chat, the cat. le conte, the tale. 

U bien-venu, e, welcome. approcher, approach. 

comment, how. . la charge, the weight. 

certes, to be sure. e'erase', crushed. 

faire, to make. me'riter, to deserve. 

une bosse, a hump. entreprendre, to undertake. 

la demande, the question , auparavant, before. 

le paquet, the pack. fyrouver, to try. 

comme si, as if. la force, the strength. 



96 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEgON. 



XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEgON, 



REMARKS ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME 
VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Some regular verbs in -er are, for the sake of euphony, liable to the fol- 
lowing modifications : 

1. Some verbs ending in -ter, as : jeter, to throw ; rejeter, to throw back ; 
and those polysyllabic verbs ending in eler, as : appeler, to call; renouueler, 
to renew, etc.; double the t or I, when they are followed by an e mute. 

This is the case in some persons of the Present, Future, and Imperative, 
viz.: — 

PRESENT. IMPERATIVE. FUTURE. 

Je jette — nous jetons. Jctte. Je je/fcrai. 

tu jctfes — vous jetez. pi. jetons. tu jctferas. 

il jette — ils jeftent. jetez. etc. 

J'appe/fe — nous appelons. AppeZfe. J'appe/Zcrai. 

tu appeftes — vous appelez. pi. appelons. tu appeZ/eras. 

il appeSe — ils appe//ent. appelez. etc. 

Except the verb acheter, to buy, and a few others that seldom occur, 
which never double the t, but take the grave accent e : 

Pres. J'achete, tu achetes, il achete, nous achetons, vous achetez, ils 
ache tent. 
Fut. J'acheterai. Imper. achete, pi. achetez. 

2. Dissyllabic verbs ending in -eler, as : geler, to freeze, and all others 
that have an e mute in the last syllable but one, such as : semer, to sow ; 
mener, to lead ; lever to lift up, take the grave accent, e, when the final con- 
sonant of the root is followed by an e mute : 

Infinitive: Mener, to lead, to conduct. 

Pres. Je mene, tu menes, il mene, nous menons, vous menez, ils menent 

Imperf. Je menais, tu menais. 

Fut. Je menerai, tu mcneras. Imp. mens, menons, menez. 

The same change takes place with those verbs which have <f in the hurt 
syllabi q but one. They, however, retain the €'\n the Euturc. and Condi- 
tional. 



ORTHOGKAPHY OF SOME YERBS. 97 

Infinitive: Esperer, to hope. 

Pres. J'cspere, tu esperes, il espere, nous esperons, vous esperez, ils es- 
p^rent. Imperf. J'esperais. 

Imper. Espere, esperons, esperez. Fut. J'espercrai. 
Verbs in €ger retain the e, as : je protege. 

3. In verbs ending in -ger, as : juger, to judge ; partager, to share, divide ; 
the e is retained in those tenses where g is followed by the vowels a or o, in 
order to give the g the same soft sound as in all other tenses and persons. 
Ex.: 

Infinitive: Manger, to eat. 

Pres. Je mange ; pi. nous mangeons. P. pr. Mangeant. 

Imp/. Je mangeais, tu mangeais, il mangeait, nous mangions, vous man- 
giez, ils mangeaient. 

Pret. Je mangeai, tu mangeas, il mangca, nous mangeames, vous man- 
geates, ils mangerent. Imp. Mangeons. 

4. In verbs ending in -cer, as : commencer, to begin, a cedilla must be 
placed under the c, when this letter is followed by a or o. Ex. : — 

Infinitive: Placer, to place. 

Pres. Je place, tu places, etc.; pi. nous pla^ons, etc. 
Imp/. Je plafais, tu plapais, il placait, nous placions, vous placiez, ils 
placaient. Imper. Plafons, etc. 
Pret. Je plaj ai, tu plazas, il plaja, nous placamcs, etc. 

5. Verbs ending in -ayer, -oyer, -uyer change the y into i, whenever tha 
letter y would be immediately followed by an e mute. Such are : — 

Payer, to pay. employer, to employ. 

effrayer, to frighten. essuyer, to wipe. 

Pres. Je pa/e, tu pa/es, il paj'e, pi. nous payons, vous payez, ils pa/ent. 
Part. pr. Payant. 
J'emploie, tu emploics, il cmploie, pi. nous employons, vous em- 

ployez, ils emploient. P. pr. Employant. 
J'essuie, tu essuics, etc.; pi. ils essuient. 
Impf. Je payais, etc.; pi. nous payions, vous payiez, etc. 
J'employais, etc.; pi. nous employ ions, etc. 
J'essuyais, etc.; pi. nous essuyions, etc. 
Fut. Je paicrai, etc.; j'emploierai, etc.; j'essuierai, etc. 
Imper. Paie — payez. Emploie — cmployez. Essuie — essuyez. 

6. Verbs which in the Infinitive end in -ier, as : prier, to pray ; crier, to 
cry, are in some eases spelled with a double ii. This takes place in the 1st 

7 



98 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEgON. 

and 2d persons plural of the Imperfect of the Indicative, and of the Piesenl 
of the Subjunctive : — 

Infinitive: Ouhlier, to forget. 

2nd. Imperf. pi. nous oubLYons, vous oubliVez, ils oubliaient. 
Subj. Pres. pi. que nous pruons, que vous pmez, etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

La vertu, virtue. la force, strength. 

la beaut€, beauty. le bruit, the noise. 

pr€ferer, to prefer. la servante, the servant. 

Vamiti€, f. friendship. la chambre, the room. 

le vent, the wind. le chemin, the way, road. 

la pluie, the rain. nettoyer, to clean. 

la teire, the earth. la pierre, the stone 

dever, to bring up, to educate. la cuisiniere, the cook. 

se'eher, to dry. poss€der, to possess. 

bien, well. lejardinier, the gardener. 

READING EXERCISE 21. 

Le sage prefere la vertu a la beaute. L'amitie se paie (is paid) 
par l'aniitie. Les parents elevent leurs enfants. II gelera cette 
nuit. II a gele. Elle achete im livre. Les vents sechent la terre 
trempee {wet) par la pluie. Nous achetons des fruits. Vous 
acheteriez cette maison, si elle n'etait pas si chere. Appelez Jean. 
Nous partageons avec nos amis tout ce que (all that) nous avons. 
Ce jeune homrne emploie bien son temps. Nous emploierons 
toutes nos forces. Cela m'efFraie. Ce bruit m'a efTraye\ La ser- 
vante nettoie les chambres. Les maitres aiment les ^coliers qui 
emploient bien leur temps. 

THEME 21. 

1. The boy throws a stone. 2. You always throw (throw al- 
ways) stones. 3. Call thy brother. 4. Call the servant. 5. 1 
Shall call John. C. The cook buys eggs. 7. I buy a horse. 8. 
My father will also buy a horse. 9. Where dost thou take 1 this 
horse? 10. I hope to see you (vous voir) to-morrow. 11. What 

1 Mener is applied to what moves of itself, porter, to what is carried by lifting 
from the ground. 



ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME VERBS. 



99 



do you Lope? 12. We hope nothing. 13. What are you eating 
there (la) ? 14. The child ate an apple. 15. You ate walnuts. 
16. I placed the books on the table. 17. I pay everything (tout). 
18. Thou payest nothing. 19. Let us well employ .our time. 
20. My sons pay [for] what (ce que) they buy. 21. My uncle pos- 
sesses a large garden. 22. The gardener cleans the ways. 23. 
Wipe your tears (larmes). 24. The dog frightens the children. 
25. We wiped the table. 26. I prefer coffee to tea (the). 

CONVERSATION. 

Qui a appele ? Ton pere a appele. 

Avez-vous nettoye les chemins ? Pas encore ; je les nettoierai oe 

soir. 
Dieu te protegera. 
Je nettoie toute la maison. 
J'appelle cela tres-cher. 
Je rnangeais des noix. 
On le mene chez le marechal-fer- 
rant (farrier). 
Crois-tu (do you think) qu'il H a deja gele. 
gele cette nuit? 

Je n'aime pas le the, j'acheterai 

du cafe. 
Chez le meunier (miller) . 
Je crois que c'est Eichard. 
II partagea ses biens entre ses tipis 
fils. 



Qui me protegera (protect) f 
Nettoies-tu la chambre ? 
Trouvez-yous cela cher ? 



jue mangeais-tu? 



Ou mene-t-on ce cheval? 



du 



Acheterez-Yous du the ou 

ca&? 
Oil achetez-YOus cette farine ? 
Qui a jete cette pierre ? 
Que fit (did — do) un jour un 

pere ? 



100 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEgON. 

XXII. YINGT-DEUXIEME LEgON, 



SECOND CONJUGATION: FINIR. 

INDICATIVE. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Je finis, I finish. nous finissons, we finish. 

tu finis, thou finishest. vous finissez, you finish. 

il finit, he finishes. ils finissent, j , » . 7 

elle finit, she finishes. elles finissent, ) 

IMPERFECT. 

Je finissais, I finished {was fin- nous finissions, we finished. 
tu finissais, etc. \ishing s ) . tous finissiez, etc. 

il finissait, etc. ■ ils finissaient, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je finis, I finished (did finish), nous finimes, we finished. 
tu finis, etc. vous finites, etc. 

il finit, efc\ ils finircnt, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je finirai, I shall finish. nous finirons, i#e shall finish. 

tu finiras, ete. vous finirez, etc. 

il finira, efc. ils finiiont, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je finirais, I shoidd finish. nous finirions, we should finish. 

tu finirais, efc. vous finiriez, etc. 

il finirait, efc. ils finiraient, etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

Finir, to finish. tie or a finir, to finish 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 101 

IMPERATIVE. 

Finis, finish. finissons, let us finish. 

finissez, finish. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je finisse, that I (may) fin- que nous finissions, that ice finish, 
que tu finisses, etc. [ish. que vous finissiez, etc. 

qu'il finisse, etc. qu'ils finissent, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je finisse, that I (might') que, n. finissions, that we (might) 
que tu finisses, etc. [finish, que vous finissiez, etc. \_finish. 
qu'il finit, etc. qu'ils finissent, etc. 

PARTICIPLES. 
PRESENT. PAST. 

Finissant, finishing. Fini, f. finie, finished. 

en finissant, by finishing. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

INFINITIVE. 

Avoir fini, to have finished. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

J'ai fini, I have finished. 

tu as fini, thou hast finished. 

il a fini, he has finished. 

ncus avons fini, we have finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais fini, I had finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITS. 

J'eus fini, I had finished, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai fini. I shaU have finished, etc. 



102 XXII. V1NGT-DEUXIEME LEQQN. 

CONDITIONAL. 

T , 1 - /' 1 1 should have finished, dc 
J eusse fini, ) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PEESENT. 

Que j'aie fini, that I (may) have finished, etc, 

COMPOUND OP THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j 'eusse fini, that I (might) have finished, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Ayant fini, having finished, etc. 
Conjugate in the same manner : Mtir, to build ; choisir, to choose j rempiir, 
to fill, etc. 

Rem. 1. The verb hair, to hate, loses in the Present and Imperative sin- 
gular its diaeresis. Otherwise it is quite regular and retains the two dots. 

Pres. Je hais, tu hais, il hait, nous ha'issons, vous haissez, etc. 

Imper. Hais; pi. ha'issons, haissez. Pret. Je hais, I hated. 

Rem. 2. The verb fieurir, to flourish, has a second form for the Imperfect 
tense : Je fiorissais ; and also a second for the Part, present : fiorissant, e, — 
both of which are only used in a figurative sense, as : une ville fiorissante, 
etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

\ 

Nourrir, to feed, nourish. saisir, to seize. 

obCir, to obey. rendre, to render, return. 

remplir, to fill, fulfil, la tdche, the task. 

batir, to build. la pomme de terre, the potato. 

embellir, to embellish. V occasion, f. the opportunity. 

punir, to punish. salir, to soil. 

le vice, vice. le palais, the palace. 

le devoir, the duty. choisir, to choose. 

la flatter ie, flattery. la couleur, the color. 

le menteur, the liar. 

READING EXERCISE 22. 

Le pain nourrit les hommes. Les bons enfants ob&ssent a leurs 
parents et a leurs maitres. Remplis ce verre. Remplissez ces ver- 
res. Qui a rempli les boutcilles? Romulus et Tlemus batirent 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 108 

la ville de Rome, l'au 753 avant Jesus-Christ. Les fleurs ernbel- 
hssent les jardins et les prairies. On punira les enfants qui n'obeis- 
Bent pas a leur niaitre. J'espere que vous aurez puui ce mechant 
gallon. Le maitre a puni le petit menteur. Notre voisin batit une 
graucle maison. Nos voisins batissent de graudes maisons. Je 
batirais aussi, si j'avais plus d'argent. Je hais le vice, j'airnerai 
toujours la vertu. Hai'ssez le vice, il vous rend malheureux. J'ai 
toujours hai le vice. Nous hai'ssions la flatterie. Ne salisscz pas 
vos habits. Les sciences nourrissent la-jeunesse et rejouissent la 
vieillesse. 

THE3IE 22. 

1. I finish my exercise. 2. The pupils finish their translations. 
3. We seize the opportunity. 4. "We seized the opportunity. 5. 
Why have you not seized the good opportunity? 6. The chil- 
dren soil their clothes. 7. Bread and potatoes nourish a great 
many men. 8. Do not punish Henry ; he has been ill. 9. Fill 
the glasses. 10. We should fill the bottles, if we had wine enough. 
11. The king builds a new palace. 12. Will you build a house? 
13. I should build a large house, if I were rich. 14. Here are 
two colors : choose. 15. Which QaqueUe) will you choose ? 16. I 
shall choose the blue. 17. If I had to («) choose, I should choose 
the green color. IS. Obey your (a vos) parents and (your) mas- 
ters. 19. I hate nobody. 20. Hate nobody. 21. We hate vice. 
22. We have always hated vice. 

CONVERSATION. 

Void deux couteaux : un grand Je choisirai le petit qui est le plus 

et un petit. Lequel (ichicli) joli. 

ehoisirez-vous ? 

Get homme remplit-il ses de- Pas toujours. 

voirs? 

Avez-vous rempli toutcs les bou- Non, Monsieur, je n'avais pas as- 

tcilles ? sez de vin pour les remplir. 

Qui batit cette belle maison? (Test mon voisin qui la batit. 



104 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEgON. 

Ne batirez-vous pas aussi ? Oui, je batirai aussi Famiee pro* 

chaine (next'). 
Pourquoi ne batissez-vous pas a Je batirais encore cette annee, si 

present (now)l. j'avais assez d'argent. 

Qui a sali ce livre ? C'est Martin. 

Comment as-tu fait (done) cela ? La plume est tombee dessus (up- 
on it). 
Avez-vous fini votre theme ? Nous finirons notre theme ce soir. 

Qui a bati la ville de Rome ? Romulus et Remus. 
Qui a puni mon fils ? Le maitre de musique. 

Ne trouvez-vous pas que j'ai em- Certainement, ce jet d'eau (foun- 

belli mon jardin ? tain) embellit beaucoup votre 

jardin. 
Haissez-vous le vice ? Oui, je hais tous les vices. 

Pourquoi hai'ssez-vous votre voi- Je ne le (him) hais pas ; je hais 

sin ? seulement ses flatteries* 



READING LESSON. 

LE MOINEAU ET SES PETITS. 

Un moineau avait place* son nid dans le trou d'un mur. H 
elevait tranquillement sa famille. II aurait et& bien heureux, si ses 
petits eussent voulu Fecouter : mais a, chaque instant ils venaient 
sur le bord du nid. Le pauvre oiseau tremblait dans la crainte de 
les voir tomber. II leur disait de rester dans le fond du nid, mais 
ils ne le voulaient point (would not do so.) 

Un jour qu'il etait sorti, ils proflterent de son absence ct s'avan- 
cerent tant qu'ils tomberent a terre. Ils n'avaient pas encore do 
plumes aux ailes ; ainsi ils ne purent (could not) se sauver. Un 
gros chat, qui passait par-la, les vit (saw them); il n'avait pas dine, 
il les saisit, et les mangea sur-le-champ. C'est ainsi qu'ils fur3nt 
punis de (for) leur desob&ssance. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



105 



he moineau, the sparrow. 
les petits, the young ones. 
le nid, the nest. 
le trou, the hole. 
le mur, the wall. 
tranquittement. quietly. 
ecouter, to listen, obey. 
I'instant, m. the moment. 
ils venaient, they came. 
la crainte, the fear. 



rester, to remain. 

tefond, the bottom. 

tant, so much. 

I'aile, f. the wing. 

sauver, to save ; se — , to fly away. 

passer, to pass by. 

par-la, there. 

diner, to dine. 

sur-le-champ, at once, immediately 

la de'sobe'issance, disobedience. 



XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LE9ON 



THIRD CONJUGATION: VENDUE. 

INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Je vends, I sell. 

tu vends, thou sellest. 

il vend, he sells. 

elle (on) vend, she (one) sells. 



nous vendons, we sell. 
vous vendez, you sell. 
ils vendent, ) 



IMPERFECT. 



Je v^ndais, I sold {was selling), nous vendions, we sold. 
tu vendais, thou soldst. vous vendiez, you sold. 

il vendait, he sold. ils vendaient, they sold. 



PRETERITE. 

Je vendis, I sold (did sell). nous vendimes, we sold. 

tu vendis, etc. vous vendites, etc. 

il veudit, etc. ils vendirent, etc. 



106 XXI n. VINGT-TROISIEME LEQO*,. 

FUTURE. 

Je vendrai, J shall sdl. nous vendrons, we shall seU. 

tu vendras. etc. vous vendrez, etc. 

il vendra, etc. ils vendront, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je vendrais, I should sell. nous vendrions, we should sell. 

hi vendrais, • etc. vous vendriez, etc. 

il vendrait, etc. ils vendraient, etc 

IMPERATIVE 

Vends, sp// vendons, let us sell 

vendez, sell. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT. 

Que je vende, that I (may) sell. quen. vendions, that we (may) sell. 
que tu vendes, etc. que vous vendiez, etc. 

qu'il vende, etc. qu'ils vendent, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je vendisse, that I might sell, que nous vendissions. 
que tu vendisses, etc. que vous vendissiez. 

qu'il venclit, etc. qu'ils vendissent. 

PARTICIPLES. 
PRESENT. PAST. 

Vendant, selling. Vendu, f. vendue, sold. 

gd vendant, by selling. 

COMTOUND TENSES. 
INFINITIVE. 

Avoir vendu, to have sold. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

J'ai vendu, / have sold. 

tu as vendu, thou hast sold. 

il a vendu, he has sold. 

nous avons vendu, we have sold, etc. 






THIRD CONXTOATTON. 107 

COMPOUND OF THF IMPERFECT. 

J'avais vendu, / had sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE 

J'eas vendu, I had Sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE 

J'aurai vendu, / shall have sold, etc 
CONDITIONAL. 



J'aurais vendu, 
J'eusse vendu, 



r / should have sold, etc. 



PARTICIPLE. 
Ayant vendu, having sold. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie vendu, that I (may) have sold, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse vendu, that I (might) have sold, etc 

Conjugate after this model : perdre, to lose ; attendre, to wait, to expect ; 
r&pondre, to answer, etc. 

Rem. i. The verb battre, to beat, is regularly conjugated, except that in 
the singular of the Present Indicative and in the Imperative it loses one t. 

Pres. Je bats, tu bats, il bat, nous battons, vous battez, etc. Imp. bats. 
Part, battu. 

Rem. 2. The verb rompre., to break, is conjugated in the Pres. Indicative 
as follows : 

Je romps, tu romps, il rompt, nous rompons, etc. (AH the rest is regular. ) 

Rem. 3. The verb rire, to laugh, is of the 3d «onjugation : Pres. Je rib 
fu ris, il rit, nous rions, etc. But the Pari, past is ri, and the Pret. Je ris, tu 
ris, il rit, nous rimes, vous rites, Us rirent. Fut. Je rirai, etc. 

Rem. 4. Conclure, to conclude, is regular, as : Pres. Je conclus, tu con- 
clus, il conclut, nous concluons, etc. Fut. Je conclurai. Except that in the 
Preterite, it has je conclus (not je concluis). 



108 



XXIII VINCT-TROISIiSME LEQON. 



VOCABULARY. 



La bague, the ring. 
rtpandre, to spread, to shed. 
le bruit, the report, the noise. 
la mart, death. 

d€fendre, to forbid, to defend. 
entendre, to hear. 
fumer, to smoke. 
repondre, to answer. 
le sany, the blood. 
I'ceil, the eye. 
gauche, left, prendre, to take. 



droit, e, right. 

les armes, the arms. 

la sagesse, wisdom. 

la Grece, Greece. 

I'honneur, m. the honor. 

perdre, to lose. 

attendre, to wait for, expect. 

unpeu, a little. 

le tonnerre, the thunder. 

le travail, the work. 

de'sirer, to wish. 



READING EXERCISE 23. 

J'ai vendu mon cheval. Nous avons vendu nos chevaux. Je 
perdis hier ma bourse. Vous perdites votre bague. La vieille 
femme vendait des cerises. Nous vendions du fromage et du beurre. 
On a repandu le bruit de la mort du roi. II est defendu de fumer 
iei. Qui defend eela ? Eutendez-vous le bruit ? Qui a battu mon 
chien? H bat son cheval. Re'pondez-moi (me), mon fils. R£- 
ponds a ton maitre. Je repondis que j'etais malade. Ce tyran 
cruel a repandu beaucoup de sang innocent. Jules a deja perdu 
son ceil gauche, il perdra aussi son oeii droit. Tu perds ton argent. 
Nous perdons tout notre temps. Le bataillon prit les armes et de- 
fendit la ville. Socrate repandit beaucoup de sagesse a Athenes et 
dans toute la Grece. Pourquoi riez-vous ? Je ne lis pas. Je n'ai 
pas ri. 

THEME 23. 

1. I sell my dogs. 2. My friend sells his horses. 3. We sell 
our houses. 4. I defend my honor. 5. Do you defend your 
friends? 6. Thou losest thy time. 7. You lose your time. 8. I 
lost my money. 9. My brother has lost his cane. 10. He will 
lose everything. 11. The pupils will lose their places. 12. Wo 
expect a letter from our grandfather. 13. Do you also expect a 
letter? 14. No, sir, I expect nothing. 15. James (Jacques) and 
William expect (a) good news. 16. We have waited an hour. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



109 



17. Wait a little. 18. Why don't you wait? 19. Do you heat 
the music? 20. I hear nothing. 21. I did not hear the thunder. 
22. Have you answered (to) her letter? 23. I have not yet an- 
swered. 24. I shall answer to-morrow. 25. Answer me (moi) 
26. When (quand) I heard the thunder, I came down fromf the 
mountain. 27. The poor children have lost their father. 28. 
They will lose also their mother ; she is very ill. 29. Do not break 
my stick. 

CONVERSATION. 



Qui a perdu cettc bourse ? 

A-t-il aussi perdu de 1' argent ? 
Pourquoi perdez-vous votre 

temps a jouer ? 
A quoi (at what) jouez-vous ? 
Qui defend les brebis (sheep) ? 
As-tu fini ton travail ? 
Ton frere a-t-il fini sa version ? 

Avez-vous entendu le bruit du 

vent (wind) ? 
Qui a defendu de manger de 

ces pommes? 
Comment etes-vous descendu? 



vos 



Pourquoi salissez-vous 

mains ? 
Pourquoi ne punit-on pas ce 

mechant enfant. 
Qui (whom) attendez-vous ? 
A ttendiez-vous quelqu'un (some 

one) ? 

t Je suis descendu de 



Je crois (/ think) que Jules a 

perdu une bourse. 
Je crois qu'il a perdu deux francs. 
Nous n'avons rien a faire (to do) , 

nous avons fini notre taehe. 
Nous battons le cerceau (hoop) . 
Lc chien du bcrger (shepherd). 
Oui, M — , mon travail est fini. 
Je ne cro ; s pas; il la (it) finira 

demain. 
Le vent est terrible. 

Notre mere Pa defendu ce matin. 

Je suis descendu par l'escalier 
(stairs). 

Nous nettoyons la cage de nos 

oiseaux. 
H sera puni apres la lecon. 



J'attends Monsieur le professeur. 
J'attendais mon cousin de Paris. 



110 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LE^ON. 

READING LESSON. 
LE ROI DB PERSE. 

(Jn roi de Perse certain jour 

Chassait avec toute sa cour ; 

II eut soif, mais dans cctte plaine 

On ne trouvait point de fontaine, 

Pres de Ik seulement etait un grand jardin 

Rempli de beaux eedrats, d'oranges, de raisins : 

"A Dieu ne plaise que j'en mango I" 

Dit le roi ; " ce jardin courrait trop de danger : 

Si je me permettais d'y cueillir une orange, 

Mes visirs aussitot mangeraient le verger. " 

Certain jour, one day. le cedrat, the lemon. 

cliasser, to go a hunting. a Dieu ne plaise, God foibid. 

la soif, thirst. courrait, would run. 

seulement, only. permettre, to permit. 

la plaine, the plain. cueillir, to gather, y, there. 

la fontaine, fountain, spring. aussitot, immediately. 

pres de la, in the neighborhood. le verger, the orchard. 



XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LE9ON 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS* 

With personal pronouns it must be observed whether they are intimately 
connected with or governed by a verb, as : I speak, we go, I give you, etc.; if 
this be the case, they are conjunctive (pronoms conjoints) ; or if they are em- 
ployed by themselves or with a preposition; in this case they are termed d&» 
junctive (pronoms disjoints). We begin with the latter. 

1. The disjunctive personal pronouns are: moi (I or me), toi 
(thou or thee), ncus (we or us), vous, (you), lui (he or him), die 
(she or her) , evx (they or them, masculine) , elles (they or thera, 

* See P. 11, L. ix. 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Ill 

feminine), and soi (self, one's self). These pronouns, it will be 
perceived, do not change their form to indicate case, the nominativo 
and objective being the same. 

Ex. : Qui a dit cela 1 Moi, lui, elle, nous, etc. 

Who has said this ? I, he, she, we, etc. 

C'esl pour moi, pour toi, pour elle, etc. 

That is for me, for thee, for her, etc. 

Je parle de toi, de vous, d'elles, d'eux, etc. 

I speak of thee, of you, of them, of them, etc 

Nous pensons a lui, a vous, a eux, etc. 

We think of him, of you, of them, etc. 

2. All these disjunctive pronouns may take the word -meme, pi. -memes, 
whenever in English the word self is joined to a pronoun. Ex. : — 

S. moi-meme, (I) myself. PL nous-memes, ourselves. 

toi-meme, thyself. vous-memes, yourselves. 

lui-meme, himself. eux-memes, | themsclveg . 

elle-meme, herself. elles-memes, ) 

soi-meme, one's self. 

3. When a stress is laid upon personal pronouns, they are often preced- 
ed by e'est, c'&ait, etc., as in English : — 

S. e'est moi, it is I. PI. e'est nous, it is we. 

e'est toi, it is thou. e'est vous, it is you. 

e'est lui, it is he. ce sont eux, ) .. . .-. 

, 7 , . . , 7 j r it is tn^y. 

c est elle, it is she. ce sont elks, ) 

The verb etre following ce is put in the plural only when the pronoun or 
noun which follows that verb is in the third person plural : c'elaient mes amis 
ce sont eux, but, e'est nous. 

4. Soi is only used of mankind in a general sense, and of inanimate ob- 
jects in the singular. Ex. : — 

Doit-cn tou jours penser a soi, ought one always to think of one's self ? 

VOCABULARY. 

Inconstant, inconstant. la pelote, the ball. 

ressembler, to resemble. venez, come. 

envoyer, to send. casser, to break. 

demeurer, to live. sorti, gone out. 

la corbcille, the basket. ag€, old. 

Vaimant, m. the loadstone. ni — ni, neither, nor. 
attirer, to attract. 



112 XXIV. YINGT-QUATRIEME LEgON. 

READING EXERCISE 24. 

Qui dit (says) cela ? Moi, — lui, — elle, — eux-memes, — elles- 
memes. Penses-tu a moi ? Je pense a toi. Je pense a vous, — & elles, 
— a cux. Je n'ai pas pense a toi, mon pauvre enfant. L'homme 
inconstant ne ressemble jamais a lui-meme. Nous nous souvenons 
(ice remember) de vous, — de lui, — d'elles, — d'eux. Envoyez- 
moi de i'argent. Sans moi, elle serai t tombee. Je suis plus grand 
que toi, — que lui, — qu'elle. Qui a ete ici, lui ou elle ? Venez 
avec moi, — avec nous. Joue avee lui. Jouez avec elles. On 
parle de nous. Tu paries de lui et d'elle. Nous parlons souvent 
(often) de vous. Je defends mon honneur moi-meme. L'aimant 
attire le fer a soi. Nous nous moquons (we mock at) cl'eux. Ah ! 
vous vous moquez de nous ! 

TIIEME 24. 

1. My brother and I (we) have heard the noise. 2. Who will 
have the ball, thou or he ? 3. Who has broken the stick ? 4. Not 
I ! 5. You and he, (you) were not attentive. 6. She and Emily 
have f gone out. 7. Who hast gone out with them ? 8. Come with me. 
9. Come to our house (chez nous) . 10. Who speaks of me ? 11. 
I speak of you. 12. You speak of her and of her sister. 13. For 
whom is the medicine? 14. It (elle) is for yourself. 15. Does 
she live with you ? 16. She lives with us. 17. He is older than 
I. 18. I think of (a) you. 19. You do not think of me. 20. 
You always* think of yourself. 21. One must not (il ne faut 
pas) always think of one's self. 22. Have you brought the book 
yourself? 23. Yes, I myself. 24. Does she play with us? 25. 
She plays with them (m.) 26. Is it himself? 27. Yes, it is him- 
self. 28. It is I ; it is not he. 

CONVERSATION. 

Qui a dit cela ? Moi. — Lui. — Elle. 

Quivientla? Cost nous. 

Pensez-vous a vos amis ? Je pense souvent h enx. 

* In Frencb, tlie adverb usually follows the verb, f s ont I est. 



DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



113 



Est elle tombee ? 

Pour qui sont ccs bottcs ? 

A qui pensez-vous ? 

Dq qui parlc-t-on ? 

Qui a apporte cette corbeille ? 

Qui a fait cela ? 

Est-elle arrivee seule ? 

Qui a ecrit (written) cette 

lettre ? 
Que fait l'aimant ? 
Qui a battu cet enfant ? 
Qui est venu avec toi ? 
Oil demeurc-t-il ? 
Est-ce vous qui avez perdu cet 

argent ? 



Heureusement non ! mais sans 

moi elle serai t tombee. 
Elles sont pour moi. 
Je pense a vous et a. voire mere. 
On parle d'eux, — d'elles. 
Ma soeur elle-meme. 
Ni lui, ni elle, ni nous, ni eux. 
Non, elle est arrivee avec moi. 
Mou'pcre lui-meme. 

II attire le fer a soi. 
Cc n'est pas moi, c'cst Leopold. 
Mon ami Jules. 
II demeure chez son oncle. 
Non, ce n'est pas moi, c'est ma 
cousine Emilie. 



HEADING LESSON. 
LE ROSIER. (The rose-bush.) 

11 Qui veut (will) me donner un petit arbre pour mon jardin ?" 
disait Frederic a scs frercs et a sa soeur. 

Leur pere leur (them) avait donne a cliacun un petit coin de terrc 
a planter. ->,.. 

" Ce n'est pas moi ! " dit Auguste. — " Ni moi ! " s'ecria Louis. 
— " Ce sera moi ! " dit la bonne Charlotte ; " de quelle espece le 
(it) vcux-tu?" 

" Je voudrais (/ should like) avoir un rosier," repondit Fre- 
deric ; " le mien est tout jauni." 

" C'est bon," repliqua Charlotte. Puis elle prit (then she took) 
une pelle et alia (went) le retirer de terre. 

" Que vois-je (what do I see) ?" dit Frederic, " tu ^'en as toi- 
meme que (only) deux, et encore (hesides) il y en a un si petit I 
Du moins ne me donne pas le plus grand." 



114 XXV. YINGT-CINQUIEME LEQON. 

" Non, non ! " s'ecria sa soeur, " il poiirrait encore (could again) 
so secher ; je .puis jouir du plaisir de le voir Seurir dans ton jardin." 

(To he continued,} 

Ckacun, e, each. puis, then. 

un petit coin de teire, a corner of land, la pelle, the spade. 

ni moi, nor I either. retirer, to take out. 

s'&rier, to call out, to cry. du moins, at least. 

Vespece, f. the sort, kind. seeker, to dry. 

le mien, mine, tout, quite. se seeker, to get dry, to wither. 

jauni, e, yellow, withered. ' je puis, I can (from pouvoir). 

repliquer, to reply. jouir, to enjoy, voir, to see. 



XXV. VINGT-OINQUIEME LE9ON, 



CONJUNCTIVE PEESONAL PRONOUNS. 

These are/e (I), nous (we), tu (thou), vous (you), il (he), plu. 
ils (they, m.), die (she), plu. elles (they, f.). # 

Unlike the disjunctive personal pronouns, these, except vous and 
nous, vary to express different cases. 

Je has me when used either as the direct or indirect object of the 
verb : tu has te in the same cases - 

Of him, of her, of them, of it (m. or f.), are each represented fcy 
the pronoun en, generally referring to things : to him, to her, each 
by lui: to them (m. or f.), by leur. 

The objective case (direct object) of il, is le (him), and of elle, is 
la, (her): les (them) is the obj. plu. of both genders. 

POSITION OF CONJUNCTIVE PKONOUNS. 

General Kule. Conjunctive pronouns precede the verb except 
in the Imperative affirmative. In the interrogative form the subject 
comes after the verb. 

*• For en-, of which se is used as the object and soi as the disjunctive, see Tart il 
L. xii. 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 115 



SPECIAL RULES. 
A. WITH ONE PRONOUN. 

1. The nominative cases je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, Us, or elks, 
usually precede the verb of which they are the subject : in an inter- 
rogative sec te nee, however, they are placed immediately after the 
verb. Ex. : -*- 

Je pense, I think. nous parlous, we speak. 

tu esperes, thou hopes t. vousjouez, you play. 

Interrogative: 

Finis-tu, dost thou finish ? 
Vient-elle, does she come ? 

2. The direct and indirect objects are placed immediately before 
the verb in a simple tense, and before the auxiliary in a compound 

one. Ex. : — 

Tu me dis, you tell me. 

Je vous donne, I give you. 

Elle m'a rcpondu, she has answered me. 

Charles nous a dit, Charles has told us. 

3. If the sentence is negative, ne is put directly after the subject, 
before the governed pronoun, as : 

Je ne vous donne pas, I do not give you. 
Vous ne les avez pas vus, you hare not seen them. 
EUe ne m'a pas rfyondu, she has not answered me. 
Charles ne nous avait pas dit, Charles had not told us. 

4. In the interrogative form, the object begins the sentence, then 
follows the veib with its subject. If the question is a negative one, 
ne begins the sentence : 

Me connaissez-vous, do you know me 1 

Me blame-t-il, does he blame me 1 ? 

Les vois-tu, do you see them ? 

Vous a-t-il r€pondu, has he answered you 1 

Ne vous a-t-il ims repondu, has he not answered you ? 

5. When the verb is in the Imperative affirmative, the governed 
pronouns are put after it, in French as in English. In this case me 



116 XXV, VINGT-CINQUIEME LE^ON. 

and te are changed into moi and tot for the direct and indirect 
objects. Ex. : — 

Donnez-moi, give me. Apportez-lui, bring (to) bim. 

Mangez-les, eat them. Parlez-leur, speak to them. 

6. But when the Imperative is negative, the governed pronoun 
precedes the verb. Ex. : — 

Ne me donnezpas, do not give me. 
Ne lui apportez pas, do not bring him. 
Ne hs mangez pas, do not cat them. 
Ne leur parlez pas, do not speak to them. 

B. TVITn TWO PRONOUNS. 

1. When a verb, which is not in the Imperative affirmative, 
governs two pronouns, they are both placed immediately before the 
verb, so that the indirect object comes first, and the direct follows. 
Ex.: — 

Je te le donne, I give it to thee (you). 

Vous 1'apporte-t-eUe, does she bring it to yon ? 

Ne nous V apportera-t-il pas, will he not bring it to us ? 

On vous le dira, they will tell (it) you. 

On ne vous le dira pas, they will not tell (it to) you. 

2. An exception to the foregoing rule are the two indirect objects, 
lui (to him, to her), and leur (to them), which always follow the 
other governed pronoun. Ex. : — 

Je le lui donne, I give it to him or her. 

Je ne le lui donne p>as, I do not give it him. 

La lui donne-t-elle, does she give it him ? 

La leur donnera-t-il, will he give it to them? 

Je ne la leur ai pas donne, I have not given it to them. 

JVe le lui donnez pas, do not give it him. 

Pourquoi ne la leur pretez-vous pas, why do you not lend it to them 1 

8. Of two personal pronouns governed by the Imperative affirma- 
tive the indirect object always stands last : 

Donnez-le-moi, give it me. 

Apportez-les-lui (leur), bring them to him (to them). 

4. If the Imperative is negative, both of them precede the verb 



CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PEONOUNS. 117 

according to § 6 r and lui and leur follow the direct object, according 
toB, §2. Ex. : — 

Ne me h donnez pas, do not give it me. 

Ne la lid apportez pas, do not bring it to him. 

Ne les leur envouez pas, do not send them to them. 

VOCABULARY. 

. Pardonner (a),* to pardon. tailler, to cut, mend. 

prefer (a), to lend. loner, to praise ; to let. 

re'eompenser, to reward. accompagner, to accompany. 

com'ger, to correct. je promets, I promise. 
eiouter, to listen to. V histoire, f. history. 

la v&it€, the truth. volontiers, willingly. 

READING EXERCISE 25. 

Je yous entends. II me pardonnera. Ellc m'a pardonne. Al- 
fred m'a prete un livre amusant. Pretez-nioi votre Iivre. Je yous 
le preterai. II me le donne. Tu me l'as donne. Elle me les don- 
nerait, si elle les aYait encore. Vous a-t-il pardonne ? Lui as-tu 
dit (told) cela ? Je le lui ai dit. Leur a-t-on repondu ? Appelcz 
ces ecoliers. Je les recompenscrai ; je leur donnerai de belles 
images. Tu les leur donneras clemain. Ne te louc pas toi-meme. 
On no se loue pas soi-meme. Elle ne yous ecoute pas. Elle ne 
m'a pas ecoute. Nous eeoutera-t-il ? Yous ne me dites pas la 
verite. Je yous la dis. Cette plume est trop molle ; voulez-vous 
avoir la bonte (kindness) de me la tailler ? Je yous la taillerai vo- 
lontiers. 

THEME 25. 

1. I praise thee. 2. Thou praisest me. 3. Do you play? 4. 
Do you hear? 5. Do you hear me ? 6. I hear you. 7. I do not 
Sell my house. 8. I do not sell it. 9. Do you sell your horses ? 
10. I do not sell them. 11. We hear thee. 12. I call him. 13. 
Will you accompany me? 14. My father will accompany you. 

* This mark (a) denotes that the verb after which it is placed takes an indirect 
personal object. 



118 XXV. VINGT-CTNQUIEME LEQON. 

15. Have you mended my pen? 16. I have mended it. 17. 
Lend mo a pencil. 18. Lend him a pen. 19. Do not give him 
my book. 20. Do not give it him. 21. I promise you. 22. I 
promise it [to] you. 23. Tell (elites-) him (to him). 24. Tell 
them. 25. Tell it hrm. 26. Do not tell it [to] them. 27. I 
should give you some money, if you were more industrious. 28. 
Has she given him the gloves ? 29. She has given them to him. 
80. She has not given them to him; she has given them to -his 
brother. 31. Your translation is badly done (malfaite) ; correct 
it (fern.'). 82. Pardon (me) my mistakes. 83. Have you cor- 
rected them ? 34. Yes, I have (corrected them). 

CONVERSATION. 

M'entendez-vous ? Oui, je vous entends. 

Ne m'entendez-vous pas ? Je ne vous ai pas entendu. 

Me pardonnerez-vous ? Je ne vous pardonnerai pas. 

De qui avez-vous recu ce livre C'est Alfred qui me l'a prete\ 

amusant ? 

Voulez-vous preter ce livre h Je le lui preterai volon tiers. 

ma soeur ? 

Qui veut cettc plume ? Donnez-la-moi, s'il vous plait (if 

you please) . 

Les aimcz-vous ? Oui, je les aime beaucoup. 

Dites-vous la verite ? Je la dis toujours. 

Qui vous accompagnera ? Mon cousin m'accompagnera jus- 

qu'a (as far as) Bruxelles. 

Vous a-t-on raconte (told) une Oui, notre grand'mere nous a ra- 

histoire ? conte une tres-belle liistoire. 



HEADING LESSON. 
SUITE DU EO SIER. 

Frederic? transport^ de joie, emporta le rosier; ct Charlotte" le 
Burnt plug joyeuse encore que lui. 

Le jardinief avait vu le trait d'amitie de la petite fille*.. H alia 
cheTctier (he went for) un beau sureau d'Espagne\ 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



119 



" Voulez-vous que je mette (put) ceci a la place de votre rosier? n 
demanda-t-il a Charlotte. 

" Si vous n'on avez pas besom." 

" Non," r^pondit-il, " je n'en ai pas besom." — II le planta. 

Le mois de Mai suivant, le rosier de Frederic porta lcs plus belles 
roses, et tous les matins, Charlotte recevait un bouton a moitie ou- 
Tert, pour le mettre dans ses cheveux. 

Le sureau prit (took) racinc aussi et devint (became) bientot si 
grand et si epais que Charlotte y trouva de l'ombrage dans la grande 
chaleur du jour. 

demander, to ask. 
un bouton, a bud. 
la moitie', half. 
ouvert, open, opened. 
la racine, the root. 
bientot, soon. 
l'ombrage, the shade. 
la chaleur, the heat. 



Transports, enraptured. 

em-porter, to carry off. 

le suivit, followed him. 

joyeux, joyful. 

le trait, the trait. 

Vamiti€, friendship. 

un sureau d'Espagne, a lilac-tree. 

ceci, this. 



XXYI. YINGT-SIXIEME LEgON 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 
1. These are : 



masculine. 

Celui, 
pi. ceux, 

celui-ci, 
pi. ceux-ci, 

celui-la, 
pi. ceux-la, 

2. The pronouns he, She, (hey, preceding a relative, must be 
translated by celui, celle, ceux, celles. Ex. : celui qui, he Who; 
celle qui, she who ; ceux qui, celles qui, they who. 



feminine. 
celle, that. 
celles, those. 
celle-ci, this, the latter. 
celles-ci, these. 

celle-la, that (one), the former. 
-la, those. 



120 XXVI. VINGT-SIXIEME LEgON. 

3. Gelui, celle, ceux, celles, are used with the preposition de, in 
stead of the English possessive case, when the governing noun is not 
expressed. Ex. : mon chapeau et cehti de mon fr ere, my hat and 
my brother's ; ma plume et celle de ma sceur, my pen and my 
sister's. 

Remark. Celui, celle, Sec, are used only before a relative or the prepo- 
sition de; in all other cases celui-ci, celle-ci, cdui-la, celle-la, Sfc, must be 
nsed. Ex. : Tax cdui-ci, je n'ai pas celui-la, I have this one, I have noi 
that one. 

4. Ce ; which we have seen as an adjective, is also a pronoun. 
It is then invariable, meaning this, that, it. — It is used before the 
relative, as : ce qui (subj.), ce que (obj.), that which (what) ; ce 
dont, that of which. 

For the use of ce or il before the verb to be, see Rule after the vocabulary 
of Lesson xv. See also Lesson xxiv. 3. 

5. The compounds of ce, ceci, this, and cela, that, are used abso- 
lutely, without reference to any particular noun. 

Ex. : Je ne veux pas ceci, je veux cda. 
I do not want this, 1 want that. 
Ce que je dis, what I say. 

Que dites-vous de cela, what do you say of that ? 
Est-ce la votre plume, is this your pen ? 
C'est ma plume, that is my pen. 
Sont-ce la vos gants, are these your gloves ? 
Ce sont mes gants, these are my gloves. 

6* In place of de and a with ce, ceci, cela, ceux-ci, and ceux-la, 
two other conjunctive pronouns are used, viz. : en and y. En is 
rendered in English by some, of it, of them, about it, aboM them 
etc. T corresponds to the English to it, to them, in it, in lliem, 
tftere, therein, etc. Ex. : ■ — - 

Void du jambon : en voulez-vous ? 

Here is ham, will you have some 1 

iPen prendrai un petit morceau. 

I shall take a little piece of it. 

Votre pere est-il au jardin ? Out, il y est. 

Is your father in the garden ? Yes, he is there. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 121 

Ty vais aussi, I am going there also. 

Donnez-m'en — donnez-lui-en. 

Give me some — give him some. 

y penses-tu, do you think of that 1 

Je lui en ai donn€, I have given him some of them (it). 

VOCABULARY. 

Le porte-feuille, the pocket-book. la recompense, the reward. 

lapeur, fear. b&nir, to bless. 

I'dme, the soul. pers&uter, to persecute. 

la noblesse, nobility. souhaiter, to wish. 

le. corps, the body. enrichir, to enrich. 

commode, comfortable. V 'agriculture, f. agriculture. 

le conqu&ant, the conqueror. egalement, equally. 

jaune, yellow.^ lout de suite, directly. 

joli, e, nice, pretty. promet, promises. 
le commerce, the commerce. 

READING EXERCISE 26. 

Voici mon porte-feuille et celui de mon pere. Voici mes gant3 
et ceux de ma soeur. Voulez-vous ceux-ci ou ceux-la ? Celui 
qui remplit ses devoirs est un honnete homme. Voulez-vous ceci 
ou cela ? Ceux qui sont contents, sont toujours heureux. Heu- 
reux celui qui trouve un vrai ami ! Je prefere la noblesse de 
Tame a celle de la naissance (birth). On croit (believes) ce qu'on 
espere. Ce que vous dites me fait peur. Qui vient la ? C'est 
moi. — Ce sont eux. Ce qui est beau n'est pas toujours utile. 
Ne parlez pas de ce qui ne vous regarde (concern) pas. Alex- 
andre-le- Grand et Jules Cesar furent de grands conquerants ; ce- 
lui-la mourut dans sa jeunesse, celui-ci fut assassin^ (murdered). 

THEME 26. 

1. Here is your hat and your brother's. 2. I shall sell my 
house and my uncle's. 3. We speak of these, you speak of those. 
4. Give me that one. 5. This is my pen. 6. These (ce) are your 
pencils. 7. Is this the garden of your aunt? 8. Are these the shoes 



122 XXVII. VINGT-SEPTlMfc LE^ON. 

of your sister ? 9. No, these are the shoes of my cousin Eliza. 10. 
This ink (cetle encre-ci) is blacker than that. 11. These gloves are 
white, those are yellow. 12. I prefer the beauty of the soul to that 
(/.) of the body. 13. Agriculture and commerce are equally use- 
ful to man; the former nourishes us, the latter enriches us. 14. 
My mother prefers this house to that ; this is smaller, but that is 
more comfortable. 15. Have you (any) butter ? 16. Yes, I have 
some. 17. Give me some. 18. Here is black cloth. 19. I shall 
take ten yards of it {fen prendrai . . .). 20. Were you at the 
theatre yesterday? 21. Yes, I was there. 22. Is your master in 
that room? 23. Yes, he is there. 



XXVII. VINGT-SEPTIEME LE^TON. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

They are : 1. lequel f. laquelle, which (of) ? 2. qui, who? que 
and quoi, , what ? 

1. Lequel, when not used alone, is separated by de from the 
noun with which it agrees in gender. 

When the pronoun which is used interrogatively, it is always 
expressed by lequel, laquelle, etc., as : — 

Void deux appartements, lequel choisirez-vous ? 
Here are two apartments, which will you choose 1 
Une de ses soeurs est marine. Laquelle est-ce ? 
One of his sisters is married. Which is it t 
Laquelle de vos (fcolieres est malade ? 
Which of your pupils is ill ? 

The same contractions take place in the article le compounded with quel, 
as when used by itself: thus, by contraction with the prepositions a and de, 
are formed auquel, auxquels, auxquelles, duquel, desquels, and desquelles. 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 123 

2. The interrogative pronoun qui? is only used of persons. 

Ex.: — 

Qui est la, who is there ? 

A qui pretez-vous cela, to whom do you lend this 1 
Qui cherchez-vous, whom are you looking for? 
Pour qui est ce crayon, for whom is this pencil 1 

3. Wliose, when used interrogatively, must be rendered in 
French by a qui.' Ex. : — 

Whose book is this 1 a qui est ce livre f 

4. Que and quoi are neuter.* Quoi, what, is disjunctive, and 
used either by itself or after a preposition, as : — 

De quoi parlez-vous, of what are you speaking 1 
Sur quoi, upon what ? Avec quoi, with what 1 

5. Que, what, is conjunctive, and is only used before verbs : it 
never follows a preposition." Ex. : — - 

Que voulez-vous, what do you wish or want ? 
Que dit-on, what do people say 1 
Que demande-t-il, what does he ask ? 

VOCABULAEY. 

Marie", e, married. le caJuer, the copy-book. 

lev€, got up, risen. la niece, the niece. 

f rapper, to strike, to beat. le porte-plume, the penholder. 

READING EXERCISE 27. 

Lequel de vos fils est malade ? Laquelle de vos sceurs est ma- 
riee ? Lesquels de vos ecoliers n'ont pas fait leurs themes ? Yoici 
plusieurs canifs : lequel voulez-vous acheter ? Qui est arrive ? Qui 
a trouve ma bourse ? De qui avez-vous parle ? A qui est la gram- 
maire que' vous avez a la main ? Que souhaitez-vous, Monsieur ? 
Qu'avez-vous porte h la poste ? Quoi ! vous etes deja leve* ! A 
quoi pensez-vous done ? Auquel de ces e'coliers avez-vous promis 
une recompense ? 

* The neuter gender is recognized as existing in French only by very few gram, 
marians. But que and quoi, the pronoun ce, and sometimes le, are certainly 
neither masculine nor feminine. 



124 



XXVII. VINGT-SEPTIEME LEgON. 



THEME 27. 

1. Which of your horses have yon sold? 2. Which of these col- 
ors is the finest? 3. Which of my copy-books will yon have? 4. 
To which of yonr nieces do yon write (ecrivez-vous) a letter? 5. 
Which of yonr pnpils are the most diligent ? 6. Here are several 
pictures, which will yon choose ? 7. Who is at (a) the door ? 8. 
Whom do you love most (le mieux) ? 9. From whom have yon 
received this ring? 10. To whom do you speak? 11. To whom 
will you give this nice pen-holder? 12. What do you carry under 
your arm (bras)1 13. With what has he beaten the dog? 14. 
What ! are you still (encore) in bed (au lit) ? 






CONVERSATION. 



Lequel de ces deux porte-feuil- 

les est a. vous ? 
Laquelle de ces deux robes 

preferez-vous ? 
Est-ce la votre bague ? 
Sont-ce Ik vos gants ? 



Avez-vous recu ma lettre ? 

Le commerce est-il utile aux 

hommes ? 
Quelle maison vendez-vous ? 



A qui donnerez-vous ce canif ? 
Voici du jambon et du pain, en 

voulez-vous ? 
Avez-vous apporte les verres ? 
Madame votre mere est-elle a la 

maison (or chez elle) ? 



Celui que vous avez a la main. 

Je prefere celle-ci a celle-la. 

Oui, M — , c'est ma bague d'or. 
Non, M — , ce ne sont pas mes 

gants, ce sont ceux de ma cou- 

sine. 
Je n'ai rec,u ni la votre (yours) 

ni celle de votre pere. 
Oui, tres-utile ; il les enrichifc. 

J'ai deux maisons a vendre, celle 
de mon oncle et celle de mon 
grand-pere. 

Je le donnerai a Guillaume. 

Merci, nous en avons deja. 

Non, M — , je n'y ai pas pense\ 
Oui, M — , elle y est* 



POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



125 



XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIBME LE9ON 



POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

1 . The possessive pronouns are formed from the possessive adjec- 
Ves mon, ton, son, etc. They are : — 



SING. 


PLUR. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Masc. 


Fern. 




le mien, 


la mienne, 


les miens. 


les miennes, 


mine. 


le tien, 


la tierme, 


les tiens, 


les tiennes, 


thine. 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes, 


his, hers, its. 


le notre, 


la notre, 


les notres, 


ours. 


le votre, 


la votre, 


les votre j 


', 


yours. 


le leur, 


la leur, 


les leurs, 




theirs, 



These are not, as in English, of the same gender as the possessor. They 
agree in gender and number with the object possessed. Ex. : — 

Cette dame a mon crayon et le sien. , 

That lady has my pencil and hers. 

Avez-vous ma montre ou la votre ? 

Have you my watch or yours ? 

J*ai la mienne, I have mine. 

Ma saeur a la sienne, my sister has hers. 

2. The interrogative pronouns qui, quoi, and lequel, serve at the 
same time as relative pronouns, when they have a reference to some 
other noun or pronoun preceding. 

3. As a relative qui is a subject and que the direct object. Qui 
and que are used for persons and things of both genders and num- 
bers. Ex. : — 

Un enfant qui pleure, a child that cries. 
Laporte qui est ouverte, the door which is open. 
Le voyageur que fai quittg, the traveller whom I have left. 
he chapeauquej'ai achctg, the \at (which) I have bought. 
Les maisons que vous avez vues, the houses (which) you have seen. 
The relative que, whom, which, or that, is sometimes understood in Eng- 
lish, but it must always be expressed in Freneh. 



126 XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIEME LEgON. 

4. Dont, whose, of which, is used for persons and things of 
both genders and numbers ; but de qui, from whom or of whom, 
which is sometimes required instead of dont, has only reference to 
persons. 

Remark. When dont signifies whose the noun which it limits must be 
preceded by the article ; if the noun is the object of a verb it must come 
after that verb, and not immediately after dont as in English. Ex. : 

Je connais lafemme dont vous avez recu la lettre. 

I know the woman whose letter you have received. 

Je connais lafemme de qui vous avez recu la lettre. 

I know the woman from whom you have received the letter. 

L'homme — les hommes dont vous parlez. 

The man — the men of whom you speak. 

La lettre — les lettres dont vous parlez. 

The letter — the letters of which you speak. 

5. After prepositions, qui refers to persons, lequel, to things and 
animals. Ex. : — 

Le marchand avec qui fai voyage'. 

The merchant with whom I travelled. But : 

L'arbre sur lequel ("not sur qui) je montai. 

The tree upon which I climbed. 

La clef avec laquelle on ouvrit la porte. 

The key with which they opened the door. 

Voila Vhommea qui fai prete' mon livre. 

There is the man to whom I have lent my book. 

C'est le chien auquel vous avez donne a manger. 

That is the dog to which you gave to eat. 

6 . Lequel, laquelle, etc. , must also be used instead of qui in the 
Nominative, when the relative is separated from its noun by another 
substantive to which it might seem to relate. Ex. : — 

La tante de mon ami laquelle demeure a Paris. 

My friend's aunt who lives at Paris. 

(qui demeure a Paris might relate to mon ami.) 

7. That which, and what % meaning the thing which} are ex- 






POSSESSIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 127 

pressed by ce qui for the Nominative, and ce que for the Objective. 
All that is rendered : Norn, tout ce qui, Obj. tout ce que. Ex. : — 

"What renders men miserable, is cupidity. 
Ce qui rend les homines mise'rables, e'est la cupidite*. 
I like all that is fine, faime tout ce qui est beau. 
Do what I tell you, faites ce que je vous dis. 

VOCABULARY. 

L'cgre'ment, m. the comfort, inviter, to invite. 

pleasure. chatter, to chastise. 

le tigre, the tiger. demeurer, to live. 

le talent, the talent. vanter, to praise. • 

Vamiral, the admiral. fertiliser, to fertilize. 

la victoire, the victory. d€chirer, to tear. 

le propridaire, the owner. gagner, to win, gain. 

les mozurs, f. the manners. s'appelle, is called. 

le repas, the meal, tout, adv. quite. 

cdebre, celebrated. trop, adv. too much. 

aussi, as. maintenant, — a present, now. 
negliger, to neglect. 

READING EXERCISE 28. 

Mon frere est aussi grand que le tien. Ma soeur est du meire 
age que la votre. Yos roses soni, tres-belles, mais elles sont moins 
belles que les miennes. Nos chiens sont aussi fideles que les leurs. 
Chaque plante a sa propriete {peculiarity) ; la violette a la sienne, 
les roses ont les leurs. Le petit garcon dont le pere est mort, de- 
meure maintenant chez nous. Les moours des anciens peuples 
etaient tres-difierentes des notres. La ville a ses agrements, et la 
campagne a les siens. Le marchand que vous avez vu hier chez 
raoi, et chez qui demeuro mon ami R., est parti pour Paris. 

THEME 28. 

1. Your house is finer than mine, but my gardon is finer than 
yours. 2. I have read (lu) your letter and his. 3. Do you prefer 
your knife to mine ? 4. Yes, I prefer mine to yours. 5. Which 
bonnet is thine ? 6. Your rooms are more spacious (grandes) than 



128 



XXVIII. VINGT-HUITIEME LEgON. 



ours, but ours are higher. 7. I think (trouve) your garden very 
email. 8. I beg your pardon (je vous demande pardon) , Sir, it is 
not smaller than yours; it is quite as (aussi) large as that of my neigh- 
bor. 9. Where is your pen and where is mine ? 10. Which one? 
1 L That which I have made (taillee) this morning. 12. The man 
of whom you are speaking, is dead (mort). 13. Is this the book 
(which) you have lost ? 14. No, it was a French book. 15. Yon 
speak of the lady whose husband (le mari) has been so ill. 16. 
The horse to which you have given some drink (a boire) is mine. 
17. The window upon which you lean (vous vous appuyez) is 
broken. 

CONVERSATION. 



Trouvez-vous mon jardin plus 

grand que le votre ? 
Est-il aussi plus petit que celui 

de votre tante ? 
Comment s'appelle cet amiral 

qui a remporte la victoire de 

Trafalgar ? 
Que fait le tigre ? 
Ta soeur est-elle plus agee que 

la mienne ? 
Quel age a-t-elle done ? 
Avec quoi le voleur a-t-il ouvert 

(opened) la porte ? 
Comment s'appelle le fleuve 

dont les eaux fertilisent 

l'Egypte? 
A vez-vous re'ellement une bonne 

intention ? 



Au contraire, je le trouve plus pe- 
tit que le mien. 
Non, le sien est moins grand. 

Le nom de ce celebre amiral an- 
glais est Nelson. 

II dechire la main qui le chatie. 
Elle est plus jeune que la votre. 

Elle a onze ans et demi. 

II Fa ouverte avec une fausse clef. 

Ce fleuve s'appelle le Nil. 



Je vous assure que mon intention 
est aussi bonne que la votre. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 129 



XXJ^. YINGT-NEUVIEME LE9ON. 



INDEFINITE PKONOUNS. 

1. These are used by themselves, without a noun. They are : — 

On or Von, one, they, people. 

Chacun, f. cJiacune, each, every-one. 

Aucun, f. aacune (with ne), none, not one. 

Quelqu'un, f. quelqu'une, sonic one, somebody, anybody, pi. quelques- 

uns, f. quelques-unes, some. 
Personne, (with ne), nobody. 
L'un, e — I'autre, the one — the other, pi. les uns (tines) — les autres, 

the ones — the others. 
Vun (I'une) et V autre, both. 
L'un (I'une) ou V autre, either. 
Ni l'un (I'une) ni V autre, neither. 
L'un (I'une) I' autre, — pi. les uns (les unes) les autres, each Other, one 

another. 
Un autre, f. une autre, another. 
D 'autres, pi. others, other people. 
Autrui, others, another. 
Tel, f. telle, many a man. 
Plusieurs, several. 
La plupart, most, followed by de with the def. art., as f La plupari des 

hommes, most men. 
Quiconque, whoever. 

Tout, f. toute, all, everything, pi. tous, toutes, all. 
Quelque chose, f. something, anything : when followed by de and an 

adj. it is masc. 
Rien (with ne), nothing. 
Le, la meme, the same. 

2. Von is used for euphony instead of on after et, ou, oil, si, unless 
the next word begins with I ; also after que if the next word begins 
with a c or q. Ex. : si Von voit, if one sees ; et Von dit, and they 
say. But : si on le voit, not si Von le voit. 

L'on is also sometimes used after mais, ni, qui, and other vowel sounds, 
9 



130 XXIX. VINGT-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

3. Several of the indefinite adjectives have been enumerated here 
again among the indefinite pronouns, because they may be used as 
such, viz. : aucun, plusieurs, tout, and le meme. Ex. : — 

Combien de plumes avez-vous, how many pens have you ? 

Je n'en ai aucune, I have none. 

Ten ai, plusieurs, I have several. 

Avez-vous appeti tous les enfants, have you called all the children ? 

Qui, je les ai appele's tous, yes, I have called them all. 

4. When personne and rien are used by themselves, they do not 
take ne, but they retain their negative meaning, as : 

Qui avez-vous rencontre'? Personne. 
Whom have you met ? Nobody. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le dejaut, the fault. chanter, to sing. 

le verbe, the verb. bldmer, to blame. 

le camarade, the comrade. rire, to laugh. 

la confiance, the confidence. arriver, to arrive. 

venu, come (part. p.). gater, to spoil. 

jneckant, e, naughty. secourir, to assist. 

jaloux, -se, jealous. nuire, to hurt, injure. 

r€gulier, -ere, regular. je veux, I will. 

rencontrer, to meet. pourri, e, rotten. 

READING EXERCISE 29. 

On chante, on joue et Ton danse. . Tout le monde veut (wishes) 
etre heureux. Chacun veut avoir raison. L'un etait riche, l'autro 
etait pauvre ; l'un et l'autre etaient malheureux. Les unes dan- 
saient, les autres jouaient. No blamez pas les travaux d'autrui. 
Avez-vous vu quelq^u'un ? Je n'ai vu porsonne. Nous avons 
quelque choso de meilleur. Tel rit aujourd'hui qui ne rira plus de- 
main. Chacun a ses defauts. Tout le monde {everybody) a son 
faible (weakness) . La plupart de ces pommes sont pourries. Ne 
savez-vous (do you hioiv) rion de nouveau? Nous ne savons 
(know) rien. Nous n'avons rencontre personne. Quiconque salira 
bcs cahiers, sera puni. Donnez-moi quelquos-unes de vos belles 
pokes. Quelques-uns de mes camarades sont malades. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 



131 



THEME 29. 



1. One is happy when one is contented. 2. They speak of 
peace (dela paix). 3. They say so (le). 4. Everybody likes 
him. 5. Everyone thinks of himself (a soi). 6. Everybody has 
bia [own] faults. 7. Somebody has told (dit) it to me. 8. 
Those apples are fine, I will take some. 9. Whoever knows (con- 
nait) this man, has little (pen de) confidence in him. 10. No- 
body knows that woman. 11. Henry thinks of (a) nobody. 12. 
(The) one arrives, the other sets out (part ). 13. These two 
girls love one another. 14. I do not know them all, but I know 
several of them (en). 15. Most verbs are regular. 16. The 
princes were jealous of one another. 17. Will you have anything ? 
18. I thank you, I will have (je ne veux) nothing. 19. These 
people (gens) speak ill (mal) of one another (i. e. the one of the 
other) . 



CONVERSATION. 



Que fait-on la ? 
Qui a dit cela ? 
Qui veut ce papier ? 
Vos deux neveux 

riches ? 
As-tu vu quelqu'un 
in? 



sont-ils 



On joue et Ton danse. 

Tout le monde le dit. 

Chacun le veut. 

L'un est riche, 1' autre est pauvre. 



dans ce Non, je n'y ai vu personne. 



jardin ? 
Quy a-t-il de nouveau? 

Oil sont vos deux fils ? 

Voulez-vous quel que chose ? 
Avez-vous retrouve los lettres 

perdues ? 
Avec qui etes-vous venu ? 
Qui est la. ? 
A-vez-vous toutes les boites ? 



Je ne sais (know) rien du tout 

(at all). 
Us sont partis tous les deux. (Us 

sont partis l'un et l'autre.) 
Non, merci ; je ne veux rien. 
J'en ai retrouve quelques-unes ; 

la plupart sont perdues. 
Je ne suis venu avec personne, 
Personne. 
Je n'en ai aucune^. 



132 



XXIX. VINGT-NEUVIEME LEgON. 



Comment 6taient les princes ? 

Avez-vous d'autres plumes ? 
Avez-vons rencontre quel- 
qu'un ? 



lis etaient jaloux Fun de I'autre 

(or les uns des autres.) 
Non, ce sont encore les memes. 
Je n'ai rencontre* personne. 



READfXG LESSON. 



PUISSANCE BE LA CONCORDE. 



Un homme qui avait douze fils, les fit (had them') rassembler au- 
tour de son lit de mort, et comme (as) ils attendaient sa derniere 
benediction, il leur montra un faisceau de flecnes et ordonna a cba- 
cun d'essayer de les rompre ainsi liees, toutes a la fois. Aucud 
d'eux ne put (could) y parvenir. II leur dit ensuite de faire le 
meme essai, en les prenant (by taking them) l'une apres I'autre. 
Us les rompirent de cette maniere avec facilite. Le pere les rendifc 
alors attentifs a cet embleme du pouvoir de la concorde. " Ob- 
servez, mes enfants," leur dit-il, " qu'aussi longtemps que vous 
resterez unis, personne ne pourra (will be able) vous vaincre." 

a la fois, at once. 
parvenir, to succeed. 
ensuite, at length, finally. 
I'essai, the attempt. 
la facilite', (the) easiness. 
alors, then. 



Le pouvoir, the power, might. 
rassembler, to assemble. 
autour de, round, about. 
le lit de mort, the death-bed. 
la benediction, the blessing. 
un faisceau, a bundle. 
lajleche, the arrow. 
rompre, to break. 
ainsi li€, thus bound together. 



V embleme, the emblem. 

unir, to unite. 

vaincre, to conquer, vanquish* 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 133 



XXX. TRENTIEME LE9ON 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 

1. Passive verbs are formed, in French as in English, by joining 
the Participle past of an active verb to the auxiliary verb etre, to be ; 
for instance, of the verb donner, the passive voice is etre donne, to 
be given ; of jinir : etre jini, to be finished, etc. The Participle 
past varies according to the gender and number of the noun or pro- 
noun which stands as the nominative to the verb. 



CONJUGATION OE A PASSIVE VERB. 

INFINITIVE. 

Etre hue, to be praised. 

INDICATIVE. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Je snis loue' or louee, / am praised. 

tu cs loue or louce, thou art praised. 

il est loue, he is praised. 

elle est louee, she is praised. 

nous sommes loues or louees, we are praised. 

vous etes loue's or louees, you are praised. 

ils sont loucs, 1 

dies sont louees, \ the ^ are ? raised - 

IMPERFECT. 

J'e'tais loue or louee, I was praised, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je fas loue or louee, / was praised, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je serai loud or loue'e, I shall be praised, etc. 



134 XXX. TRENTIEME LEgON. 

CONDITIONAL. 
Je serais loue or louee, 1 should be praised, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sois loue or louee, be praised. 

soyons loues or louees, let us be praised. 

soyez loues or louees, be praised. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je sois loue or louee, that I (may) be praised, etc. 

IMPERFECT. 

Queje fusse loue or louee, that I (might) be praised, etc 

PARTICIPLE. 
Etant loue' or loue'e, being praised. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

INFINITIVE. 

Avoir ete loue, e, to have been praised. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT. 

J'ai 6t4 loue, e, I have been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OP THE IMPERFECT. 

J'avais ete loue, e, / had been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

J'eus 4t4 loue, e, / had been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

J'aurai etc loue, e, I shall have been praised, etc. 



CONDITIONAL. 



J'aurais e'td loud, e, 
J'eusse e'te' loue' 



e e ) 

f ' ' y I should or / would have been praised, etc 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 135 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT. 

Que j'aie ete loud, e, that I (may) have been praised, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse ete loue, e, that I (might) have been praised. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Ayant ete loue, e, having been praised. 

2. The English preposition by, with the passive vo.ee, is to be 
rendered by de, when the verb denotes a sentiment or an inward 
act of soul, and by par, when it expresses an outward action. 
Ex.: He is esteemed by everybody, B est estime de tout le monde ; 
the city of Troy was taken by the Greeks, La ville de Troie fut 
prise par les Grecs. 

NEUTER VERBS. 

3. There are about six hundred neuter verbs in French, of which 
about five hundred and fifty are conjugated with avoir in the com- 
pound tenses. Of the remainder, some take either etre or avoir^ 
according as the idea expressed is condition or state, or action. 

4 The following neuter verbs invariably require etre : 

Alter, to go. venir, to come. 

arriver, to arrive, to happen. devenir, to become. 

choir, to fall (rarely used). intervenir, to intervene. 

d€c€der, to decease. parvenir, to succeed. 

e'clore, to hatch. provenir, to arise. 

mourir, to die. revenir, to come back. 

naitre, to be born. svrvenir, to happen. 
tomber, to fall. 

Examples : 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je suis arrive or arrivee, I have (am) arrived. 
tu es arrive or arrivee, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

J'etais arrive or arrivee, / had arrived, etc 



136 XXX. TRENTIEME LEgON. 

COMPOUND OP THE PTJTUKE. 

Je serai arrive or arrivee, I shall have arrived, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 
Je serais arrive or arrivee, / should have arrived, etc. 

5. A?,courir, cesser, croitre, dechoir, degenerer, descendre, disparaitre. 
£ehapper, echoir, erapirer, entrer, grandir, monter, partir, passer, pcrir, 
restcr, sortir, vieillir, and a few others, are conjugated with avoir when it is 
the action or fact, with etre when it is the state or condition expressed by the 
verb, which is uppermost in the mind. Ex. : La riviere a monte" rapidement, 
the river has risen rapidly. II est monte', he has (is) gone up. 

VOCABULARY. 

La bataille, the battle. offenser, to offend. 

la hi, law. envoy er, to send. 

le voleur, the thief. mordre, to bite. 

le voyageur, the traveller. blesser, to wound. 

leflatteur, the flatterer. de'molir, to demolish. 

la langue, the language. rebdtir, to rebuild. 

la cour, the court. maltraiter, to treat ill, abuse. 

le chemin, the road. enlever, to take away 

vertueux, -se, virtuous. sauver, to save. 

inconnu, unknown. attaquer, to attack. 

rester, to remain. assassin?, murdered. 

tuer, to kill. parce que, because. 

enrage", mad. 

READING EXERCISE 30. 

Mori fils Theodore est aime et loue do ses maifcros, parce qu'il est 
applique" et attentif. Gustavo Adolphe, roi de Suede, fut tue a la 
bataille de Lutzen, a 1'age de trente-sept ans. Si vous etes ver- 
tueux, vous serez aimes et estimes de tout le mondo. Ayez soid 
que les lois soicnt ponetucllement observees. Quiconque les "raus- 
gresse, sera puni. Le soldat qui a ete blesse, est mort. La mai- 
son qui a ete demolie, a ete rebatie. Ce pauvre chien est bien 
maltraite par son maitre. Hier je fus attaque par un voleur. Mon 
argent, ma montre, tout me fut enleve. Deux des voyageurs sont 
restes en chemin ; ils ne sont pas encore arrives. 



PASSIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 137 

THEME 30. 

1. I am loved by my parents. 2. Mr. Bell is esteemed by 
everybody. 3. The French language is spoken in all the courts of 
Europe. 4.* Charles was bitten by a mad dog. 5. That dog must 
{doit) be killed. 6. This ring was given me by my grandfather. 
7. By whom was this letter written (ecrite) ? 8. It was written 
by a little boy. 9. Frederic has been punished by his teacher. 10. 
Have you been invited to the ball? 11. No, sir, I have not been 
invited. 12. I shall perhaps (peut-etre) be invited to-morrow. 
13. This letter must be sent to the post-office. 14. Flatterers are 
not esteemed. 15. The child has not been saved. 16. It would 
have been saved, if it had cried for help (au secours). 17. The 
castle was built in the year 1620. 18. Those brave soldiers will be 
praised and rewarded. 19. Will Mr. B.'s garden be sold? 20. It 
is already sold. 

CONVERSATION. 

Etes-vous amies de vos amis ? Nous avons toujours ete aime*s de 

tous nos amis. 
Groyez-vous que mes ordres Je ne le crois pas. 

soient executes ? 
Par qui as-tu ete offense ? Par un homme inconnu. 

Les bons rois sont-ils aimes ? lis sont toujours aimes et es- 

times. 
Ces objets seront-ils vendus ? Non, M — , ils ne seront pas ven- 

dus. 
Par qui Henri IV fut-il assas- II fat assassine par Ravaillac. 

sine (murdered) ? 
Dans quelle annee? Henri IV. fut assassine en 1610. 

Quel fut le sort de Charles X ? Ce roi fut exile (banished) de 

France en 1830. 
Par qui ces jeunes gens ont-ils Je crois qu'ils ont ete blames par 
6te blames ? leur rnaitre. 



138 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LEgON. 

La bataille de Leipsic fut-elle Tres-sanglante. Beaucoup de 
sanglante (bloody) ? soldats et d'officiers furent tues, 

et encore (still) un plus grand 
nombre furent blesses. 
Voyez cette pauvre fille ! Qu'a- Elle a ete mordue par un chien 

t-elle done ? enrage. 

N"'a-tron pas tue ce chien? On ne l'a pas encore tue, mais il 

sera tue toutde suite. 
Que va-kon (are they going) Elle sera deinolie et puis rebatie 

faire de cette vieille maison ? a neuf (anew) . 
Avez-vous bien dormi ? Non, je n'ai pas bien dormi. 



XXXI. TKENTE ET UNIEME LE9ON 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

Some verbs are called reflective, because their subject and object 
are the same person or thing, so that the subject acts upon itself, 
and is, at the same time, the agent and the object of the action. 
Reflective verbs, therefore, have always, besides the subject, another 
personal pronoun, viz. : me, te, se, myself, thyself, himself, herself, 
itself, for the singular ; nous, vous, se, ourselves, yourselves, them- 
selves, for the plural. But it frequently happens that in English 
the second pronoun is only implied, whereas it musfc be expressed 
in French. Ex. : to repent, se repentir ; Pres. I repent, je me 
repens, etc. 

Observe that all reflective verbs, without exception, are conjugat- 
ed with the auxiliary etre, as : I have hurt myself, je me suis 
blesse, and not ye m'ai blesse. 

The conjugation of the following verb may serve as a model fox all the 
reflective verbs. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 131) 

Se rejouir, to rejoice. 

INDICATIVE. 
FRESENT TENSE. 

Je me rejouis, I rejoice. 

tu te rejouis, thou rejoicest. 

il (clle) se rejouit, he (she) rejoices. 

nous nous rcjouissons, we rejoice. 

vous vous rejouissez, you rejoice. 

ils (elles) se rejouissent, they rejoice. 

IMPERFECT. 

Je me rejouissais, I rejoiced, etc. 

PRETERITE. 

Je me rejouis, I rejoiced, etc. 

FUTURE. 

Je me rejouirai, I shall rejoice, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 
Je me rejouirais, I should rejoice, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Rejouis-toi, rejoice. 
rejouissons-nous, let us rejoice. 
rejouissez-vous, rejoice. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

Que je me rejouisse, that I (may) rejoice, db. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je me rejouisse, that I (might) rejoice, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Se (me, te, etc.) rejouissant, rejoicing. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 
INTINITIVE. 

S'etre r&joui, e, to have rejoiced. 



140 XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LBgON. 

INDICATIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je me suis rejoui, e, I have rejoiced. 

tu t'es rejoui, e, thou hast rejoiced. 

il s'est rejoui, he has rejoiced. 

elle s'est rejouie, she has rejoiced. 

nous nous sommes rejouis, ies, we have rejoiced. 

vous vous etes rejoui(s), ie(s^), you haver ejoiced, 

ils se sont rejouis, ) 

elles se sont rejouies, | thei J have re J oiced - 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je m'etais rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. 

tu t'etais rejoui, e, thou hadst rejoiced, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRETERITE. 

Je me fus rejoui, e, I had rejoiced. 
tu te fus rejoui, e, etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE. 

Je me serai rejoui, e, I shall have rejoiced, 
tu te seras rejoui, e, etc. 

CONDITIONAL. 

Je mo serais rejoui, e, I should have rejoiced. 
tu te serais rejoui, e, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Que je me sois.. rejoui, e, that I (may) have rejoiced. 
que tu te sois rejoui, e, etc. 

qu'il se soit rejoui, (qu'elle se soit rejouie), etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Que je me fusse rejoui, e, that I (might) have rejoiced. 
que tu te fusses rejoui, e, etc. 

PARTICIPLE. 
S'e'tant (mMtant, etc.) rejoui, e, having rejoiced. 






REFLECTIVE VERBS. 141 

WITH INTERROGATION. 
Pill; SENT. 
(Me rejouis-je), better: est-ce que je me rejouis, do I rejoice? 
te rejouis-tu (or est-ce que tu te rejouis), dost thou rejoice? 
se rejouit-il (or est-ce qu'il se rejouit) ? etc. 

nous rejouissons-nous ? etc. 

vous re'jouissez-TOus 1 etc. 

se rejouissent-ils (elles) ? etc. 

COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Me suis-js rejoui, e, have I rejoiced? 

t'es-tu rejoui, e, hast thou rejoiced ? 

s'cst-il rejoui, has he rejoiced? 

s'est-elle rejouie, has she rejoiced? 

nous sommes-nous rejouis, ies, have we rejoiced 9 

WITH NEGATION. 
PRESENT. 

Je ne me rejouis pas, / do not rejoice* 
tu ne te rejouis pas, etc. 

il (elle) ne se rejouit pas, etc. 
nous ne nous rejouissons pas, etc. 

COMPOUND OP THE PRESENT,, 

Je ne me suis pas rejoui, e, I have not rejoiced. 
tu ne t'es pas rejoui, e, etc. 

U. (elle) ne s'est pas rejoui, e, etc. 

nous ne nous sommes pas rejouis, ies, etc* 

IMPERATIVE. 

Ne te rejouis pas, do not rejoice. 

ne nous rejouissons pas, let us not rejoice. 

ne vous rejouissez pas, do not rejoice* 

INFINITIVE. 

Ne pas se rejouir, not to rejoice. 

ne pas s'etre rejoui, e, not to have rejoiced. 



WITH NEGATION AND INTERROGATION 
PRESENT. 

Est-ce que je ne me rejouis pas, do I not rejoice'. 
ne te rejouis-tu pas, dost thou not rejoice ? 
ne se rejouit-il pas, does he not rejoice? etc. 



42 



XXXI. TRENTE ET UNIEME LECON. 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Ne me suis-je pas rejoui, e, have 1 not rejoiced? 

ne t'es-tu pas rejoui, e? etc. 

ne s'est-il (-elle) pas rejoui, e ? etc. 

ne nous sommes-nous pas rejouis, ies ? etc. 

Many verbs, neuter or passive in English, have in French the reflective 
form. The principal are: — 



S'affliger, to be sorry. 
s'apercevoir, to perceive. 
s'approcher, to come near. 
s'arreter, to stop. 
s'asseoir, to sit doion. 
se baisser, to stoop. 
Be coucher, to go to bed. 
se depecher, to make haste. 
s'ecrier, to exclaim, cry out. 
s'en aller, to go away. 
s'endormir, to fall asleep. 
s'enrhumer, to catch cold. 
s'entretenir, to discourse with. 
s'etonner, to wonder. 
s'eveiller, to awake. 
se fier, to trust. 



to fancy, 
to make haste. 



se figurer, 

s'iniaginer, 

se hater, 

se depecher, 

se lever, to rise, to get up. 

se marier, to many. 

se moquer, to mock, scojf. 

se plaindre, to complain. 

se promener, to take a icalk 

se repentir, to repent. 

se reposer, to rest. 

se soumettre, to submit. 

se souvenir, to remember. 

se taire, to be silent. 

se tromper, to be mistaken. 

se vanter, to boast. 



Ex. — I rise, I get up, je me leve. 

I have risen or got up, je me suis leve". 

We have perceived, nous nous sommes apercus, etc. 

Observe also these expressions : — 

How are you, comment vous portez-vous ? 

I am well, je me porte bien. 

I am mistaken, je me trompe. 

I have been mistaken, je me suis trompe'. 

He is silent, il se tait. 



VOCABULARY. 



La conduite, the behavior. 
la foret, the forest. 
le boulet, the ball. 
le titre, the right. 
la Boheme, Bohemia. 



vaillymment, bravely. 
fondre, to cast. 
bien, well ; mieux, better, 
se venger de, to revenge on. 
se conduire, to behave. 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 143 

lord, late. se distingue); to distinguish. 

le mat, the evil. enfermer, to shut in. 

se rendre, to surrender. saucer, to save. 
se coucher, to go to bed. 

READING EXERCISE 31. 

Yous yous trompez, Monsieur. Je me suis fcrompe aussi. II y 
a (it is) tres-longtemps que nous no nous {each other) soinmes 
vus. Le general Ostermann s'cst distingue" beaucoup a l'affanre 
(battle) de Culm. S'il ne s'etait pas defendu si vaillamment, l'ar- 
mec alliee aurait efce enfermce dans les montagnes de la Bohemo. 

Dans une bataille ou les boulets ennemis volaient (flew) autour 
de lui, Napoleon s'ecria : Le boulet qui doit (is to) me tuer, n'est 
pas encore fondu (cast) . Pourquoi vous etes-vous leve si tard ? Je 
me suis leve a sept hemes. Ne vous aftligez pas tant, mes amis ; 
habituez-vous a soufirir avee corn-age les maux de la vie. Yous 
auriez ete sauve, si yous yous eticz remgie au camp. 

THEME 31. 

1. I rejoice greatly (Jbeaiicoup) to see you (de vous voir). 
2. Charles has woTmdcd himself with a penknife. 3. The enemies 
have surrendered. 4. A good Christian does not revenge himself 
on (de) his enemy. 5. The soldier has distinguished himself : he 
will be rewarded. 6. Get up ! 7. I shall get up directly. 8. Has 
my brother got up ? 9. He (has) got up at six o'clock. 10. Be 
not sorry, children, exclaimed he, we shall all be saved ! 11. You 
are mistaken^ Sir. 12. Yes, it is true (vrai), I have been mista- 
ken. 13. Why do you rejoice at the (du) misfortune of others? 
14. When do you go to bed ? 15. I go to bed at eleven o'clock; 
but yesterday I went (have gone) to bed at ten o'clock. 16. Make 
haste ! 17. Where is }*our mother? 18. She is not at home (a la 
maison) • she is taking a walk. 19. I have taken a walk this 
morning. 20. WTien will you take a walk? 21. I shall take a 
walk this evening. 22. How are you to-day? 23. I am well, but 
my brother is not well. 24. I (have) stopped at the gate (porte). 
25. Best a little, and come near the fire (du feu). 



J 44 



XXXI. TKENTE ET UNIEME LEgON. 



CONVERSATION. 

Vous vous etes trompe, mon ami, Je ne me suis pas trompe*. 

n'est-cc pas ? 

Quand vous coucherez-vous, mes Nous nous coucherons tout do 

enf ants ? suite. 

A quelle heure vous Gtes-vous Je me suis couch e a dix heures. 

couclie Mer ? 

Et votre frere ? Mon frere s'est couchS a onze 

heures. 

Monsieur votre pere est-il deja Oui, il s'est leve aujourd'hui 

leve ? de bonne heure {early). 

Ou etes- vous done restes si long- Nous nous sommes egares {went 

temps ? astray) dans la forSfc. 

Ta soeur s 1 est-elle lavee {washed) ? Je crois qu'elle ne s'est pas en- 
core lavee. 

Qui s'est lave dans cette eau ? Moi. 

Pourquoi vous etes-vous leves si Nous ne nous sommes pas eveil- 

tard ? les plus tot {earlier). 

Qui veut se promener avec moi ? Ma scaur et moi. 

Vous etes-vous bien amuse ? Oui, assez {pretty) bien. 



BEADING LESSON. 



LE SANSONNET. 

Le vieux chasseur Maurice avait dans sa chambre un sansonnet 
qu'il avait eleve, et qui avait appris (learned) a articuler quelques 
mots. Quand il disait par exemple : " Sansonnet, ou. es=tu ? " l'oi- 
seau repondait toujours : " Me voila ! " 

Le petit Cliarles, fils du voisin, aimait beaucoup l'oiseau et lui 
faisait (paid) souvent des visites. Un jour il vint voir le sansonnet 
pendant que le chasseur etait absent; il s'empara bien vite de l'oi- 
seau, le mit (put it) dans sa poche et voulait s'esquiver avec son 
larcin. 

Mais dans ce moment le chasseur entra chez lui. II crut (thovglit) 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 145 

fairo plai-ir au petit garcon en demandant (hy ashing") ccmine de 
coutume : " Sansonnefc, oil es-tu ? " — " Me voila ! " eria de toutes 
ses forces (his might) l'oiscau qui etaifc cache dans la pocho du 
petit garc,on. 

C'cst ainsi que le petit voleur fut train. 

Le sansonnet, the starling. vite, quick. 

le mot, the word. la poche, the pocket. 

me voila, here I am. s'esquivcr, to run away, 

il vint, lie came. le larcin, the larceny .> 

pendant que, whilst. de coutume, as he used to do. 

s'emparer, to lay hold of trahir, to betray. 



XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LE9ON. 



DIPEKSONAL VERBS. 

1. Verbs which are always impersonal form their compound tenses 
by means of the auxiliary avoir. The principal are : 

Neiger, to snow ; Pres. il neige, it snows. 

pleuvoir, to rain ; il pleut, it rains. 

greler, to hail ; il grele, it hails. 

tonner, to thunder ; il tonne, it thunders. 

/aire des Eclairs, to lighten ; il fait des e'clairs, it lightens. 

geler, to freeze ; il gele, it freezes. 

de'gder, to thaw ; il degele, it thaws. 

importer, to matter ; il importe, it matters. 
Third singular negative is n'impoiie, no matter. 

2. Other verbs may become impersonal. Ex. : 

H suffit, it suffices, il convient, it is convenient. 

il semble, it seems. il arrive, it happens (takes elrc)> 

il vaut mieux, it is better. il s'agit, it is the question, etc. 

il me torde, I long. il reste, there remains. 
10 



146 



XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LEgON". 



MODELS OP CONJUGATION. 


1. Neiger, 


to snow. 


INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


Present. II neige. 


Qu'il neige.- 


Imperfect. - 77 neigeait. 


qu'il neigedt. 


Preterite. 77 neigea. 




Future. II neiger a. 




Comp. of Pros. 77 a ridge*. 


qu'il ait neige*. 


" "Imp. 77 avail neige". 


qu'il eut neigC. 



" Pret. 77 eut neige". 
" Fut. 77 aura neige*. 
Interrogatively : Neige-t-il ? neigeait-il 7 a-t-il neige"? etc. 



Pres. 77 neigerait. 



Pres. Neigeant. 



CONDITIONAL. 

Comp. 77 aurait neige". 

PARTICIPLE. • 

Comp. Ayant neige', 

2. II y a, there is, there are. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Y avoir, there to be. 



Indic. 



Present. 
Imperfect. 
Preterite. 
Future. 
Comp. of Pres. 
" Imp. 



77 y a, there is, there are. 

77 y avail, \ 

> there was, there were. 



77 y eut, 

Uy aura, there will be. 

77 y a eu, there has or have been. 

77 y avail eu.) , ■,-,■, 
* y there had been. 

" Pret. Byeuteu, ) 

Cond. Present. 77 y aurait, there would be. 

Comp. 77 y aurait eu, there would have been. 

Interrogatively : Y a-t-il, is there ? are there ? 

Negatively : 77 n'y a pas, there is or are not. 

Negat. intciTOgat. : N'y a-t-il pas, is or are there not ? 
Subj. Present. Qu'il y ait, that there (may) bo 

Imperfect. Qu'il y eut, that there (might) be. 

Comp. of Pres. Qu'il y ait eu, that there (may) have been. 
" Imp. Qu'il y cut eu, that there (might) have been, 






IMPERSONAL VERBS. 147 

Note I. This verb in English is used in the plural, when followed by a 
plural substantive; in Erench, it remains always in the singular; as, 
There are birds which, etc. ; il y a des oiseaux qui, etc. 

Note 2. It often happens that the verb il y a is rendered ago, these, or 
for these. Ex. : 

I saw him two months ago. 
Je Vai vu il y a deux mois. 

II y a huit jours que je suis malade. 
I have been ill these eight days. 

77 est is also used impersonally, particularly in poetry, in the sense of 
il y a. 

3. 11 fait froid. 

Frcsent, Tl fait froid, it is cold. 

Imperfect. Tl faisait froid, \ . 

Preterite. II Jit froid, ) 

Future. II /era froid, it will be cold, etc. 

Comp. of Pres. 77 a fait froid, it has been cold, etc. 
Thus other expressions denoting the state of the weather : Tl fait Leau, 
it is fine weather ; il fait chaud, it is warm ; il fait jour, it is daylight , etc. 
The English " it is said " is rendered in Erench, on dit, 

4. II faufc. 
infinitive: Falloir, to be needful, necessary. 
Indic. Present. 77 fiat, it is necessary. 
Imperfect. 77 fallait, j ifc ^ nece 
Preterite. II fall ut, \ 
Future. . 77 faudra, it will be necessary. 
Comp. of Present. 77 a fallu, it has been necessary. 
« -Imperfect. 77 avait fallu, > {t h ^ QQn nccessaiy . 
" " Preterite. II eut fallu, j 

" " Future. II aura fallu, it will have been necessary. 
Cond, Present. II faudrait, it would be necessary, ( . . . ought to). 
Comp. II aurait fallu, it would have been necessary. 

INTEFJtOGATIVELY. 

Faut-il? fallait-il? fallut-il? a-t-il fallu ? (is it necessary? was it necessa- 
ry 1 has it been necessary 1 ) 
Stjbj. Present. Qu'il faille, that it (may) be necessary. 

Imperfect. Qu'il fallut, that it (might) be necessary. 
Comp. of Present. Qu'il ait fallu, that it (may) have been neceseary. 

" u Imperfect. Qu'il cut fallu, that it (might) have been necessary. 



148 XXXII. TRENTE-DEUXIEME LEgON. 

PA&TICIPLE. 
Present, wanting. Compound. Ayantfallu. 

Rem. 1. The verb falloir is absolutely impeisonal throughout all its 
tenses. When its subject is a personal pronoun, as : I must, you must, etc., 
we may add, for the first person me, for the second te, for the third lui, in 
the plural nous, vous, leur. More frequently, however, que with the Sub- 
junctive mood is preferred. Ex. : — 

I must read : il me f aid lire, or il faut que je Use. 
thou must read : il te faut lire, or il faut que tu Uses. 
he must read :| ."> ' . ( il faut qu'il Use. 

she must read : ) il hn f aut Ure > or \ 3 f au t qu'elle Use. 
we must read : il nous faut lire, or il faut que nous lisions. 
you must read : il vous faut lire, or ilfaut que vous lisiez. 
they must read : il leur faut lire, or il faut qu'ils lisent. 

I have been obliged to read : il m'a fallu lire, eta. 

2. "When the subject is a noun, que with the Subjunctive mood must be 
used. It must further be observed that, when the verb falloir is used in the 
Present or Future tense, the following verb must be put in the Present of 
the Subjunctive; but when it is in the Imperfect, Preterite or Conditional, 
the verb following it muse be rendered by the Imperfect of the Subjunctive. 
Ex.: — 

The boy must work, il faut que le garcon travaille. 
The boy will be obliged to work. 

II faudra que h garcon travaille. 
The soldiers were obliged to retire. 

II fallait or il fallut que les soldats se retirassent. 

3. When the verb il faut is followed immediately by a noun substantive, 
it signifies to want ; here also one of the pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, 
according to the person, must be inserted. Ex. : — 

I want (must have) a hat, il me faid un chapcau. 
lie wants some money, il lui faut de V argent. 
We want some bread, il nous faut du pain. 
Did you want some books, vous fcllait-il des livres f 

VOCABULARY. 

Le compte, the account, bill la chaise, the chair. 

la redingote, the coat. cesser, to leave off, to cease. 

le depart, the departure. quitter, to leave. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 149 

la rue, the street. dessiner, to draw. 

le sort, (the) fate. partir, to set out, depart. 

la chambre, the room. honnetc, honest. 

manquer, to be wanting. mdcontent, e, discontented. 

gouverner, to govern. sagement, adv. wisely. 

READING EXERCISE 32. 

II plcut. Je crois qu'il pleuvra demain. J'entends tonncr. II 
vaut mieux (it is better') qu'il plcuvo. II a neige toute la nuit. 
II y a des hommes qui sont toujours mecontents. II fait chaud ; 
il faisait trop chaud dans voire chambre. II n'y avaifc ni hommes, 
ni femmes, ni enfants. II faut partir. II vous faut partir. II 
fallait venir plus tot (earlier). No faudra-t-il pas lui pardonner ? 
II faut que Charles reste a la maison. II fallut que Charles restat 
a la maison. II me fallut lui pardonner. II y aura cette annee 
beaucoup de cerises. II faut que les enfants obeissent h l'instant 
(instantly) . II y a cu do (at) tout temps des flatteurs. II a fallu 
qu'elle payat son compte. II y a un Dieu qui gouverne tout 
sagement. Qu'cst-ce qu'il yous faut ? II me faut uno autre cham- 
bre. 

THEME 32. 

1. Does it snow? 2. No, it does not snow, it rains. 3. It is 
cold to-day. 4. I shall not leave the room. 5. Yesterday it was 
(has been) very cold, and it (has) snowed a great deal (beaucoup). 
G. It thunders and lightens. 7. There arc too many chairs in this 
room. 8. There was much wine on the table. 9. Is there money 
in the purse? 10. There are six francs (francs) in it. 11. 
There will be a great many nuts this year. 12. There arc streets in 
London, which are very long. 13. It is necessary to begin. 14. 
It was necessary to set out. 15. You must begin. 1G. He must 
read. 17. We were obliged to set out. 18. He has been obliged 
to speak. 19. The boy must work. 20. The girls must draw. 
21. My father has been obliged to go to Paris. 22. Your uncle 
will be obliged to leave London. 23. The soldiers were obliged to 
leave the town. 24. I want a good pen. 25. Do you want an- 



150 



XXXII. TEENTE-DEUXIEME LEgON. 



other room? 26. Yos, I want a larger room. 27. What do yon 
want ? 28.1 want or I must have (de V) money. 



•CONVERSATION. 



Quel temps fait-il aujourd'hui ? 

Pleut-il? 

Pleuvra-t-il ? 

La pluie a-trelle cesse ? 

Que vous fant-il? 

Y a-t-il assez cle vin ? 

Y avait-il de 1' argent dans cette 
bourse ? 

As-tu paye le compte ? 

Faut-il que je me leve mainte- 

nant ? 
Yous a-t-il fallu partir de si 

bonne hcure (so early) ? 
Qui a paye le diner ? 
Faut-il lui rendre (return) l'ar- 

gent? 



II fait beau (mauvais) temps. 
Oui, il pleut-tres-fort. 
Je ne crois pas qu'il pleuve. 
Pas encore ; il pleut sans cesse. 
II me faut une redingote neuve. 
Oui, Monsieur, il y en a assez. 
II y avait deux francs. 

Oui, il m'a fallu le payer. 

Oui, il faut yous lever tout de 

suite. 
Le depart etait fixe a quatro 

heures et dcmie. 
Mon pere l'a paye. 
Oui, rendez-le-lui. 



READING LESSON. 



PRODUCTIONS DE DIVERS CLDIATS. 



La providence a si sagemcnt arrange' toutcs choses, que chaque 
climat fournit aux habitants ce qui leur est le plus indispensable. 
Dans les contrees polaires il fait si froid, qu'il ne peut y croitre ni 
fruits, ni cereales, ni legumes. La nature y a supplee par la 
grande quantite de poissons que Ton peche dans la mer et dans lea 
lacs, et par l'abondance des quadrupedes qui, a la verite (indeed), 
sont la plupart (mostly) sauvages et feroccs, mais qui fournissent aux 
habitants, aguerris (accustomed) a les poursuivre a la chasse, de 
tres-belles fourrures, de la chair mangeable, des os et des ncrfs qu'ils 
emploient pour leur's arcs (bows) et pour divers ustensiles. 



FORMATION OP ADVERBS. 151 

lies peuplcs des climats chauds ont le ver h soie (silkworm), 
qui se nourrit des feuilles du murier et qui leur file (spins') un le- 
ger tissu dont on fait des etoffes convenables h la temperature du 
pays. 

Lc cotonnier porte des gousses renfermant le coton dont le tissu 
fournit eValement (likewise) les plus beaux vetements. Et pour 
preserver les habitants de la zone torride de 1'innammation d'un 
sang trop eehauffe, leurs campagncs et leurs jardins leur fournissent 
les oranges, les citrons et les olives qui les rafraichissent. 

Fournir, to supply, furnish. la chair, the flesh, meat. 

le besoin, the need, want. I'os, the bone. 

la contrte, the region. 1'iistensile, the tool. 

croitre, to grow. le murier, the mulberry-tree. 

les cer€ales, corn. filer, to spin, tiger, light. 

les legumes, vegetables. le tissu, the texture. 

pecker, to fish, la mer, the sea. convenable, convenient, fit. 

sauvage, wild. le cotonnier, the cotton-plant. 

fe'roce, ferocious., la gousse, the pod, husk. 

aguerris, hardened. le vetement, clothing. 

jjoursuivre, to pursue. e'ehauffe', heated, hot. 

lafourrure, fur, pelt. rafraichir, to cool, refresh. 



XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LEgON. 



FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 

Most of the French adjectives become adverbs by adding the syl- 
lable -merit, according to the following rules : — 

1. Adjectives ending in a vowel, simply add the final syllable 
■ment, as : — 

Facile, easy ; adv. facilement, easily. 
poll, polite ; adv. poliment, politely. 
vrai, true ; adv. vraiment, truly. 



152 



XXXIII. TRENTE-TROISIEME LEgON. 



2 Adjectives which do not end in a vowel, add the syllable 
-ment to their feminine termination, as : — 

Haut, f. haute, high ; adv. Jiautement, aloud. 
doux, f. douce, soft, mild; ady. doucement, softly. 
franc, f. franche, frank ; adv. franchement, frankly, freely. 
heureux, f. heureuse, happy ; adv. hcureusement, happily. 

So also the adjectives, nouveau, new ; fou, foolish, and mou, soft ; adv. 

nouvellement, follcment, mollement. 

3. Adjectives which end in -ant or -ent, become adverbs by 
changing the final -ant into -amment, and -ent into -emment, as : — 

Constant, constant ; adv. constamment. 
•prudent, prudent ; adv. prudemment. 
patient, patient ; adv. patiemment. 
Exceptions to this rule are: lent, slow, adv. lentement; and present, pres- 
ent, adv. presentement, actually, at present. 

4. The following adjectives take an e accented before the final 
•merit. Profond, deep, profondement ; commode, comfortable, 
commodement ; commun, common, communement ; precis, precise, 
precisement ; enorme, enormous, enormement ; expres, express, 
expressement ; impuni, unpunished, impunement. 

5. All these derived adverbs, as well as some others, are com- 
pared, as : — 

COHIP. 
Facihment, plus facilement, 

commodement, moins commodement, 

souvent, often ; plus souvent, 

longtemps, long ; plus longtemps, 

loin, far ; plus loin, 



SUP'. 
le plus facilement. 
le moins commodement. 
le plus souvent. 
le plus longtemps. 
le plus loin. 



6. The followins: adverbs are irregular in the formation of their 



comparatives and superlatives : — 

COMP. 

Bien, well ; mieux, hotter ; 

mal, badly ; pis, worse ; 

pen, little ; moins, less ; 

beaucoup, much ; jrtus, more ; 

tant mieux is rendered : so much the better. 

tant pis, so much the worse. 



le mieux, (the) best 
le pis, the worst. 
le moins, the least. 
leplus, most. 



FORMATION OP ADVERBS. 153 

7. When cither le plus or le moins qualifies a verb, adverb, or participle 
not used adjectively, le retains the masculine form. Ex. : Une lettre e'erite 
le plus soigneusement. 

8. The following adjectives are used adverbially without taking an addi- 
tional termination, as : — 

Vite, quick, fast, fort, veiy. expres, purposely. 

haut, loudly. soudain, suddenly. 

has, in a low voice. droit, straightways. 



VOCABULARY. 

L'fftat, m. the state. ponctuellement, punctually. 

fach€* sorry, angry. avouer, to confess. 

e'gal, equal. entretenu (part.), entertained, 

gtnfreuscment, generously. propre, clean. [amused. 

eloquemment, eloquently. rarement, seldom. 

e'ternel, eternal, agir, to act. malheureusement, unfortunately. 

marcher, to walk. modestement, modestly. 

mfgh'ger, to neglect. probablement, likely. 

occupe", occupied. extremement, extremely. 

dessiner, to draw. la fortune, property. 
oublier, to forget. 



READING EXERCISE 33. 

Vous lc trouvcrez facilemcnt. Les gens parcsseux negligent 
ordinaircment leurs affaires. Agissez genereusement envers voa 
ennemis. Dieu a sagement distribue ses dons. Parlez modestement 
de yos merites. Cet liomme a parle tres-eloquemment. Henri IV. 
etait constamment oecupe de la prosperity de ses etats. Le Yoleur 
marcba doucement ; il avait probablement peur d'etre entendu. Je 
suis extremement facbe d'apprendre cette nouYelle. Nettoyez 
mieux yos habits. Vons n'etes pas proprement habille. No mar- 
cbez pas si lentement. Les enfants qui aiment passionnement le jeu, 
negligent sourent leurs tacbes (tasks'). 

* When meaning, sorry, it takes de before its obj. : meaning, angry, oontre. 



154 



XXXIII. TRENTE-TKOISIEME LEgON. 



THEME 33. 

1. This pupil learns (ajjprend) easily, but he forgets as (aussi) 
easily that which ho learns. 2. The king has generously pardoned 
(to) his enemies. 3.- Nobody is constantly happy in this world. 
4. The name of Shakspeare will live (yivra) eternally. 5. Speak 
frankly. G. My brother is constantly occupied. 7- Confess freely 
your faults. 8. Unfortunately I have not found him at home. 
9. Speak softly. 10. The artist plays admirably (well). 11. I 
have seldom received letters from my brother-in-law (beau-frere). 
12. Everybody must punctually observe the laws. 13. If you fulfil 
faithfully your duties, you will be esteemed by (de) everybody. 
14. You have stayed longer than your brother. 15. The little girl 
draws very well ; she draws better than her sister. 



CONVERSATION. 



Comment parle cet hommc ? 

Avez-vous des nouvcllcs de votrc 
frerc a Paris ? 



A-t-il perdu quelque chose 

Monsieur M. cst-il fache ?' 
Pourquoi est-il fache ? 



airir ? 



(Hoio 



Comment faut-il 

must 'people act ? ) 
Charles, tu es maladc ; qu'as-tu ? 



Vous 6tes probablemcnt lc frere 
de Monsieur Hichard ? 



Id parle tres-eloquemment et 

tres-franchement. 
II m'ecrit (writes) rarement. 

Hcurcusement je sais (know) 

par un de ses amis qu'il se 

porte bicn. 
II a probablemcnt perdu une 

partie de sa fortune. 
Oui, il est extremement fache'. 
II est fache contre son fils qui 

a dte me chant. 
II faut toujours agir prudem- 

ment et honnetement. 
J'ai mal a la tete (head-ache) ; 

mais hcurcusement ce n'est 

pas grand'ehose (conso 

quence) . 
Non, Madame, mais je suis son 

cousin. 



ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 



155 



Comment ce general a-t-il agi en- II a agi tres-genereusement. 

vers ses ennemis ? 
Pourquoi marchez-vous si Icnte- J'ai mal au pied. 

ment? 
Cette loi est-elle observe e ? Elle est ponctuellement obser- 

ved cle tout le monde. 



XXXIV. TRENTE-QUATRIEME LEgON. 



ADVERBS OF PLACE AND OF TIME. 



1. The principal adverbs of place are : 



Oil, where 1 whither ? 

par oil, which way 1 

ici, here, d'ici, hence. 

la, there, de la, thence. 

la-bas, there below, yonder. 

y, there, therein. 

par ici, this way. par la, that way. 

par-ci, par-lh, here and there. 

ca et la, to and fro. 

ailleurs, elsewhere. 

dessous, underneath. 

dessus, above. 

en haut, up, up stairs. 

en has, down stairs, below. 

quelque part, somewhere. 



within, inside. 



d'oii, whence ? 

dedans, 

en dedans, ) 

dehors, without, out of doors. 

derriere, behind. 

devant, before. 

deca, en deca, on this side. 

dela, au dela, on that side. 

prcs, aupres, near. 

proche, close by. 

alentour, round, about. 

partout, everywhere. 

nulle part, nowhere. 

jusqu'a, as far as. 

jusqu'oii, how far ? 

loin, far, far off. 



2. The principal adverbs of time are : 



Quand, when ? 

aujourd'hui, to-day. 

hier, yesterday. 

avant-hier, the day before yesterday. 

demain, to-morrow. 



un jour, one day. 
autrefois, jadis, formerly. 
auparavant, previously, before. 
alors, puis, then. 
apres, after, afterwarJs. 






156 XXXI V. TRENTE-QUATRIEME LE^ON. 

apres-demain, the day after to-mor- jusqu'a, until. 

row. ensuite, afterwards. 

enfin, at last, at length. a present. ) 

t *. 7 sA .. ( now, at present. 

tot, soon, plus tot, sooner. maintenant, ) * 

bientot, soon, trop tot, too soon. quelquefois, sometimes. 

tantot, by and by. souvent, often. 

aussitot, directly. longtemps, long. 

tard, late. toujours, always. 

d'abord, at first. dernierement, \. . , , A 
, , . v ( lately, of late. 

desormais, { naguere, ) J ' 

, (henceforth. 7 ,1 ' . 

dor€navant, ) deja, already. 

des-lors, from then. encore, still, yet. 

depuis, since. jamais, ever, ne jamais, never 

IFften and m w/ncA are rendered by o«, after a noun signifying fo'me qt place. 

PLACE OF ADVERBS. 

Rem. 1. In the simple tenses, the adverb is generally placed immediately 
after the verb which it modifies : 

She always cries, eZ/e pleure toujours. 
I often take a walk with my friend. 
Je me promene souvent avec mon ami. 
Rem. 2. When the verb is in a compound tense, the adverb generally 
comes between the auxiliary and the participle ; as, 

Je I'ai toujours respects, I have always esteemed him. 
Je me suis souvent promene* avec mon maitre. 
I have often taken a walk with my master. 
N. B. — ITier, avant-hier, aujourd'hui, demain, apres-demain, tantot, tot, and 
tard, always follow the participle, unless placed before the auxiliary. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le temps, the weather. le brouillard, the fog, mist. 

le village, the village. V outrage, m. the work. 

la grammaire, the grammar. diner, to dine. 

content, satisfied. venir, to come. 

le cltemin de fer, the railroad. lais'ser, to leave. 

READING EXERCISE 34. 

Le temps estbiendoux aujourd'hui. Mon cousin est enfin arrive*. 
L'autre jour je me suis egard dans la foret. Travaillcz d'abord et 



ADVERBS OP PLACE AND OP TIME. 157 

I 

ensuite jouez. Avez-vous jamais vu un enfant comme celui-la? En 
effet, il est extremement gros. Le brouillard aura bientot disparu. 
D'ou yenez-vous maintenant, et ou avez-vous ete hier ? Yoyez-vous 
co village la-bas? Eh bien (ivell), j'y ai ete hier et aujourd'hui. 
Jy vais quelquefois. M'avez-vous apporte la grammaire dont jo 
vous ai parie? Youlez-vous venir diner avec nous demain? De- 
main je ne serai pas ici, mais apres-demain ou plus tard. En fin 
mon ouvrage est fini. 

THEME 34. 

1. Where is my brother? 2. He is not here ; he is elsewhere; 
he is perhaps yonder. 3. I will go (firm) that way. 4. Carry 
all that up stairs. 5. How far did you go yesterday? 6. I went 
as far as London. 7. I shall go nowhere to-day. 8. That village 
is not far; do you see (yoyez-vous) it yonder? 9. Where is my 
grammar? 10. I have left it somewhere. 11. Is Edward here? 
12. No; he is below. 13. My friend will not stay here long. 14. 
I saw (have seen) your sister yesterday at the play (au spectacle) . 
15. He will always be satisfied. 1G. Come back (revenez) soon. 
17. Did you know [have you known (connu)~] him formerly? 18. 
Yes, I have known him long. 19. Yv T henee does the letter come? 
20. It comes from America. 21. Your dog is out of doors. 22. 
How is (se porte) your aunt to-day ? 23. She is better to-day than 
[she was] yesterday, 24. I hope you will dine with us to-morrow. 
25. I shall go soon into the country (a la campagne). 23. We 
expected him the day before yesterday. 27. Formerly there were 
no railroads. 28. Henceforth I shall be very diligent. 



158 



XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEgON. 



XXX7e TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEgON 



ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, OF 
NEGATION, ETC. 
The adverbs of number are : 



sixiemement, sixthly, etc. 

combien de fois, how often \ 

une fois, once. 

deux fois, twice. 

trois fois, three times, etc. 



Premierement, firstly. 

deuxiemement, \ „ 

7 ( secondly. 

secondeinent, ) 

troisicmement, thirdly. 

quatribnement, fourthly. 

cinquiemement, fifthly. 

The principal adverbs of quantity and comparison are : 
Comment, how 1 presque, almost. 

combien, how much 1 how many ? environ 
beaucoup, much, many. 
bien (with da, de V, des following) a 

great deal or many. 
trop, too much, too many. 
tant, so much, so many. 
assez* enough, pretty. 
peu, little* un pen, a little. 
ne — guere, hardly. 
bien, ) 
tres, > very. 
fort,) 
plus, more. 
davantage, still more. 
mains, less. 
tout, 



about. 
a peu pres, 

si, so. ainsi, thus. 

aussi, as. 

(fgalement, likewise. 

aidant, as much, as many. 

d'autant plus, so much the more. 

plutot, rather. 

surtout, above all. 

au plus, 1 

< a 
tout au plus, ) 

du moins, au moins, at least. 

seulement, \ 

( only. 
ne — que, ) J 

meme, even. 



at most. 



£ quite, wholly, entirely. 



pas meme, 
pas seulement, 



not even. 



tout a. fait, 

The adverbs of affirmation and negation are : 
Out, yes. si, yes. ne — pas, not. 

certes, certainly. ne — plus, no more. 

peut-etre, perhaps. non plus, nor — either. 

* Asscz precedes in French the noun or adjective it limits. Ex. : Asbcz dc via, 
assez bon. See p. 32. 



ADVERBS OF NUMBER, OF QUANTITY, ETC. 159 

ceriainement, \ ... A . ne — point, not (at all). 

. ( certainly, to be sure. / . v ' 

assurement, ) J pas du tout, } 

• * j * . (not at all. 
non, no. point du tout, ) 

presque jamais, scarcely ever. ne — rien, nothing. 

There are many adverbial locutions ; those most in use are : 

A peine, scarcely. tout a coup, suddenly. 

en effet, really. tout d'un coup, all at once. 

sur le champ, directly. a droite, to the right. 

peu a pen, by degrees. a gauche, to the left. 

dans peu or sous peu, soon. ensemble, together. 

a dessein, on purpose. pele-mele, pell-mell. 

en meme temps, at the same time. d'avance, beforehand, in advance. 

a la fois, at once, at a time. 'sans doute, no doubt. 

de bonne heure, early. tout a I'heure, ") directly, immediate- 

de meilleure heure, earlier. tout de suite, ) 1j. 

a bon marche", cheap. par hasard, by chance. 

a fond, thoroughly. en attendant, meanwhile. 

par an, yearly, par jour, daily. de temps en temps, "> from time to 

par mois, monthly. de temps a autre, j" time. 

OF NEGATION. 

1. Not is translated into French by ne, which is placed before the verb, 
and pas or point after it, in simple tenses. Ex. : 

Je ne veux pas, I will not, I do not wish. 
Je ne sais pas, I do not know. 

2. In compound tenses, ne comes before the auxiliary, and pas after it. 
Ex.: 

Je n'ai pas vu, I have not seen. 
Elle n'a pas parl€, she did not speak. 
Point is merely a stronger negative than pas, as : 
Je n'ai point parU, I did not speak (at all).. 

3. Ne is employed without pas, if there is in the sentence a pronoun or 
adverb expressing negation, such as personne, nul, rien, jamais, ni, ne-^plus. 
point, gucre. Ex. : 

Je ne connais personne, I know nobody. 
Je ne veux rien, I wish for nothing. 
Je ne sais plus, I know no more. 
Elle n'a jamais dit cela, she never said so. 

4. If one of the negations is followed by a noun in the partitive sense, 
this noun is simply preceded by de ; 



I GO XXXV. TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEQON. 

Affirmative : Jai du pain, I have some bread. 
Negative : Je n'ai pas de pain, I have no bread. 
Affirmative : Avez-vous de V argent, have you any money ? 
Negative : Je n'ai point d' argent, I have no money. 

5. With the infinitive, ne — pas, ne — point, ne — rien, etc., are generally 
not separated, as : 

Ne pas se venger, not to revenge one's self. 

Ne plus ecrire, to write no more. 

Ne rien manger, to eat nothing. 
G. Without a verb, the negatives stand without ne, as : 

Pas a la fois, not at once. Pas moi, not I. 

Pas beaucoup, pas trop, pas tant, pas aujourd'hui, < 

7. Non plus, nor — either, requires the full negation ne — pas before it, as. 

Je ne le veux pas non plus, nor will I have it either. 

8. If nor — either is connected only with a noun or pronoun, without a 
verb, the noun or the pronoun is preceded, in Erench, by ni, as : 

Nor Charles either, ni Charles non plus. 
9; Observe the expression ne — que for only, as : 

Je n'ai que deux sozurs, I have only two sisters. 
H n'a qu'un morceau de pain, he has only a piece of bread. 
Elle n'a apport€ qu'une assiette, she brought but one plate. 
IJ enfant n'a que dix ans, the child is only ten years old. 
II n'est que six heures, it is only six o'clock. 

VOCABULARY. 
La fois* f. the time. inoui, e, unheard of. 

le crime, the crime. amicalement, friendly. 

travailler, to work. eviter, to shun. 

lacojiique, laconic. la socie'te', the society. 

refuser, to refuse. merci, thank you. 

READING EXERCISE 35. 

Ce crime est tout-a-fait inoui. Comment vous portez-vous? Je 
me porte tres-bien. Combicn d'aunes de ce drap vous faut-ii ? II 
m'en faut beaucoup; il m'en faut au moins trente aunes. Vous 
etes-vous promene longtemps ? Je me suis promene environ deux 

♦When the noun times denotes repetition, as the number of times, it is trans- 
lated by fois. 



OF QUANTITY, ETC. 161 

heures ; peut-etre un pen moins. Votre tante va-t-elle souvent au 
spectacle ? Elle n'y va (goes) presque jamais, et mon oncle n'y va 
pas du tout. Monsieur, vous avez peu de fautes dans votre traduc- 
tion. Combien en ai-je ? Vous en avez moins que votre frere ; 
vous n'en avez que deux ou -trois, tout au plus quatre. J'ai appris 
(learned) ma lecon par coeur. Habillez-vous tout de suite. C'est 
en vain que vous cherchez & le sauver. Marcbez h droite ; moi, je 
marcberai a gaucbe. Sans doute, cela vaut mieux. J'ai acbete ce 
tableau a bon marcbe. 

THEME 35. 

1. How mucb sugar bave you bougbt? 2. Row many lessons 
a (par) week bave you ? 3. You eat too mucb ; you must eat less. 
4. Tbat young man works too mucb. 5. Give bim a little money. 
6. Give me more time. 7. jftbere were many ladies, and we bad a 
great deal of pleasure. 8. Have you not played enough? 9. I 
think (tbat) you will not bave it. 10. Mr. A. is a very laconic 
man; be always answers yes or no. 11. It is better not to refuse 
bim. 12. I bave only one brother, and my cousin has only one sis- 
ter. 13. She is only five years old. 14. I bave never seen her. 
15. She never comes to our bouse (chez nous) . 16. We certainly 
shall go out (sortirons) together. 17. My father has bought a 
horse very cheap. 18. Have you seen anybody ? 19. I have seen 
nobody. 20. The thunder-storm came on suddenly. 21. I got up 
early; earlier than my brother. 22. You must always shun the 
society of these bad people. 23. Go (allez) to the right. 24. I 
shall go to the left ; we shall arrive at the same time. 

CONVERSATION. 

Comment trouvez-vous le temps Je le trouve fort beau (or bien 

auj ourd ' hui ? beau) . 

Void du jambon. En voulez- Donnez-m'en un peu, s'il vous 

vous ? plait ( please) . 

En voulez-vous davantage ? Non, merci, j'en ai assez. 
11 



162 XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON. 

Serez-vous ehez vous (at home) Assurement, je serai chez moi 

domain matin? toute la journee {day). 

A quelle heure avez-vous dine Hier j'ai dine a cinq heures pre- 

hier ? cises. 

Pinercz-vous aujourd'hui a la Non, aujourd'hui je ne dinerai 
I nieme heure ? qu'a six heures. 

' Que ferez-yous (will you do) Je me promenerai en attendant. 

pendant ce temps ? 

Avez-vous fait cela a dessein ? Non, je ne l'ai pas fait expres. 

Avez-vous fini votre theme ? Je ne l'aurai guere fini avant sept 

heures. 

Que fait cette petite fille la-bas ? Elle cherche des fraises (straw- 
berries) . 

Connaissez-vous cet ouvrage Cet ouvrage m'est tout-a-fait in- 

(worh) ? ctmnu. 

Avez-vous lu (read) ce livre ? Je l'ai lu plus de deux fois. 

Quand voulez-vous venir jouor Je finirai d'abord ma tache et 

avcc moi ? apres, nous jouerons. 

Comment vous portez-vous ? Je me porte a merveille. 

Efc Monsieur votre pere, com- II se porte assez bicn. II est 

ment se porte-t-il? sorti hier pour la premiere fois. 



XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LE9ON 



CONJUNCTIONS. 

The principal simple conjunctions are : — 

Et, and. pourtant, yet, still. 

et — ct, both — and. neanmoins, nevertheless. 

ou, or. 51, if, whether. 

ou — ou, either — or. sinon, if not. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 163 

ni — ni, neither — nor. comme, as. 

que, that, than (after a comp.). or, now. 

car, for. done, consequently, then. 

mats, but. puisque, since, as. 

toutefois, ") quoique (with the Subj.), though. 



a 



cependant, j hmyever - 

1. Among these simple conjunctions, only one governs the Sub- 
junctive mood, viz. : quoique, though or although. Ex. : quoique 
je sois malade, though I am ill. 

For the Subjunctive after que, see RII. L. 19. 

2. Si denotes a condition or supposition : s'il vient, if he comes ; 
si vous voulez, if you like. When si is followed by an Imperfect 
or Pluperfect, those tenses are always in the Indicative mood. (See 
P. ii. L. 19.) 

If I had, si j'avais ; If I were, si f€tais ; 
If I had seen him, si je Vavais vu. 

Note. The i in si is cut off before il and Us, but nowhere else, as : s'il 
avait, but si die avait, etc. 

3. The conjunction ni — ni requires ne before its verb, and the 

noun which follows it takes no article, if used in the partitive sense, 

as: — 

Je n'ai ni pere ni mere, I have neither father nor mother. 

4. The conjunction que serves to connect two ideas so as to form 
of the two one sentence, as : 

Je crois que vous avez raison, I believe you are right. 

In English the conjunction that is almost always understood, whereas 
que is not only always expressed in Trench, but repeated before each mem- 
ber of the proposition, as : — 

Je crois que vous avez raison et que vous rtfussirez. 

I think you are right and that you will succeed. 

5. When a conjunction governs several verbs, it is placed before 
the first verb only, and que is used before the other verbs. Ex. : 
As he is diligent and takes pains, comme il est applique et quHI 
pretid de la peine. 



164 XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON. 

6. Done is often used like the English auxiliary do, to urge or incite. Ex., 
Taisez-vous done, do be silent. It is also used interrogatively : C'est done 
vous qui avezfait cela ? 

VOCABULARY. 

Plicr, to bend. le bien, the good. 

lever, to lift up. plus — plus, the more — the more. 

1'el.oile, f. the star. ft/Lis — moins, the more — the less. 

epuise', e, exhausted. moins — moins, the less — the less. 

avare, avaricious. soit — soit, be it — or. 

savant, learned. tantot — tantot, sometimes — some- 

rompre, to break. * times, now — then. 

habiter, to inhabit. ni — nonplus, nor — either. 

READING EXERCISE 36. 

L 'ambition ct l'avarice sont deux grandes sources du malheur hu- 
main. Les discours impies (impious) gatent & la fois l'esprit et le 
ceeur. Cette eau est froide comme de la glace. Voire tableau est 
precieux, mais il ne me plait (please) pas. II arriva comme je 
sortais. Elle n'est ni laide ni belle. Yous vous amusez, et cepen- 
dant le temps fuit (flies). Cet homme est tres-fort, et pourtant il 
ne peut pas lever ce fardeau (weight). Ou vous me paierez, ou 
vous irez en prison. Donnez-moi de l'eau, s'il vous plait. Martin 
est encore bien jeunc, neanmoins il est fort sage. Bienheureux sont 
ceux qui aiment la paix, car ils seront appeles les enfants de Dieu. 
Vous ne le savez pas ? Ni moi non plus. Tantot il veut une chose, 
tantot il en veut une autre. 

THEME 36. 

1. Gold and silver are metals. 2. Silver is less useful than iron. 
3. Mr. A. is very inconsistent (inconsequent) ; he is sometimes of 
one opinion (avis, m.) and sometimes of another. 4. I like you, as 
I know (sais) that you are always attentive. 5. This man is es- 
teemed by everybody, even by his enemies. 6. I am very glad to 
see that you do not love flattery. 7. Some one has done it, either 
you or your brother. 8. The more you will work, the more you will 
gain. 0. This horse may bo very strong, nevertheless it does not 



CONJUNCTIONS. 



165 



please ine 10. The longer the days (are) (constr. the more the 
d. are long), the shorter (are) the nights. 11. Though he said 
(dit) (that) he had no appetite, yet he ate all the meat and bread. 
12. Nobody knows whether the stars are inhabited or not. 13. The 
reed bends, but does not break. 14. Do not bend the bow too 
much, otherwise it will break. 15. The more I sang, the less em- 
barrassed I was. 16. If you do (faites) it, you will be punished. 
17. He appeared (paraissait) very modest, although he was very 
learned. 18. In order to be learned, you must study much. 19. 
I punish him as he deserves (it). 20. You must stay at home, 
since you are not quite well. 21. When he had done speaking 
(fini de parler), he was quite exhausted. 22. If I had had faith- 
ful fiiends, I should not be so unhappy. 23. You will be happy, 
if you do your duty (devoir) . 24. I was sleeping when your ser- 
vant entered (entrd). 

CONVERSATION. 



Etes-vous heureux, mon ami ? Je lo serais, si j'avais de bons 

livres. 
Si ce n'est que cela, je peux Je vous en serais tres-oblige. 

vous en donner. En voulez- 

vous? 
Quelles sont les deux grandes L'ambition et F avarice. 

sources du malheur des 

hommes ? 
Quo faifcon souvent, quand on On fait souvent des sottises. 

est jeunc ? 
Que dit Jesus-Christ de ceux H dit qu'ils seront appeles "en- 

qui aiment la paix ? fants de Dieu." 

Que veut cet enfant ? II veut tantot ceci, tantot cela. 

Comment trouvez-vous cette Elle n'est ni belle ni laide. 

demoiselle ? 
Ne pouvez-vous pas lever cette Je ne peux pas la lever, quoique 

pierre ? je sois tres-fort. 



1G6 



Comment Dieu 

hommes ? 
Quelle propriety a le roseau ? 
Qiumd faut-il forger le fcr ? 



XXXVI. TRENTE-SIXIEME LEgON 
traite-t-il les 



II les traite comme un pere traite 

ses cnfants. 
II (sc) plie et ne rompt pas. 
Quand il est chaud. 



READING LESSON. 



LAFITTE. 



Lorsquo Jacques Lafitte vint (came) h Paris, il se pre'senta chez 
M. Perregaux dans l'esperance d'obtenir une place ; mais le banquier 
lui annonca qu'il etait dans l'impossibilite do satisfairc a sa demande, 
puisque les bureaux etaient au complet. 

Lafitte, decourage par ce refus, s'eloignait tristemcnt, lorsqu'en 
traversant la cour de l'hotel, il apcrcut h terre une epmgle ; il la ra- 
massa et la piqua sur sa rnanche. M. Perregaux ayant vu Taction 
du jeune solliciteur, en fut frappe (struck) , et pensa qu'il devait 
etre doue d'un esprit d'ordre et d'economie. II le fit rappeler et lui 
dit qu'il pouvait compter sur une place dans sa maison. En efTet, 
peu de jours apres, le jeune Bayonnais entra chez le riche banquier, 
et chacun sait que, plus tard, il est devenu un homme riche et cele- 
bre. 

L'esperance, hope. ramasser, to pick up. 

le bureau, the office. la rnanche, the sleeve. 

e y €loi.<jner, to retire. dou€, endowed. 

une dpingle, a pin. en effet, indead. 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 167 



XXXVII. TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEQON. 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 

Most of these are adverbs or prepositions united with que or de, 
Some require the following verb in the Indicative mood, others in 
the Infinitive, and others again in the Subjunctive. 

1. Conjunctive phrases with the Indicative: — 

Ou Men, or, else. Aussi bien que, as well as. 

ni — nonplus, neither, nor either. aussitot que } ") 

au contraire, on the contrary. des que, ) as soon 

non seulement — mais encore, not de mime que, ) 

only — but also. ainsi que, ) 

deplus, moreover. au reste, ") 

autant que, as-much as. du reste, ) ow ever. 

apres que, after, after that. de la, hence it follows. 

quand meme, although. a peine — que, scarcely — as. 

si toutefois, if however. e'est pourquoi, therefore. 

e'est-a-dire, namely. par consequent, consequently. 



e'est que, 7 comme si, as if. 

L because. 



parce que, ) de meme, thus, in the same way. 

tandis que, whereas. sans cela, otherwise, else. 

pendant que, while, whilst. depuis que, since. 

tant que, as long as. tout — que, however — as. 

2. With the Infinitive mood: — 

Afin de, in order to, to. de peur de, > 

, , i • j. j c for fear of. 

a moins de, unless. de crainte de, ) 

avant de, before. loin de, far from. 

au lieu de, instead of. plutot que de, rather than. 

3. With the Subjunctive mood: — 

A/in que, ") . non que, not that. 

pour que, ) tnat ' m 0rder tnat * nonobstant que, notwithstanding 

avant que, before. that. 

a moins que, t 7 . pour peu que, however little. 

que — ne, \ unless, till. pourvu que, provided (that). 

* Those marked with a f require ne before the following verb. 



168 XXXVII. TRENTF-SEPTIEME LEgON. 

bien que, ") though, quelque — que, however — though. 

quoique, j although. sans que, without that. 

jusqu'a ce que, till, until. si ce n'est que, unless, till. 

loin que, far from. soit que, whether — or. 

4. Besides the above-mentioned conjunctions, there are other con- 
junctive expressions (locutions conjonctives), which have "been 
borrowed from other classes of words, and to which the conjunction 
que is added. Such are : 

A condition que, on condition that 

de peur que,* t ), 

de crainte que,*~\ ) 

de maniere que, ) , 

, J* r s0 as t0 > so ^at. . . , . 

de or en sorte que, ) 

au cos que, in case that.* .... 

suppose' que, supposing that.* .... 

malgre'que, for all that, notwithstanding.* 

toutes les fois que, as often as. 

peut-etre que, perhaps that * 

attendu que, considering that 

a ce que, according as, as far as, etc. 

N. B . — Those marked with an * govern the subjunctive. 

VOCABULARY. 

La suite, the consequence. pret, ready. 

la machine a vapeur, the engine. la princesse, the princess. 

la mimoire, the memory. la guerre, war. 

occuper, to occupy. ambitieux, ambitious. 

mettre, to put, place. V education, f. education. 

preserver, to preserve. regarder, to look at. 

READING EXERCISE 37. 

Aussitot que la machine h vapeur fut construito (built) , elle fut 
mise en mouvement (put in motion), pour l'essayer. Quelque 
grande que soit cette faute, il faut cepcndant la pardonner, Des 
qu'il me vit (saw) il courut (ran) k moi. Pendant que nous dtions 
occupes b. faire notre tache, on cria au feu (fire) ! La mdmoire de 
Henri IV. sera tonjours chere aux Francais parce qu'il mettait sa 
gloire k les rendre heureux. Que le ciel vous preserve d'un pareil 



CONJUNCTIVE PHRASES. 169 

(such) malheur ! Le malado ne boit (drinks') ni ne niange. Tarit 
que ma mere sera a. la campagne, je resterai avec elle. Tandis que 
nous parlous, le temps fuit. Depuis que j'ai perdu mon pere, tout 
me manque. 

THEME 37. 

1. I am not sorry, on the contrary, I am very glad (bien aise) 
to (de) have done it. 2. I will play, as soon as I (shall) have 
finished my exercise. 3. There will always be wars among men, 
as long as they are ambitious. 4. After (that) you were gone 
(sorti), I began writing (a ecrire). 5. As soon as my education 
is finished, I shall go to Italy. 6. In order to learn well, we must 
(on doit) study with a great deal of attention. 7. In order to 
have friends, we must be honest. 8. It will be impossible to learn 
French, unless you be (Inf.) diligent. 9. Let us pray, before we 
begin (Inf.). 10. Bather than study, he loses his time. 11. Far 
from blaming you, I praised you. 12. Come here, that I may 
speak to you. 13. Send me your book, (in order) that I may read 
it. 14. I will be ready before they come. 15. Unless you accom- 
pany me, I will not take a walk. 16. Cato killed himself, lest he 
should fall into (entre) the hands of Caesar. 17. Tlwugh that 
young man is not very diligent, [yet] he improves. 18. Before 
you begin an action, consider well its consequences. 19. You will 
never be respected unless you fulfil your duties. 20. He will give 
it to you, on condition that you give it back to him. 21. They 
beat him so that they almost killed him. 



170 XXXVIII. TRENTE-HUITIEME LE£OH. 

XXXYIII. TRENTE-HUITlfiME LEgON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. — FIRST CLASS. 

Those verbs arc commonly called irregular which deviate from the three 
regular conjugations. This deviation is of three kinds. 

1. Such verbs as take the termination corresponding to the ending 
of their Infinitive mood, but change their root. Ex. : Of the verb coudre, 
to sew, the radical is coud-, this final d is, in some persons and tenses, 
changed into s, for instance in the plural : nous cous-ons, we sew. These are 
the least difficult, and are therefore put in the first class. 

2. Verbs which preserve their radical syllable throughout unchanged, 
but take flexions that do not accord with the ending of their Infinitive- 
For instance, the verb cour-ir, to run, ending in -ir, ought to take the flex- 
ions of the second conjugation {Jinir). But this is not the case; it takes 
the flexions of the third conjugation (v&ndre) ; the Present is not je couris, 
tu courts, etc., but je cours, tu cours, etc. ; P. p. couru like vendu. Verbs of 
this kind we assign to the second class. 

3. A certain number of verbs offer both these anomalies at the same 
time; i. e. they undergo some changes in their root, and are conjugated 
with other flexions than those corresponding with the ending of their Infin- 
itive. Por instance, the verb mourir, to die, ought, according to its Infini- 
tive termination, -ir, to take the flexions of Jinir. This is not the case ; it 
is, in most tenses, conjugated like vendre; and, besides, its root mour- is, in 
certain tenses and persons, changed into meur-, as : Pres.je meurs, tu meurs, 
etc. Such verbs, among which are included those ending in -oir, consti- 
tute the third class. 

To facilitate the study of the irregular verbs, it is essential to dis- 
tinguish the primitive tenses from the derived ones. The latter have 
generally a regular inflexion, whereas the former alone are subject to 
irregularity. As already mentioned, the primitive tenses are : 

1. TJ12 Infinitive mood. 

2. TJie Participle present. 

3. Tlie Participle past. 

4 The Present of the Indicative mood. 
5. The Preterite. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 171 

From these the other tenses and moods are derived, as it is explained, L. 
XX. The derivative tenses are Formed regularly, and therefore seldom 
mentioned in the following list. 

To aid the pupil's memory, the following hints will prove useful : 

1. The Present of the Subjunctive may bo found by dropping the final 
nt of the third person plural Indicative, as : from Us ecrivent — qui f (Serine \ 
from Us prennent — que je prenne ; from Us boivent — que je boive. 

2. The plural of the Present Indicative, the Participle Present and the 
Imperfect of the Indicative have the same radical, as : nous mourons, we 
die; P. pr. mourant; Imp erf. je mourais; — nous craignons ; P. pr. cralgnant; 
Imperf. je craignais;-^nous allons ; P. pr. allant; Imperf. j'allais, etc. 

3. The Future and Conditional are formed from the Infinitive ; the fol- 
lowing, however, have an irregular formation, — je courrai (instead of 
courirai), je mourrai, je verrai, j'enverrai, j'acquerrai, je pourrai, je saurai, 
je voudmi, il faudra, je viendrai, je tiendrai, je ferai, and j'irai. 

4. When the Participle past ends with the sound of i (i, is, it,) the Pre- 
terite generally ends in is. Ex. : Part. p. sorti, gone out; Pret. je sortis ; 
— Part. p. dit, said; Pret. je dis ; — Part. p. pris, taken ; Pret. ye pris, etc. 

5. But when the Participle past ends in u, the Preterite usually ends in 
ms. Ex. : P. p. cru, believed; Pret. je crus; P. p. lu, read; Pret. je lus; — 
P. p. connu, known ; Pret. je connus, etc. 



A LIST OF ALL THE IRREGULAR VERBS ACCORD- 
ING TO THE THREE CLASSES OF IRREGULARITY. 

FIRST CLASS. 

Containing m the verbs in -re which take the terminations of the 
third conjugation, but whose radical is somewhat changed. 

a. (1 — 7. Insertion of an s.) 

1. Luire, to shine. Part. pres. luisant. Part, past, hit. 
Pres. Jo luis, tu luis, il luit, nous luisons, vous luisez, ils InLsenL 
Subj. Pres. Que je luise. Imperf. Je luisais, 

Pret. wanting. Put. Je luirai. 

Conjugate in the same manner : Reluire, to glitter. 

2. Suffire, to suffice. P. pr. suffisant. P. p. suffi. 
Pres. Je suffis, tu sums, il suffit, nous summons, etc. 



172 XXXVni. TRENTE-HUITIEME LECON. 

Suhj. Pres. Que je suffise. Imperf. Je sufSsais. 
Pret. Je suffis, tu suffis, il suffis, nous suffimes, etc. 
Put. Je suffirai. 

In the same manner : Confire, to preserve, to pickle ; and circoncire, to 
circumcise, except in the Part. past. The Participle of the former is conjit, 
of the latter circoncis. 

3. Nuire, to hurt. P. pr. nuisant. P. p. nut. 

Pres. Je nuis, tu nuis, il nuit, nous nuisons, vous nuisez, ils nui- 
sent. Suhj. Pres. Que je nuise. Imperf. Je uuisais. 
Pret. Je nuisis. Put. Je nuirai. 

4. Cuire, to boil, to bake (bread). P. pr. cuisant. P+ p. 
cmt. 

Pres. Je cuis, tu euis, il cuifc, nous cuisons, etc. 
Pret. Je cuisis. Put. Je cuirai. 
Thus also : Recuire, to boil once more. 

5. Conduire, to conduct, to lead. Se conduire, to bebave. 
P. pr. conduisant. P. p. conduit. 

Pres. Je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, nous conduisons, etc. 
Pret. Je conduisis. Put. Je conduirai. 

Thus : Recondaire, to reconduct, to see home ; deduire, to deduct ; enduire, 
to plaster; induire, to lead into; introduire, to introduce; produire, to pro- 
duce ; reproduire, to produce again ; reduire, to reduce ; seduire, to seduce j 
Iraduire, to translate. 

6. Instruire, to instruct. P. pr. instruisant. P. p. instrui*. 
Pres. J'instruis, tu instruis, il instruit, nous instruisons, vous in- 

struisez, ils instruisent. 

Pret. J'instruisis. Put. J'instruirai. 

In the same manner : Constntire, to build ; detruire, to destroy. 

7. Dire, to say, to tell. P. pr. disant. P.p. di£. 

Pres. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous disons, vous dites, ils disent. 

Suhj. Pres. Que je dise. 

Pret. Je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dirent. 

Imperf. Suhj. Que je disse. 

Put. Je dirai. Imper. Dis, disons, dites. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 173 

Conj agate in the same manner: redire, to say again, to object. 

As for the other compounds of dire, yiz. : Contredire, to contradict; de- 
dire, to unsay; and se de'dire, to retract; interdire, to forbid; m€dire, to slan- 
der; and pre'dire, to foretell, they do not form their second person plural of 
the Present Indicative with the termination -tes, but -sez, as : vous contTe- 
disez, vous m€disez, vous interdisez, etc. — Maudire, to curse, takes ss in the fol- 
lowing forms : Pres. plur. nous maudissons, vous maudissez, Ms maudissenl, 
Part. pr. maudissant. Imp erf. je maudissais. 



VOCABULARY. 

Le solei2, the sun. moderne, modern. 

un rayon, a ray. la peche, the peach. 

Vespoir, m. hope. la v€rit€, the truth. 



la dette, the debt. 



THEME 38. 



1» The sun shines. 2. Everything shines (glitters) in that 
house. 3. It is not sufficient (it does not suffice)* to understand the 
ancient languages, it is also necessary to study the modern ones. 
4. "We preserve these peaches in sugar. 5. Have you pickled 
cucumbers (des concombres) ? 6. Does he not hurt you in this af- 
fair ? 7. All his property will not suffice to (jpour) pay his debts. 
8. Where do you conduct this blind [man] ? 9. I conduct him to 
the physician (chez le medeciri). 10. I instruct (the) youth. 11. 
We translate English into French. 12. The boys behaved very 
well. 13. You will hurt me more than any other person. 14. This 
bread is well baked. 15. What do you say ? 1G. I say that you 
are (have) right. 17. We say the truth. IS. Tell him that I am 
here. 19. I shall tell (it) him directly. 20. Never contradict any 
one (per sonne) in (eri) public. 21. We foretold those disasters 
(desastres). 22. Let us curse nobody. 

* See p. 3-13, 10. 



174 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUYIEME LEgON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 

b. (8 — 17. Change of the final consonant.) 

8. Traire, to milk. P. pr. trayant. P. p. trait. 

Pres. Je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous trayons, vous trayez, ils 
traient. 

Imperf. Je trayais. Pret. wanting. Put. Je trairaL 

Thus also : Distraire, to distract ; extraire, to extract ; soustraire, to sub- 
tract, to withdraw. 

9. Suivre, to follow. P. pr. suivant. P. p. sum. 

Pres. Je suis, tu sins, il sui£, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils sui- 
vent. Subj. Pres. Que je suive. 
Pret. Je suivis. Put. Je suivrai. 
Imper. Suis, suivons, suivez. 
Thus : S'ensuivre, to ensue ; poursuivre, to pursue. 

10. Vaincre, to conquer. P. pr. vain^ant. P. p. vaincu. 
Pres. Je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vain^wons, vous vain- 

quez, ils vain^ent. 

Pret. Je vain^is. Put. Je vaincraL 
Imper. Vaincs, vainquons, vainquez. 

In the same manner : Convaincre, to convince. 

11. Coudre, to sew. P. pr. cousant. P. p. cousu. 

Pres. Je couds, tu couds, il coud, nous eousons, vous eousez, Us 
cousent. Suhj. Pres. Que je couse. 
Pret. Je cousis. Put. Je coudrai. 

Thus : D&oudre, to unsew ; recoudre, to sew over again. 

12. 3£oudre, to grind. P. pr. mou/ant. P. p. moufa. 
Pres. Je mouds, tu nrouds, il moud, nous mou/ons, vous mouZez, 

ils mou/ent. Subj. Pres. Que je moufe. 
Pret. Je moulus. Put. Je moudrai. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 175 

In the same manner: Emoudre, to grind (knives, etc.), to sharpen, and 
remoudre, to grind again. 

13. Resoudre, to resolve, P. pr. reso/i-ant. P. p. resolu (or 
resous) . 

Pres. Je resous, tu resous, il resout, nous resolvons, vous resoJvez, 
lis resolvent. Subj. Que je resolve. 
Pret. Je resofos, tu lesolus, etc. 
.Fte. Je resoudrai. Imper. Kesous, resolvons, resolvez. 

Thus : Absoudre, to absolve, and dissoudre, to dissolve. 
These two compounds have no Preterite, and make their Participles : ab~ 
sous, f. absoute, and dissous, f. dissoute. 

14. Peindre, to paint. P.pr. peigrnant. P. _p. peintf. 

Pres. Je peins, tu peins, il peint, nous pei^nons, vous pei^/zez, 
ils pei^nent. aSm&/. Que je pei^ne. 
Imperf. Je pei^rcais. 

Pre^. Je pewfrais, tu peigmis, il pei^Tiit, nous peigmimes, etc. 
JFwf. Je peindrai. Imper. Peins, prisons, peiywez. 

Thus : Ceindre, to gird. Feindre, to feign ; depeindre, to depict. Teindre, 
to dye ; deleindre, to discharge color ; atteindre, to attain, to reach; fieindre, 
to extinguish. Restreindre, to restrain. Enfreindre to infringe, to trans- 
gress. 

15. Craindre, to fear. P. _pr. cr%?zant. P. j9. crain/. 
Pres. Je crains, tu crains, il craint, nous crai^nons, etc. 
Pre/. Je crayrwis. Put. Je craindrai, etc. 

Thus also: Plaindre, to pity; se plaindre, to complain; contra indre, to 
compel, to constrain. 

16. Jomdre, to join. P. j>r. joi^zant. P. p. join/. 

Pres. Je joins, tu joins, il joint, nous joi^nons, vous joi^wez, ils 
joi^Tzent. Suhj. Que je joi#7?e. 
Pret. Je joigfias. .FW. Je joindrai. 

Thus: Hejoindre, to rejoin; enjoindre, to enjoin; disjoindre, to disjoin ; 
Peindre, to dawn, break ; Oindre, to anoint. 

17. Ecrire, to write. P. £>r. ecru-ant. P. ^?. ecri*. ' 

Pres. J'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecrkons, vous .ecrirez, ils 
ccrirent. aSm^/". Que j'ecrn<e, etc. 



176 XXXIX. TRENTE-NEUTIEME LEQON. 

Pret. J'^crivis, tu ecrivis, il ^criyit, etc-. 

Fut. J'ecrirai. Imper. Ecris, ecrirons, ^crivCz, 

Thus: Ddcrire, to describe; circonscrire, to circumscribe ; inierire, to in- 
scribe ; prescrire, to prescribe, to order ; recrire, to wite again, to answer ) 
souscrire, to subscribe : transcrire, to transcribe. 



VOCABULARY. 

La vache, the cow. partir, to set out. 

le pre'cepteur, the tutor. la marche, course, the course. 

la difficult^, the difficulty. la cendre, the ashes. 

la vie, the life. la fume'e, the smoke. 

allemand, German. la chaiidelle, the candle. 

le meunier, the miller. la grandeur, the greatness. 

THEME 39. 

1. We milk the cows. 2. Soldiers ! follow me. 3. I will lead 
you to (the) victory. 4. I shall follow you. 5. This dog follows 
me everywhere. 6. You did not follow the lessons of your tutor. 
7. The enemies were conquered. 8. You conquer all the difficul- 
ties. 9. That did not convince me. 10. They pursued {Pret.) the 
slave, but in vain (en vain). 11. Sho was sewing her gown. 12. 
These handkerchiefs are badly sewed. 13. I sewed them myself. 
14. Does the miller grind the com? 15. He has not ground it this 
morning. 16. He will grind it this evening. 17. I fear the rain. 
18. We do not fear death ; why should we fear it? 19. I resolved 
(de) to set out. 20. We pursued our course. 21. I have at last 
(enjin) convinced him of the greatness of his fault. 22. The wood 
which is burnt ( qu'on bride) resolves itself (se) into (en) ashes 
and smoke. 23. We pity the unfortunate. 24. You paint. 
25, The young girl feigned to be ill. 26. Put out the candle and 
go to bed (allez vous coucher). 27. The servant feared (de) to 
displease his master (a son maitre). 28. Charles wroto his trans- 
lation last night (Jiier au soir). 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 



XL. QUAKANTIEME LEgON 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 

c. CI8 — 28. The vowel of the root is changed into u, in the 
Part, past and in the Preterite.) 

18. Lire, to read. P.pr. lisanfc. P.p. lu. 

Pres. Je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent. 
Pret. Je lus, tu lus, il lut, nous lunies, yous lutes, etc. 
Imperf. Subj. Que je lusse. 
Put. Je lirai, tu liras, il lira, etc. 

Thus also : dire, to elect; r&lire, to reelect ; relire, to read oyer again. 

19. Poire, to drink. P.pr. biwant. P. p. bu. 

Pres. Je^bois, tu bois, il boit, nous bwrons, vous bwt'ez, ils 
boii'cnt. 

Subj. Que je boire, que tu boires, qu'il howQ, que nous bwrions, 
que vous bwricz, qu'ils bokent. 

Imperf. Je buvais. 

Pret. Je bus, tu bus, il but, nous bumes, vous butes, ils burent. 

Put. Je boirai, tu boiras, etc. 

Imper. Bois, bwvons, huvez. 

20. Croire, to believe, to think. P. pr. croyant. P. p. cru. 
Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous croyons, vous cro^ez, ils 

croient. 

Subj. Que je croie, quo tu croies, qu'il eroie, que nous erosions, 
tjue vous croyicz, qu'ils croient. 

Pret. Je cms, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, vous erutes, ils 
r.rurent. 

Put. Je croirai, etc. 

Faire accroire qch. a qn., to make one believe. 
N. B. accroire is only used in the Infinitive* 
12 



178 XL. QUARANTIEME LEQON. 

21. Croitre, to grow. P. pr. croissant. P. p. cru. 

Pres. Je crois, tu crois, il croit, nous croissons, vous eroissez, ils 
croissent. 

Pret. Je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crumes, etc. 
Put. Je croitrai, etc. 

Thus : Accroitre, to increase ; decroitre, to decrease ; recroitre, to grow 
again. 

22. Plaire, to please. P. pr. plaisant. P. p. p/w. 

Pres. Je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaisons, vous plaisez, ils 
plaisent. Subj. Que je plaise, etc. 

Pret. Je plus, tu plus, il plut, nous plumes, vous plutes, ils plu- 
rent. Put. Je plairai, tu plairas, etc. 

Thus : Se complaire, to delight in ... ; de'plaire, to displease. (S'il vous 
plait — if you please.) 

23. Taire, to conceal. P. pr. taisant. P. p. tu. 

Pres. Je tais, tu tais, il tait, nous taisons, vous taisoz, ils taisent. 

Subj. Que je taise, que tu taises, qu'il taise, etc. 

Pret. Je tus, tu tus, il tut, nous tumes, vous tutes, ils turent. 

Fut. Je tairai. 

Thus : Se taire, to be silent. Pres. Je me tais, I am silent. Imper. Tais-toi, 
taisez-vous. Pret. Je me tus, I was silent. Comp. of the Pres. Je me suis tu, 
I have been silent. 

24. Parditre, to appear. P. pr. paraissant. P. p. paru. 
Pres. Je parais, tu parais, il paraifc, nous paraissons, vous parais- 

sez, il paraissent. Subj. Que je paraisse. 

Pret. Je parus, tu parus, il parut, etc. 

Fut. Je paraitrai. 

Thus: Apparaitre, to appear; comparaitre, to appear before the judge; 
disparaitre, to disappear ; reparaitre, to reappear. 

25. Paitre, to graze. P. pr. paissant. 
Like paraitre, but no Pret. 

Thus : Eepaitre, to feed ; with the Pret. Je repus. Part. repu. 

26. Connaitre* to know. P. pr. connaissant. P. p. connu. 

* Connaitrc is used in connection with knowledge obtained through one of the 
Ave senses, — savoir in other cases, 






IRREGULAR VERBS. 170 

Pres. Je connais, tu connais, il connait, nous connaissons, vous 
counaissez, etc. 

Pret. Je connus. Put. Je coimaitrai. 

Thus : Meconnaitre, to mistake, not to acknowledge ; reconnoitre, to recog- 
nize, to know again, to acknowledge. 

VOCABULARY. 

La conduite, the conduct. lejour, the daylight. 

triste, sad. sombre, dark. 

le traitement, the treatment. impossible, impossible. 



THEME 40. 

1. What are you reading there? 2. "Why did you read rny let- 
ter? 3. I have not read it, and I shall not read it. 4. Read over 
•again your lesson. 5. Dost thou drink water? 6. No, I drink 
wine and water. 7. "When you are thirsty, what do you drink? 
8. We drink fresh water. 9. Do you believe that? 10. No, I do 
not believe it. 11. I thought (that) you had written your exercise, 
but I see (je vols') that I am mistaken. 12. She grows eveiy day. 
13. These trees have grown rapidly (rapidement) . 14. He did 
not believe what I said. 15. I (have) thought that we would be 
here before six o'clock. 16. The young gentleman pleased by his 
conduct. 17. Be silent, Frederick. 18. Tell (to) your sister, if 
you please, to bring me her French grammar. 19. Do you know my 
brother? 20. No, I do not know him. 21. You appear sad, what 
is the matter with you (qu' avez-vous) ? 22. Such a treatment 
(has) appeare to me very cruel. 23. The daylight has disap- 
peared. 



180 XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LEQON. 

XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LE9ON 



IRREGULAR VERBS. — FIRST CLASS CONTINUED. 

27. Faire, to do, to make. P. pr. faisant.* P. p. fait. I 
Pres. Je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous fcwsons, vous faites, ils font. ' 
Pres. £&&/. Que je fasse, que tu f asses, qu'il fasse, que nous 

fassions, que vous fassiez, qu'ils /assent. 

Imperf. Je faisais (fesais), tu faisais, il faisait, etc. 

Pre*. Je jfo, tu jfo, il fit, nous fimes, vous /to, ils Jlrent. 

Imperf. Subj. Que je /sse, que tu fisses, qu'il fit, que nous fis- 
sions, que vous fissiez, qu'ils fissent. 

Fut. Je ferai, tu feras, etc. 

Jmper. Fais, fm'sons, faites. 

Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of faire, viz. : defaire, to 
undo, to loosen ; contrefaire, to counterfeit; refaire, to do again; satisfaire, 
to satisfy; surfaire, to exact, ask too much. 

28. Mettre, to put. P. pr. mettant. P. p. mis. 

Pres. Je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils 
mettent. Pres. Subj. Que je mette. 
Imperf. Je mettais. 

Pret. Je mis, tu mis, il mit, nous mimes, vous mites, ils mirent. 
Imperf Subj. Que je misse, que tu misses, qu'il mit, etc. 
Fut. Je mettrai, tu mettras, etc. 

Thus : Admettre, to admit ; commettre, to commit ; demettre, to turn out : 
omettre, to omit ; permettre, to permit, to allow ; promdtre, to promise ; com- 
pivmettre, to compromise, to expose ; remettre, to put again, to replace, to 
hand over ; soumettre, to submit ; transmettre, to transmit, to send. 

Se mettre a signifies to begin, as : L'enfant se mit a pleurer, the child began 
crying. 

29. Prendre, to take. P. pr. prenant. P. p. pm. 

* For the pronunciation of faisant and its derivatives see p. 18. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 

Pres. Je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous prewone, vous prewez, 
lis prernient. Pres. Subj. Que je prewwe, que tu prewwes, qu'il 
prewwe, que nous premons, que vous premez, qu'ils prewwent. 

Imperf. Je prewais. 

Pret. Je pris, tu pris, il prit, nous primes, vous prites, ils pri- 
rent. Imperf. Subj. Que je prisse. 

Put. Je prendrai. Imper. Prends, prercons, prewez. 

Conjugate in the same manner the compounds of prendre : Apprendre, to 
learn ; d€sapprendre, to unlearn ; rapprendre, to learn over again ; compren- 
dre, to understand ; entreprendre, to undertake ; meprendre, to mistake ; re- 
prendre, to take again, to reply, to chide ; surprendre, to surprise. 

30. JNaitre* to be born. P. pr. naissant. P. p. ne. 

Pres. Je nais, tu nais, il nait, nous naissons, vous naissez, ils 
naissent. Imperf. Je naissais. 

Pret. Je naquis (I was born), tu naquis, il naquit, nous naqui- 
mes, vous naquites, ils naquirent. 

Put. Je naitrai, tu naitras, etc. 

Thus also : Renaitre, to be born again. 

Kbmark. When the person used as subject of the verb is living, the 
present instead of the past of the auxiliary is used with the past participle. 
Ex. : Mon pere est n€ en Angleterre, My father (still living) was born in 
England. 

31. Viure, to live. P. pr. vivant. P. p. vecu. 

Pres. Je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent. 
Subj. Que je vive ; hence the expressions : Vive ! pi. vivent ! long 
live I 

Imper. Vis, vivons, vivez. Imperf. Je vivais. 

Pret. Je vecus, tu vecus, il vecut, nous vecumes, etc. 

Put. Je vivrai. 

Thus also : Survivre (a qn.), to survive ; revivre, to live again. 

* Verbs marked thus * take etre for an auxiliary, instead of atofr. 



182 XLI. QUARANTE ET UNIEME LEgON. 

VOCABULARY. 

L'aprh-midi, f. the afternoon. une ligne, a line. 

le ruban, the ribbon. un compagnon de voyage, a fellow- 

une fois, once, traveller. 

paien, pagan* la decision, the decision. 

de'sormais, henceforward. Vabondance, f. abundance. 

oteissant, obedient. 

THEME 41. 

1, What are you doing there? 2. I am writing my exercise. 
3. Have you written it? 4. Yes, I have written it. 5. Charles 
will write it this afternoon. 6. These pupils make a great many 
mistakes in their exercises, 7. Put this hook on the table. 8. 
Where have you put your penknife ? 9.1 have put it in my drawer 
(tiroir, m.). 10. Bid your father permit you to go to the theatre ? 
11. Yes, he has allowed it. 12. He allows me to go there 
(d'y oiler) once a (par) week. 13. The servant promised hence- 
forward to be faithful and obedient. 14. All the children be°;an to 
cry. 15. I take medicine. 16. He takes coffee. 17. We take 
tea. 18. The children take milk. 19. I took a pen and wrote a 
few lines to my father. 20. Who has taken my pencil? 21. I 
have not taken it. 22. Take mine. 23. Do not take this chair ; 
it is broken (cassee). 24. Do you understand what I say? 25. 
I understand every word. 26. I should undertake that journey, if 
I had a fellow-traveller. 27. We submit ourselves to your decision. 
28. Formerly we lived in the country, but for (depuis) several 
years we have lived (Pres. tense) in Geneva (Geneve). 29. Many 
rich people live in abundance. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 183 



XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXtEME LE9ON, 



IREEGULAIl YEEBS. — SECOND CLASS. 

(32 — 41. Verbs ending in ir, having the flexions of the Third 
Conjugation.) 

32.v 2<Wr, to shun, to flee. P. pr. fuyant. P. p. fai. 

Pres. Je fuis, tu fuis, il fuit, nous fuyons, vous fuyez, ils fdient 

Imperf. Je fuyais. 

Pret. Je fuis. Put. Je fuirai. 

Conjugate in the same manner : S'enfuir, to run away. Pres. Je m'eto- 
fuis. Comp. of the Pres. Je me suis enfui, I have run away. 

33. Vetir, to clothe. P. pr. vetant. P. p. vetw. 
Pres. Je vets, tu vets, il vet, nous vetons, etc. 
Pret. Je vetis. Put. Je vetirai. 

Thus also : Devetir, to divest ; revetir, to invest. 

34. Servir (qu.), to serve, to help. P. pr. servant. P. p. 
servi. 

Pres. Je sers, tu sers, il sert, nous servons, vous servez, ils ser- 
vent. Subj. Que je serve. 

Pret. Je servis. Put. Je servirai. 

Thus also : Desservir, to clear the table ; se servir de, to make use of, to 
use. 

35. Dormir, to sleep. P. pr, dormant. P. p. dormi. 

Pres. Je dors, tu dors, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils 
dorment. Subj. Que je dorme. 
Pret. Je dormis, etc., like servir. 

Thus : Endormir, to lull asleep ; s'endormir, to fall asleep ; se rendormir, 
to fall asleep again. 

36. Partir, to set out, to leave P. pr. partant. P. p. parti. 
Pres. Je pars, tu pars, il part, nous partons, etc., like servir. 
Thus : Repartir, to set off again, to reply. Not to be confounded, with. 

rfpartir, to distribute, which is regular. 



L84 XLII. QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LEgON. 

37. Mentir, to lie. P. pr. mentant. P. p. nieiiti. 

JPres. Je mens, tu mens, il ment, nous menton3, etc., like sorvir. 

Thus also : Dtf/nentir, to give the lie. 

38. Sentir, to feel, to smell. P. pr. sentant. P. p. senti. 
Pres, Je sews, tu sens, il se/tf, nous sentons, etc., like servir. 

Thus : Consentir, to consent ; pressentir, to foresee ; ressentir, to feel. 

39. £e repentir de qcb,, to repent. P. ^r. se repentant. P.p. 
repenti. 

Pres. Je me repens, I repent, etc., like sentir. 

40. Sortir, to go out. P. jsr. sortant. P. ^>. sorti. 
Pres. Je sors, tu sors, il sort, etc., like servir. 

Thus : Ressortir, to go out again. Iiessortir, to resort, and assortir, to 
assort, are regularly conjugated like ,/wmV. 

41. Courir, to run. P. jor. courant. P. j9. courw. 

Pres. Je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils 
courent. Subj. Que je coure. 

Pret. Je courws, tu courus, il courut, nous courumes, vous cou- 
rutes, ils eoururent. 

Fut. Je cowrrai, tu courras, il courra, nous courrons, vous cour- 
rez, ils courront. Imper. Cours, courons, courez. 

Thus : Acr.ourir, to run to ; concourir, to compete ; discourir, to dis- 
course ; encourir, to incur ; parcourir, to run over ; recourir, to have re- 
course ; secourir, to relieve, to assist. 

42. Cueillir, to gather. P. pr. cueillant. P. p. cucilli. 
Pres. Je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille, nous cueillons, vous cueil- 

lez, ils cucillcnt. Subj. Que je cueille. 

Pret. Je cueillis. Imper. Cueille, cueillons, cucillez. 

Fut. Je cueillerai. 

Thus : Aecueillir, to receive ; recueilllr, to gather. 

43. Offrir, to offer. P. pr. offrant. P. p. qffert. 
Pres. J'offre, tu ofires, il offre, nous ofirons, etc. 

Pret. J'oflHs. Imper. Offre, onrons, offrez. Fut. J'oflriraL 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 185 

44. Souffrir, to suffer. P. pr. souflrant. P. p. souffert. 
Pres. Je souffre, tu souffles, etc., like qffrir. 

45. Ouvrir, to open. P. pr. ouvrant. P. p. ouvert. 
Pres. J'ouvre, etc., like qffrir. 

Thus : Eouvrir, to open again ; entr' ouvrir, to open a little. 

46. Couvrir, to cover. P. pr. couvrant. P. p. couverl. 
Thus : D&ouvrir, to discover ; recouvrir, to cover over. 

47. Tress aillir, to start, to tremble. P. pr. tressaillant. P. 
p. tressailli. 

Pres. Je tressaille, tu tressailles, il tressaille, etc. 

Pret. Je tressaillis, etc. 

Put. Je tressaillsrai and je tressailh'rai. 

Thus : Assaillir, to assault. 

48. Saillir, to put out, project. P. pr. saillant. P. p. sailli. 
Pres. third person, il saille, pi. ils saillent. Like tressaillir ; 

but it is used only in the third person singular and plural. 
Saillir (—jcuUir), to gush, is regular. 

VOCABULARY. 

Du mouton, mutton. fatigue', tired. 

la voiture, the coach. la violette, the violet. 

mcpriser, to despise. la litre, the pound. 

THEME 42. 

1. The enemy flee. 2. Let us shun these places. 3. We clothe 
the poor. 4. The young girl was clad in black. 5. I cannot meet 
him ; he shuns me. G. Avoid bad company. 7. Your friend, Mr, 
A., does not serve me well. 8. I made use of your coach. 9. 
Tell me what he has done to you ; but, above all (surtoui), do do! 
lie. 1.0^ Lie who lie3 deserves to be despised. 11. I go out every 
day. 12. Do not go out, Eobert; it is too cold. 13. If I were 
a3 ill as you, I would not go out of my room. 14. I feel the cold. 

15. Do not make any (de) noise, for my mother is asleep (sleeps). 

16. I hope she will sleep better to-night (cette nuit). 17. If I do 



186 XLIII. QUARANTK-TROISIEME LEgON. 

not walk a little, I shall fall asleep. 18. Do you not repent of 
what (de ce que) you have done? 19. I always repent when I 
have done wrong (mal). 20. Do not run so fast (vite), you will 
be tired. 21. They always run when they go to see their aunt. 
22. I ran faster than you. 23. If she is unhappy, I shall relieve 
iher. 24. For whom are you gathering these violets? 25. I gather 
jthcin for my mother. 26. The young lady has been received with 
the greatest kindness. 27. I always offer him my services. 28. 
lie offered me a hundred pounds for my garden. 29. What are 
you doing there ? 30. I cover the plants with {de) snow. 



XLIII. QUARANTE-TROISIEME LE9ON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. — THIRD CLASS. 

(49 — 53. Verbs in ir changing their radical rowel and taking the flexions 
of the third Conjugation.) 

49. Mourir* to die. P. pr. mourant. P.p.mort. 

Pres. Je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, 
ils meurent. Subj. Que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que 
nous mourions, que vous mouriez, qu'ils meurent. 

Tmper. Meurs, mourons, mourez. 

Pret. Je mourus, tu mourus, il mourut, nous mourumes, vous 
mourutes, ils moururent. 

Put. Je mourrai, tu mourras, il mourra, etc. 

Thus also : Se mourir, to be near dying, to be fainting. Pres. Je me 
meurs, etc. 

50. BouiUir, to boil, neut. v. P. pr. bouillant. P. p. bouilli. 
Pres. Je bous, tu boits, il bout, nous bouillons, vous bouillez, ils 

bouillent. Subj. Que je bouille. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 187 

Pret. Je bouillis. 
Fut. Je bouilhrai. 

To boil, as an active verb, is rendered /aire bouittir, as : To boil potatoes, 
faire bouillir des pommes de terre. 

51. Venir* to come. P. pr. venant. P. p. venM. 

Pres. Je viens, tu viens, il Went, nous venons, vous venez, ils 
viennent. Pres. Subj. Que je vienne, que tu valines, qu'il vienne, 
que nous venions, que vous veniez, qu'ils viennent. Imperf. Je 
venais. 

Pret. Je vins, tu vins, il vmt, nous vmmes, vous vmtes, ils vin- 
rent. Imperf. Subj. Que je vinsse, que tu vinsses, qu'il vmt, que 
nous vinssions, etc. 

Fut. Je viendrai, tu viendras, etc. 

C(wc?. Je viendrais. 

Imper. Viens, venons, venez. 

Conjugate in the same manner : Convenir, to agree, to suit ; devenir* to 
become ; intervenir* to intervene ; parvenir* to attain, to reach ; prtvenir, 
to be beforehand with, to inform ; provenir* to arise, spring from, to pro- 
ceed ; se souvenir, to remember ; survenir* to happen ; subvenir, to relieve ; 
revenir* to come back (again). 

52. Tenir, to hold. P. pr. tenant, P. p. tenu. 
This verb is conjugated like venir, as : 

Pres. Je tiens, tu tiens, il tient, nous tenons, vous tenez, ils Hen- 
nent. Subj. Que je tienne. 

Pret. Je tins, tu tons, il tint, nous tSmnes, vous tmtes, ils tin- 
rent. Fut. Je tiendrai. 

Imper. Tiens, tenons, tenez. 

Thus also : Apparienir, to belong ; s'abstenir, to abstain ; contenir, to con- 
tain ; ddenir, to detain ; entretenir, to keep up ; maintenir, to maintain ; ob+ 
tenir, to obtain ; retenir, to retain ; soutenir, to sustain, uphold, support. 

53. Acquerir, to acquire. P. pr. acquerant. P. p. acqm's. 
Pres. J'acquiers, tu acquiers, il acquiert, nous acquerons, vous 

acquerez, ils acquierent. Pres. Subj. Que j'acquiere, que tu ac- 
quires, qu'il acquire, que nous acquerions, que vous acqueriez, 
qu'ils acquierent. 






188 XLIII. QUARANTE-TROISIEME LEgON. 

Pret. J'acquz's, tu acquis, il acqmV, nous acqmmes, vous aeqmfes, 
ils SiQqmrent. Imp/. Suhj. Que j'acquisse. 

Fut. J'acquerrai, tu acquerras, il aequerra, etc. 
Imper. Acqmers, acquerons, acquerez. 

Conjugate in the same manner : Conquerir, to conquer ; reconqufrir, to 
conquer again ; requ€rir, to request, and s'enque'rir, to inquire. Querir, to 
seek, is used, in familiar conversation, after atter, venir, envoyer, as : allez 
qu€rir, go and seek. 

VOCABULARY. 

Le chagrin, grief. V assiduity f. assiduity. 

maladie, f. disease, illness. des connaissances, f. knowledge. 

douloureux, -se, painful. la chaleur, the heat. 

continuer, to continue. la partie, the part. 

la parole, the word. 

THEME 43. 

1. Your friend is dying. 2. Mrs. A. died of (de) grief. 3. 
The old general died at Paris of a very painful disease. 4. Take 
the water off the fire ; it boils. 5. Boil that meat again, it has not 
boiled long enough. 6. Miss Emily is coming. 7. Dost thou 
come? 8. Yes, I come. 9. Why do you not come when I call 
you? 10. He came to see me 'every morning. 11. Come back 
soon. 12. I shall be (come) back in an hour. 13. Mrs. B. would 
have come to us if it had not rained (plu). 14. I hope you will 
keep your word and (will) come to-morrow. 15. I maintain, and 
will always maintain, that you will not be happy without virtue. 16. 
I agree that Miss L. is the prettiest of the family; but she is so 
proud, that I know (sais) not what will become of her (ce qu'elle 
. . .). 17. My uncle will not come back to-day. 18. Mr. S. will 
not obtain that situation (place). 19. If you study much, you will 
acquire knowledge. 20. I do not think (that) this color suits (to) 
your sister. 21. That hat would suit you very well, if you were a 
little taller. 22. Alexander the Great conquered the greatest part 
of Asia. 23. Your uncle has acquired a great name in America. 

24. The young man did not survive (outlive) (to) that misfortune. 

25. You will become a great man, if you continue to study with the 
same assiduity. 



IRREGULAR VERB3. 189 

XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LE9ON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. — THIRD CLASS CONTINUED. 

(54 — 66. Verbs in -air. Contraction of the root and the terminations, 
Part, past and Pret. in u.) 

54. Devoir, to owe, (ought to). P. pr. devant. P. p. du. 
Pres. Je dois* tu dois, il doit, nous devons, vous devez, ils 

doivent. Pres. Subj. Que je doive. 

Pret. Je dus, tu dus, il dut, nous dumes, vous dutes, ils durent. 
Imperf. Subj. Que je dusse. 

Put. Je devrai, tu devras, etc. Cond. Je devrais.* 

Thus also : redevoir. 

55. Becevoir, to receive. P. pr. recevant. P. p. regu. 
Pres. Je regois, tu regois, il regoit, nous recevons, vous recevez, 

ils rec^'vent. 

Pret. Je regws, tu recws, il requt, nous resumes, vous requies, 
ils requrent. 

Put. Je recevrai, tu recevras, etc. 

Thus also : Dtcevoir, to deceive ; apercevoir, to perceive ; concevoir, to con- 
ceive ; percevoir, to collect. 

56. Dechoir, to fall, to decay. (No P. pr.~) P.p. dechu. 
Pres. Je dechois, tu dechois, il dechoit, nous d^choyons, vous 

deehoj/ez, ils dechoient. Subj. Que je dechoie. 

Pret. Je dechus, tu dechus, il dechut, nous dechumes, vous de- 
cMtes, ils dechurent. 

Put. Je deolierrai, tu decherras, ils decherra, nous deehewons, 
vous deelierrez, ils d<3ckerro?it. 

Thus : Echoir, to fall to, to expire ; P. pr. €ch€ant; P. p. e'chu. It is now 
only used in the third pers. sing.: il or -die €choit, il echut, etc. Choir is only 
used in the Infinitive mood. 

* Je dois, followed by a verb, corresponds to the English ; lam to, I must. Je 
devrais, J ought to, I should. 



190 XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEgON. 

57. Falloir, tohe necessary, is an impersonal verb, the conjuga- 
tion of which has been given p. 147. 

Pres. II faut. Imperf. II fallait, etc. 

58. Mouvoir, to move. P. pr. mouvant. P. p. mu. 

Pres. Je mens, tu mens, il meut, nous mouvons, vous mouvez, 
llsmeuvent. Subj. Que je meuve, que tu mewves, qu'il mewve, 
quo nous mouvions, que vous mouviez, qu'ils meuyent. 

Pret. Je mus, tu mus, il mut, nous miimes, vous mutes, ils 
murent. 

Put. Je mouvrai. 

Thus also : ^mouvoir, to move, to excite, stir up ; s'e'mouvoir, to be moved, 
affected. 

59. Pleuvoir, to rain (impers.). P.pr. pleuvant. P.p.plu. 
Pres. II pleut. Subj. Qu'il pleuve. Imperf. II plcuvait. 
Pret. II plut. Subj. Imperf. Qu'il plut. 

Fut. II pleuvra. 

60. Pourvoir* to provide. P. pr. pourvoyant. P. p. pourvu. 
Pres. Je pourvois, tu pourvois, il pourvoit, nous pourvo^ons, vous 

pourvoyez, ils pourvoient. 

Pret. Je pourvus. Fut. Je pourvoirai. 

Thus : Pre'voir, to foresee, which makes in the Pret. je previs. 

61. Pouvoir, to be able. P.pr. pouvant. P.p.pu. 

Pres. Je peux (or je puis) , tu peux, il peut, nous pouvons, vous 
pouvez, ils peuvent. Pres. Subj. Que je puisse, que tu puisses, 
qu'il puisse, que nous puissions, que yous puissiez, qu'ils puissent. 

Impf. Je pouvais. 

Pret. Je pus, tu pus, il put, nous primes, vous putes, ils purent. 

Imperf. Subj. Que je pusse. 

Fut. Je pourrai, tu pourras, il pourra, nous pourrons, vous 
pouTrez, ils poummt. Cond. Je pourrais. 

Note. May, expressing a wish, is rendered by the Present tense of the 
Subjunctive. Ex.: Puisse-t-il etre heureux, may he be happy ! 

* Like 65— Voir, except the Pret. and Fut. 






IRREGULAR VERBS. 191 

62. Savoir, to know. P. pr. sac/*ant. P. p. su. 

Pres. Je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous savons, vous sayez, ils savent 
Subj. Que je sache, que tu sac/*es, qu'il sac/*e, que nous sac/zions, 
que vous sac/dez, qu'ils sac/^ent. Imperf. Je savais, tu savais, etc. 

Pre2. Je sus, tu sus, il sut, nous sumes, vous sutes, ils surent 

Put. Je sawrai, tu mums, etc. 

Imper. Sache, sachons, sachez. 

Wlien the word can means to know how, it is rendered in French by savoir, ' 
instead of pouvoir. Ex.: Savez-vous parler francais ? Can you speak 
French ? 

Note. There is also an old form of the Pros. Ind. Je sache. The Cond. 
Je ne saurais (without pas) signifies, I cannot, as : Je ne saurais vous dire, 
I cannot tell you. 

63. Valoir, to "be worth. P. pr. valant. P. p. Yalu. 

Pres. Je vaux, tu vaux, il vaut, nous valons, vous valez, ils va- 
lent. .Subj. Que je vaitte, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, que nous 
valions, que vous valiez, qu'ils vaillent. 

Imperf. Je valais. 

Pret. Je valus, tu valus, il valut, nous valumes, etc. 

Put. Je vaudrai, tu vaudras, etc. 

Cond. Je vaudrais. 

Observe the expression : II vaut mieux, it is better, etc. Conjugate in the 
same manner: prevaloir, to prevail; but it makes the Subj. pres.: Que je 
pre'vale (not prcvaille), que tu prevales, qu'il pre'vale, que nous pre'valions, que 
vous pre valiez, qu'ils prevalent. 

64. Vouloir, to be willing. P. pr. voulant. P. p. voulu. 
Pres. Je veux, tu veux, il veut, nous voulons, vous voulez, ils 

veulent. Subj. Que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que 
nous voulions, que vous vouliez, qu'ils veuillent. Imper. ( Veuille), 
ueuillez, be so kind as. 

Imperf. Je voulais. 

Pret. Je voulus, tu voulus, il voulut, nous voulumes, etc. 

Put. Je voudrai, tu voudras, etc. 

Cond. Je youdrais, I should like to. 



192 XLIV. QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEgON. 

The first person, je veux, is mostly used to imply authority, command. 
Je desire is substituted as a more polite expression for the affirmative. Je 
ne veux pas, is used, however, for the neg utive. 

65. Voir, to see. P. pr. volant. P. p. vu. 

Pres. Je vois, tu vois, il voit, nous voyons, vous voyez, ils voient. 

Imperf. Je voyais, tu voyais, etc. 

Prst. Je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vimes, vous vites, etc. 

Put. Je verrai, tu verras, il verra, etc. 

Imper, Vois, voyons, voyez. 

Thus : Eevoir, to see again ; entrevoir, to have a glimpse of. For pour- 
voir and pr&coir see No. GO. Atter voir and venir voir qn. are rendered : to 
call upon a person. 

66. S'asseoir, to sit down. P. p?\ s'asse^ant. P. p. assis. 
Pi*es. Je m'assieds, tu Vassieds, il s'assied, nous nous asseyons, 

vous vous asseyez, ils s'asseient. Or, je m'assois, etc. 

Imperf. Je m'asseyais. Or, je m'assoyais, etc. 

Pret. Je m'assis, tu t'assis, il s'assit, nous nous assimes, vous 
vous assites, ils s'assirent. 

Put. Je inassierai, tu t'assieras, il s'assiera, etc. Or, je m'as- 
seierai, tu tf&sseieras, il s'assei'era, etc. 

Imper. Assieds-toi, asseyons-nous, asseyez-YOus. 

VOCABULARY. 

Un panier, a basket. epais, thick. 

le danger, the danger. I'herbe, f. the grass. 

le ressort, the spring. hitmide, damp. 

le beau-frere, the brother-in-law. fe 6n«Y, /a nouvelle, the report. 

repeler, to repeat. arreter, to stop. 

coupable, criminal. Vadresse, f. the direction. 

Za ^r/ace, the looking-glass. 

THEME 44. 

1. I am to copy my exercise. 2. We must set out. 3. Sou 
ought to come at two o'clock. 4. I receive a letter every day. 5. 
We receive our money from the banker (du lanquier) . 6. My 
friend received a basket filled with, grapes {die raisins). 7. The 






IRREGULAR VERBS. 193 

hunter perceived a bird on a tree. 8. They did not perceive the 
danger. 9. The spring which moves the whole machine is very 
ingenious (ingenieux). 10. Does it rain? 11. No, it does not 
rain; but it will rain this evening. 12. If men do not provide for 
it (j/), God will provide for it. 13. Before he left (avant de pa;°- 
tir), he provided for («) all. 14. Can you come? 15. I cannot 
come, but my brother can (come). 16. We could see nothing, for 
it was dark (il faisait nuit). 17. I could do it myself, if I had 
time. 18. May you be happy ! I could do no better. 19. I know 
that he is your friend, but I did not know that he was your brother- 
in-law. 20. Do you know why he has (is) not come? 21. No, I 
do not know (it). 22. When you know (Fut.) your lesson, come 
and repeat it to me. 23. These pens are worth nothing. 24. It 
is (yaut) better to be unfortunate than guilty. 25. Can't you see 
that star? 26. I do not see it. 27. Sit down there a minute. 28. 
Why do not you sit down? 29. Let us sit upon the grass. 30. I 
would sit down upon the grass, if it were not so damp. 31. Can 
you speak French ? 32. I can read, but I cannot speak [it]. 33. 
Is this report true? 34. I cannot (Cond.) tell (it) you. 35. He 
does not choose to (will not) eat. 36. If I chose (would), I should 
tell you where he lives. 37. What would you have me do (that I 
should do) {Imperf. Subj.) ? 38. We could have stopped him, if 
we had chosen. 39. I send you herewith (ci-joint) the direction 
of Mr. L. 40. I have found the ring which my cousin has lost, 
and I shall send it to her. 
IS 



194 XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LE£ON. 

XLV. QIJARANTE-CINQUIEME LEgON. 



IRREGULAR VERBS.— THIRD CLASS CONTINUED. 

67. Eire, to laugh. P. pr. riant. P. p. ri. 
Prcs. Je ris. Imperf. Je riais. 

Prct. Je ris, tu ris, il rit, etc. Put. Je rirai. 

68. Envoyer, to send. P. pr. envoyant. P. p. envoy*?. 
Pres. J'envoie. Imperf. J'envoyais. Pret. J'envoyai. 
Put. J'enverrai, tu enverras, etc. Cond. J'enverrais. 

69. Alter* to go. P. pr. allant. P. p. alle. 

Pres. Je vais, tu vas, il va, nous allons, vous. allez, ils vont. 
Pres. Subj. Que faille, que tu aiUes, qu'il azYfe, que nous allions, 
que yous alliez, qu'ils aillent. 

Imperf. J'allais, tu allais, il allait, etc. 

Pret. J'allai, tu alias, il alia, nous allfunes, vous allates, ils 
allerent. 

Imperf. Subj. Que j'allasse, que tu allasses, etc. 

Imper. Va, allons, allez. Perf Je suis alle, I have gone. 

Fut. J'irai (I shall go), tu iras, il ira, nous irons, vous irez, ils 
iront.. Cond. J'irais, tu irais, etc. 

Conjugation of S'en oiler, to go away. 
We give the reflective verb S'en alter, to go away, at full length, because 
its conjugation is rather difficult on account of its two pronouns. Observe 
that en is never separated from the objective m\ t' , s\ nous, etc. ; hence it 
follows, that the compound or Perfect must not be written : Je me suis en 
alle', but je m'en suis alle', tu t'en es alle', etc. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
TRESENT TENSE. 

Je m'en vais, I go away. nous nous en allons,?0e go away. 

^tu t'en vas, etc. vous vous en allez, etc. 

il s'en va, etc. ils s'en vont, etc. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



195 






Neg. Je ne m'en vais pas. 
tu ne t'en vas pas, etc. 



M'en vais-je, do I go away? etc. 
Ne m'en vais-je pas ? etc. 



IMFERFECT. 

Je m'en allais, tu t'en allais. M'en allais-je, did I go awayl 



Jo ne m'en allais pas. 



Ne m'en allais-je pas ? 



Je m'en allai. 

Je ne m'en allai pas. 



PRETERITE. 



M'en allai-je ? 

Ne m'en allai-je pas ? 



Je m'en irai. 

Je ne m'en irai pas. 

AFFIRMATIVE. 

Va-t'en. 

(qu'il s'en aille). 

allons-nous-en. 

allez-vous-en. 

(qu'ils s'en aillent). 



M'en irai-je ? 

Ne m'en irai-je pas ? 

IMPERATIVE. 

NEGATIVE. 

Ne t'en va pas. 
(qu'il ne s'en aille pas), 
ne nous en allons pas. 
ne vous en allez pas. 
(qu'ils ne s'en aillent pas). 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

Je m'en suis alle, Ihave gone away, nous nous en sommes alles. 



tu t'en es alle. 
il s'en est alle. 
elle s'en est all^e. 



vous vous en etes alle(s). 
ils s'en sont alles. 
elles s'en sont allees. 



NEGATIVELY. 



Je nc m'en suis pas alle\ 
tu ne t'en es pas alle. 
il ne s'en est pas alle. 



nous ne nous en sommes pas 

alles. 
vous ne vous en §tes pas 

alle(s). 
ils ne s'en sont pas alles. 



196 



XLV. QUARANTE-CINQUIEME LEQCN. 



INTERROGATIVELY. 

M'en suis-je alle ? nous en sommes-nous alles ? 

t'en es-tu alle ? vous en etes-vous alle(s) ? 

e>'en est-il alle ? s'en sont ils alles ? 



NEGATIVE-INTERROGATIVE. 

Ne m'en suis-je pas alle ? ne nous en sommes-nous p. alles ? 

ne t'en es-tu pas alle ? ne vous en etes-vous pas allea ? 

ne s'en est-il pas alle ? ne s'en sont-ils pas alle's ? 

COMPOUND OF THE IMPERFECT. 

Je m'en &ais alle. M'en dtais-je alle ? 

Je ne m'en ^tais pas alle. Ne m'en etais-je pas alle* t 



Que je m'en aille. 
que tu t'en ailles. 
qu'il s'en aille. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je m'en allasse. 
que tu t'en allasses* 
qu'il s'en allat, etc. 



S'en aller. 
S'en allant. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

que nous nous en allions. 
que vous vous en alliez. 
qu'ils s'en aillent. 

PERFECT. 

Que je m'en sois alle*. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que jo m'en fusse all£. 

INFINITIVE. 

S'en etre alle. 

PARTICIPLES. 

S'en etant alle*. 



VOCABULARY. 
Ollig€, obliged. sonner, to strike. 

Jeudi dernier, last Thursday. la saute*, health. 

la musique, music. importuner, to importune. 

le pavilion, the flag. hiss€, hoisted. 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 197 

THEME 45. 

1. I go to London. 2. Thou goest to Paris. 3. He goes to 
.Berlin. 4. My brother has also gone to Berlin. 5. Where are 
you going? 6. I am going to the play (au spectacle). 7. I would 
go with you, if I had time. 8. Why are they going away so soon?, 
9. They are obliged to go away. 10. Will not your mother be 
angry (fdcliee), if you go away before her ? 11. I told her that I 
would go away before her, and she has permitted (it to) me. 12. 
My sister and I (we) went to the concert last Thursday. 13. If 
you had gone (there, y) also, you would have heard fine music. 14. 
These men wont yesterday from house to (en) house. 15. At what 
o'clock will you go (away) ? 16. I should have already gone, if it 
had not rained so fast (fort). 17. Is he really gone (away)? 
Yes, he went (has gone) away this morning. 18. Let us go (away), 
it is going to (il va) strike three o'clock. 19. How is (vd) your 
health? 20. Thank you, it is not very good. 21. I wish (should 
like that) the boy would go (away) (Imperf. Subj.). 22. I wish, 
they would go away. 23. Begone (go away), you importune me. 



XLVI. QUARANTE-SIXIEME LE£ON. 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

Verbs whereof some tenses or persons are wanting are def ictive 
verbs. They are as follows : — 

70. Braire, to bray. 

Pres. H brait, ils braient. Fut. H braira. 
Cond. II brairait. 

71. Bruire, to roar. P. pr. bruyant. 
Imperf. II bruyait, pi. ils bruyaient. 

72. Choir, to fall. P.p. chu. 



198 XL VI. QUARANTE-SIXIEHE LE^ON. 

73. Clore, to close. P. p. clos. 
Pres. Je clos, tu clos, il clot. 

Fut. Je clorai, tu cloras, etc. Gond. Je clorais. 

74. Eclore* to be hatched. P. p. eclos. 

Prcs. II eclot, pi. ils eclosent. Subj. Qu'il eclose, pi, qu'ils 
eclosent. 

Fut. II eclora, pi. ils ecloront. Its compound tenses are formed 
with etre. 

75. FaiUir, to fail. P. pr. (faillant.) P. p. failli. 
Pres. II faut. 

iW. Je faillis, tu faillis, il faillit, nous faillimes, vous faillites, 
ils faillirent. 

Per/. J'ai failli, I had nearly. 
Thus : Defaillir, to faint. 

76. Ferir is used only in the expression : Sans coup ferir, 
without striking a blow. 

77. Frire, to fry. P. pr. wanting. P. p. frit. 
Pres. Je fris, tu fris, il frit. Plur. wanting. 

Fut. Je frirai. Gond. Je frirais. Perf. J'ai frit, etc. 

78. Gesir, to lie. P. pr. gzsanfc. 

Pres. ci-git, here lies ; pi. ci-gisent (used on tombstones) . Fur 
iher : nous gisons, yous gisez, ils gisent. 
Jmperf. ci-gisait; pi. ci-gisaient. 

79. Issir, to be born, is used only in the P. p. issu. 

80. Ou'ir, to hear. P. p. ou'i. 

Pret. J'ouis, tu ou'is, etc. Imperf. Subj. Que j'ouisse, etc. 
. Further the compound tenses, as : J'ai out, etc. 

81. Sourdre, to rush out of the ground, as water, has only the 
j Infinitive and the Present, elle sourd, elles sourdent. 

< .82. Seoir, to fit. P. pr. seant. P. p. sis, 

Ind. pres. II sied. Fut. II siera. Gond, H si£rait. 
83. Surseoir, to put off. P. p. sursis. 
Pres. Je surseois. Pret. Je sursis, 

Note. — Most of these verbs are not much In nee. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



199 



AN ALPHABETICAL LIST OF ALL THE FRENCH 
IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS.* 



CONTAINING THEIR FIVE PRIMITIVE TEXSES. 



Infinitive. 
Absoudre 
Acquerir 
AUer 
Assaillir 
S'asseoir 
Atteindre 



Pres. 

j'absous 
j'acquiers 
je vais 
j'assaille 
je m'assieds 
j'attcins 



ivttemare j attc 

Battre, see L. xxiii., Rem 
je bois 
je bous 
il brait 
Imp. il bruyait 
je ceins 



1. 



Boire 

Bouillir 

Brake 

Bruire 

Ceindre 

Choir, see dechoir 

Circoncire 

Clore 

Conclure 

Conceyoir 

Conduire 

Confire 

Connaitre 

Coudre 



Courir 

Couvrir 

Craindre 

Croire 

Croitre 

Cueillir 

Cuire 

Dechoir 

Devoir 

Dire 

Dormir 



je circoncis 
je clos 
je conclus 
je concois 
je conduis 
je confis 
je connais 
je couds 
je coiirs 
je couvre 
je crains 
je crois 
je crois 
je cueille 
je cuis 
je dechois 
je dois 
je dis 
je dors 



Part. pr. 

absolvant 

aequerant 

allanfc 

assaillant 

s'asseyant 

attcignant 

buvant 
bouillant 

brayant 
ceifrnant 



concluant 

conceyant 

conduisant 

confisant 

connaissant 

cousant 

courant 

couvrant 

craignant 

croyant 

croissant 

cueillant 

cuisant 

derant 
disant 
dormant 



P.p. 
absous, te 
acquis, e 
alle', e 
assailli, e 
assis, e 
atteint, e 

bu, e 
bouilli, e 
wanting 



Pret. 

wanting 
j 'acquis 
j'allai 
j'assaillis 
je m'assis 
j'attcignis 

je bus 
je bouillis 
wanting 



ceint, e je ceignis 



circoncis 
clos 

conclu, e 
concu, e 
conduit, e 
confit, e 
connu, e 
cousu, e 
couru, e 
couvert, e 
craint, e 
cru, e 
cru, e 
cueilli, e 
cuit, e 
deehu, e 
du 

dit, e 
dormi 



je circoncis 

je concliw 
je con9us 
je conduisis 
je confis 
je conntrs 
je cousis 
je courus 
je couvris 
je craignis 
je eras 
je eras 
je cuellis 
je cuisis 
je dechus 
je dus 
je dis 
je dormis 



No, 
13. 
53. 

69, 
47. 
66. 
14. 

19. 
50. 
70. 
71. 
14. 
58. 

2. 

73. 

L. 23. 

55. 

5. 

2. 
26. 
11. 
41. 
46. 
15. 
20. 
21. 
42. 

4. 
56. 
54. 

7.. 
35. 



* The derivatives which are not in this table will be found with the primitives, 
Tinder their respective number. 



200 



XLVI. QUAKANTE-SIXIEME LE^ON. 



Echoir 


il <5clioi t 


e'ehcant 


echu 


il echut 


56. 


Eclore 


il e'clot 


— 


eclos 


— 


74. 


Ecrire 


j'ecris 


e'erivant 


ecrit, e 


j'ecrivis 


17. 


Envoyer 


j'envoie 


envoyant 


envoye 


j'envoyai 


68. 


Faire 


je fais 


faisant 


fait, e 


je fis 


27. 


Faillir 


— 


faillant 


failli 


je faillis 


75. 


Falloir 


il faut 


— 


fallu 


il fallut 


57. 


Feindre 


je feins 


feignant 


feint, e 


je feignis 


14. 


Fcrir 


— 


— 


— 


— . 


76. 


Frir* 


je fris 


— 


frit, e 


— 


77. 


Fuir 


je fuis 


fuyant 


fui 


je fuis 


32. 


Ge'sir 


il git 


gisant 


— 


— 


78. 


Joindre 


je joins 


jpignant 


joint, e 


je joignis 


16. 


Issir 


— 


— 


issu, e 


— 


79. 


Xnstruire 


j'instruis 


instruisant 


instruit, e 


j'instruisis 


6. 


Lire 


je lis 


lisant 


lu, e 


je lus 


18. 


Luire 


je luis 


luisant 


lui 


— 


1. 


Mentir 


je mens 


mentant 


menti 


je mentis 


37. 


Mettre 


je mets 


mettant 


mis, e 


je mis 


28. 


Moudre 


je mouds 


moulant 


moulu, e 


je moulus 


12. 


Mourir 


je meurs 


mourant 


mort, e 


je mourus 


49. 


Mouvoir 


je meus 


mouvant 


mu, e 


je mus 


58. 


Naitre 


je nais 


naissant 


ne, e 


je naquis 


30. 


Nuire 


je nuis 


nuisant 


nui 


je nuisis 


3. 


OfFrir 


j'ofifre 


oflrant 


ofFert, e 


j'offris 


43. 


Oindre 


j'oins 


— 


oint 


j'oignis 


16. 


Ou'ir 


— 


— * 


oui 


j'oui's 


80. 


Ouvrir 


j'ouvre 


ouvrant 


ouvert, e 


j'ouvris 


45. 


Paitre 


je pais 


paissant 


pu 


— 


25. 


Paraitre 


je parais 


paraissant 


paru 


je parus 


24. 


Partir 


je pars 


partant 


parti 


je partis 


36. 


Peindre 


je peins 


peignant 


peint 


je peignis 


14. 


Plaindre 


je plains 


plaignant 


plaint 


je plaignis 


15. 


Plaire 


je plais 


plaisant 


plu 


je plus 


22. 


Pleuvoir 


il pleut 


pleuvant 


plu 


il plut 


59. 


Prendre 


je prends 


prenant 


pris 


je pris 


29. 


Poindre 


je poins 


poignant 


(point) 


(je poignig) 


16. 


Pourvoir 


je pourvois 


pourvoyant 


pourvu, e 


pourvus 


60. 


Pouvoir 


jepeux(puis) pouvant 


pu 


je pus 


61. 


Pepcntir, se 


je me repens repentant 


repenti 


je me repeutis 


39. 


Restreindre 


je restreins 


— 


restreint 


je rcstreignis 


H. 


Rire 


je ris 


riant 


ri 


je ris 


67 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



201 



"Rompre, see L. 


xxin.,Rem. 2, 






Saillir 


il saille 


saillant 


sailli 


il saillit 


S avoir 


je sais 


sachant 


sa, e 


je sas 


Sentir 


je sens 


sentant 


senti, e 


je sentis 


Seoir 


il sied 


seant 


sis, e 


— 


Servir 


je sers 


servant 


scrvi, e 


je servis 


Sortir 


je sors 


6ortant 


sorti 


je sortis 


Sonffrir 


je souffre 


soufirant 


sonffert, e 


je sonfiris 


Sourdre 


elle sourd 


— 


— 


— 


Saivre 


je suis 


saivant 


saivi, e 


je saivis 


Saffire 


je saffis 


aaffisant 


saffi 


je saffis 


Sarseoir 


je surseois 


sarsojant 


sarsis 


je sursis 


Taire 


je tais 


taisant 


ta, e 


je tas 


Teindre 


je teins 


teignant 


teint, e 


je teignis 


Tenir 


je tiens 


tenant 


tena, e 


je tins 


Traire 


je trais 


tray ant 


trait 


— 


Trcssaillir 


je tressaille 


tressaillant 


tressailli 


je tressailiis 


Valoir 


je vaax 


valant 


valu 


je valas 


Vaincre 


je vaincs 


vainqnant 


vainca, e 


je vainqais 


Venir 


je viens 


venant 


vena, e 


je vins 


Vetir 


je vets 


vetant 


vetu 


je vetis 


Vivre 


je vis 


vivant 


ve'cu 


je vecus 


Voir 


je vois 


voyant 


vn, e 


je vis 


Vouloir 


je veax 


voalant 


vonln, e 


je voalus 


XLYII. 


QUARANTE-SE 


PTIEME LE9( 



48, 
62, 
38. 
82. 
34 
40. 
44. 
81. 

9. 

2. 
83. 
23. 
14. 
52. 

8. 
47. 
63. 
10. 
51. 
33. 
31. 
65. 
64. 



HOW TO RENDER DO, DID, SHALL, WILL, ETC.— 
SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 

The auxiliaries do, will, shall, etc., in answers, are often used in 
English in an elliptical mariner, when in French the principal verb 
must be repeated, and a noun or pronoun supplied. 

Si, " yes," is generally ased in answers instead of out in replying to a 
question in which there is a negation, or in contradiction to a negative 
fitat^ent. 



202 



XLVII. QUARANTE-SEPT1EME LEgON. 



EXAMPLES 



Aycz-vous du pain? Oui, j'en ai. 
Avez-vous repondu ? Oui, j'ai r€- 

pondu ? 
Acheteront-ils ce beiirre? Oui, ils 

I'aeheteront. 
Voulez vous le lui demander ? Oui, 

je veux bien. 
Eles-vous Anglais? Non je ne le 

suis pas. 
Avez-vous cte a Rome ? Non, je 

n'y ai pas cte'. 
Est-ce vous qui etes venu laier soir ? 

Non, ce n'est pas moi. 
Ce n'est pas ce peintre qui a fait 

votre portrait ? Si, c'est lui. 
Lui rendrez-vous son portrait ? Cela 

va sans dire. 
Partira-t-il ? Oui, il partira. 
Xricz vous s'il y allait ? Mais oui, 

je leferais. 
Est-ce la mode ? Oui, c'est la 

mode. 
Tourquoi vous plaignez-vous ? Je 

ne me plains pas ; c'est mon frere 

qui se plaint. II se plaint ! Oui, 

vraiment, et il 7 a longtemps 

qu'il se plaint. 
J'ai faim. Vraiment? Oui, bien 

faim. 
Doit-elle venir ce soir ? Oui, elle 

duit venir. 



Have you any bread? Yes, I have. 
Have you answered? Yes, I have. 

Will they buy Aat butter? Yes, they 

will. 
Will you ask him for it ? Yes, I will. 

Are you an Englishman? No, I am 

not. 
JJave you been in Rome ? No, I have 

not. 
Was it you who came last night ? No, 

it was not I. 
That painter did not take your like' 

ness, did he ? Yes, he did. 
Will you return her likeness to her? 

Of course I will. 
Will he set out ? Yes, he will. 
Should you go there if he did ? Why, 

yes, I should. 
Is it the fashion ? Yes, it is. 

Why do you complain? I do not 
complain ; my brother does. — 
Does he? Indeed he does, and 
he has complained for a long 
time. 

I am hungry. Are you ? Yes, 
very. 

Does she intend to come this even- 
ing ? Yes, she does. 



In exclamations the auxiliary must be translated by some words 
expressive of the meaning implied by the English ellipsis. Ex. : — 

Son associe est revenu des Indes. His partner has returned from India. 

Est-ce possible, vous me sur- Has he ? 

prenez, or simply, Ah ! vraiment ! 
J'ai sommeil. Ah ! vraiment ? or, I am sleepy. Are you 1 

Allons done, vous plaisantez. 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



203 



SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 

The verbs aller, devoir, and venir de are idiomatically used, forming, with 
an infinitive, what some grammarians have called " Supplementary 
Tenses." 

Aller and devoir before an infinitive form idiomatic futures, and corre- 
spond to the English verbs to go and to be (to be about to), in a like position. 

Venir de forms idiomatic past tenses, and corresponds to the English to 
have just. 



CONJUGATION OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY TENSES. 



Je vais 


avoir, 


Tu vas 


chanter, 


11 va . 


danser, 


Nous allons 


finir, 


Vous allez 


rendre, 


lis vont 


recevoir, 


J'allais avoir, etc. 


Je dois 


' avoir, 


Tu dois 


chanter, 


Udoit 


danser, 


Nous devons 


' finir, 


Vous devez 


rendre, 


Us doivent 


recevoir, 


Je devais avoir, etc. 


Je devrais avoir, etc. 


J'aurais du avoir, etc. 


Je viens de (d') ■ 


avoir, 


Tu viens " 


chanter, 


11 vient " 


danser, 


Nous venons " 


* finir, 


Vous venez " 


rendre, 


lis viennent 


" 


recevoir, 



I am going 




to have. 


Thou art going 


to sing. 


He is going 


to dance. 


We are going 


' to finish. 


You are going 


to render. 


They are going 


to receive. 


I was going to have, etc* 


I am 


to have. 


Thou art 


to sing. 


He is 


to dance. 


We are 


to finish. 


You are 


to render. 


Thexj are 


to receive. 


I was to h( 


ive. 





I should or ought to have. 
I should or ought to have had. 
had. 



I have just 
TJwu hast just 
He has just 
We have just 
You have just 
They have just 



sung. 

danced. 

finished. 

rendered. 

received. 



Je veoais d' avoir, etc. 



/ had just had, etc. 



204 XLVII. QUAKANTE-SEPTIEME LEgON. 

These last tenses may be expressed by /aire preceded by ne and followed 
by the conjunctive que, with an infinitive preceded by de (ne J "aire que de). 
e. g. II ne fait que d'arriver. He has but just arrived. Je ne fais que de 
sortir. I have but just gone out. 

K. B. The particle de is here indispensable, because, without it the ex- 
pression would have quite another sense, and would denote a continuation 
or a frequent repetition of the action. Ex. : Vous ne faites que sortir. You 
do nothing but go out. Elle ne fait que jouer. She does nothing but play. 



PAET II, 



ELISION. 

The vowels a, e, i, when final, are sometimes elided before a word 
becrmnino: with a vowel or h mute ; thus : Vdme, Vhomme, s'il, in- 
stead of la dme, le homme, si il. 

Elision op a. A is elided only in the word la. Ex. : Vamitie. 

Elision of e. E is elided in the nine monosyllables je, me, te, 
le, de, ne, ce, se and que. Ex.: faime; c'est Vhomme qu'il rCestime 
pas. 

Exceptions. — 1. The vowels of the pronouns le, la,je, and ceare never 
elided when they come after the verh. Ex. : Ai-je un livre ; est-ce die. The 
e in je and ce is not pronounced, however, though the e and a of le and la 
are in voyez-la aujourcFkui, voyez-le aujourd'hui. 

2. Before oui and onze no elision takes place : je crois que out ; le onze. 

The E is elided in lorsque, when ; puisque, since ; quoique, 
though, only hefore il, elle, on and un. Ex.: lorsqiCih puisqu'on, 
etc. In quelque the e is elided only before un, une, and autre. Ex.: 
quelqrfun ; quelqiC autre. In entre zn&presque, e is elided only when 
they form part of a compound word. Ex.: entr'acte, presqu'xle. 

Elision op t. I is elided only in the conjunction si before il 
and lis, Ex.: s'il, s'ils. 



206 I." PREMIERE LEgON. 

I. PREMIERE LEgON, 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 

I. RULES ON THE GENDER OE SIMPLE NOUNS. 
$ 1. MASCULINE BY THEIR SIGNIFICATION AltE : 

1. The names of all masculine beings, as : Henri, Henry; Vem* 
pereur, the emperor ; le maitre, the master ; le Frangais, the 
Frenchman; le taureau, the bull, etc. 

2. The names of metals, trees, shrubs, seasons, months, and days, 
as : le fer, iron ; le chene, the oak ; le printemps, spring ; le joli 
Mai, (the) fine May ; (le) lundi, Monday, etc, 

3. All words that are made substantive by prefixing the article, 
as: le vert, the green (color); le Men, the good; le boire et le 
manger, drinking and eating ; le oui et le non, the yes and no. 

4. Nouns expressing professions, titles, or qualities which belong 
generally to men : philosophe, orateur, etc. 

5. The names generally used in natural history to designate the 
different species of animals : un quadrupede, un mammifere, un 
herbivore, etc. 

6. The names employed in Chemistry to designate simple bodies 
and most of their compounds : Vor, le cuivre, Vhydrogene, Voxy- 
gene. 

7. The names of the decimal nomenclature : le metre, le franc, 
le centime, etc. 

$2. MASCULINE BY TERMINATION: 

1. Nouns ending in a consonant (except those in aison, ion^ and 
eur). 

2. Nouns ending in any vowel except e mute and e preceded by 
t or ti. 

3. Nouns ending in e mute preceded by h } g, I (not double), m, 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 207 

r (except rr not preceded by u) , s, t (not double) , or u (except 
those in ique) . 

To any rules for terminations, there will be found many exceptions. 
These rules are general. Most of the exceptions in common uie, the pu- 
pil will learn as they occur in this grammar. 

$3. FEMININE BY SIGNIFICATION: 

1. All names of female persons and animals, as : Marie, Mary; 
la reine, the queen ; la Jille, the girl ; la jument, the mare, etc. 

2. The names of fruits, flowers, and herbs, as : la poire, the 
pear ; la pomme, the apple ; la rose, the rose ; Vherbe, the grass. 

Except : Le marron, the chestnut ; le citron, the lemon ; le raisin, the 
grape ; un abricot, an apricot ; tin ceillet, a pink ; le lis, the lily, and a few 
more, on account of their masculine termination. 

ii. The names of countries, places, and rivers ending in e mute, 
as : la France, la Prusse, Vancienne Rome, la Loire, la Seine, 
etc. 

Except : Le Hanovre, le Mexique, le Danube, le Rhone. 

$ 4. FEMININE BY TERMINATION: 

1. Nouns ending with e mute, not included in the masculine ter- 
minations, as : la vie, life ; Tepee, the sword. 

2. Those ending in aison, ion, and eur, as : la maison, the 
house ; la religion, la grandeur. 

3. Those ending in e preceded by t or ti, as : la beaute, beauty. 

4. These five words ending in i are feminine : la foi, faith ; la 
hi, law ; la fourmi, the ant ; la merci, mercy ; Vapres-midi. 

5. Most nouns ending in oire (not oir) are feminine, as : la 
gloire, glory ; VMstoire, history ; la victoire, victory ; la machoire, 
the jaw. 

6. Gens. This word presents an anomaly in gender. It is 
masculine, but when an adjective precedes it, that adjective takes 
the feminine form, if its termination is not e mute. If a definitive, 
as tout or certain, precedes this adjective, the definitive also takes 



208 I. PREMIERE LEgON. 

the feminine form. In all other cases, gens takes a masculine 
adjective, as : Toutes les vieilks gens sont soupgonneux, all old 
people are suspicions. But, Tons les jeunes gens. 

n. GENDER OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES. 
This depends upon the manner of their composition. 

1. When the first component is a noun, it determines the gender 
of the whole, as : Le chou-fleur, the cauliflower ; un arc-en-ciel, a 
rainbow ; la fete Dieu. 

2. When they consist of a preposition or an adjective and a noun, 
the gender of the noun remains for the whole, as : Le contre-coup, 
the counter-buff; Vavant-bras, m. the fore-arm. 

3. Those nouns compounded with a verb and noun are always of 
the masculine gender, as: Le portmanteau, the portmanteau: le 
tire-bouchon, the corkscrew ; le porte feuille, the portfolio (though 
feuille is feminine). 

THEME 1. 

Indicate the gender of the following nouns, by placing an article, 
either the definite or the indefinite, before them : 

The horse, — cheval. The pear, — poire. The metal, — metal. 
A winter, — hiver. Italy, — Italie. The cherry, — cerise. The 
cherry-tree, — cerisier. The house, — maison. The vapor, — 
vapeur. The walnut, — noix. A leaf, — feuille. The truth, — 
verite. The van-guard, — avant-garde. The cart, — charette. 
The work, — travail. The shell, — coquille. The hat, — cha- 
peau. The shoe, — Soulier. The honey, — miel. The carpenter, 
— charpentier. The nurse, — nourrice. The sun, — soleil. The 
earth, — teire. A year, — annee. The life, — vie. The feast,— 
fete. The beauty, — beaute. The master-key, — passe-partout. 
The spit, — tourne-broche. Christianity, — christianisme. 

III. DOUBLE GENDER OF SOME NOUNS. 

1. The following nouns have a double gender : 
L'aide, m. the assistant. L'aide, f. the help, support. 

Vaigle, m. the eagle. Vaiglc, f. the standard. 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 209 

1'aune, m. the aider-tree. Vaune, f. the ell, yard. 

un couple, a couple, husband and wife, une couple, a brace, two of a sort. 

u?i enscigne, an ensign. une enseigne, a sign. 

le garde, the keeper. la garde, the guard, watch. 

le guide, the guide. la guide, the rein in driving. 

le litre, the book. la litre, the pound. 

le manche, the handle. la manche, the sleeve. 

le me'moire, the memorandum. la me'moire, the memory. 

le mousse, the cabin-boy. la mousse, the moss. 

I'orgue, m. sing, the organ. les argues, pi. organ, or organs. 

le page, the page (of a prince). la page, the page (of a book). 

un padlasse, a merry andrew. une paillasse, a straw-bed. 

Pdques, pi. m. Easter. la pdque, the Passover. 

le poele, the stove. la poele, the frying-pan. 

le poste, the post, military post. la poste, the post-offce. 

un somme, a nap, slumber. la somme, the sum. 

le tour, the trick, turn. la tour, the tower. 

le trompette, the trumpeter. la trompette, the trumpet. 

un voile, a veil. une roz?e, a sail. 

2. There are in French some nouns which have no particular 
form for the feminine, and remain always masculine, even when 
applied to a woman. Such are : 
Un auteur, 



, m. and f. an author, a writer. 
un ecrwain, ) 

Un orateur, m. and f. an orator. 
Un peintre, m. and f. a painter. 
Un sculpteur, m. and f. a sculptor. 
Un t€moin, m. and f. a witness. 
Note. Sometimes the word femme may precede, as : Une femme auteur, 
les femmes poetes. 

3. On the contrary, there are a few feminine nouns which apply 
also to male individuals : 

La caution, the bail. la basse, the base. 

la pratique, the customer. la sentineUe, the sentry. 

IV. EOKMATION OF EE31INLNE APPELLATIONS. 

1. Male appellations which are originally adjectives, form their 
feminine according to the rules on the adjectives (see Part I., L. 
XVII.), as: 

14 



210 



I. PREMIERE LEgON. 



MASCULINE. 

Le Frangais, the Frenchman. 
un Russe, a Eussian. 
tin Juif, a Jew. 
I'epoux, the husband. 
le veuf, the widower. 

2. Those ending in one 
and those in t double their 

Le paysan, the peasant. 
le lion, the lion. 
le chretien, the Christian. 
le baron, the baron. 



FEMININE. 

La Frangaise, the Frenchwoman. 
une Russe, a Russian lady. 
uneJuive, a Jewess. 
Vepouse, the wife. 
la veuve, the widow. 

of the nasal sounds an, on, ien (not in) 
n or t before the feminine e, as : 

La paysanne, a peasant woman. 
la lionne, the lioness. 
la chretienne, the Christian woman. 
la baronne, the baroness. 



3. Many nouns ending in e mute form their feminine in esse, as 
Le comte, the count. La comtesse, the countess. 

le negre, the negro. la ntfgresse, the ncgrcss. 

le maitre, the master. la maitresse,ihe mistress. 

le prince, the prince. la princesse, the princess. 

4. Those in -<?wr change this termination into -euse: 



Le danseur, the dancer. 
le chasseur, the hunter. 



La danseuse, the dancer, f. 
la chasseuse* the huntress. 



5. Many in -teur change it into -trice, as : 
L'acteur, the actor. L'actrice, the actress. 

lebienfaiteur, the benefactor. la bienfaitrice, the benefactress. 

le tuteur, the guardian. Za tutrice, the guardian, /I 



6. The following nouns form 

Le dieu, the god. 

le duc } the duke. 

I'empereur, the emperor. 

le roi, the king. 
} le heros, the hero. 
• le gouverneur, the tutor.. 

Ze serviteur, the man-servant. 

7c pecheur, the sinner. 

fe compagnon, the companion. 

Ze Zoiyo, the he-wolf. 

le mulet, the mule. 

Ze dindon, the turkey-cock. 

* Chasseresse is 



their feminine in an irregular way 

La de'esse, the goddess. 
la duchesse, the duchess. 
V imp&atrice, the empress. 
7a ra'??e, the queen. 
Vhero'ine, the heroine. 
la gouvernante, the governess. 
Za servante, the maid-servant. 
7a pecheresse, the sinner /". 
Za compagne, the companion j^ 
Za Zoia-e, the she-wolf. 
la mule, the mule f. 
la dinde, the turkey-hen. 
a poetical form. 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 211 

THEME 2. 

Form and write the feminine of the following masculine nonns, 
according to the above rules : 

The neighbor, le voisin ; f. — . The hunter, le chasseur ; f. 
— . The dwarf, le nain ; f. — . The talker, le havard ; f. — . 
The prisoner, le prisonnier ; f. — . The dumb man, le muet ; f. 
— . The teacher, Vinstituteur ; f. — . The patient, le malade ; 
f. — . The husband, Vepoux; f. — ■. The master, le inaitre ; f. 
— . A musician, un musicien ; f. — . The founder, le fonda- 
teur ; f. — . The Englishman, V Anglais ; f. — . The German, 
VAllemand; f. — . The actor, Vacteur ; f. — . The inventor, 
V inventeur ; f. — . The liar, le menieur (root ment-, termination 
-eur) ; f. — . The traitor, le traitre ; f. — . The singer, le chan- 
teur ; f. — . The idler, le paresseux ; f. — . The lion, le lion ; 
f. — . The tiger, le tigre-, f. — . 

READING LESSON. 

Un honnete pere de famille, charge 1 de biens et d'annees, voulut 
regler d'avance 2 sa succession entre ses trois fils, et leur partager 
ses biens, le fruit do ses travaux et de son Industrie. II en fit trois 
portions egales, et assigna h, chacun son lot. — Puis il leur dit : " II 
me reste encore un diamant de grand prix ; je le destine a, celui de 
vous qui saura le mieux le meriter par quelque action noble et ge- 
n^reuse, et je vous donne trois mois pour vous mettre en etat de 
Fobtenir." 

Aussitot les trois fils se dispersent, mais ils se rassemblcnt au 
temps present. 3 Ils se presentent devant leur juge, et voici ce que 
raconto Fame 4 : " Mon pere, un etranger s'est troupe dans des cir- 
constances qui l'ont oblige de me Conner 5 toute sa fortune : il n'avait 
de moi aucunc surctc,-par ecrit, 6 et n'aurait pu produire contre moi 
aucune preuve du depot ; mais je lui ai tout remis fidelement. 
Cette fidelite n'cst-elle pas quelquc chose de louamV? " " Tu as 
fait, mon fils," lui repondit le vieillard," ce que tu devais faire. II 
serait honteux d'en agir autrement, car la probite est un devoir," 

1. Laden. 2. Beforehand. 3. Prescribed, appointed. 4. The eldest. 5. To 
trust. C. In writing. 7. Laudable. 



212 



I. PREMIERE LECON. 



CONVERSATION. 



Qui voulut regler sa succession ? 
Que fit-il a cet effet {for this pur- 
pose) ? 
Que lui restait-il ? 
A qui le destina-t-il ? 



Combien de temps leur donna-t-il 

pour cela ? 
Que firent ensuite les fils ? 



Quelle avait e*te* Faction de l'aine ? 



Que lui dit le vieillard ? 



Un honnete pere de famille. 
II partagea ses biens entre scs 

trois fils. 
Un diamant de grand prix. 
A celui d'entre eux qui ferait 

une action noble et gend- 

reuse. 
II leur donna trois mois pour 

obteuir ce prix. 
lis se disperserent, mais au bout 

du temps present, ils revin- 

rent a la maison. 
II avait remis fidelement a un 

etranger la fortune que ce- 

lui-ci lui avait confiee sans 

recu (receipt). 
Tu n'as fait, mon fils, que ce 

que tu devais faire. 



FIN. 



Le second fils plaida 1 sa cause a son tour, k peu pres en ces 
termes : " Je me suis trouve, pendant mon voyage, sur le bord d'un 
lac ; un enfant venait 2 hnprudemment de s'y laisser 2 tombcr ; il al- 
lait se noycr f je Ten ai tire, et je lui ai sauve la vie, aux yeux des 
habitants d'un village situe au bord de ce lac ; ils pourront attestor 
la verite du fait." 4 — "A la bonne heurc," interrompit 5 le pere. 
"mais il n'y a point encore de noblesse dans cctte action; il n'y a 
que de I'lramanite." 

Enfin, le dernier des trois freres prit la parole. " Mon pere," 
dit-il, " j'ai trouve mon enncmi mortel, qui, s'etant egare. la nuit, 
s'etait endormi, sans le savoir, sur le penchant 6 d'un abime f lo 
moindre mouvement qu'il eut fait, au moment de son reveil, 8 no 



ON THE GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. 



213 



pouvaifc manquer 9 de le precipiter ; sa vie etait entre mes mains ; 
j'ai pris soin de l'eveiller 10 avec les precautions convcnables, et l'ai 
tire de cet endroit 11 fatal." 

" Ah ! mon fils," s'ecria le boa pere avec transport, et en l'em- 
brassant tendrement, " c'est a toi, sans contredit, 12 que la bague 13 
est due." 

1. To plead. 2. Had just fallen. 3. To be drowned. 4. The fact. 5. To inter- 
nipt. 6. The slope. 7. Abyss. 8. Of his awakening. 9. Fail. 10. To wake. 
11. Flace, spot. 12. "Without doubt. 13. The ring. 



CONVEKSATION. 



Qu'avait fait le second fils ? 

Qui avait vu cola ? 

Enfin, quelle avait ete Taction 
du dernier dcs trois freres ? 



Laquelle de ces trois actions 

etait la plus noble ? 
Les actions dcs deux autres 

n'etaient-elles pas nobles et 

genereuses ? 
Et qu'est-ce que lui dit le pere ? 



II avait sauve un enfant qui allait 

se noyer. 
Les habitants d'un village situe au 

bord du lac. 
II avait retire son ennemi endormi 

au bord d'un abirne, ou le 

moindre mouvement l'eut pre- 

cipite. 
Celle du plus jeune Ills. 

Non, la premiere dtait une action 

de justice, la seconde une action 

d'humanite. 
H s'ecria avec transport : " Mon 

fils, c'est a toi, sans contredit, 

que la bague est due." 



214 II. DEUXIEME LEgON. 

II. DEUXIEME LE9ON, 



PLUR2YL OF NOUNS. 

(See Part I. Lesson 2, p. SO.) 

The general rules on this subject have already been given in the second 
lesson of Part I. We have to add here the following particulars. 

1. Nouns of two and more syllables, ending in -ant and -ent, are 
spelled by some French writers in the plural -ens and -ans, instead 
of -ents and -ants, as : momens for moments, enfans for enfants. 
This orthography, however, is not to be recommended. 

2. The following nouns in al and ail do not form their plural in 
<mx, but take an s. 

Le bal, the ball. I'e'ventail, m. the fan. 

le cal, callus. I'epouvantail, m. the scarecrow. 

le narval, the narwhal. unportail, a portal, front gate. . 

le carnaval, the carnival. le ppitrail, the poitrel. 

le regal, the regale, treat. le serail, the seraglio. 

le detail, the particulars. Vail, garlic (has in Plur. both les 

le gouvernail, the helm, rudder. ails and les aulx). 

Plural : Les bals, les cols, les details, les eventaih, etc. 

Note. Le be'tail, cattle, makes in the plural les bestiaux. 

3. The usual plural of del is cieux, the heavens ; there is, how- 
ever, a regular plural, les dels, meaning: 1, the testers; 2, the cli- 

mats ; 3, the skies of pictures. 

4. L'ceil, the eye, has in the plural les yeux. Des cells de bamf 
are oval or round windows. Aieul, has a'ieuls when it means grand- 
fathers, and a'ieux in the sense of ancestors. 

5. How compound words form then* plural : — 

1 . When a word is composed of a substantive and an adjective, or of two 
substantives, both take the mark of the plural Ex.: — 



PLURAL OF NOUNS. 215 

Zes beaux. : freres, the brothers-in-law. 

Les belles-sceurs, the sisters-in-law. 

Les choux.-fleurs, the cauliflowers. 

Les chefs-lieux, the chief- towns (of counties). 

2. But when a word is composed of two substantives separated by a pre- 
position, the first alone takes the plural termination. Ex.: — 

Les chefs-d'eeuvre, the masterpieces. 
Les arcs-en-ciel, the rainbows. 

3. When a word consists of a substantive and a verb or preposition, the 
substantive alone can take the sign of the plural, if required by the sense. 

Ex.: — 

Les tire-bottes, the boot-jacks. 
Les essuie-mains, the towels. 
Les garde-fous, the balusters. 

4. When there is no substantive in the compound word, none of the 
components can take the mark of the plural. Ex.: — 

Les passe-partout (not passe-partouts) , the master-keys. 
Les forte-piano, the pianos. 

5. The words: la grand'mere, the grandmother; la grand'tante, grand- 
aunt ; la grand' rue, the main street ; la grand'route, the highway, — have, in 
the plural, les grand' meres, les grand' tantes, etc. 

6. The following nouns take in the plural another meaning than 
in the singular : — 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Le ciseau, the chisel. les ciseaux, the scissors. 

la lunette, the telescope, les lunettes, the spectacles. 

le fer, iron. les fers, the fetters, chains. 

la grace, grace, pardon. les graces, grace, charms. 

le gage, the pawn, pledge. les gages, the wages. 

la mesure, the measure. les mesures, the measures. 

la viande, meat. les viandes, food. 

la troupe, the troop. les troupes, the troops. 

■ la lumiere, the light. les lumieres, knowledge. 

Vaboi, the barking. les abois, agony. 

la defense, the defence. les defenses, the tusks, fangs. 

7. Substantives which have no singular in French : — 
Les annales, f. annals. les gens, m. people. 

les ancetres, m. ancestors*. les hardes, f. clothes. 



216 n. DEUXIEME LEgON. 

les alentours, m. ) m les l€gumes, m. vegetables. 
les environs, m. ) e envir ns> l es mathematiques, f. mathematics. 
les broussailles, f. brushwood. les mate'riaux, materiali- 
zes de'eombres, m. rubbish. les moeurs, f. the manners. 
les de'bris, m. the remains. les mouchettes,f. the snuffers. 
les depens, m. cost. des mouchettes, a pair of snuffers. 
les entrailles, f. the entrails. les pleurs, f. the tears. 
les frais, m. expenses. les tenebres, f. darkness. 
les fune'railles, f. funeral rites. les vivres, m. victuals. 

THEME 3. 

1. We had many balls last winter. 1 2. Are these fans dear? 
3. No, they are not dear. 4. The heavens declare 2 the glory of 
God. 5. The great portals of those churches are beautiful. 6. We 
honor 3 the virtues of our ancesters. 7. The eyes of (de V) man 
are the mirror 4 of his soul. 8. The eyes of a mother watch 5 over 
her child's life. 9. I have two brothers-in-law and three sisters-in- 
law. 10. Those pictures are masterpieces. 11. I want 6 two or 
three towels. 12. These master-keys must be very old. 13. Both 
my (mes deux) grandaunts are dead ; but my grandmothers are 
still alive (en vie). 14. Lend me your scissors, if you please. 
15. The fetters are made of iron. 16. Do you know the environs* 
of London? 17. Yes, I know them. 18. Bring me a pair of 
snuffers. 19. Do you like vegetables ? 20. I like them, when they 
are dry. 21. I found this ring 7 under the rubbish in my garden. 
22. The little humming-birds (oiseaux-mouches) are the jewels 8 of 
nature* (Dtf- art.). 23. , I study 9 mathematics. 

1. Use the article, see Lesson 3. 2. To declare — Annoncer. Z. Honor or. 4. Mi~ 
roir,m. 5. Veiller. 6. II me/aut(see Part I. p. 148,3). 7. Bague,f. 8. Bijou, m. 
9. Etudier. 



READING LESSON. 

LE CASTOR. The Beaver. 

Dans le nord de l'Amerique, sur les bords des •fleuves et des 
grands lacs du Canada, loin des grand'routes, habite le castor. La 

*In these Themes, words, the last letter of which is printed in italics, are the 
same in French and English. 



PLURAL OF NOUNS. 217 

partie la plus singuliere de son corps est sa queue. 1 Ses-pattes do 
devant (fore-feet) sont des especes de mains, dont il se sert fort 
adroitement 2 . Les castors entreprennent des travaux tres-conside* 
rabies pour se construire des habitations solides et commodes. Ce 
sont des cabanes (huts) ou plutot des especes de maisonnettes ba~ 
ties dan3 1'eau, avec deux issues, l'une pour aller a terre, l'autre 
pour se jeter a l'eau. La forme de cet edifice 3 est presque toujours 
ovale ou ronde ; il y en a depuis quatre ou cinq pieds jusqu'a liuit 
ou dix de diametre et de deux ou trois etages. 4 Les murailles 5 out 
jusqu'a deux pieds d'epaisseur; 6 elles sont elevees a plomb 7 sur un 
pilotis, 8 qui sert en meme temps de fondement et de plancher a la 
maison. 

Les castors aiment a ronger 9 continuellement de l'ecorce (baric), 
et ils en font ample provision pour se nourrir pendant l'hiver. 
Chaque cabane a son magasin, et ils ne vont jamais piller 10 lours 
voisins. Ces cabanes contiennent quelquefois jusqu'a trente castors, 
qui vivent toujours en paix ensemble. Si quelque castor apercjoit 
un ennemi, il donne un grand coup, de sa queue, sur l'eau. A ce 
signal, tous les autres plongent dans l'eau, ou se re'fugient dans les 



1. Tail. 2. Skilfully. 3. Building. 4. Floor, story. 5. The walls. 6. Thick- 
ess. 7. Perpendicularly. 8. Pale, post. 9. To gnaw. 10. To plunder. 



CONVERSATION. 

Ou habite le castor. II habite dans le nord de l'Ame'- 

rique, sur les bords des fleuves 
et des lacs. 
Quelle est la partie la plus re- C'est sa queue. 

marquable de son corps ? 
Comment sont ses pattes de de- Ce sont des especes de mains dont 

vant ? il se sert fort adroitement. 

Les castors que font-ils de cu- . Ils batissent des cabanes dans 
rieux ? l'eau. 



218 



III. TROISIEME LEgON. 



De quelle nianiere les batissent- 
ils? 

Quelle est la forme de ces mai- 
sonnettes ? 

Y a-t-il plusieurs etages ? 

Les murailles sont-elles solides ? 

Y a-t-il plusieurs castors dans 
un tel edifice ? 

Que font-ils quand un ennemi 
approche ? 



Us font deux issues, l'une pour 
aller a terre, 1' autre pour se Je- 
ter a l'eau. 

La forme en est ordinairement 
ronde ou ovale. 

Oui, les cabanes sont de deux on 
trois Stages. 

Tres-solides ; elles ont jusqu'a 
deux pieds d'epaisseur. 

Ces cabanes contiennent quelque- 
fois jusqu'a trente castors qui 
vivent ensemble en paix. 

lis se jettent tous dans l'eau, ou 
se refugient dans les cabanes. 



III. TROISIEME LE9ON 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IS USED IN FRENCH AND NOT IN 

ENGLISH : 

1. Before abstract nouns, when taken in their whole extent, as 



L'amitte, f. friendship. 
la paresse, idleness. 
F amour, m. love. 
la vieillesse, old age. 



la bont€, goodness. 
V occupation, f, employment. 
la patience, patience. 
la jeunesse, youth. 
Examples : — 



Le temps est precieux, time is precious. 

Le vice est odieux, vice is odious. 

La modestie est une belle vertu, modesty is a fine virtue. 

L 1 'occupation est le meillcur remede centre V ennui. 

Occupation is the best remedy against wearisomeness. 



USE OP THE ARTICLE. 219 

2. Before collective names of corporations, bodies, governments, 
sciences, religious creeds, seasons, metals, etc., as: 

La noblesse, nobility. le thristianisme, Christianity. 

le gouvernement, government. le judaisme, Judaism. 

la monarchie, monarchy. I'hiver, m. winter. 

I'histoire, f. history. Vor, m. gold. 

la geographie, geography. le fer, iron. 

3. Before words which represent a whole genus or species, as : 

L'homme est mortel, man is mortal. 

Les voix des animaux sont tres-diffe'rentes. 

The voices of animals are very different. 

4. Before the following and other nouns taken in a general sense: 

L'homme, man. la hi, law. 

les hommes, men. le sort, fate. 

le del, heaven. V usage, la coutume, custom. 

la terre, earth. les mceurs, manners. 

la vie, life. la /aim, hunger. 

la mort, death. la soif, thirst. 

le temps, time. le diner, dinner. 

le malheur, misfortune. le dejeuner, breakfast. 

5. When particular parts or qualities of an organic body are 

mentioned, as : 

Ce gargon a la, tete tres-petite. 

This boy has a very little head. 

Cette femme a la louche petite et les yeux bleus. 

This woman has a little mouth and blue eyes. 

Le hup a la tete longue, le nez effile et les oreiUes elroites* 

The wolf has a long head, a thin nose, and small ears. 

La Jille aux yeux bleus, the blue-eyed girl. 

6. When in English the possessive case is used, as : 
My father's house, la maison de mon pere. 

The king's palace, le palais du roi. 

7. Before adjectives used substantively, as : 
J*aime le vert, I am fond of green. 

Les riches ne donnent pas toujours. 
Rich men do not always give. 



220 III. TROISIEME LEgON. 

8. Before proper names of countries, provinces, rivers, moun- 
tains, and winds, as : 

L'Angleterre est riche, England is rich. 
Le mont Vesuve, Mount Vesuvius. 
La France est plus grande que YItalie. 
France is larger than Italy. 

Note. Further particulars on proper names will be found in the sixth 
lesson. 

9. Before nouns of dignity, and titles, followed by proper names, 
as : 

Admiral Nelson, Yamiral Nelson. 
Professor A., le professeur A. 

10. The definite article replaces the English indefinite article, 
when the price of things is indicated, as : 

Three francs a pound, trois francs la livre. 
Five francs a yard, cinq francs le metre. 

11. In the following phrases the definite article is used : 
A Vecole — a Ve'glise, at or to school; at or to church. 

II s'est cass€ la jambe, he has broken his leg. 
L'eptfe a la main, a sword in his hand. 
. Je vous souhaite le bon jour, I wish you good morning 
Je n'ai pas le temps, I have not time. 
H n'a pas le sou, he has not a farthing. 
J'ai mal a la tete, I have a headache. 
JPai mal aux dents, I'have a toothache. 
Soyez le bienvenu, — la bienvenue, etc., be welcome. 
La semaine passee (demiere), last week. 

12. After dont between nouns, as : 

Un homriie dont la reputation est perdue, est malheureuxi 
A man whose good reputation is lost is unhappy. 

n. REPETITION OF THE ARTICLE. 

The article must be repeated in French before every substantive. 
Examples : 

The mind and heart, I'espnt et le coeur. 

The shoemaker, hatter, and tailor. 

Le bottier, le chapelier, et le taillsur. 

I have bought meat, cheese, and fruits. 

J'ai achete' de la viande, du frontage et des fruits. 



USE OF THE AETTCLE. 221 

THEME 4 

1. Virtue is the highest 1 good (bien, m.). 2. Men are mortal, 
3. Modesty adorns 2 youth. 4. Human life is short. 5. Man is 
liable 3 to a variety of (a bien des) changes. 4 6. Gold and silver 
cannot render 5 man happy. 7. Men of (d'un) real genius 8 are 
scarce. 8. Black and white are two opposite 7 colors. 9. Beauty 
and wit 8 are valuable 9 endowments (avantages) , when heightened 
(releves) by modesty. 10. Iron and steel are more useful than 
gold and silver. 11. How much a pound ? 12. The love of glory 
(Def. art.), the fear of shame, 10 are often the cause of great deeds. 16 
13. Summer is warm, but winter is cold. 14. The instructions of 
adversity are wholesome (salutaires) , though un pleasing ; u the les- 
sons of prosperity are pleasing, but often pernicious. 15. Geogra- 
phy is a very useful science. 16. Painting, 12 sculpture, and poe- 
try 13 belong to the imagination. 17. Good and bad seem to be 
blended (metes') together through all nature. 18. Hypocrisy is an 
homage which vice pays (rend) to virtue. 19. Do you know Gen- 
eral Knox? 20. Yes, I know him. 21. White garments 14 are 
the symbol of innocence. 22. The knife and fork are broken. 23. 
Let us go to church. 24. The boys were at school this morning. 
25. Fear 15 and ignorance are the sources of superstition. 26. Good 
wine is sold (se vend) [for] four shillings a bottle. 

1. Grand. 2. Orner. 3. Stijet. 4. Changement, m. 5. Rendre. 6. Vrai genie. 
7. Oppose. 8. Esprit. 9. Precieux. 10. La honte. 11. Desagreable. 12. La 
peinture. 13. La poesie. 14. Vetements. 15. Peur, f. 16. Action, f. 

III. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IS OMITTED I 

1 , Before the cardinal numbers which come after the names of 
sovereigns, as : 

Henry the Fourth, Henri quatre. 

Louis the Eighteenth, Louis XVIII (dix-huit). 

George the Third, George trois. 

2. Before the cardinal numbers used in quotations, as : 
Book the first, chapter the fifth. 

Livre premier, chapitre cinq. 



222 - III. TROISIEME LEgON. 

3. Before plus, used in the sense of the more. Ex. : 
Plus je la vols, plus je Vaime, the more I see her, the more I love her. 

IV. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE IS OMITTED IN FRENCH I 

1. Before national and professional names, when the subject is a 
noun or personal pronoun, as : 

Je suis Anglais, I am an Englishman. 

Mon pere €tait medecin, my father was a physician. 

Note. But it is expressed after c'esi and void or voila, and also when the 
noun is qualified. 

C'est un Anglais, he is an Englishman. 

Void un officier, here is an officer. 

M. Dubois e'tait un me'dccin distingue', Mr. Dubois was a distinguished phy- 
sician. 

2. It is also omitted in appositions, that is, when a substantive 
is used to qualify another, as : 

L'avare, comedie par Moliere, the Miser, a comedy by Moliere. 
Auguste, Jils de M. S., Augustus, a son of Mr. S. 
Munich, ville d'Allemagne, Munich, a city of Germany. 

3. In the title of a book : 

A French grammar, Grammaire frangaise. 
A history of England, Histoire d'Angleterre. 

4. After the word quel, used to express surprise : 
What a noise you make ! quel bruit vous faites ! 

5. Before the words, quantite, a quantity; nombre, a number; 
force, a great number, when they are used adverbially. Ex. : 

Je Vai vu nombre de fois, I have seen him many times. 
II m'a donne" quantite de jolies clioses. 
He gave me a great many pretty things. 

6. The indefinite article is left out in French and supplied by 
par, before substantives that denote time, or in mentioning what is 
paid for salary, wages, etc. : 

Five guineas a month, cinq guine'espar mois. 
So much a lesson, tant par lecon. 

7. Sometimes after jamais, never, as : 
Jamais ge'n&al ne s'est plus distingue'. 

J^ever has a general distinguished himself more* 



USE OF THE AETICLE. 223 

8. In the following and other expressions, in which the noun and 
verb are inseparably connnected : 
Trouver mzyen, to find (a) means. 
Faire signe, to make a sign. 
Faire present, to make a present. 
Mettre Jin, to put an end or s:op. 
TJaret bated ':. to fight a battle. 
Prendre exemple, to take an example. 
Rmdre sendee, to render a service. 
Ne dire mot, to say not a vrord. 

THEME 5. 

1. Book the tenth, chapter the third. 2. Charles the Second, 
king of (d') Spain, son of Philip the Fourth, left his kingdom (rcy- 
aume) to Philip the Fifth 3. "William the Third, king of Eng- 
land, married (epousa) the princess Mary, daughter of James 
{Jacques) the Second. 4. Apelles was a painter. 1 5. Socrates 3 
was a philosopher, Cicero 3 an orator (-teur). 6. Is your father a 
physician'.'' 7. No, sir; he is a lawyer (avocat). 8. Henry's 
uncle is a skilful 4 physician. 9. Who is that gentleman? 5 10. He 
is (e'est) an officer. 11. How much do you charge (dzmandez- 
s ) for your lessons ? 12. I charge ten francs a lesson. 13. A 
German Grammar. 1-1. A Roman history, from the foundation 6 of 
Rome to (Jusqu'a) the destruction of the Eoman empire. 15. 
What an unhappy situation ! 16. How much does the bookseller 7 
pay you for your novels? 3 17. He pays me five crowns (ecus) a 
sheet. 9 IS. We went to Cae?2. a large town of Normandy. 10 19. 
The Duke of York, a prince of the blood royal. 20. I am read- 
nthrope/' a comedy by Moliere. 21. I shall find a 
meam :: satisfy" him. 22. He said not a word. 23. Our neigh- 
bor made us a sign to leave^ the room. 

1. Peinire, 2. Socrate. 3. Cic-ron. i. Habile, 5. Monsieur. 6. Fondatian. 
' raire. 8. Eoman, m. 9. FeuiUe, 10. De Xormandie, 11. Saii-sfaire. 12. 
Quitter. 



224: III. TROISIEME LEgON. 

V. THE ARTICLE IS OMITTED IN BOTH LANGUAGES! 

1. In many proverbs, as : 

Contentement passe richesse, content surpasses wealth. 
Pauvret€ n'est pas vice, poverty is no disgrace. 
Mauvaise herbe croit toujours. 

2. In enumerating several substantives in the partitive sense, 
'ft hen summed up by tous or rien, as : 

Hommes, femmes, enfants, tous voulaieni le voir. 
Men, women, children, all wished to see him. 

3. After ni — ni, soit — soit, when the nouns are taken in the 

partitive sense, as : 
Ni or ni argent, neither gold nor silver. 
Ni priercs, ni menaces ne pouvaient V engager a, etc. 
Neither prayers nor threats could induce him to, etc. 
Soit crainte, soit ignorance, il ne voulait rien dire. 
Be it fear or ignorance, he would say nothing. 

4. The partitive article is farther omitted after prepositions when 
the noun following forms with them an adverbial phrase, as : 

Avec plaisir, with pleasure. par jour, daily, a day. 

avec patience, with patience. " par an, yearly, a year. 

avec soin, with care. par mois, monthly, a month. 

avec eiegance, elegantly. sur mer, } . 

r bv water bv sea. 
sans argent, without money. par mer, ) J ' 






sans facons, without ceremonies. sur terre, > 

re,} J an 



sans peine, without trouble. par terre 

sans peril, without danger. sous peine de mort, on pain of death. 

5. No article is used before a substantive which is repeated with 
a preposition, as : 

Promesses sur promesses, promises upon promises. 
De temps en temps, from time to time. 
De siecle en siecle, from age to age. 

6. In the following expressions, where the noun forms but on» 
idea with the verb antecedent, as : 

Avoir faim, to bo hungry. prendre patience, to have patience. 

avoir eoif, to be thirsty. prendre soin, to take care. 



USB OF THE ARTICLE. 225 

avoir soin, to take care. /aire grace, to grant pardon. 

avoir peur, to be afraid. /aire attention, to pay attention. 

avoir bonne mine, to look well. faire grand cas, to value. 

avoir pitie', to have pity. fxire peur, to frighten. 

avoir horde, to be ashamed. faire mention, to mention. 

avoir raison, to be right. faire fortune, to make one's fortune. 

avoir tort, to be wrong. rendre compte, "> 

avoir sujet, to have occasion for. rendre raison, ) account or. 

avoir dessein, to intend. rendre visite, to visit. 

avoir envie, to have a desire, a mind. porter envie, to envy. 

avoir besoin, to want. courir risque, to run risk. 

avoir coutume, to be in the habit, to demander pardon, to beg one's par* 

use. don. 

prendre part, to join. demander grace, to beg for grace. 

prendre garde, to take care. ajouier foi, to give credit. 
prendre conge', to take leave. 

7. Further, after many verbs which are followed by de, ct, or en.) 
as: — 

Combler de bienfaits, to load with benefits. 
Vivre de pain, to live upon bread. 
Monter a cheval, to mount (get) on horseback. 
Monter en voiture, to enter a ciirriage. 
Tomber de cheval, to fall from horseback. 
Descendre de cheval, to alight. 
Se mcttre a table, to go to dinner. 
Se lever de table, to rise from dinner. 
Perdre de vue, to lose sight of. 
Mourir de faim, to die of hunger. 
Mourir de froid, to die of cold, to freeze. 
Trembler de peur, to tremble with fear. 
Etre vialade de chagrin, to be ill with grief. 



THEME 6. 

1. Charity 1 begins at home ( par soi-meme). 2. Necessity has 
no law (loi). 3. Games, 2 conversation, theatre, nothing diverts 
(distrait) him. 4. Nobody was satisfied ; father, uncles, aunts and 
brothers, all thought themselves (se crurent) neglected. 3 5. This 
man has neither vices nor virtues ; neither talents nor defects. 4 6, 
15 



226 III. TEOISTEME LE^ON. 

We expected our friend from day to day. 7. It does not suffice to 
heap (d'entasser) facts 6 upon facts, to load 6 your memory; you must 
exercise 7 also your judgment. 8 8. I shall do it with pleasure. 9. 
One florin a day. 10. Ten pounds a year. 11. The poor woman 
was starving with hunger and (with) cold. 12. You are always 
right; I have been wrong. 13. Have pity on (de) my weakness. 9 
14. The least noise 10 frightens me. 15. Those who speak without 
reflection, are exposed to many (a Men des) errors. 16. I must 
take leave of you. 17. Many poor people live on (de) bread and 
potatoes only. 

1. ChariU. 2. Jeu, m. 3. Niglig&s, 4. Difaut. 5. Le fait. 6. Charger. 7, 
Exercer. 8. Jugement. 9. Faiblesse. 10. Bruit, m. 



READING LESSON. 

DEMOSTHENE. 



Demosthene, jeune homme d'Athenes, avait grande envie de de~ 
venir orateur habile ; mais la nature semblait lui en avoir refuse tous 
les moyens. 

D'abord il begayait 1 a l'exces ; puis il ne pouvait prononcer la 
lettre R. : ensuite il avait une voix desagreable et glapissante, 2 et de 
faibles poumons. 3 D'autres ajoutent qu'il avait encore la mauvaise 
habitude de lever l'epaule 4 , quand il avait prononce trois ou quatre 
mots. Aussi, la premiere fois qu'il harangua le peuple, il s'en tira 
si mal, qu'il fut siffle 5 . 

Tout autre que lui aurait h jamais perdu courage. Mais Demos- 
thene prit patience et resolut, en depit 6 de la nature, de devenir bon 
orateur, et il le devint. Ecoutez comment il s'y prit. 7 

Quelquefois il allait aU bord de la mer, dans l'endroit ou les 
vagues 8 venaient se briser (break") avec fracas. 9 L&, il debitait 10 un 
discours a haute voix, pour s'accoutumer h clominer le tumulte d'une 
assemblee populaire. 

D'autres fois, il mettait dans sa bouchc de petits cailloux (peb- 
bles) ) puis il courait en gravissant 11 une montagne et en de'clamant, 



USE OF THE ARTICLE. 



227 



afin de se contraindre 12 a prononcer clairement jusqu'k la moindre 
syllabe. 

Enfin, on dit qu'il s'exergait a parler dans une chambre souter- 
raine, 13 et que pour se mettre dans la necessite de rester longtemps 
cnferme\ il s'etait fait raser 14 la moitie' de la tete. 

II se plagait des heures entieres devant un miroir, pour se douner 
une bonne contenanee et des gestes convenables. On dit qu'il so 
raettait aussi l'epauie nue immediatement sous la pointe d'une 
epee, 15 afin qu'elle le piqufit, 16 toutes les fois que, d'apres sa mau- 
vaise habitude, il ferait son mouvement d'epaule. 

C'est par des exercices soutenus 17 de ce genre, joints a une etude 
profonde des sciences, qu'il se rendit cnfin le plus grand orateur qui 
ait existe ; et aujourd'hui encore, apres tant de siecles, 18 ses ha- 
rangues sont admirees conime des chefs-d'oeuvre d'eloquence. 

1. To stammer. 2. Shrill. 3. Lungs. 4. Shoulder. 5. To hiss. 6. In spite of. 
7. To manage. 8. The waves. 9. Noise. 10. To deliver. 11. To climb. 12. To 
force. 13. Subterranean. 14. To shave. 15. A sword. 16. To sting. 17. Con- 
tinued. 18. Century. 



CONVERSATION. 

La nature avait-elle favorise Au contraire, elle semblait lui 
Demosthene? avoir refuse tous les moyens 

de devenir orateur. 
Quels defauts avait-il done ? II begayait et ne pouvait pronon- 

cer la lettre r. 
Comment etait sa voix ? Elle etait desagreable et glapis- 

sante. 
Comment s'en tira-t-il, lorsqu'il H s'en tira si mal qu'il tut siffie* 
prononca son premier dis- (hissed). 
eours ? 
Fut-il decourage par ce resul- Non, il ne perdit pas courage ; au 
tat? • contraire, il persista dans son 

dessein. 
Et oomment s'y prit-il ? H s'exergait continuellement et de 

difierentes manieres. 



228 



IV. QUATBIEME LE^ON. 



Dites-moi comment. 



Estrce qu'il leussit dans ses ef- 
forts? 

{Ses harangues existent-ellcs en- 
core? 



H mettait de petits cailloux dans sa 
bouche pour se defaire (rid of ') 
de l'habitudc de begayer. 

II reussit si parfaiteraent qu'il de- 
vint a la fin le plus grand ora- 
teur qui ait existe. 

Oui, elles ont ete conservees, et 
elles sont encore aujourd'huiad- 
mirees comme des chefs-d'oeuvre 
d'eloquence. 



IV. QUATRIEME LE9ON 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 



In general we may say de is nsed when made of, composed of, coming 
from, belonging to, can be understood ; whereas a is employed when for the 
purpose of is meant. 

I. DE IS USED : 

1. After adverbs of quantity, as : beaucoup, peu, plus, moins, 
tant, etc. (See Part I. L. 6, p. 42.) 

2. Before a limiting word which follows a noun used partitively 
and preceded by a word denoting quantity. Ex. : — 

II y eut deux hommes de tu€s, there were two men killed. 
Void quelque chose de plus, here is something more. 
Void un homme de trop, here is a man too many. 
J'ai deux chambres de loue'es, I have two rooms let. 

Note. The noun may be understood. Ex.: J'en ai une de lou€e. Or 
rien or personne may supply the place of the noun and its preceding word. 
Ex.: II n'y a personne de malade chez nous, there is no one sick at our house. 
Rien de bon, nothing good. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 229 

3. As in English, after nouns expressing quantity, number, 
measure, weight, etc., as : — 

Une quantity de noix, a quantity of walnuts. 
Unepaire de bas, a pair of stockings. 
Une livre de beurre, a pound of butter. 
Une piece de ioile, a piecs of iinen. 
Un morceau de fromage, a piece of cheese. 
Une main de papier, a quire of paper. 
Une bouteille de vin, a bottle of wine. 

4. After adjectives denoting dimension or age, as : — 

A wall twenty feet high : un mur haut de vingt pieds or un mur qui a vingt 
pieds de haut or de hauteur. 

A boy ten years old, un (petit) garcon de dix ans. 

A table six feet long, une table longue de six pieds or de six pieds de 

longueur. 

Note. It may be observed here that with adjectives of dimension, the 
verb to be may be rendered in French by avoir, as : — 
This tower is 120 feet high. 
Cette tour A cent vingt pieds de hauteur. 

5. When an English adjective is rendered in French by a noun, 
the order of 'the substantives is inverted in English. In French the 
latter is preceded by de. Ex.: — 

A witty man, un homme &' esprit. 

A gold watch, une montre d'or. 

Silk stockings, des bas de soie. 

The Russian Ambassador, V ambassadeur de Russie. 

Irish linen, la toile (L'lrlande. 

Spanish wool, la laine d'Espagne. 

Burgundy wine, le vin de Bourgogne. 

6. De is used, as in English, after a common noun followed by 
its proper name. Ex.: — 

Le royaume d'Espagne, the kingdom of Spain. 
L'ile de Malte, the island of Malta. 
La viUe de Londres, the city of London. 
Le lac de Geneve, the lake of Geneva. 

Except the combinations with mont, rue. place, and eglise, as : le Mont 
"Blanc, le Mont Etna, rue Richelieu, place Vendome, I'eglise Saint-Sulpice, etc. 



230 IV. QUATRIEME LEgON. 

7. After many adjectives it takes the place of the English with, 
from, of by, in, etc. (See L. 8, compl. of adj. 1.) Ex.: — 

Full of ardor, plein de feu. 
Greedy after money, avide & : 'argent. 
Dressed in black, vetu de noir. 
I am pleased with my situation. 
Je suis content de ma position. 

I am deprived of everything, je suisprive'de tout. 

8. JDe is used for than, instead of que, after plus, more, and 
moins, less, when these adverbs are followed by a numeral adjective 
or substantive : — 

II a plus de six ans, he is more than six years old. 

9. For in, after a superlative, before the name of a place : — 

Une des meilleures institutions de Boston, one of the best institutions in 
Boston. 
Le premier de notre €cole, the first in our school. 

FRENCH COMPOUND NOUNS WITH DE. 

10. English nouns compounded with two substantives are gener- 
ally rendered in French by two separate substantives joined by de, 
when one expresses the nature, species, or quality of the other. 
(Compare p. 240, 2.) In French the order must be altered, the 
last coming first, and a preposition inserted. Westminster bridge, 
for instance, must be translated as if it were bridge of Westminster : 
le pont de Westminster. 

1. De is used when coming from, belonging to, made of can bo understood, 
as : — 

A toothache, un mal de dents. 
A headache, un mal de tete. 
The town-hall, I'hotel de ville. 
A sea-fish, un poisson de mer. 
A feather-bed, un lit de plumes. 
A holiday, un jour de fete* 
A gold mine, une mine d'or. 
The moon-light, le clair de lune. 
A masterpiece, un clief-^cnttvrs. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 231 

2. When in the English word the second component denotes a person or 
an animal, in Trench de is always used, as : — 
A schoolmaster, un maitre d'ecole. 
A chambermaid, une femme de chambre. 
The dancing-master, le maitre de danse. 
The music-mistress, la maitresse de musique. 
A saddle-horse, un cheval de selle. 
A sea-fish, un poisson de mer. 

THEME 7. 

1. Give me much bread and little meat. 2. You must use more 
prudence. 3. I have bought a quantity of apples and pears. 4. 
You make too much noise. 5. How many children has your aunt ? 
6. She has four children. 7. You have eaten too many cherries. 
8. We have not bread enough.* 9. Mr. Henry has a great many 
friends. 10. "We had a great deal of pleasure. 11. I bought a 
pound of cheese. 12. We want a dozen pens, a bottle of ink, and 
two quires of paper. 13. A great number of friends remained 
attached 1 to me. 14. They have built a wall eighty feet long and 
ten feet high. 15. How many boys were there killed ? 16. There 
were six killed (see § 2). 17. How many soldiers were there 
wounded? 18. There were six books lost. 19. How many were 
there found? 20. How many rooms are there let in that house? 
21. Have you anything good? 22. I have nothing bad. 23. 
When my sister was a girl of seven years, she lived with my mother 
in Italy. 24. Have you a gold or a silver watch ? 25. My watch 
is of gold. 26. Irish linen is as 2 good as Dutch 3 linen. 27. I 
prefer Burgundy wine to Spanish wine. 28. The kingdom of Spain 
is larger than the kingdom of Portugal 29. The city of Paris is 
oiler than the city of Berlin. 30. Is that gentleman 4 your musio- 
master ? 31. No ; he is my writing 5 -master. 

1. Attaches. 2. Aussi. 3. D'Hollande. 4. Monsieur. 5. j£criture,f. 



*Assez, enough, is placed after the substantive in English, and always before in 
French. 



232 IV. QUATRIEME LEgON. 

THEME 8. 

1. To-morrow is (c'esi) a holiday; it will be a day of happi- 
ness. 2 2. Human life is full of disappointments. 3 3. Mr. E. 
is a young man endowed 4 with (eP) wit 5 and judgment. 4. We 
were very much pleased with his behavior. 6 5. I was in England, 
but I have not seen Westminster bridge. 6. Burgundy wine is 
very dear. 7. Spanish wool is better than German wool. 8. I 
have sold my gold watch. 9. Mr. B. always wears 7 silk stockings." 

10. My sisters and I (we) have taken 8 a walk by (aw) moonlight. 

11. The battle-field was covered with the dead and dying. 12. 
This girl is the chambermaid of the Duchess of L. 1.3. Who are 
these gentlemen ? 14. One is my music-master, and the other is 
my sister's dancing-master. 15. Let us go to gallons dans) the 
dining-room; dinner is served (servi). 16. I shall not dine to- 
day ; I have a bad 9 headache. 

1. Fete. 2. Bonheur. 3. Bevers. 4. Doui. 5. Esprit. 6. Conduite, f. 7. For- 
ter. 8. To take a walk = se promener. 9. Violent. 

II. SPECIAL USE OF h. 

1. The preposition a alone (without article) is used after a verb 

in the following expressions : 

Condamner a mort, to condemn to death. 

Fermer a clef, to lock. 

Tomber a terre, to fall to the floor or ground. 

Aller a pied, to go on foot, to walk. 

Aller a cheval, to ride, to go on horseback. 

Monter a cheval, to get or mount on horseback. 

Tomber a qenoux, ") . , , 

f > to kneel down. 

be mettre a genoux, ) 

Se mettre a table, to sit down to dinner. 

2. When two substantives make a compound word in English, 
their order is inverted in French, and the preposition a intervenes, 
when the one expresses the use of the other, or when for the pur- 
pose of, by means of, may be understood : 

The silk-worm, le ver a sole. 



SPECIAL USE OF DE AND A. 233 

A milk -pot, un pot a lait.* 

A teacup, une tasse a the". 

A repeater, une montre a repetition. 

A -windmill, un moulin a vent. 

A paper-mill, un moulin a papier. 

A powder-mill (a mill for powder), un moulin a poudre. 

Gunpowder, de la poudre a canon. 

A dining-room, une salle a manger. 

A bedroom, une chambre a coucher. 

A wineglass, un verre a vin.* 

A coffee-cup, une tasse a cafe". 

A steam-engine, une machine a vapeur. 

A steamboat, un bateau a vapeur. 

Fire-arms, des armes a feu. 

3. If the second word begins with a vowel or h mute, the article 
is commonly inserted, as : 

An ink-bottle, une bouteille & Yencre Cor a encre). 
A water-jug (pitcher), une cruche a Yeau (or a eau). 

4. When the compound word denotes a place where certain things 
are sold or kept in quantities, the article is also used with a, as : 

The horse-market, le marche" aux chevaux. 
The fish-market, le marche aux poissons. 
The corn-market, la halle aux bles. 

5. A together with the article is further used to call a dish or 
drink after its principal ingredient, as : 

A milk-soup, une soupe au lait. 
Coffee with milk, du caff au lait. 
A cream-tart, une tarte a la creme. 
A pancake with herbs, une omelette aux fines heroes. 

Note. But we say du syrop de groseille, not syrop a groseille, currant- 
syrup, because this is made entirely of currants. 

6. To denote the different kinds of hunting, shooting, etc., as : 

A deer-hunt, la chasse aux chevreuih. 
Fox-hunting, la chasse aux renards. 

7. A is generally employed to translate expressions in which with 

* Un pot de lait, un verre de vin, signify a pot of milk, a glass of wine; pot an 
lait refers both to the vessel and to its contents. 



234 IV. QUATRIBME LEgON. 

is expressed or could be employed, or when having could be 

Ex.: 

Unc maison a deux stages, a two-story house. 
Un chapeau a grands bords; a broad-brimmed hat. 
line voiture a deux places, a double-seated carriage. 

THEME 9. 

1.. I have bought six teacups ; take 1 them into the dming-rocm 
2. Where is the oil 2 -bottle ? 3. Who has broken this flower-pot ? 
4. Bring me a wineglass and two teaspoons. 5. Why has he 
been condemned to death ? 6. He has committed 3 a murder. 9 7. 
Your room is locked. 8. Is this an ink-bottle? 9. No; it is a 
vinegars-bottle. 10. Let us sit down (mettons-nous) to dinner. 11. 
Did you observe 5 that man with 5 black hair? 12. You must buy 
another milk-pot. 13. Is this the corn-market? 14. I always 
•keep (keep always) fire-arms in my bedroom for my safety 7 during 
the night ; but I have no gunpowder at present, thus (ainsi) my 
jire-arms are useless. 8 

1. Portez. 2. Butte, f. 3. Commis, P. p. of commettre. 4. Vinaigre. 5. Remar- 
quer. 6. Aux, pi. 7. Surete, f. 8. Inutile. 9. Meurtre, f. 

THEME 10. 

1. Whom have you called ? 2. I have been to the fish-market ; 
however I have bought no fish, because it was too dear. 1 3. I went 
fox-hunting yesterday, and to-morrow I shall see a deer-hunt. 4. 
What had you for dessert? 5. We had cherry-pie^ and a cream 3 
tart}. 6. Can you tell me where the hay-store is? 7. It is 
near the horse-market. 8. Who invented gunpowder? 9. Ber- 
thold Schwarz, a German monk 5 10. The poor girl has broken a 
milk-pot, two wineglasses, and several teacups. 11. The Great 
Eastern is the largest steamship in the (mi) world. 12. Call the 
milk- woman f I must buy a pot of milk. 

1. Cher. 2. Odteau. 3. Crime, f. 4. Tourte, f. 5. Moine. 6. LaitUre, 



NAMES OP COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 235 



Y. CINQUIEMB LE9ON. 



PECULIAEITIES IN THE USE OF NAMES OF 
COUNTKIES, TOWNS, ETC. 

(See Part I., L. VII.) 

1. As mentioned in the First Part (7th lesson), the definite ar- 
ticle is put before the names of countries, provinces, rivers, and 
mountains. But the names of countries and islands, which have the 
same name as cities situated in them, such as Naples, Bade, Genes 
(Genoa), Maltc, Candie, etc., are used without the article. 

Except, howevor : le Hanovre and le Luxembourg. 

2. Further, the definite article is always retained with names of 
countries which are only used in the plural, and in those which are 
compounded with an adjective. Ex.: — 

The productions of India, les productions des hides. 
The governor of the Netherlands. 
Le gouverneur des Pays-bas. 
The queen of Great Britain. 
La reine de la Grande-Bretagne. 

3. In the following cases de only, without the article, is used be- 
fore names of countries : — 

I. When sovereigns, courts, and titles are spoken of. Ex.: — 
La reine d'Angleterre, the queen of England. 
Le Grand-due de Bade, the grand-duke of Baden. 

Note. With the names of some countries that are not European, the 
axtiele is generally used, as : — 
L'empereur de la Chine, du Br€sil, etc. 
The emperor of China, of Brazil, etc. 

However, with Persia, la Perse, and Egypt, VEgypte, only de is used ' — 
Le rot de Perse, the king of Persia. 



238 V. CINQUIEME LE^ON. 

2. Where the names of countries have the meaning of an adjective (see 
alsoL. IV. 4), as: — 

L' argent de France, French money. 

La sole d'ltalie, the silk of Italy. 

Du fromage de Suisse, Swiss cheese (de may he omitted). 

3. After the verbs : venir, to come ; revenir, to come back, to return ; ar- 
river, to arrive, and the noun le retour, if the name of the country is femi- 
nine, as : — 

II est venu de France, he has come from France. 

Lorsqiie je revins d'Espagne, when I returned from Spain. 

A mon retour d'ltalie, on my return from Italy. 

But if the same is masculine, the definite article is used, as: — 

J* arrive du Tyrol, du Mexique, du Portugal, etc. 

4. After words, such as empire, royaume (kingdom), duchi, ville, He (isle), 
as in English (see L. IV. 6) : — 

L'empire d'Autriche, the Empire of Austria. 
La ville de Paris, the city of Paris. 

4. Both to and in used after a word signifying going, coming, 
sending, living, being, etc., before names of countries in the singu- 
lar, must be rendered in French by the preposition en, without any 
article. Ex. : — 

"We are going to America, nous allons en Amerique. 

He is to go back to Belgium, il doit retoumer en Belgique. 

I send him to Switzerland, je Venvoie en Suisse. 

My brother is in America, mon frere est en Am€rique. 

Rouen is in France, Rouen est situee en France. 

5. If the name of the country be accompanied by an adjective, 
dans with the definite article must be used : 

Dans la Suisse francaise, in French Switzerland. 
Dans I'Allemagne meridionale, in southern Germany. 

6. The article is omitted before names of towns, villages, etc., 
as:— - 

Anvers, Antwerp. Livourne, Leghorn. 

Athcnes, Athens. Lisbonne, Lisbon. 

Bruxclles, Brussels. Londres, London. 

Douvres, Dover. Lyon, Lyons. 

Geneve, Geneva. Venise, Venice. 









NAMES OF COUNTRIES, TOWNS, ETC. 237 

Note. A few names of towns are preceded by the article : — 

Le Havre, Havre. la Rochelh, Rochelle. 

la Haie, the Hague. le Caire, Cairo, etc. 

7. The names of rivers and mountains are preceded by the 
definite article, as in English : 

La Seine, the Seine. le Tibre, the Tiber. 

le Rhone, the Rhone. le Danube, the Danube. 

le Rhin, the Rhine. la Moselle, the Moselle. 

les Alpes, the Alps. le Right, the Righi. 

8. Both to and at or in before names of places are rendered 
by a. Ex. : — 

Are you going to Brussels, allez-vous a Bruxelles ? 

He was at Rome and Naples, il etait a Rome et a Naples. 

9. After partir, to set out, to leave, the preposition pour must 
be used before names of countries with the article, before names 
of cities without it : — 

Nous partirons pour VEspagne et le Portugal. 

We will set out (or leave) for Spain and Portugal. 

Elle est partie pour Paris et Lyon. 
She left for Paris and Lyons. 

THEME 11. 

1. I prefer the wines of Germany to the wines of Spain. 2. 
We shall soon go to Switzerland and Italy. 3. Naples may (pent) 
be called a paradise, 1 from its (a cause de sa) beauty and fertility. 2 
4. This merchant has bought Italian silk, Spanish wool, and French 
wines. 5. My grandfather lives in the West Indies. 3 6. I set out 
for Egypt to-morrow. 7. This cheese comes from Switzerland. 8. 
Cologne is situated 4 on (sur) the Rhine. 9. The Alps are higher 
than the Pyrenees. 10. The emperor of Russia, Peter 5 the Great, 
died at St. Petersburgh in the year (en) 1725. 11. Sicily is the 
granary 6 of (§ 1) Italy, and Italy the garden of Europe. 

1. Faradis, m. 2. FertilitA. 3. Les Indes occidentales. 4. Situee. 5. Pierre. 
6. Orenier,m. 



238 V. CINQUIEME LEgON. 

READING LESSON. 
CHARLES XII. (Douze.) 

. Cbarles XII, roi de Suede, naquit 1 a Stockholm le 27 Join 1682. 
II perdit sa mere dans sa onzieme ann^e, et avait a peine quinze ans 
lorsque son pere mourut. Selon 2 le testament du feu 3 roi, il ne de- 
vait etre majeur 4 qu'apres avoir passe sa dix-huitieme annee, mais 
sur la proposition du ministre Piper, les etats lui defererent 5 le 
gouvernement deja en 1697. L'an 1700, Pierre I, empereur de 
Eussie, Frederic IY, roi de Danemark, et Auguste, electeur de 
Saxe, lui declarerent la guerre. 

II les attaqua l'un apres l'autre et remporta d'abord 6 des victoires 
^clatantes, 7 entre autres celle de Narva, ou il dent 8 avec moins de 9 
8,000 Suedois, quatre-vingt mille Russes, dont il resta plus de vingt 
mille sur le champ de bataille, tandis qu'il ne perdait que six cents 
hommes. Mais plus tard, lorsqu'il penetra en Eussie, il perdit la 
bataille decisive de Pultawa, et fut contraint de se refugier sur le 
territoire turc avec une faible escorte de deux cent cinquante 
Suedois. 

1. Was born. 2. According to. 3. Late. 4. Of age. 5. To transfer. 6. At 
first. 7. Splendid. 8. To defeat. 9. Than. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou naquit Charles XII? Ce roi naquit a Stockholm. 

Dans quelle annee ? En 1682, le 27 Juin. 

Perdit-il ses parents de bonne Oui, il perdit sa mere, quand il 
heure ? avait 11 ans, et son pere, quand 

il avait 15 ans. 

Quand fut-il declare majeur ? En 1697, a l'age de quinze ans et 

demi. 

Qu'arriva-t-il trois ans apres ? Pierre I, empereur de Eussie, 

Frederic IY, roi de Danemark, 
et Auguste, electeur de Saxe, 
lui declarerent la guerre. 

Que fit Charles XII ? II les attaqua Tun apres l'autre et 

les defit. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 



239 



Quelle est sa plus eclatante 

victoire ? 
Avait-il beaucoup de soldats ? 
Y eut-il beaucoup de tues ? 



A t-il toujours &£ heureux dans 

ses batailles? 
A quoi fut-il contraint ? 



Celle de Narva, ou il battit 

80,000 Russes. 
II n'avait que 8,000 Suedois. 
Les Russes perdirent plus de vingt 

mille hommes, les Suedois k 

peine six cents. 
Non, il perdit la bataille de Pul- 

tawa. 
II fut contraint de se refugier sur 

le territoire turc, avec une faible 

escorte. 



VI. SIXIEME LEgON 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES, 

(See the First Part, L. XII.) 
1. Possessive adjectives must be repeated : — 

1. Before every noun of the same sentence, as : — • 
My brothers and sisters have arrived. 

Mes freres et mes sceurs sont arrives* 

2. Before two or three adjectives qualifying different things : — 
I love your great and your little children. 

.Taime vos grands et vos petits enfants. 

Note. But when the two substantives relate to the same person, and 
when the two or three adjectives are of the like signification* and qualify 
the same object, the possessive adjective is not repeated. Ex.; — 

My teacher and friend, mon precepteur et ami. 

His good and useful advice, ses bons et utiles conseils. 

* If they have a contrary signification, the possessive adjective must be repeated, 
as : Ses bonnes et ses mauvaises pensees (thoughts). 



240 VI. SIXIEME LEgON. 

2. Custom requires the use of the possessive adjective before the 
names of relations in addressing them or speaking of them. Ex.: — 

Aunt, when do you leave ? 
Ma tante, guand partez-vous ? 

Cousin, will you go with me ? 

Mon cousin (ma cousine), voulez-vous aller avec moi ? 

Father is not at home, mon pere n'est pas a la maison. 

3. When in English the possessive pronouns mine, thine, his, 
hers, etc., preceded by the preposition of, are placed after a noun to 
which they relate, they are rendered in French by mes, tes, ses, etc., 
before the noun, which is put in the plural. Ex.: — 

A book of mine, un de mes livres, 
A friend of yours, un de vos amis. 

4. When the verb to be is found before a possessive adjective fol- 
lowed by a noun in the possessive case, and signifies to belong, in 
French a must be used. Ex.: — 

This book is my father's, ce litre est a mon pere. 

That house is our uncle's, cette maison-la est a notre oncle. 

5. When parts of the body, or physical and intellectual faculties 
are spoken of, the French generally use the definite article where in 
English the possessive adjective is used (see L. III. 5.) Ex.:~ 

I have a pain in my head, fat mal a la tete. 

He has lost his senses, il a perdu Yesprit. 

Note 1 . If, however, there were an ambiguity to be feared, the posses- 
sive adjective should be used in French as in English. 

Note 2. When a habitual complaint is spoken of, the possessive ad- 
jective is also properly used. Ex.: — 

His headache has returned, sa migraine I'a repris. 

6. After the verbs changer and redoubler the possessive adjec- 
tive is dropped and replaced by the preposition de, as : — 

He has changed his religion, il a change' de religion. 

We have changed our opinion. 

Nous avons change & 'opinion or d'avis. 

They redoubled their activity, ils redoublerent H' activity. -*--* 



P0SS1SSIYE ADJECTIVES. 241 

THEME 12. 

1. My father, mother and sisters are in the country. 2. His 
uncle and aunt know it. 3. I thank you for (de) your good and 
useful services. 4. He is a friend of mine. 5. I found a pencil 
of yours. G. Where are you, daughter? 7. Here I am, mother. 
8. Come, friend, let us work. 9. He will never betray 1 me, for he 
is my friend and protector. 2 10. "We changed our mind 3 when we 
heard that news. 11. He tells 4 a falsehood 4 as often as (toutes les 
fois qu') he opens his mouth. 12. A cousin of ours came yes- 
terday to see us. 13. Give me my dictionary and grammar. 5 14. 
My mother has a pain in (a) her head. 15. I have a pain in 
my ear. 8 16. The man who fell from the roof 7 of our house, dislo- 
cated (se demit) his wrist. 8 17. In (a) the last battle 9 our gen- 
eral lost his right leg, and I was wounded 10 in my shoulder. 11 

1. Traliir. 2. Protecteur. 3. Avis, m. 4. Dire un mensonge. 5. Grammaire, 
f. 6. Oreille. 7. Toit, m. 8. Poignet, m. 9. Bataille, f. 10. Blesser, reg. v. 11. 
Epaule, f. 

7. When in English the word oxim is found alone, i. e. without 
a noun, after a possessive adjective, the latter is rendered by a pos- 
sessive pronoun : le mien, le tien, le sien (propre), etc., or in the 
feminine by la mienne, la tienne, la sienne (propre), etc. Ex.: — 

The daughter of his friend and his own. 
La jille de son ami et la sienne (propre). 

8. The indefinite pronoun one's denoting a possession is trans- 
lated in French son, sa, ses. Ex.: — 

One is glad to find one's money again. 
' On est content de retrouver son argent. 

9. When its and their refer to a thing which is not the subject 
of a proposition they are rendered by- en unless preceded by a prep- 
osition, in which case son, sa, ses, leur, leurs must be used. Ex.: — ■ 

I like this country, its air (Norn.) is healthy, its soil fruitful, etc. 
JTaime ce pays ; Vair en est sain, le sol en est fertile. 
What plant is this 1 — I do not know its name. 
Quelle est cette plantel — Je n'en connais pas le nom. 
10 



242 VI. SIXIEME LEgON. 

Look at these trees ; what is their height? 

Voyez ces arhres ; quelle en est la hauteur (not leur h.) % 

But we must say : 

Paris a ses beaut^s. 

Paris has its beauties. 

J* admire la grandeur de ses rues. 

I admire the size of its streets. 

Ces arbres sont remarquables par leur hauteur* 

These trees are remarkable for their height. 

10. Observe the following gallicisms : — 

Let me soon hear of you. 

Donnez-moi bientot de vos nouvelles. 

I shall go to meet you, firai a voire rencontre. 

They are cousins of mine, ce sont de mes cousins. 

With regard to me, — to you, — to us. 

A mon €gard, a votre egard, a noire egard. 

THEME 13. 
1. He has worked much more for our good 1 than for his own. 2. 
1'aris is a large city, its streets are too narrow. 2 3. I particularly 3 
admire (I adm. p.) its rich stores. 4 4. Windsor is a fine town ; I 
admire its situation, walks 5 and streets. 5. London has its beau- 
ties. 6. I like the size 6 of its streets. 7. This illness 7 is danger- 
ous ; I know its origin 8 and effects. 9 8. This is (yoici) a fine tree ; 
its fruit is delicious. 10 9. Every science has its principles. 10. 
An illustrious ( — tre) birth 11 receives from virtue its most shining 12 
lustre. 11. Mr Dubois has sold his father's house and his own. 

1. Le lien. 2. Etroit, e. 3. Surtout. 4. Magasin. m. 5. Promenade, f. 0. 
Grandeur, f. 7. Maladie, f. 8. Origme, f. 9. Effet, m. 10. Delicieux. 1L 
Naissance, f. 12. Beau. 



READING LESSON. 
EUDAMIDAS. 



Eudamidas de Corinthe fit, en mourant, un testament qui semble- 
rait ridicule h tout autre qu'& un ami. H touchait a sa derniere 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 243 

heure, et laissait sa mere et sa fille exposees a la plus cruelle indi- 
gence, n'ayant pour tout bien que deux fideles amis, Carixene et 
Arethus. Eudaraidas ne fut point alarme ; il jugea des cceurs de 
ges amis par le sien propre, et il fit ce testament qui ne doit jamais 
etre oublie. " Je legue 1 a Arethus le soin de nourrir ma mere, et 
de l'entretenir dans sa vieillesse ; a Carixene le soin de marier ma 
fille, et de lui donner une dot 2 convenable." 

Carixene etant mort quelque temps apres, Arethus executa la 
commission de tous les deux; et, pour rendre son action plus il- 
lustre, il maria la fille de son ami et la sienne en un meme jour,, 
et leur donna a toutes deux une meme dot. Quant a- {as to) la 
mere, il la nourrit jusqu'a la mort. Si la generosite d' Arethus est 
digne d'admiration, la noble hardiesse 3 et la confiance du testateur 4 
Test encore davantage; car celui qui a la resolution de faire un 
semblable 5 testament, est capable non-seulement de l'executer, 
mais de quelque chose encore de plus, et il n'est pas douteux qu'il 
n'eut nourri la mere de son ami, et marie sa fille, aussi bien que la 
sienne propre, meme sans en etre prie. 
1. I bequeath. 2. Dowry, portion. 3. Boldness. 4. Testator. 5. Such, similar. 

CONVERSATION. 

Que fit Eudamidas de Corinthe II fit un testament remarquable. 

en mourant ? 
Etait-il riche ? Au contraire, il etait tres-pauvre, 

mais il avait deux fideles amis. 
Que legua-t-il done a ses amis ? II legua a son ami Arethus le soin 

de nourrir sa vieille mere, et k 
Carixene le soin de marier sa 
fille. 
DevahVil la marier sans dot ? Non, avec une dot convenable. 
Les deux amis executerent-ils L'un d'eux, Carixene, mourut 
cc que le testament leur im- quelque temps apres. 
posa? 
Et Fautre que fit-il ? Arethu3 exeVata la commission de 

tous les deux. 



244 



VII. SEPTIEME LEgON. 



De quelle 
ta-t-il ? 



maniere l'execu- 



Et comment agit-il envers la 
mere d'Eudamidas ? 

Comment trouvez-vous la gene- 
rosity d'Arethus ? 



E maria la fille de son ami et la 
sienne en un meme jour, et 
leur donna k toutes deux une 
dot e'gale. 

II la nourrit jusqu'k la mort. 

Elle est digne d'admiration. 






VII. SEPTIEME LE9ON. 



NUMERALS. 



(See the First Part, L. XIV.) 

1. When the cardinal numbers are used substantively they take 
the masculine article, as : 

Un un, a one. Le trois, the three. 

Ce huit est mat fait, this eight is badly made. 

2. A and one before hundred and thousand are not translated, 

Ex.: 

A hundred and twenty horses, cent vingt chevaux. 
In the year one thousand one hundred and sixty. 
L'cn (or simply en) mil cent soixante. 

3. Observe the following expressions with numerals : 
Un a un, one by one. 

Deux a deux, two by two. 

L'un apres V autre, one after the other. 

Vers six heures or vers les six heures, by, about six o'clock 

Vers rnidi or vers le midi, towards (by) twelve o'clock. 

Une heure et demie, one hour and a half or half-past one. 

Deux heures moins un quart, a quarter to two. 

Trois heures (et) un quart, a quarter past three. 



NUMERALS. 245 

Tous les deux jours, every other day. 

D'aujourd'hui en huit, to-day week. 

jyaujourd'hui en qninze, to-day fortnight. 

Dans quinze jours, in a fortnight. 

U y a huit jours, a week ago. 

Uy aun an, a year or a twelvemonth ago. 

4. More than, and less than, before numbers are rendered plus de 
and moins de, instead of plus que and moins que. Ex. : 

I have, spent more than a hundred francs. 

J'ai de'pcnse' plus de cent francs. 

You have not less than ten mistakes in your exercise. 

Vbus n'avcz pas moins de dix fautes dans votre theme. 

5. Nearly, before a number, is translated pres de. Ex. : 
It is nearly five o'clock, il est prcs de cinq heures. 

THEME 11. 

1. This six is well made, but this nine is badly made. 2. Henry 
the Fourth was one of the greatest kings of France. 3. Num« 
was one of the seven kings of Home. 4. America was discovered 1 
in the year one thousand four hundred and ninety-two. 5. The 
shepherd 2 has sold a hundred sheep. 6. When do you dine ? 7. 
I dine at twelve o'clock, sometimes at one o'clock. 8. I sup 3 at 
half-past eight, and I go to bed 4 at midnight. 9. Is it four o'clock? 
10. No, sir ; it is a quarter to four. 11. I must go out at a quar- 
ter past four. 12. We went in (enframes) one by one. 13. My 
brother will set out this day week, and will come back in a fortnight. 
14. Has Mr. L. three children? 15. No; he has (en a) more 
than three : he has four or five. 16. This book costs less than 
ten francs. 17. How old is your son Charles? 18. He is nearly 
fourteen years old. 19. I have a French lesson 5 every other day. 

1. Fut decouverte. 2. Le berger, 3. Souper. 4. Se couchcr. C. Uim Icqna 
de franca/is. 



246 vin. HUITIEMB LEQON. 



VIII. HUITIEME LE9ON 



ADJECTIVES. 

See Part I., Lesson XVII. 
AGREEMENT OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE NOUN. 

1. In French, the adjective agrees in gender and number with 
the noun to "which it relates : 

Une feuille verte, a green leaf. 

De bons amis, good friends. 

Les primes sont mures, the plums are ripe. 

1. If it belongs to two or more nouns in the singular, it must be in the 
plural : 

Le pauvre et le ricJie sont €gaux devant Dieu. 

The poor and the rich are alike before God. 

JTai trouve'la porte et la fenctre ferme'es. 

I found the door and the window shut. 

La clemence et la majeste* etaient peintes sur son front. 

Clemeney and majesty were imprinted on his brow. 

2. If the substantives are of different genders, and joined by et, and, the 
adjectives must be in the masculine plural : 

Mon frere et ma sceur sont tres-heureux. 
My brother and sister are very happy. 

3. When the two nouns are joined by ou, or, or when the conjunction 
is left out, the adjective agrees only with the latter noun : 

Un chateau ou une maison ruinfc. 
A ruined castle or house. 
Le fer, laflamme etait toute prete. 
The sword, the flame was quite ready. 

2. The adjectives demi, half; nu, bare ; excepte, except; y com- 
pris, included; suppose, supposed; ci-joint, inclosed, annexed, 
are invariable when they precede the noun ; demi and nu are then 
joined with their noun by a hyphen. Ex. : 

line demi-heurej half an hour. 






ADJECTIVES. 247 

Marcher nu-pieds, to walk barefooted. 

Marcher nu-tete, to walk bareheaded. 
Excepts les deux premieres pages. 
Except the two first pages. 
Y compris la somme de cent francs. 
The sum of a hundred francs included. 
Suppose' ces faits, these facts supposed. 

But they must agree with their noun when they follow it, as : 

Une heure et demie, an hour and a half. 

Avoir les jambes nues, to have bare legs. 

Les deux premieres pages except &s. 

The two first pages excepted. 

Copie de ma lettre est ci-jointe. 

A copy of my letter is annexed. 

3. Feu, late, is invariable, like the preceding ones, when it is 
before the article or possessive pronoun ; when it follows, it varies, as : 

Feu la reine or la feue reine, the late queen. 
Feu mes tantes or mes feues tantes, my late aunt3. 

4. Some adjectives, as bon, vite, has, etc., may be used adverb- 
ially : then, of course, they are invariable. Ex. : 

Ces roses sentent tres-bon (not bonnes). 

These roses smell very sweet. 

Les cerfs courent tres-vite, the stags run very fast. 

5. If the expression avoir Vair, to look, is followed by an adjec- 
tive, this latter remains unchanged when a moral or intellectual 
quality is spoken of, as : 

Ces dames ont Vair bon. 
* These ladies look good-natured. 

But if a bodily or organic quality is mentioned, or when the adjec- 
tive refers rather to the subject than to the word air, the adjective 
agrees with the subject of the sentence. In this latter case, the 
verb etre is understood, as : 

'Ces pierres ont Vair tres-dures. 

These stones seem to be very hard. 

Madame F. a Vair mtcontente (i. e. d'etre m<fcontente). 

Mrs. E. appears to be discontented. 

0. If a noun is accompanied by an adjective in the superlative. 



248 vm. HUITIEME LEgON. 

the latter always agrees with it in gender and number. When the 
superlative follows, the article must be repeated : 

La plus belle femme, the handsomest woman. 
Les gens les plus riches, the richest people. 

THEME 15. 

1. I have a good friend. 2. The leaves are green. 3. These 
pears are riper than those apples. 4. His brother and cousin have 
arrived. 5. Charles and Louisa are very industrious. 6. Men 
and women are mortal. 7. My son and daughter are happy. 8. 
His uncle and aunt are dead. 9. Louis XI Y. had in France an 
absolute 1 power 2 and authority (autorite). 10. She left her room 
and her trunk 3 open. 11. I found the windows and the shutters 4 
shut. 12. Give these presents to the most industrious pupils. 13. 
Miss Emma is the daughter of the richest man in (de) this town. 
14. I remained there (y) for half an hour. 15. The child 
slept two hours and a half. 16. I have read the whole book, ex- 
cept the two last chapters. 5 17. The late queen was opposed 8 to 
that measure. 7 18. Why do you go barefooted ? 19. These pears 
appear to be ripe. 

1. Absolu. 2. Pouvoir, m. 3. Coffre, m. 4. Volet, m. 5. Chapitre, m. 6. 
S'opposait. 7. Mesure. 

B. PLACE OE THE ADJECTIVE. 

The principal rules have already been given in the eighteenth 
Lesson of Part I. We have to add here only the following. 

When two adjectives refer to the same noun,' we should examine 
what kind of adjectives they are. 

1. If both of them are such as precede, when single, they may 
both remain before the noun if one of them forms with the noun, as 
it were, but one idea. Ex. : 

Une jolie petite Jille* a pretty little girl. 

Un beau jeune homme,i a handsome young man. 

* In Latin filiola. t Youth Guvcnis). 



ADJECTIVES. 249 

2. If both preceding adjectives are taken in their full sense, they 
must be joined by et, and, as : 

Un grand et beau jardin, a large, beautiful garden. 

3. An adjective usually placed before the noun, when connected 
by a conjunction with another adjective which is to be put after it, 
is itself placed after the noun. Ex. : 

Une action belle* et courageuse. 
A fine, courageous actidn. 
Une femme petite, mais bien faite. 
A short but well-made -woman. 

4. In English, two or more adjectives may qualify a substantive, 
without a conjunction ; but in French, et (or sometimes mais) is 
always placed before the last of the adjectives, if these follow their 
noun. Ex. : 

Une dame riche, jeune et aimable. 

A young, rich, amiable lady. 

Un Tiomme instruit, modeste et estime' de tout le monde. 

A well-instructed, modest, and generally-esteemed man. 

THKtfE 16. 

1. Charles is a handsome young man. 2. Henry is a pretty 

little boy. 3. This is a long (and) tedious 1 book. 4. My friend 

is an amiable and virtuous man. 5. He Las a large and beautiful 

house. 6. This is a drowned 2 man or woman. ' 7. For this place 

I want an aged man or woman. 8. Is it the elder brother or 

sister ? 9. The savage lived in a large, damp 3 cavern. 10. Spain 

is a fertile country, but badly cultivated. 4 11. A plain, 5 simple, 

and natural style is the only one to he recommended? 12. Bravs 

and trusty 7 men are generally humane 8 and merciful. 9 13. This is 

an interesting 13 and instructive study. 11 

1. Ennuycux. 2. Noyi e. 3. Humide. 4. Cidtive e. 5. Un*. 6. Becommandable. 
7. Constant. 8. Humain. 9. MiUricordieux. 10. Interessant. 11. Etude, f. 

•"A fine action " would be, Une belle action. 



260 VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 

C COMPLEMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 

The complement of an adjective is either a substantive or a verb, 
preceded by one of the prepositions de, a, en, ete. 

1 . Adjectives and participles which denote plenty, desire, scar* 
city or ivant, and most of those followed in English by of with and 
from, govern in French by means of the preposition de, as : 

La vie est pleine de miseres, life is full of miseries. 

Le jsune honime fut combU d'honneurs, (loaded with honors). 

2. The following adjectives govern also by means of de : 

Capable, capable. las, tired, wearied. 

content, contented, pleased. libre, free. 

digne, worthy. mdcontent, discontented. 

exempt, free. satisfait, satisfied. 

honteux, ashamed. sur, sure, etc. 

jaloux, jealous. 

Ex. : U est digne dc recompense, he is worthy of reward. 
3.* Adjectives denoting fitness, unfitness, disposition, inclination, 
readiness, or any habit, require a before the object. Ex. : 

77 est propre a tout, he is fit for anything. 

Le cheval est utile a VJwmme, the horse is useful to man. 

Note 1. The following adjectives are followed by a in French and of in 
English : 

Attentifa, heedful of; sensible a, sensible of; insensible a, insensible of or to. 

Ex. : Soyez attentifs au danger, be heedful of (the) danger. 

Je suis sensible a votre bont€, I am sensible of your kindness. 

Note 2. Some adjectives are followed in Erench by the preposition a, 
and in English by in ; such are : 

Habile a, skilful in. patient a, patient in. 

exact a, punctual in. impatient a, impatient in. 

Ex. : H est habile a tout, he is skilful in doing all. 

EUe est exacte h, son service, she is punctual in her. sendee. 

4. The following adjectives, which are followed in English by to 
or towards when they express behavior, require in French the prep- 
osition envers : 

* To this rule must be excepted some word3 in the preceding list, § 2. 



ADJECTIVES. 251 

Affable enters, affable to. poli envers, polite to. 

bon envers, (or pour) kind to. reconnaissant envers, thankful to. 

juste envers, just to. respectueux envers, respectful to. 

cruel envers, cruel to. genereux envers, generous to. 

homete envers, civil to. liberal envers, liberal to. 

Ex. : U a €t€tres-hon envers moi (or pour moi). 

He has been very kind to me. 

Soyez poli envers tout le monde. 

Be polite (civil) to everybody. 

5. All others not mentioned in the foregoing sections, and which 
take in English the preposition to, are followed in French by a. 
Ex.: 

That is easy to say, cela est facile a dire. 

Religion is necessary to man, la religion est necessaire a I'homme. 

He was deaf to my prayers, il eJait sourd a mes prieres. 

THEME 17. 

1. We were loaded 1 with honors. 2 r The basket 2 is full oftmit. 

3, Do not be so greedy of (after) riches. 4. My consin is worthy 

of your friendship. 5. Are you pleased with your horse ? 6. 

Human life 3 is never free from troubles. 4 7. Voltaire was always 

greedy of praise and insatiable of glory. 8. I am not satisfied with 

your exercise. 9. That old man is not fit for that place ; he is not 

punctual in his engagements. 10. My servant is always ready to 

do his duty. 5 11. Nature 3 is content with little. 12. Many 

people are dissatisfied with their condition. 13. Let us be kind to 

everybody. 14. These children are inclined 6 to idleness. 7 15. 

That is easy to say, but difficult to do. 16. Scipio Africanus 8 was 

respectful to his mother, liberal to his sisters, good to his servants, 

just and affable to everybody. 17. Children must 9 not be cruel to 

animals. 18. He is insensible to all the remonstrances 10 of his 

friends. 

1. CombU. 2. Le panier. 3. Put the article. 4. Peine, f. 5. Devoir, ra. 6, 
Enclin. 7. Paresse, f. 8. Scipion VAfricain. 9. Doivent. 10. Jtemontrance, f. 

D. ADJECTIVES OE DIMENSION. 

1.. Adjectives relating to the dimenson or size of objects are 
expressed in French either by an adjective or a substantive. Thus 



252 VHI. HUITIEME LEgON. 

long can be rendered by the adjective long or longue (f.) de, or by 

the noun de longueur. Observe that in the first case de follows, in 

the second precedes, and that these adjectives are placed after the 

substantive and before the dimension. Ex. : 

. ,_ , , A „ , , 7 une table longue de dix pieds. 
A table ten feet long, y 

' ) une tour de cent pieds de hauteur. 



une table de dix pieds de longueur. 

. A . ,,„,., 7 une tour haute de cent pieds. 

A tower a hundred feet Vi 



2. The verb to be connected with such adjectives, must be ex- 
pressed by etre when, in French, the adjective of dimension is pre- 
ferred to the noun, as : 

This table is ten feet long. 
Cette table est longue de dix pieds. 
That tower is a hundred feet-high. 
Cette tour-la est haute de cent pieds. 

3. But the verb to be must be rendered by avoir when the 
dimension is expressed by a noun. Ex. : 

This table is ten feet long. 
Cette table a dix pieds de longueur. 
That tower is a hundred feet high. 
Cette tour-la a cent pieds de hauteur. 

4. In a similar manner age is expressed either with age de 
and the verb etre, or with the verb avoir without the verb age. 
Ex.: 

A boy eight years old, un garcon ag€ de huit ans. 

T , , , 7 ?e suis dqe" de vinqt ans. 

I am twenty years old, y J ., . . a 

y fax vmgt ans. 

(The latter is much preferred.) 

5. The word by, which is sometimes used in English after a com- 
parative, to denote how much a thing exceeds another, is rendered 
by de, not by par. Ex. : 

Charles is taller than I by three inches. 
Charles est plus grand que moi de trots pouces. 



ADJECTIVES. 253 

THEME 18. 
.1. I have seen a tree ninety feet high. 2 We have a house 
eighty feet long and forty-five high. 3. This stick is*tkree feet 
long. 4. This plank 1 is two inches 2 thick. 3 5. This tree is fifty 
feet high. 6. London bridge 4 is nine hundred and twenty feet 
long, fifty-five high, and fifty-six wide. 5 7. The monument of Lon- 
don stands (est place) on a pedestal 6 twenty feet high. 8. This 
ditch is twelve feet deep. 7 9. The famous mine of Potosi in (dans 
le) Peru is more than (de) fifteen hundred feet deep. 7 10. My 
room is forty feet long and thirty wide. 11. The walls of Algiers 8 
are fourteen feet thick and thirty feet high. 12. King Street 9 is 
about 10 a mile 11 and a half long and sixty-five feet wide. 13. My 
brother is elder than I by two years. 14. I am taller than Robert 
by seven inches. 15. Westminster bridge is forty-four feet broad f 
the free-way 12 under the arches of this bridge is eight hundred and 
seventy feet ; it consists 13 of fourteen piers, 14 thirteen large arches, 
and two small ones ; the two middle 15 piers are each (chacun) sev- 
enteen feet wide, and contain two hundred tons 16 of solid stones. 

1. Planche, f. 2. Pouce, m, 3. JEpais, epaisse. 4. Le pont de Londres. 5. 
Large or — largeur. 6. PUdestal. 7. Profondeur. 8. Alger. 9. La rue royale. 
10. Environ. 11. Mille, m. 12. The free-way = le passage. 13. II consiste. 14. 
Pile, f. 15. I)u milieu. 16. Tonneau, m. 



beading lesson, 
l'elephant. 
L' elephant est le plus gros des quadrupedes ; il habite les forets 
epaisses, 1 les bords des fleuves et les lieux humides. Ses jambes 
mformes soutiennent un corps epais et lourd. 2 On apergoit a peine 
sa petite queue, 3 tandis que de larges oreilles ombragent 4 les deux 
cotes de sa tete. Ses yeux sont petits en proportion de son corps 
enorme. Son nez, qui se prolonge de plusieurs pieds et qui est tres- 
flexible, lui sert de main. A 1'aide de ce nez, qu'on appelle trompe, 6 
il puise (draivs) de l'eau, cucillc les herbes et les fieurs, denoue 6 
les eordes, ouvre et ferme les portes, debouche les bouteilles, ramasse 



254 



VIII. HUITIEME LEgON. 



par terre la plus petite piece de monnaie ; en un mot, il fait presque 
tout ce que nous faisons avec nos doigts. Quand il a soif, il remplit 
d'eau cette trompe, et boit ensuite comme s'il vidait 7 une bouteille. 
II se nourrit d'berbes, de feuilles, de fruits et de riz (rice). II 
ruange environ cent cinquante livres d'berbes par jour. 

De cbaque cote de sa trompe sortent deux enormes dents qu'on 
appelle defenses. Ces defenses sont des armes terribles, dont il 
epouvante 8 les plus feroces animaux. Elles fournissent une matiere 
precieuse, qu'on appelle ivoire, et pesent 9 jusqu'a cent livrea 
•chacune. 

1. Thick. 2. Heavy. 3. Tail. 4. To shade, over-shade. 5. Trunk or proboscis. 
6. To untie. 7. To empty. 8. To terrify. 9. To weigh. 



CONVERSATION. 

Que savcz-vous de 1' elephant ? L' elephant est le plus gros des 

quadrupedes. 
Ou babite-t-il ? II babite les forets e'paisses, les 

bords des fleuves et les lieux 

bumides. 
Qu'est-ce qu'il a de particulier ? II a une trompe, h l'aide de la- 

quelle il puise de Peau, cueille 

les berbes et les fleurs, denoue 

des cordes, etc. 
H se nourrit d'berbes, de feuilles, 

de fruits et de riz. 
II remplit d'eau sa trompe et boit 

ensuite. 
Environ 150 livres d'berbes. 
L' ivoire se fait des defenses de 

l'elepbant qui pesent jusqu'a. 

cent livres cbacune. 



.De quoi se nourrit-il ? 

Quand il a soif, que fait-il ? 

Combien mange-t-il par jour ? 
D'ou vient l'ivoire ? 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 255 



IX. NEUYIBMB LE9ON 



I. PERSONAL PKONOUNS. 

(See Part L,L. XXIV.) 

1. Conjunctive pronouns, in the first and second persons, should 
be repeated before eyery verb in a simple tense. Ex.: — 

Je vous aime et je vous aimerai toujours. 

I love you and (I) shall always love you. 

Vous dites et vous direz toujours. 

You say and (you) will always say. 

Je le vois et je Ventends. 

I see and hear it. 

U nous ennuie et nous obsede sans cesse. 

He wearies (us) and besets us unceasingly. 

Note. With a compound tense, or when the pronouns are in the third 
person, they are rarely repeated, though more frequently than in English, 
as : — 

Je Vai vu et entendu. 

I have seen and heard it. 

U ccoute et ne peut comprendre, etc. 

He listens and cannot conceive, etc. 

2.. When an emphasis is laid upon the personal pronoun, it must 
be repeated in French, but then, the first is disjunctive. Very of- 
ten it is then preceded by Jest, or for the third person plural, by ce 
sont. Ex. : — 

( rnoi, je le dis. 
say so, 1 c>est mo ^ y u j i & ^.^ 

C lul, il a pr€lendu cela. 
He has pretended this, i , , 7 . . ~ j 7 
1 ' ( c est lux qui a pretendu cela. 

. ( nous n'avons pas dit cela, nous. 

We have not said so, i , ■>•. 7 

° ' J nous, nous n'avons pas dit cela. 
It is not we who said so. ) , . • t. i 

"^ n " u oaiu 9U, ^ rf^ p QS mm ^ m av(ms rftf CQ> la. 



256 IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. 

( eux, Us I'ont fait. 
They have done it, j QQ smt eux qu( p<mt fa{L 

Note. Observe that in such cases the verb is put in the same number 
and person as the pronoun which is the antecedent of the relative qui, 
as : — 

Is it I who told this news ? 

Est-ce moi qui ai dit cette nouvette ? 

3. When a verb relates to subjects of different persons, it is put 
in the plural with nous, if one of the several subjects is in the first 
person, — or with vous, if the subjects are in the second and third 
persons. Ex.: — 

My brother and / shall go into the country. 
Mon frere et moi, nous irons a la campagne, or, 
Nous irons a la campagne, mon frere et moi. 
I told you and him or both you and him. 
Je vous Vai dit a toi et a lui. 
You and your friend will come with me. 
Vous et votre ami, vous viendrez avec moi. 

4. When the verb governs two pronouns (both being persons) 
one in the Direct Objective, the other in the Indirect, the Indirect 
is a disjunctive (see p. 110). Ex.: — 

Je vais vous presenter a lui. 

I am going to introduce you to him. 

5. A personal pronoun, used as subject, may follow the verb 
after aussi, peut-etre, encore, toujours, en vain, du moins, or au 
moins. 

THEME 19. 

1. I believe and shall always believe that you were (avez etc) 
wrong. 2. He says so, but he does not believe it. 3. I honor 
and respect him, but I do not love him. 4. We come and go. 5. 
A passionate 1 temper 2 renders a man unfit 3 for business, 4 deprives 1 
him of his reason, and makes him unfit (makes that he is not fit) 
(propre) for society. 4 6. I have always loved and esteemed her. 
7. They (cm) flatter and praise us. 8. It is I who have written it. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 257 

9, It is they who have seen it. 10. They and my brother have 
come. 1 1 You like the town and I the country. 

1. Passionni. 2. Caractere. 3. Jnepte. 4. Tut the definite article. 5. Priver. 
6. Flatter. 

0. When two personal pronouns limit a verb, both should be dis- 
junctive, and therefore after the verb. Ex.: — 

I forgive both you and her. 
Je pardonne a vous et a elleA 

I speak to him and not to you. 
Je parle h,lui et non a vous. 

7. The pronouns himself, herself, themselves, when with a re- 
tlective verb, are expressed in French by se ; otherwise by lui-meme, 
elle-meme, eux-memes, elles-memes. Ex.: — 

He (she) does not know himself (herself). 

II (clle) ne se connait pas. 

They highly distinguished themselves. 
Us (elles) se distinguerent beaucoup. But : 

Has he done it himself 1 Yes, himself. 
L'a-t-il fait lui-meme ? Oui, lui-meme. 

8. Soi, self, is of both genders, and is used of things as well as 
of persons. Ex.: — 

H est sage de parler rarement de soi. 
It is wise to talk seldom of one's self. 

9. The pronoun itself, preceded by a preposition and relating to 
an inanimate object, is expressed by soi, when the antecedent noun 
is taken in an abstract sense. Ex.: — 

L'aimant attire le fer a. soi. 
The loadstone attracts iron to itself. 
La vertu est aimable en soi. 
Virtue is amiable in itself. 

♦ This sentence may better be translated thus : Je vous pardonne ainsi gu'a eZZe, 
and the following, c'est <J vous que je parte, etc. 



258 IX. NEUVIEME LEQON. 

10. But it is rendered by elle, when the inanimate object is of an 
individual nature and of the feminine gender. Ex.: — 
La riviere entraina tout avec elle. 
The river carried everything away with itself. 

Ces raisons sont solides en elles-memes. 
Those reasons are solid in themselves. 

11. The English personal pronouns are always rendered by 
the disjunctive (moi, toi, lui, etc.), when they are used alone, or 
when after a preposition or after que, than. Ex. : — 

Qui a fait cela % Moi, lui, elle, etc. 

"Who has done that ? I, he, she, etc. 

Vbulez-vous aller avec moi, avec lui, avec eux ? etc. 
Will you go with me, with him, with them ? etc. 
Je parle de toi, d'elle, d'elles, de vous, etc. 

I am speaking of thee, of her, of them, of you, etc. 

II est plus jeune que moi. 
He is younger than I. 

THEME 20. 

1. I speak to you and to him. 2. I forgive [both] \ou and him, 

because I hope (that) you will behave 1 better for the future (aVave- 

nir). 3. The governor is your enemy; if you apply 2 to him, you 

will never succeed. 3 4. I do not trust 4 (to) him, but I should trust 

(to) his brother. 5. That man works for himself. 6. Each acts 

for himself. 7. If you do this for him and for her, you will greatly 

oblige me. 8. One ought not 5 [to] speak of one's self, unless (qu y ) 

with modesty. 9. That man is too proud ; he does not know him* 

self. 10. The moon brought 6 a change 7 of weather. 

1. Seconduire. 2. S'addrsser a qn. 3. Eiussir. 4. Sefieraqn. 5. On ne doit 
pas. 6. Amena. 7. Changement, m. 



H. PARTICULAR USE OF EN AND Y. 

1. The pronouns it and them, used with regaid to inanimate 
objects, are rendered by en, when the French verb requires da 
before an object which follows, whatever preposition may be 
used in English. Ex.: — 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 259 

A-t-on parte" de mon ouvrage ? Out, on en a parte. 
Did they speak of my work ? Yes, they spoke of it. 
Vous m'avez rendu service. Je vous en remercie. 
You have done me a service. I thank you for it. 

2. En is further used to express the words some and any, when 
they come after a verb, and supply the place of an antecedent sub- 
stantive, as : — 

Void du jambon ; en veux-tu ? Donnez-m'en, s'il vous plait. 

Here is ham, will you have some ? Give me some, if yoqjdease. 

Tax des noix, en voulez-vous ? Donnez-m f en irois. 

I have some walnuts ; will yoa. have any ? Give me three of them. 

Donnez-lui-en, give him some. 

Offrez-leur-en, offer them some. 

Note. Observe 1, that when used with another personal pronoun, en fol- 
lows that pronoun ; and 2, that, in the affirmative Imperative, moi and toi 
are changed into m' and t' before en, as : donnez-m'en. 

3. T stands for in it, into it, at it, to it, there, and, with the 
verb penser, for of it, about it, of them. Like the other conjunc- 
tive pronouns, it is placed immediately before the verb, except with 
the affirmative Imperative, where it follows it.* Ex.: — 

Voire pere est-il au jardin ? Oui, il y est. 

Is your father in the garden ? Yes, he is in it (there). 

Allez-vous au spectacle ? Non, Monsieur, je n'y vais pas. 

Are you going to the theatre ? No, sir, I am not. 

Y pensez-vous ? Je n'y pense plus. 

I5b you think of it 1 I do no more think of it. 

Allez-y, go there. ^ 

N'y allez pas, do not go there. 

Note. Y must always refer to an antecedent. 

* Except moi and toi which follow the word y, with the affirmative Imperative, 
as: Conduisez-y-moi, rends-y-toi (go there), whereas we say: Conduisez-nous-y. 
When both en and y happen to be governed by the same verb, y stands before en. 
Ex.: Jevous y enporterai, I will bring you some there. But conduiscz-moi la is 
preferable to conduisez-y-moi. 



260 IX. NEUVIEME LEQON. 

THEME 21. 

1. We speak of it. 2. You speak of them. 3. I am sorry foi 
it. 4. I have heard that your uncle has arrived, and I am very 
glad of it. 5. She spoke to him of it. 6. Talk 1 no more of it, for 
I will not hear of it. 7. Have you [any] books? 8. Yes, I have. 
9. Have you bought some flowers? 10. Yes, I have bought some. 
11. Give me three of them, if you please. 12. You have bread, 
give some to the poor. 13. I thank you for it. 14. Do not thank 
mo for it. 15. I study that language, 2 I know its rules well. 
16. Since 3 you have no apples in your garden, I will send you 
some. 17. If I had money, I would give you some. 18. Send 
us some. 19. Send me none. 20. Mr. A. is a true friend ; I 
shall never forget the services which I have received* from him. 
21. Is your father in his garden? 22. Yes, he is (in it). 23. 
Do you agree 5 to it ? 24. Yes, I agree to it. 25. Have you 6 just 
returned from the country ? 26. No, I am going there. 27. We 
shall think of it. 28. We have forced 7 them to it. 29. There is 
a ditch, 8 take care 9 not to fall into it. 30. Our orchard 10 is very 
fruitful, we see all sorts 11 of fruits in it. 31. It is (Jest) a good 
book, one (on) reads excellent things in it. 

1. Parler. 2. Langue,f. 3. Puisque. 4. Pegu. 5. Consentir. 6. Revenez-vousl 
7. Forces. 8. Un fosse". 9. Prenez garde. 10. Verger. 11. Toutes sortes de. 



III. THE SUPPLYING PEONOUNS LE, LA, LES. 

1. The pronouns le, la, les are used in French to supply the 
place of an antecedent substantive or adjective, or of a phrase. In 
such case, their equivalent in English is so or it, either expressed or 
understood. 

2. When le refers to a noun with the definite article or possessive 
adjective, it takes the gender and number of that noun. Ex. : — 

Etes-vous la mere de ces enfants. Out, je la suis. 
Are you the mother of these children ? Yes, I am. 
Mesdemoiselles, Stes-vous les nieces de Madame B. ? Out, Madame, nous les 
sommes 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 261 

Ladies, are you Mrs. B.'s nieces ? Yes, madame, we are, 
Sont-ce la vos domestigues 1 Oui, ce les sont. 
Are those your servants ? Yes, they are. 
Sont-ce la vos gants neufs ? Non, ce ne les sont pas. 
Are those your new gloves ? No, they are not. 

3. But when le supplies the place of an adjective, of a noun 
used adjectively, or of a phrase, it remains unchanged. Ex. : — 

Depuis quand etes-vous malade ? Je le suis depuis huit jours. 
How long have you been ill ? I have been (so) these eight days. 
Ces dames sont-elles manges ? Oui, dies le sont. 
Are these ladies married 1 Yes, they are (it or so). 
Eies-vous chre'tiens ? Oui, nous le sommes. 
Are you Christians ? Yes, we are. 
H le /era, s'il le peut, he will do it, if he can. 

Note. Le, la, les must be used (§2) when the adjective is used substan- 
tively, as : 
Mademoiselle, etes-vous la malade ? Oui, je la suis. 
Miss, are you the sick one 1 Yes, I am (she). 

4. Le should also be inserted in sentences containing a compara- 
tive, after que — ne, as : 

U est maintenant plus actif qu'il ne I'eJait auparavant. 
He is now more active than he wa3 before. 
JElle est moins riche qu'on ne le pense. 
She i3 not so rich a3 one would think. 

THEME 22. 

1. Is that your hook? 2. Yes, it is. 3. Are those your books? 
4. Yes, they are. 5. Are you the mistress of the house ? 6. No, 
I am not. 7. Are these boys the pupils of Mr. M. ? 8. Yes, they 
are. 9. Are you my friend's sisters? 10. Yes, we are. 11. You 
want some men of good will? 1 12. We are all so. 13. Are these 
your horses ? 14. Yes, they are. 15. Are the brothers rich ? 16. 
No, they are not. 17. Are the house and garden large? 18. 
Yes, they are. 19. Is not this pretty girl your gardener's 
daughter? 20. Yes, madam, she is. 21. We need 2 only think 
ourselves happy, and we shall be so. 22. Young ladies, are you 
English? 23. Yes, we are. 24. Are you physicians ? 25 Yes, 



262 IX. NEUVIEME LEgON. 

sir, we are. 26. Are you the physicians? 27. Yes, sir, we are. 
28. Is he sad? 3 29. No, he is not. 30. Is she rich? 31. Yes ; 
she is. 32. Are those gentlemen brothers? 33. Yes, they are. 
34. Are yon still my friend? 35. Yes, I am. 36. Are you the 
sister of Mrs. A. ? 37. Yes, I am. 38. Are you the ladies whom 
my mother expects? 39. Yes, we are. 40. Because she is pretty, 
she must not imagine 4 that she will always be so. 41. We were 
embarrassed, 5 and are so yet {encore). 42. Children ought to 
(doivent) apply 6 themselves to their studies as much as they can. 

1, De tonne volonU. 2. Nous n'avons qu'a nous croire. 3. Triste. 4. Jl nefaut 
pas qu'elle sHmagine. 5. Embarrasses. 6. S'appliquer. 



READING LESSON. 
L'ELEPHANT. (Continuation.) 

L'elephant vit (lives) au dela de cent cinquante ans, quand il 
e3t libre. Ces animaux marchent ordinairement de compagnie ; le 
plus age conduit la troupe ; le second d'age marche le dernier ; les 
jeunes et les femelles sont au milieu des autres ; les meres portent 
leurs petits et les tiennent embrasses de leurs trompes. 

L'elephant dompte 1 est le plus doux et le plus patient de tous 
les animaux. II s'attache h celui qui le soigne ; 2 il le caresse, et 
semble deviner 3 tout ce qui peut lui plaire. En peu de temps il 
comprend les signes et meme la parole. II recoit les ordrcs de son 
maitre avec attention et les execute avec prudence. Un elephant 
domestique rend autant de service que six bons chevaux. 

lis ne cassent rien de ce qu'on leur confie. lis posent doucement 
les paquets qu'ils portent, et les rangent dans Fendroit 4 qu'on leur 
montre. lis essaient avec leurs trompes flexibles, s'ils sont bien si- 
tues, et quand un tonneau 5 commence a. rouler, ils vont d'eux-memcs 
chercher des pierres pour l'etablir solidement. 

1. To tame. 2. To take care. 3. To guess. 4. riace. 5. Caek, 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 



263 



CONVERSATION. 



Quel ago 1' Elephant atteint-il ? 
Se laisse-t-il dompter ? 



L 'elephant est-il intelligent ? 
Se rend-il utile aux hommes ? 



Les elephants sont-ils maladroits 
(awkward) ? 

Que font-ils quand un tonncau 
commence a rouler ? 



Evit au dela de 150 ans. 
Oui; et quand il est dompte, il 

est le plus doux de tous lea 

animaux. 
Tres-intelligent ; il comprend 

les signes et meme la parole. 
Un seul elephant rend autant 

de service que six bons che- 

vaux. 
Non, pas du tout; ils ne cas- 

sent rien de ce qu'on leur 

confie. 
Ils vont chercher des pierres 

pour l'etablir solidement. 



X. DIXIEME LEgON 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

See Part I., Lesson xxv. 

In regard to the interrogative pronouns lequel ? qui ? que ? and quoi ? the 
following observations are to be made : — 

1. Lequel, which? always refers to some noun either preceding 
or immediately following, and agrees with it in gender and number. 
Ex : — 

Vbici deux routes, laquelle pren-lrez-vous ? 

Here are two routes ; which will you take ? 

Lesquels de vos souliers sont de'ehire's ? 

Which of your shoes are worn out 'I 



264 X. DIXIEME LEgON. 

Note. The interrogative adjective what joined to a noun is always ex- 
pressed by quel, f. quelle. Ex. : — 

What book do you read 1 quel litre lisez-vous ? 
"What are your reasons ? quelles sont vos raisons ? 

2. The interrogative pronouns ivho ? whose ? to whom ? whom ? 
are expressed by qui ? de qui ? (not dont ? ) a qui ? and for the 
objective qui? (que as an interrogative means what, never whom). 
Ex.: — 

Who comes ? qui vient ? 

Of whom do you speak 1 de qui parlez-vous ? 

Whom do you seek 1 qui ckerchez-vous ? 

3. Instead of the simple qui ? the form qui est-ce qui, who ? is 
often used for the Nom., and qui est-ce que, whom? for the Dir. 
Obj. Ex. : — 

Qui est-ce qui vient la, who comes there t 

Qui est-ce que vous cherchez, whom are you looking for ? 

4. The same is the case with que ? for which qu' est-ce qui ? is 

often used in the Nom., and qu' est-ce que ? in the Dir. Obj. The 

latter has a still stronger form, qu* est-ce que c 'est que . . . ? This 

compound form is generally used in the expression what is that ? 

and also when a simple noun follows, e. g. : — 

Qu' 'est-ce que cela ? ")■■.■■'« 

1 what is that ? 



} 



Qu'est<e que c'est que cela 

Qu' est-ce que la vie? ) •, • ■..'#.« 

„ , , . . a y what is life ? 

Qu est-ce que c est que la vie ? ) 

5. The pupil must be careful, however, not to confound qui est- 
ce qui, who ? with qui 'est-ce qui, what ? The latter is used for the 
wanting Nominative of the conjunctive pronoun que. We say : — 

TTr . , „ , , „ ") qui est-ce qui vous a offense'? 

Who has offended you ? V 1 . ' ^ a M 

, J ) qui vous a qffens€? 

■ Whereas : 

What (Nom.) makes yon so sad? 

Qu' est-ce qui vous rend si triste ? 

„„ , . . „ ") qu'est-ce que vous faites la ? 

What arc you doing there ? }- ■ .. * Jv J a 

) que jades vous la ? 

__, ... „ ") qu'y a-t-il de nouveau ? 

What is the news if-,, , ., , 

) qu est-ce qu a y a de nouveau f 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 265 

6. Que, what? as the conjunctive form, can only be used before 
the verb or in cIosb connection with it; but the disjunctive form 
quoi, what ? stands either alone or after a preposition, or is eveu 
used as an interjection. Ex. : — 

Vous cherchez quelque chose; quoi done ? 
You are looking for something ; what is it ? 
A quoi pense-t-il, of what does he think ? 
De quoi parle-t-on, of what do people talk 1 
Quoi I vous etes marie I what ! you are married ! 
Note. Quoi is also used instead of qu'y a-t-il, as : — 
Quoi de plus magnifique qu'une belle nuit d'e'te"! (instead of qu'y' a-t-il de 
plus magnifique!) 
What is there more splendid than a beautiful summer's night ? 

7. In antithetical questions with or (as you or If), the French 
usage departs very widely from the English, inasmuch as the con- 
trasted persons or objects, instead of standing in the Nominative 
as in English, usually follow de. Ex. : — 

Qui de vous ou de moi remportera le prix ? 

Who will take the prize, you or 1 1 

Qui a e7.€le plus applique* de toi ou d'Emile ? or 

Qui de toi ou d'Emile a €l€le plus applique*? 

Who has been the most diligent, you or Eniile ? 

8. De may be omitted, however, when two or more ou's occur, 
and also when de or des with lequel precedes. Ex. : — 

Laquelle des deux nations elait la plus vertueuse, les Grecs ou les Romains f 
Which of the two nations was the more virtuous, the Greeks or the 
Romans ? 

THEME 23. 

1. Which of your brothers is married ? 2. Which of your sisters 
has (est) gone to England ? 3. Of all these pictures, which should 
you like best ? 1 4. Which of your daughters learns Italian ? 2 5. 
Here are two pencils ; which will you take ? 6. What countries 
did Alexander the Great conquer ? 3 7. What are your terms ? 4 8. 
Who goes there ? 9. To whom do you speak ? 10. For whom does 
a miser 5 hoard 6 riches ? 7 11. Who will be bold 8 enough to attack 
him ? 12. Who are these women ? 13. Whose 9 gloves are these ? 



%6Q X. DIXIEME LEQON. 

14. Here are two grammars ; to which do you give the preference 1 
15 Who sustains 10 this globe in the air? 16. What is more pleas- 
ant than to do good? 11 17. What is human life? 18. What 
should prevent 12 your father from buying (d'acheter) this house? 
19. A little more fame, 13 a little more wealth, — what does all this 
signify? 14 20. What are you speaking of? 21. Of what do you 
accuse me? 22. On (sur) what will you interrogate 15 him ? 23. 
What ! Charles has been arrested ! 16 24. Which of you has been 
sick, Emily or Emma. ? 25. Which was the greatest man, Alexan- 
der, Cassar, or Napoleon the First ? 

1. Le mieux. 2. Put the article. 3. Put has conquered, a conguis. 4. Condition, 
f. 5. L'avare, m. 6. Amasser. 7. liichesse. 8. Hardi. 9. See p 264, $ 2, 2, a qui. 
10. Soutenir. 11. Da Men. 12. JEmpecher. 13. Gloire. 14. Signifier, 15. Inter- 
roger. 16. ArreU, 



READING LESSON.* 
SERVILIUS SE DEFEND DEVANT LE PEUPLE. 

" Si Ton m'a fait venir ici pour me demandcr compte 1 de ce qui 
s'est passe dans la derniere bataille ou je commandais, je suis pret 
k vous en instruire ; mais si ce n'est qu'un pretexte pour me fane 
perir, comme je le soupconne, 2 epargnez-moi 3 des paroles inutiles : 
voila mon corps et ma vie que je vous abandonne, vous pouvez en 
disposer. 

"Quel ost done mon crime? Quelle faute ai-je commise jus- 
qu'ici ? On m'accuse d'avoir perdu beaucoup de monde dans le der- 
nier combat. Mais quel est le general qui puisse livrer des ba- 
tailles contre une nation aguerrie, 4 qui se defend courageusement, 
sans qu'il y ait de part et d'autre 5 du sang de repandu ? Quelle di- 
vinite s'est engagee envers le peuple romain, h lui faire reurporter 
des victoires sans aucune pertc ? 6 A qui fera-t-on croire que la 
gloire s'acquiert 7 autrement quo par de grands perils ? J'en suis 

*The Conversation on this Reading Lesson will be found at the end of the fol- 
lowing lesson. 



KELATIVE PRONOUNS. 267 

venu aux mains avec des troupes plus nombrcuses que celles que 
vous m'aviez confiees ; j'ai mis en deroute leurs legions, qui, a la 
fin, ont pris la fuite. Que me restait-il a faire ? Qui d'entre vous 
eut pu se refuser a. la victoire qui marchait devant moi ? Etait-il 
m6me 8 en mon pouvoir de retcnir vos soldats, que leur courage em- 
portait, et qui poursuivaient avec ardeur un ennemi efTraye ? Que 
dis-je? Si j'avais fait sonner 9 la retraite, si j'avais ramene nos 
soldats dans leur camp, de quoi ne m'accuserait-on pas aujourd'hui ? 
Lequel de vos tribuns aurait approuvre ma conduite ? Ne m'accu- 
scraient-ils pas d'intelligence avec les ennemis ? " 

1. Account. 2. Suspect. 3. Spare. 4. Warlike. 5. On both sides. 6. Lobs. 7. 
Can be gained. 8. Even. 9. To sound. 



XI. ONZIEME LEgON, 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

(See Part I., L. XXIV.) 

1. The relative pronouns who, which and that are rendered by 
qui, when tliey are in the Nominative case, whether they refer to 
persons or things, as : — 

The man who works, Vhomme qui travaille. 
The pen which is on the table. 
La plume qui est sur la table. 

2. The same pronouns when in the Direct Objective, whom, 
which, that, are expressed by que, as : — 

The man whom yon know, Vliomme que vous connaissez. 

The book which I have lost, le livre que j'ai perdu. 

Note. Sometimes, however, lequel must De employed instead of qui or 
que, when by the nse of the latter an ambiguity might arise. In such a 
case as this for instance : Le frere de Madame Leheau qui halite Paris, 
where two persons being mentioned, it would be doubtful whether we mean 



268 xi. onzieme LEgoN. 

to say that the brother or the lady lives in Paris. In the first case, we 
must say : — 

Le frere de Mad. Lebeau lequel habite Paris, 
or if the lady is meant : 

Le frere de Mad. Lebeau laguelle or qui habite Paris. 
For the latter of the two persons qui can generally be used. 

3. When the relative pronouns whom or which follow a preposi- 
tion, they are usually expressed by qui in speaking of persons, - * 
and by lequel or laquelle (pi. lesquels, lesquelles) in speaking of 
animals and things, as : — 

The little boy to whom I give the book, is diligent. 

Le petit garcon a qui je donne le livre, est applique". 

The Englishman with whom I travelled. 

L' Anglais avec qui j'ai voyage'. 

The glory to which heroes sacrifice, etc. 

La gloire a laquelle les he'ros sacrifient, etc. 

The cane with which he struck me, etc. 
La canne avec laquelle il m'afrappe, etc. 

4. The relative pronouns whose, of whom or of which are com- 
monly expressed in French by dont, both for persons and for ob- 
jects, as : — 

The Frenchman whose brother arrived yesterday. 
Le Francais dont le frere est arrive hier (see L. III., 12). 
I have seen the garden of which you speak. 
J'ai vu le jardin dont vous parlez. ' 

5. But lequel must be employed when the noun which follows 
whose is governed by a preposition. 

We can consequently say : — 

The man whose merits are known. 
L'homme dont les metrites (Nom.) sont connas. 
The author whose works you have read. 



♦After entre, between, and parmi, among, we must always write lesquels or les- 
quelles whether persons or things be spoken of. 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 2G9 

L'auteur (font vous avez lu les ouvrages (Dir. Obj.).* 
Bat we must say: 

The man of whose modesty people talk so much. 
L'homjne de la modcstie duquel on parte tant. 
The friend to whose honesty I have trusted, has deceived me. 
L'ami a la probit€ duquel je vie suis fie', m'a trompt. 

6. The relative pronouns whom, which, and that, are often left 
out in English, but in French qui and que are never omitted. 
Example : — 

The boy I saw with you yesterday. 

Le garcon que j'ai vu hier avec vous. 

I shall send you the books yon have chosen. 

Je vous eriverrai les livres que vous avez choisis. 

THEME 24. 

1. The man who has done this is generally 1 esteemed. 2. The 
flocks 2 which graze 3 in those meadows 4 are mine (a moi). 3. The 
watch which I had is broken. 4. The books which you read are good, 
but difficult 5 to be understood. 5. The sister of my friend who ar- 
rived here last week, is very ill. 6. The physician's daughter of 
whom I spoke to you the other day, has married Mr. B. 1. A bird 
whose wings have been clipped, 6 cannot fly any more. 8. Bees 7 
among which we find such admirable order, 8 are very useful insects. 
9. The professor 9 to whom I write, is very learned. 10. The man 
you respect is my friend. 11. Idleness is a vice to which young 
people are much inclined. 12. The country we inhabit 10 is beauti- 
ful and fruitful. 13. The reasons upon which I rely, 11 are unan- 
swerable. 12 14. Mr. B. is a man to whose discretion I dare 13 not 
trust. 15. He who gets 14 riches, knows not for whom he gets 
them. 1C. The daughter of Minos gave a thread 15 to Theseus, 16 by 
means (au moyeri) of which he went out 17 of the labyrinth 
(Je ia&yrinthe) . 

* Observe here the position of the noun. If the word depending upon dont is a 
Direct Objective, it must stand after the active verb. 



270 xi. ONZIEME LEgON. 

1. Gineralement. 2. Troupeau, m. 3. Paiire, (see p. 178, No. 25). 4. Pra'rie 
f. 5. Difficiles a comprendre. 6. ii^rces. 7. Les abeilles. 8. Ordre, m. 9 Pro"- 
fesseur. 10. Habiter. 11. Je me fonde. 12. Sans replique. 1Z. Je tfose me fier. 
14. Amasser. 15. E7/i ^Z. 16. Thesee. 17. Sortir. 

7. (W/, what, is also used as a relative, but only in connection 
with a preposition. It is generally used absolutely; and when 
the noun to which it refers has been expressed the use of lequel t 
laquelle, &c, is preferable. 

Savez-vous a quoi il s'occupe a present ? 
Do you know what he busies himself with now ? 
Apres quoi, after which. Sans quoi, otherwise. 
C'est pourquoi, on that account, therefore. 

8. The adverbs of place ou, aVou and par ou, are also often 
employed instead of the relative pronouns dans lequel, duquel, par 
lequel, etc., when things are spoken of, as: — 7 

L'embarras ou Cfor dans lequel) se trouve mon pere. 
The embarrassment in which my father finds himself. 
Le village par ou. (for par lequel) nous venons de passer i, 
The village through which we have just passed. 

9. The correlative pronouns he who, fern, she who, pi. they whc 
or those who, are rendered by celui qui, fern, celle qui, pi. masc. 
ceux qui,^\. fern, celles qui. Ex.: — 

He who is contented, is happy. 

Celui qui est content est heureux. 

They (or those) who are discontented, are unhappy. 

Ceux qui sont mecontents, sont mallieureux. 

Note 1. Both or either may vary according to the verb they depend on, 
(celui qui, celui que, etc.) as : — 

I shall give it to him whom I love most. 
' Je le donnerai a celui que faimele mieux. 

Note 2. In French both pronouns must be joined, and no inversion can 
take place as in English. Ex.: — 

He is a bad citizen who rebels against his country. 
Celui qui se re'volte centre sa patrie est un mauvais citoyen. 

10. The English what, when not an interrogative pronoun, but a 



RELATIVE PR0N0UK3. 271 

compound relative in the sense of that which, is translated by ce 
qui for the Nominative, ce que for the Direct Objective, and by ce 
dont, when the verb takes the preposition de, as : — 

What is fine, is not always good. 
Ce qui est beau n'est pas toujours bon. 

I shall do what I have promised. 
Je ferai ce que fai promts. 
I have sent him what he needed. 
Je lui ai envoy € ce dont il avait besoin. 

11. When ce qui, ce que or ce dont begins the sentence, c y est 
must be placed before the second clause, except (as in the first sen- 
tence above) when an adjective or a participle follows, as : — 

Ce que vous pouvez faire de mieux, c'est de partir tout de suite. 
The best thing for you to do, is to leave immediately. 
Ce qui me .chagrine, c'est la peiie de mon domestique. 
What grieves me, is the loss of my servant. 

12. Proverbial and general expressions usually commence with qui, 
whoever, instead of celui qui. Ex.: — 

Qui court deux lievres, n'en prend aucun. 

He who chases two hares catches none. 

Qui casse les verres, les paie. 

"WTio(ever) breaks the glasses must pay for them. 

Sauve qui peut I let him save himself who can ! 

THEME 25. 

1. This is the object 1 at which he aims. 2 2. The study to which 
I am devoted, 3 gives me great pleasure. 3. Nature, whose beauty 
we daily 4 admire, is an inexhaustible 5 source of enjoyment 6 for us. 
4. Your pupil's mother, with whom I was speaking yesterday, 
left 7 this morning. 5. What sort of a book is that in which you 
are reading? 6. It is a Roman History. 7. There is nothing 
upon (a) which I think more frequently 8 than the sad fate 9 of my 
poor friend. 8. What is true is also good. 9. Virtue and freedom 
are the conditions without which we cannot be happy. 10. Is the 
bouse in which you live on the highway? 10 11. No, it is tolerably 



272 XI. ONZIEME LEgON. 

far 11 from it (en). 12. That is the thing about which I would 
speak with you. 13. The thing the miser thinks least about (a) is 
to aid 12 the poor. 14. That is the thing with which he struck me. 
15. It is an illness to the progress 13 of which (§5) one cannot ap- 
ply 14 too prompt remedies. 15 16. He who cannot keep a secret, is 
incapable of governing. 18 17. That which most deserves our respect 
is virtue. 18. What I most wish, is to see you happy. 19. What 
I like most, is to be alone. 

1. Le hut. 2. Tendre. 3. Devoui. 4. Journellement. 5. Inipuisahle. 6. Le 
plaisir. 7. Esipartie. 8. Souvent. 9. Le sort. 10. La route. 11. Assez eloigne". 
12. Assister. 13. Progres, m. 14. Apporter. 15. Be trop prompts remedes. 16, 
De gouverner. 



READING LESSON. 
SUITE DE "SERVILIUS." 

"Si vos ennemis se sont rallies, s'ils ont ete* soutenus par un corps 
de troupes qui s'avancait h leur secours ; enfin, s'il a fallu recom- 
mencer tout de nouveau le combat, et si, dans cette derniere action, 
j'ai perdu quelques soldats, n'est-ce pas le sort 1 ordinaire de la 
guerre ? Trouverez-vous des generaux qui veuillent se charger du 
commandement de vos armees, a condition de ramener & Rome tous 
les soldats qui en seraient sortis sous leur conduite ? N'examinez 
done point si, h la fin d'une bataille, j'ai perdu quelques soldats, 
mais jugez de ina conduite par ma victoire. 

" S'il est vrai que j'ai chasse 2 les ennemis de votre territoire, que 
je leur ai tue' beaucoup de monde dans deux combats, que j'ai force 
les debris 3 de leurs armies de s'enfermer dans leurs places, 4 que j'ai 
enrichi Rome et vos soldats du butin 5 qu'ils ont fait dans le pays 
enncmi : que (let) vos tribuns s'elevent, et qu'ils me reprochent en 
quoi j'ai manque 6 contre les devoirs 7 d'un bon general. 

"Mais ce n'est pas ce que je crains: ces accusations ne servent 
que de pretexte pour pouvoir exercer impunement leur haine 8 et leur 
animosite contre le senat et contre l'ordre des patriciens. Fautril 
que vous ne demandiez jamais rien au s^nat qui ne soit prejudiciable 









RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 273 

ail bien cornmun de la patrie, et que vous ne le deiuandicz que par 
des seditions ? Si un senateur ose 9 vous representer l'injastice de 
vos pretentions, si un consul ne parle pas le language seditieux de 
vos tribuns ; s'il defend avec courage la souveraine puissance dont il 
est revetu, on crie au tyran. 10 A peine est-il sorti de charge, qu'il 
se trouve accable d' accusations. C'est ainsi que, par votre' injuste 
plebiscite, vous avez ote la vie a Menenius, aussi grand capitaine 
que bon citoyen. Ne devriez-vous pas mourir de bonte d'avoir per- 
secute si cruellement le fils de ce Menenius Agrippa, a qui vous 
devez vos tribuns et ce pouvoir qui vous rend a present si furieux? 

" On m'en voudra peut-etre de la liberte avec laquelle je vous 
parle dans l'etat ou je me trouve a present ; mais je ne crains point 
* la mort : condamnez-moi, si yous l'osez ; la vie ne peut etre qu'a 
charge a un general qui est reduit a se justifier de ses victoires. 
Apres tout, un sort pareil a celui de Menenius ne peut me desho- 
norer." 

1. The fate. 2. Driven out. 3. Remains. 4. Fortresses. 5. Booty. 6. To fail. 
7. Duties. 8. Hatred. 9. Dare. 10. Behold the tyrant. 

CONVERSATION. 

Qui etait Servilius ? Un fameux general romain. 

Pourquoi l'a-t-on fait venir a Pour se justifier devant le peu- 

Rome ? pie. 

De quoi 1'avait-on accuse* ? On l'avait accuse d'avoir perdu 

trop de soldats dans un com- 
bat. 
Est-il possible de livrer (une) Non, ce n'est pas possible. E 
bataille, sans qu'il y ait du doit y avoir de part et d'au- 
sang de repandu ? tre du sang de repandu. 

Peut-on remporter une victoire II est impossible de defaire un 
sans aucune perte ? ennemi nombreux et aguerri 

sans perdre du monde. 
Comment se justma Servilius du H rappela aux Remains qu'il 
reproohe qu'on lui faisait ? avait remporte une victoire 

decisive, et mis (** deroute 
I 8 les legions des emiemis. 



274 



XII. DOUZIEME LEgON. 



Etait-il en son pouvoir de retenir 
ses soldats ? 

Avait-il manque* contre les devoirs 
d'un bon general ? 

Si Servilius avait fait sonner la 
retraite, de quoi l'aurait-on ac- 
cuse? 

Quels services avait-il rendus k 
(to) Eome ? 



Quand un senateur etait sorti de 

charge, que faisaient les tribuns 

du peuple ? 
Quel exemple d'injustice leur 

reprocha-fc-il ? 
Servilius s'attendait^il h un sort 

semblable h celui de Mdndnius? 



Non, leur courage les ernportait, 
et ils poursuivaient avec ar- 
deur 1'ennemi effraye\ 

Non, on ne lui put rien re* 
procher. 

Les tribuns du peuple l'auraient 
accuse d'intelligence avec les 
ennemis. 

II avait chasse les ennemis du 
territoire romain et enrichi 
Eome du butin qu'il rappor- 
tait du pays ennemi. 

Ils l'accablaient d'accusations. 



Celui de Menenius. 

Qui, mais il dit qu'un sort pa- 
reil a celui de Menenius ne 
pourrait le deshonorer. 



XII. DOUZIEME LE90N. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

In regard to the indefinite pronouns treated of in Lesson XXIX., Part 
I., the following peculiarities are to be observed : — 

1. The word on derived from homme, man (Latin homo), serves 
to render all vague and general reports expressed in English by they 
say, people sag, it is said, we say, etc. The verb which follows is 
always in the third person singular, as : — 



INDEFINITE PBONOUNS. 275 

People say, it is said, on dit. 

One cannot have everything, on ne pent pas avoir tout. 

Note 1. When in English the passive voice is used in this sense, the 
rcrb must be changed in Trench into, the active voice with on, as : — 

It is said, on dit. It is believed, on croit. 

I was told, on m'a dit. I am deceived, on me trompe. 

Lettei s have been received, on a recu des lettres. 

Note 2. Tor the cases where Von is used instead of on, see Lesson 
XXIX., 2. 

2. Chacun, e, each, has for the English his, her, or its, which 
follows it, son, sa, ses, and leur, leurs, for their, as : — 

Put these books each in its place. 

Remettez ces litres chacun a sa place. 

The judges have given sentence each according to his conscience. 

Les juges ont opines chacun selon sa conscience. 

The bees build each their cells. 

Les abeilles bdtissent chacune leur cellule. 

When chacun means every one, everybody (including all), it is always mas- 
culine. Example : Chacun a son tour. But when u r 4 1 relatively, i. e., in 
reference to a part of mankind, it may be feminine. Example : Chacune 
de nous (femmes) se pre'tendait superieure aux autres. 

3. Aucun, personne, and rien do not require ne before the verb, 
in -a sentence interrogative or of doubt : aucun then stands for any, 
personne for anybody, and rien for anything. Ex. : — 

Je ne crgis pas qu'il y ait aucun homme sans defaut. 

I db not think there is any man without a fault. 

Je doute qu'il y ait rien de plus beau. 

I doubt whether there is anything more beautiful. 

Note. Aucun and nul are not used in the plural, except before nouns 
which have no singular, or which are used in a different sense in the 
plural. 

4. When, however, these three pronouns serve to answer a ques- 
tion without repeating the verb used by the inquirer, they retain 
their negative meaning, as : — 

Qu'avez vous ? Rien. Rien da tout. 

What is the matter with you ? Nothing. Nothing at alL 

5. None, not one, are rendered by aucun ne and pas un ne. 
Examples: — 



276 XII. DOUZIEME LEgON. 

None of you were there, aucun de vous u'y elait. 

I have four sisters ; none (not one) of them is married. 

J'ai quatre sceurs, aucune or pas une n'est marine. 

6. Somebody, some one, anybody, and any one, are expressed by 
quelqu'un singular and masculine. Ex. : — 

Somebody told me so, quelqu'un me I'a dit. 

Do you know any one here 1 Connaissez-vous quelqu'un ici ? 

7. La plupart, most, is properly a collective noun, and like most 
other collective nouns takes the plural after it. This requires the 
verb and attribute which follow to be put in the plural. Ex. : — 

La plupart de ces pommes ne sont pas encore mures. 
Most of these apples are not yet ripe. 

8. Another is usually expressed by un autre, and others (Nom. 
and Direct Obj.) by d* autres or les autres. Ex. : — 

Another would not have acted so. 

Un autre n'aurait pas agi ainsi. 

Charity is contented that others be preferred. 

La charit€ est contente que les autres soient pr ej ore's . 

Buy some others, achetez-en d' autres. 

9. Autrui, others, only applies to persons ; it is, however, also 
taken as a singular in the sense of another. It is employed only 
after a preposition. Consequently, when in English the indefinite 
pronoun others occurs in the Nom. or Dir. Obj., it must not be 
translated by autrui, but by d' autres or les autres (§8). Ex. : — 

Charity rejoices in the happiness of others. 

La charite se rejouit du bonheur d' autrui. 

Attendez d 'autrui ce que vous faites a autrui. 

Expect from others the same treatment which you give them. 

10. When, however, the verb in the latter clause governs the Dir 
Obj., en is used instead of son or ses. Ex.: — 

Souvent nous bldmons les d^fauts d' autrui sans en reconnaitre les bomies qua- 
Hies (without acknowledging their good qualities). 

11. Tel has two significations : such and many a (man). In the 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 277 

former, it is an adjective and agrees with its noun, in the latter 
it is often a pronoun, i. e. is used without a substantive. Ex.: — 

Telle €taii la difficulte du terrain que, etc. 

Such was the difficulty of the ground, etc. 

Tel parle de choses qu'il n'entend pas. 

Many a man speaks of things which he does not understand. 

12. Such a must be rendered by un tel, une telle. Ex.: — 

Un lei homme, such a man. 

Une telle femme, such a woman. 

Un tel has also the meaning of so and so, as : — 

Chez Monsieur un tel ; Madame une telle. 

13. Tel que has the meaning such as or just as, and agrees in 
gender and number with the noun to which it refers. Ex.: — 

Telles que vous les voyez, such as you see them (fern.). 

14. Notice also the expression : UrCy a rien de tel que ... or 
it nest rien tel que . . ., there is nothing Uke. Ex.: — 

H n'y a rien de tel que d 'avoir une bonne conscience. 
There is nothing like having a good conscience. 

THEilE 26. 

1. They speak of peace. 2. People are not always fortunate. 
3. French is spoken here. 4. The inventio?i of gunpowder is at- 
tributed 1 to to Berthold Schwarz of Friburg. 2 5. It is said that 
the queen is in London. 6. Everybody has his faults. 7. What 
is the price of each of these medals? 3 8. My children have each a 
good place. 9. Every one has his [own] manner of thinking 4 and 
acting. 10. I do not know any of his friends. 11. Would any- 
body dare 5 deny 6 it? 12. None of the judges were against you. 
13. Of all the nations of the earth, there is none (not one) but has 
(qui n'aii) an idea 7 of God. 14. I expect somebody. 15. Those 
apples are fine, I will take some. 16. Waen we are in (en) town, 
we have almost every day somebody to dine 8 with us. 17. I have 
lost my stick, I must buy another. 18. Most of my books are 



278 XHI. TREIZIEME LEgON- 

now. 19. Do not speak ill (mat) of others. 20. Do not unto (a) 
others what thou wouldst not they should 9 do unto thee. 21. Many 
a man sows 10 who does not reap. 11 22. There is nothing like being 
(que d'etre) an honest man. 23. You must take them such as 
they are. 

1. Attribuer. 2. Fribourg. 3. Medaille, f. 4. Be penser et d'agir. 5. Oscr, 
8. tter. 7. Idee,f. 8. A diner. 9. QuHls te fissent a toimeme, 10. Scr.icr. 11. 
Mcdlier, 



XIII. TREIZIEME LE9ON 



INDEFINITE PIIONOUNS, CONTINUED. 

1. Uun et V autre, fern. Vune et V autre (plur. les tens et les au- 
tres, fern, les unes et les autres), both. These pronouns agree in 
gender and number with the noun to which they refer ; if they are 
preceded by a preposition in English, that preposition must be re- 
peated in French before each part. Ex.: — 

Both are gone, Vun et V autre sont partis. 

I will do it for them both. 

Je le ferai pour Vun et pour V autre. 

Note 1. When in English the word both is followed by a noun, it is ren- 
dered in Erench by les deux. Ex.: — 

I use both hands, je me sers des deux mains. 

Note 2. Both folloAved by and is a conjunction and is commonly omit- 
ted in Erench, as : — 

She is. both handsome and rich, die est belle et riche. 

2. TJun ou V autre, fem. Vune ou Vautre, ezilwr, also requires 
the repetition of the preposition, as : — 

I will do it for either. 

Je le ferai pour Vun ou pour Vautre. 



INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 279 

3. Ni Vun ni V autre, fern, ni Vune ni V autre, neither, requires 
Tie before the verb, as : — 

Neither has obtained the prize. 

Ni I'un ni I 'autre n'a gagn€ le prix. 

I will do it for neither of them (fern.). 

Je ne le ferai ni pour Vune ni pour V autre. 

4. L\m V autre, fern. Vune V autre (plur. les uns les autres, fern. 
ks uncs les autres) , one another, each other. The first of the two 
pronouns is always the subject and consequently stands in the Nom- 
inative in French. Active verbs then require se, nous or vous to 
be prefixed, although no reflective pronoun appears in English. 
When they are preceded by a preposition in English, that preposi- 
tion must come between them in French. Ex. : — 

These two girls love each other tenderly. 

Ces deux jeunes Jilles s'aiment (Vune V autre) tendrement. 

Charles and Henry speak ill of each other. 

Charles et Henri parlent mal I'un de V autre (not de Vun V autre.) 

5. The word the same is expressed by le me me or la meme fci 
the singular and by les memes for the plural of both genders, wheth- 
er it be connected with a noun or not, as : — 

Is that the same pencil which I hare lent } r ou. 
Est-ce le mime crayon que celui que je vous ai pret€f 
Yes, it is the same, oui, c'est le mime. 

6. The same, meaning the same thing, is expressed by la mem 
chose. Ex. : — 

He did the same, il a fait la mime chose. 

7. "When meme signifies even, it is an adverb tnd invariable, 
It may be placed before or after the nouns. Ex.: — 

Yos freres, vos amis, vos ennemis mime. 

Your brothers, your friends, your enemies even. 

8. Everything, all, are expressed by tout without any article, 
placed, in compound tenses, between the auxiliary and the partici- 
plo, as : — 



280 XIII. TREIZIEME LE£ON. 

I hare lost everything, fai tout perdu. 
Everything falls, tout tombe. 
All have perished there, tous y ont pelri. 
I have seen them all, je les ai toutes vues. 

9. Le tout stands for a substantive singular and masculine, and 
answers to the English the whole, as : — 

Le tout est plus grand que la partie. 

The whole is greater than a part. 

Je prendrai le tout, I will take the whole. 

10. The English words all that, everything that and whatever, 
are rendered in French by tout ce qui (Nom.), or tout ce que (Dir. 
Obj.), always singular and masculine. Ex.: — 

I like all that is fine, j'aime tout ce qui est beau. 
All that he says is true, tout ce qu'il dit est vrai. 

11. In the sense of quite, entirely, before an adjective or a par- 
ticiple masculine of both numbers, and before an adjective feminine 
beginning with a vowel or h mute, tout remains uninflected ; but it 
is declinable before an adjective or a participle feminine which be- 
gins with a consonant, and agrees with it in gender and number. 
Examples : — 

Nous fumes tout surpris, we were quite surprised. 

Ma sozur €tait tout €tonn€e. 

My sister was quite astonished. 

Elle fut toute surprise, she was quite surprised. 

12. When tout in connection with que stands for ... as, 
although, hoivever, it is used as a conjunction with the Indicative 
mood; and in this use the above-mentioned rule (§11) also holds 
good (see also §13). Ex.: — 

Tout riches que vous etes, rich as you are. 

Toutes savantes que sont ces dames. 

Learned as these ladies are (however learned these ladies arc, ct<\). 

THE3IE 27. 

1. Both are (ont) right. 2. Both serve the same purpose. 1 3. 
Do you speak of my brother or of my sister ? 4. I speak of both. 



INDEFINITE PEONOUNS. 281 

5. Both his uncle and aunt are dead. 6. Either of you can dome a 
great favor. 7. Yesterday I expected my two "best friends, but 
neither of them came. 8. Both suspect 2 him, but neither will say 
why. 9. Fire and water destroy 3 each other. 10. Love 4 one an- 
other, said our Lord. 5 11. They speak ill of one another. 12. It is 
rare to hear two authors 6 speak well of each other. 13. This poem 
is the same that 7 1 was mentioning 8 to you. 14. How much do you 
ask for the whole? 15. I will not sell the whole ; I must keep 9 a 
part for myself. 16. All is mutable 10 in this world. 17. Every- 
thing displeases 11 you. 18. He has taken everything for himself. 
19. All is not gold that glitters 12 (transl: All that (L. XL, § 10) 
glitters is not gold). 20. Whatever is good in itself (en soi), is 
not always approved. 13 21. His mother was (fut) quite cast 
down 14 at that news ; however, sorry 15 though she was, she received 
me kindly, and desired 16 me to dine with her. 22. This fashion 17 
is quite new. 23. My friend, however learned he may be, is some- 
times mistaken. 18 

1. Usage, m. 2. Soupconner. 3. Se detruisent. 4. Aimez-vous. 5. Seigneur. 

6. Auteur. 7. Que celui dont. 8. rarle. 9. Garder. 10. Variable. 11. Be- 
plaire. 12. Brille. 13. Approuver. 14. Abattue. 15. Affligee. 16. Prier. 17. 
Mode, f. 18. Se tromper. 



13. Quelque — que, however, though — ever so, is used in the 
same sense as tout — que, with this difference, that tout — que sup- 
poses something more true or real, whereas quelque — que implies 
something as possibly assumed, and on this account always governs 
the Subjunctive. Quelque, when before an adjective or participle, 
remains unchanged. The construction of the sentence is as fol- 
lows : quelque begins the clause, the second place is taken by the 
adjective or participle, then follows que, then the pronoun, then the 
verb in the Subjunctive mood. Ex.: — 

1 2 3 4 5 

Quelque habiles que vous soyez. 
However skilful you may be. 

But when the subject is not a pronoun, but a substantive, then the 
verb takes the fourth place and the noun the fifth. Ex.: — 



282 XHI. TREIZIEME LEgON. 

1 2 3 4. « 

Quelque louable que soit votre conduite, elle sera condamne'e. 
Ilowever praiseworthy your conduct maybe — or though your conduct 
be ever so praiseworthy, — it will be condemned. 

1 i. Quelque, followed by a substantive and any other verb than 
to be, is an adjective, and therefore takes an s before a noun plural. 
It corresponds with the English whatever. The construction is : 
1, quelque{s); 2, the substantive; 3, que; 4, the pronoun; 5, the 
verb in the Subjunctive mood ; the rest as in English. Ex.: — 

1 2 3 4 5 

Quelques richesses qu'ils aient amasse'es, Us ne sont pas heureux. 
Whatever riches they may have collected, they are not happy. 
Quelques fautes qu'il ait commises, je lui pardonnerai. 
Whatever faults he has committed, I will forgive him. 

15. Quel que, fern, quelle que, must be divided when it is im- 
mediately followed by the verb to be; it agrees in gender and 
number with the noun to which it relates ; it likewise requires the 
verb to be put in the Subjunctive mood. Ex.: — 

Quelle que soit votre faute, on vous pardonnera. 
Whatever your fault may be, they will forgive you. 
Quels que soient les talents de votre frere, il ne r€ussira pas. 
Whatever your brother's talents may be, he will not succeed. 

16. The English whoever and whosoever are usually rendered by 
quiconque when they mean every one who or all those who. 
Examples : — 

Quiconque n'observera pas cette hi, sera puni. 
Whoever does not observe this law, will be punished. 
Je parle a quiconque veut m'emendre. 
I speak, to whomsoever will hear me. 

17. The same two pronouns whoever and whosoever are ex- 
pressed in Erench by qui que ce soit (or fiit) qui, when they mean 
whatever may be the person who. The verb is in the Subj. mood. 
Examples : 

Whoever has done that, he is a man of talent. 

Qui que ce soit qui ait fait cela, c'est un homme de talent. 



INDEFINITE PR0N0UN3. 283 

Whomsoever you meet with, do not say what you have seen. 
Qui que ce soit que (Dir. Obj.) vous rencontriez, ne dites pas ce que vous 
avez vu. 

18. S. shorter expression for qui que ce soit que (not qui) h 
qui que, which is often used, except before il and Us : 

Qui que vous soyez, vous etes le bienvenu. 
Whoever you may be, you are welcome. 
Qui que vous rencontriez, ne dites pas, etc. 
Whomsoever you meet with, do not say, etc. 

19. Nobody whatever, is expressed by qui que ce soit and ne 
before the verb. Ex.: — 

Let nobody whatever enter my room. 

Ne laissez entrer qui que ce soit dans ma chambre. 

I trust nobody whatever. 

Je ne me fie a qui que ce soit. 

Note. But when nobody whatever begins the sentence, personne is used, 
as : — 
Nobody whatever has spoken ill of you. 
Personne n'a parl€ mal de vous. 

20. When the English indefinite pronoun whatever does not 
mean all that which or everything which, but whatever may le the 
thing which, it is rendered into French by quelque chose qui, quoi 
que, or quoi que ce soit {ps-fui) qui or que. Ex.: — 

Whatever may be said to you, do not believe it. 
Quelque chose qu'on vous dise, ne le croyez pas. Or : 
Quoi qu'on vous dise, ne le croyez pas. Or : 
Quoi que ce soit qu'on vous dise, ne le croyez pas. 
Whatever you may order, I will do it. 
Quelque chose que vous command iez, je le ferai. Or : 
Quoi que ce soit que vous commandiez, je le ferai. 

21 . Nothing whatever, not anything whatever, is translated by 
quoi que ce soit or fut, and ne before the verb. Ex. : — 

Without application, it is impossible to succeed in anything whatever. 
Sans application on ne pent re'ussir en quoi que ce soit. 



284 XIV. QUATORZIEME LE^ON. 

THEME 28. 

1. The wise man does not fear men, however powerful they may 
be. 2. Men, however great or small they may be, are nerer suffi- 
ciently 1 sensible how necessary they are to each other. 3. What- 
ever wealth 2 you may have, you will never be happy, unless you 3 
restrain your passions. 4. Do not lose [your] courage, whatever 
may happen to you. 5. Distrust 4 every one who (§16) speaks ill 
of his friends. 6. The laws condemn 5 all criminals, 6 whoever (§ 15) 
they may be. 7.1 tell it to every one who will hear. 8. I hope that 
you will not tell my secret to anybody whatever. 9. Regulus did 
not allow himself to be moved, 7 whatever the promises were that the 
Carthaginians 8 made him. 10. Unfortunate [man] ! whoever 
(§ 18) you are, I will not betray 9 you. 11. Whatever (§ 20) 
may happen to you in this world, never murmur 10 against Divine 
Providence ; for whatever we may suffer, we deserve 11 it. 12. Of 
whomsoever you speak, always speak the truth. 13. I have found 
nothing whatever. 14. I complain 12 of nothing whatever. 15. 
Young men ! 13 whatever the destiny 14 may be that awaits 15 you, in 
whatever region of the earth your days may be 16 spent, nature will 
continually offer to you her products 17 and her wonders ; 13 you will 
continually be surrounded 19 with the objects of your study. 

1. Assez. 2. EicJiesse, f. 3. A moins que vous ne reprimiez. 4. Meiiez-vous de. 
5. Condamner. 6. Criminel. 7. Ne se laissa pas ebranler. 8. Carthaginois. 9. 
Trahir. 10. Murmurer. 11. Meriter. 12. Se plaindre de. 13. Gens. 14. Le sort 
15. Attendre. 16. Doivent s tcouler. 17. Produits, m. 18. Merveilles. 19. Entou- 
rcs de. 



XIY. QUATORZIEME LE9ON. 



ADVERBS. 

See Tart I., Lessons XXI and XXXII. 
1 As already observed, the manner or mode of the action is 
expressed by the adverbs of quality or manner, as : 



ADVERBS. 285 

LI agit sagement (not sage), he acts wisely. 
U e'crit mal (not mauvais), he writes badly. 

2. There are certain adjectives, however, which are used instead 

of the adverb. This is the case in the following expressions : — 

Alter vite, to walk fast. rester court, ) , 

, . 7 , V to stop snort. 

covier cher, to be expensive- demeurer court, > 

vendre cher, to sell dear. payer comptant, to pay cash. 

sentir bon, to smell sweet. marcher droit, to walk straight. 

sentir mauvais, to smell badly. ch inter jus e, to sing correctly. 

trouver bon, to approve. chanter faux, to sing false. 

trouver mauvais, to take ill. parler haut, to speak loud. 

voir clair, to see clearly. parler bas, to speak low. 

tenir ferme, to hold fast. /aire expres, to do on purpose. 

3. The adjectives in this case remain, of course, unchanged. 

Examples : — 

Cette montre coute trop cher (not chere). 

This watch is too dear. 

Les enfants parlent trop haut (not hauts). 

The children speak too loud. 

La chanteuse a chants faux (not fausse). 

The songstress has sung false. 

Note 1. In speaking of the state of the health, however, the adverb 
bien or mal is employed. Ex. : — 

Je suis bien, I am well. 

Elle se trouve mal, she finds herself ill. 

Note 2. Observe also the expressions, Elle est bien, she is pretty; and 
elk n'est pas mal, she is not bad-looking. 

4. Some adverbs take after them an object with de or a, in case 
the adjective from which they are derived also tekes cue. Ex : — 

Conforme'ment a vos ordres. 

In conformity with your orders. 

Inde'pendamment de mes instructions. 

Independently of my instructions 

Cette riviere coule parallelement a la Vistule. 

That river flows parallel with the Vistula. 

THEME 29. 

1. Do net go so fast. 2. The night is approaching ; I no longer 
{phis) see clearly. 3. The rose smells sweet, but the pink 1 smells 



286 XIV. QUATORZlEME LEgON. 

better. 4. Do not speak low (in a whisper) in the presence of 
others. 5. How does the singer 2 sing ? 6. She sings false (incor- 
rectly). 7. Do not speak so low ; speak louder, so that you can 3 be 
understood. 8. You do not read well, and you write no {pas) 
better. 9. To-day I am not very well. 10. Do not eat so fast. 
11. This merchant sells his goods 4 very dear. 12. It is dark; I do 
net see clearly. 13. I have distributed 5 the money according to (in 
conformity with) your orders. 

1. IS (Billet. 2. La chanteuse. 3. Qu'on puisse vous comprendre. 4.. Marchcai- 
discs. 5. Disiribuer. 



ADVERBS OF TIME, ETC. 

1. Observe the distinction between the following adverbs : — 1. 
Plutot means rather (of inclination) ; plus tot, sooner (of time). 

2. Tout a coup means at once, suddenly, unexpectedly ; tout oVun 
coup means at once, i. e., at one time ; a la fois means altogether. 

3. Immediately is translated by tout de suite, tout a Vheure, and 
also by sans delai. De suite means successively, one after the 
other. 4. I? autre jour means the other day, lately, synonymous 
with dernierement. On the next day is le lendemain. 5. »A little 
while ago is tantot ; just is expressed by the. verb venir (see Part 
I. Lesson XL VII.). Ex.: — 

He has just gone out, it vient de sortir. 

2. Tres, fort, and Men, all mean very, right ; and whether one 
or the other is to be used before the adjective depends upon euphony 
alone. Very much, with verbs is generally translated by beaucoup, 
and sometimes also by Men; but never by tres or tres beaucoup. 
Bien, with a noun in the sense of much or a great many, must be 
followed by de with the definite article (see Lesson IV., § 1). 

3. WJien, in interrogative phrases, is rendered by quand. In 
other cases, quand refers to a possible, probable fact ; lorsque to a 
positive, real fact. Quand is vague ; lorsque is precise, as its ety- 
mology shows, alorsque, i. e., a Vheure que. 



ADVERBS. 287 

4. Plus and davantage both mean more. The latter always 
stands at the end of a sentence, and consequently can bo followed 
neither by a noun nor by a comparison with than. Than after plus 
and moins is usually que, but before a numeral it is translated by de 

5. Adverbs follow the simple verb. Do not say, Ma soe.ur rare- 
merit sort le matin ; but, ma soeur sort rarement le matin, my sis- 
ter seldom goes out in the morning. Je pense souvent a vous, I 
often think of you. 

Iu connection with the compound tenses of the verb, the adverb is 
generally placed between the auxiliary and the Participle Past. Ex. : 
Ma sozur a beaucoup voyage". 
My sister has travelled a great deal. 

6. But adverbs of time can also be placed at the beginning of 
the sentence, when an emphasis it laid upon them. Ex. : — 

Bientot je le vis rqmraitre, I saw him soon reappear. 

THEME 30. 

1. We often put off 1 till the next day what we ought to do at 
once. 2. Fortune is so fickle 2 that she often suddenly deserts 3 those 
that she has favored 4 the most. 3. A single 5 drop of vinegar con- 
tains more than a hundred animalcuke. 6 4. This man has a great 
many faults. 5. Children must obey immediately. 6. This man 
has been very much regretted. 7 7. One does not arrive at once at 
the highest pinnacle 8 of fame. 8. Mr. M. (has) won a thousand dol- 
lars at one time. 9. He undertakes too many things at once. 10. 
Did you believe this man? 11. At first (d'abord) I was not will- 
ing to believe him. 12. Good taste 9 is rather a gift 10 of nature, 
than an acquirement 11 of ar£. 13. How much money have you lent 
him ? 14. I have lent him more than eighty florins. 

1. Renvoyer or differer, 2. Inconstant. 3 Abandonner. 4. Favoriscs. 5. Una 
seule gcutte. 6. Animalcule, m. 7. Regretter. 8. Degre, m. 9. Gout, m. 10. 
Don, m. 11. Acquisition, f. 



288 XIV. QUATOEZIEME LEgON. 

reading lesson. 

Lb Connetable de Bouhbon et Bayard. 

(Dialogue.) 

Le Connetable. N'est-ce pas le pauvre Bayard que je vols au 
pied de cet arbre, etendu sur l'herbe, 1 et perce d'un grand coup? 
Oui, c'est lui-meme. Helas ! je le plains. En voila deux qui pe^ 
rissent aujourd'hui par nos amies : Vandenesse et lui. Ces deux 
Francais etaient deux ornenients de leur nation par leur courage. 
Je sens que mon coeur est encore touche pour sa patrie. Mais avan- 
90ns pour lui parler. Ah ! mon pauvre Bayard, c'est avec douleur 
que je te vois en cet etat. 

Bayard. C'est avec douleur que je vous vois aussi. 

Le Con. Je comprends bien que tu es fache de te voir dans 
mes mains par le sort 2 de la guerre ; mais je ne veux point te traiter 
en prisonnier, je te veux garder comme un bon ami, et prendre soin 
de ta guerison, 3 comme si tu etais mon propre frere. Ainsi tu ne 
dois point etre fache de me voir. 

Bay. He ! croyez-vous que je ne sois point fache d' avoir obli- 
gation au plus grand ennemi de la France ? Ce n'est point de ma 
captivite, ni de ma blessure, 4 que je suis en peine : 5 je meurs dans 
un moment, la mort va me delivrer de vos mains. 

Le Con. Non, mon cher Bayard, j'espere que nos soins reussi- 
ront a te gu^rir. 

Bay. Ce n'est point la ce que je cherche, et je suis coutent, de 
mourir. ( To be continued. ) 

1. Grass. 2. Fate. 3. Recovery. 4. Wound. 5. Sorry. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS, 289 



XY. QUINZIEME LE9ON 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 
(See P. I., L. XXXII.) 

1. It is necessary in the first place to distinguish whether the ne- 
gation belongs to a verb or not ; if not, the negative particle stands 
without ne. Not, without a verb, before nouns, is translated by non 
or non pas. Ex.: — 

His cruelty and not his pride. 

Sa cruauteet non Cor non pas) son orgueil. 

Not in connection with other words is simply pas : — 
Not much, pas beaucoup. Not I, pas moi. 

Not so much, pas tant. Why not, pourquoi pas. 

Not at all, pas du tout or point du tout. 

N. B. Observe the following expressions : — 

Not (nor) — either, non plus. 

Nor his brother either, ni son frere non plus. 

Nor I either, ni moi non plus. 

Not only — but, non-seulement — mais. (See §4.) 

2. But if the negation belongs to the verb the negative particle, 
whatever it maybe, is invariably accompanied by ne. Ex.: — 

Ne lui parlez pas, do not speak to him. 

Je n'ai rien vu, I have seen nothing. 

Je ne I'ai plus, I have it no more. 

Aucun de vous n'y €tait, none of you were there. 

Le pauvre homme n'a point d' argent. 

The poor man has no money. 

Je ne connais personne id, I know nobody here. 

Ni prieres ni * menaces ne purent Vattendrir. 

Neither prayers nor threatenings could move him. 

* If neither— nor come before two verbs in the Indicative mood, the former is ex- 
pressed simply by ne before the first, and nor by ni ne before the second. Ex. i— 
I neither praise nor blame him. 
Je ne le loue, ni ne le blame, 
19 



290 XV. QUINZIEME LEgON. 

H ne sait ni lire ni €crire. 

He knows neither how to read nor write. 

Nous n'approuvons nullement votre dessein. 

"We by no means approve of your design. 

Note. When the verb is in the simple Infinitive nepas or ne point ("also 
ne jamais) are not separated, as : — 

Not to study, ne pas etudier or ne point dludier. 

But when it is in the compound Infinitive it is optional to separate them 

or not. as : — 

( ne pas (point) avoir &udi€. 
Not to have studied, i , • , . ,>, „ *. .. 

' (_ n avoir pas (point) etudie. 

8. The words no more or not any more (meaning not more) are 
expressed by ne before the verb and pas plus after, when more is 
followed by than : — 

He is no more than fifteen years of age. 
II n y a pas plus de quinze ans. 

But they are rendered by ne — plus without pas, when more is not fol- 
lowed by than. Ex.: — 
I shall read no more (no longer), je ne lirai plus. 

4. Non seulement, not only, takes no ne with the verb. Ex. : — 

Je Vai fait non seulement pour lui, mais aussi pour ses enfants. 
I have done it not only for his sake, but also for his children's. 

THEME 31. 

1. I do not speak. 2. I have not spoken. 3. Have you 
bought this book ? 4. No, sir, I have not (P. I., L. XLVIL). 5. 
It is your friendship which I seek, not my interest. 1 6. Not I. 7. 
Not we. 8. Are you tired? 9. Not at all. 10. I was not there ; 
nor my sister either. 11. This peasant 2 can neither read nor write. 
12 The boy has neither paper 3 nor pens. 13. I have never 
bad such a (un si) good book. 14. We have no desire at all 4 
to do it. 15. The speaker 5 has convinced 6 not only his friends 
but also his adversaries. 16. Charles XII. persisted in 7 never 
speaking (never to speak) French. 17. I have no more hope. 

1. Interet, m. 2. Paysan, m. 3. See p. 224, $ 3. <i. Nullement envie. 5. IPora- 
tezir. 6. Convaincre. 7. S'obstina a. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 291 

NE USED ALONE WITHOUT PAS. 

5. The negative not is expressed by ne without pas or point 
with the three verbs : cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; pouvoir, to 
be able ; when followed by an Infinitive, as : — • 

Elle ne cesse de pleurer, she docs not cease crying. 
II n'ose revenir, he dares not cOme back. 
Je ne puis le croire, I cannot believe it. 

Note 1. Cesser takes pas, however, when a time is specified, as : — 
H ne cesse pas de travailler avant huit heures du soir. 
Noth> 2. In regard to pouvoir, use in the first person of the Present 
tense either : — 
Je ne puis (without pas), or : Je ne peux pas. 

6. When the negative use of savoir means to be uncertain, i. e. 
in doubt, it does not take pas. In the same way pas is always 
omitted in the expression je ne saurais, I cannot. Ex. : — 

Je ne savais que dire, I did not know what to say 
Je ne saurais vous dcnner une garantie. 
I cannot give you a security. 

But if "not know" has the signification of not to have learned, not to 
know (a language, etc.), then savoir always takes ne and pas. Ex.: — 
Je ne sais pas nager, I cannot swim. 
Ne savez-vous pas I'allemand, do you not know- German ? 

7. In sentences depending upon prendre garde, to take care, 
there is no pas. Ex. : — 

Prenez garde qu'il ne vous trompe. 
Pas is used however if an infinitive follows. Ex.: — 
Prenez garde de ne pas tomber. 

8. Of two negative sentences standing in immediate connection 
with each other, the latter loses its pas. Ex. : — 

Je ne connais pevsonne qui ne fasse quelquefois des fautes. 

Note 1 . Also peu and sans are here regarded as a negation, as : — 

Pen s'en faut qu'il ne soit tombe', he was very near falling. 

Sans rien /aire, without doing anything. 



292 XV. QUINZIEME LEgON. 

Note 2. The former sentence may also be interrogative if only the idea 
of negation be contained in it, as : — 

Y a-t-il Cor est-il) un homme qui ne croie en Dieu ? 

jp. Do not put pas after que ne, when used instead ot pourquoi 
pas. Ex.: — 

Si vous avez froid, que ne mettez-vous votre manteau ? 
If you are cold, why not put on your cloak ? 

10. Nor after voila, ily a and depuis que, when the verb which 
has the idea of negation is in the compound of the Present or in the 
compound of the Imperfect. Ex.: — 

Ily a deux mois que je ne lui ai parl€. 
H a Men change' depuis que je ne Vai vu. 

11. Pas is not used when ne is connected with d 'autre followed 
by que, as : — 

Je n'ai d' autre ambition que de vous rendre heureux. 
I have no other ambition than to make you happy. 

12. Further in the following idioms : — 

Navoir garde, to take care not to, to be on one's guard. 

Nimporte, it does not matter. 

Ne voir goutte, to see nothing (at all). 

Ne dire mot, to say not a word. 

a Dieu neplaise que, etc., God forbid, ^tc. 

13. A moins que and conjunctions expressing fear, take ne before 
the following verb (in the subjunctive). Ex.: — 

A moins que vous ne le fassiez, Unless you do it. 
THEME 32. 

1. Alcibiades could not suffer that his country should obey 1 a 
rival. 2 2. I dare not enter 3 his room. 3. It is no more than a 
week 4 since I saw (que fai vu) your uncle ; he has gone to Amer- 
ica, you will see him no more. 4. I cannot (§ 6) tell you whether 
(si) my father is at home or not (non) ; I have not seen him this 
morning. 5. Take care lest (que, § 7) he steal your money. 6. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 293 

Take care not to be (to come) too late. 7. We dare not tell him this 
news. 8. There is no enemy who is (soit) not able 5 to injure. 8 9. 
God forbid that I should betray 7 your secret 

1. Imperf. Subj. 2. Aunerivale. 3. Entrer dans. 4. Suit jours. 5. En itat, 
6. Be nuire, 7. Traliir. 



NEGATION USED IN FRENCH, AND NOT IN ENGLISH.* 

14. Ne is moreover often employed in French when in English 
no thought of negation is to be discovered. This is the case : — 

With the affirmative verb of a comparative clause introduced 
by que, than, when the verb closely follows que. Also after 
verbs, nouns, and conjunctions expressing fear and apprehension. 
Ex.: — 

II est plus ag£ que je ne croyais. 

He is older than I thought. 

Je crains qu'il ne vienne. 

I fear he may come. 

H parte autrement qu'il n'agit. 
He speaks otherwise than he acts. 
A moins que vous ne le fassiez. 
Unless you should do it. 

Note. But if the first clause of the sentence be negative, que of the lat- 
ter clause is not followed by ne, if the compared action is not doubtful, as : 

II n'e'crit pas mieux qu'il parle. 

15. The verbs douter, to doubt; nier and disconvenir, to deny . 
contester, to contest, require ne before the verb (in the Subjunctive) 
of the dependent sentence, yet only when these verbs themselves 
are used simply negatively or simply interrogatively. Ex.: — 

Je ne doute pas ") 

Doutez-vous \ V ue cela ne soit vraL W 

I do not doubt (do you doubt) that this is true. 

Niez-vous ") 

Je ne nie pas \ * u il ne S0lt C0U P aUe - W 

Do you deny (I do not deny) that he is guilty? 

* The pupil should learn, in connection with this lesson, $ 6, L. XIX. p. 330. 



294 XV. QUINZIEMB LEgON. 

16. But when these verbs are affirmative, or negative-interroga- 
tive, ne is not inserted in the second clause. Also when ne pas 
douier has the force of etre sur. Ex.: — 

Je doute que cela soit vrai (without ne). 
Ne niez-vous pas qu'il soit coupable ? 

17. If the dependent sentence in English is negative, it takes, 
of course, ne — pas. Ex. : — 

I fear lie will not come, je crains qu'il ne vienne pas. 
They fear the fortress will not have ammunition enough. 
On craint que la forteresse n'ait pas assez de munition. 

18. Empecher, to prevent, to hinder, requires ne before the fol- 
lowing verb in the Subjunctive mood, as : — 

JFempecherai qu'il ne sorte. 

I will hinder him from going out. 

Empechera-t-il . ") 

T1 , a 7 Y que vous ne le fassiez. 

II n empecliera pas ) * J 

Will he prevent you (he will not prevent you) from doing it ? 
THEME 33. 

1. He is more wicked than I thought. 2. Henry is stronger 
than he was last year. 3. Ireland is more powerful, at present, than 
were the three kingdoms at (a) the death of queen Elizabeth. 4. 
A traveller often relates 1 things otherwise than they are. 5. I fear 
lest (^Me).some misfortune has befallen 2 my son. 6. I fear our 
master will come ; do you not fear he will come? 7. He denies 
that his brother is mixed up 3 in that aflair. 8. The city of Paris 
has become much more beautiful since 4 you saw (have seen) it. 9. 
Do you fear he will write to your father? 10. I do not fear it. 
11. We do not fear that the battle is lost. 12. Do you deny that 
you have procured [for] him the means of flight? 5 13. I do not 
deny that I have given him some clothes and some money. 14. I will 
hinder him from coming back. 15. I doubt whether the letter has 
been sent to him (see p. 275, § 1, Note 1). 16. I cannot prevent 
him from loving (that he loves) pleasure 6 better than work. 6 

1. Bapporter. 2. Etre arrivi, &. 3. Meier. 4. Depuis que. 5. Fuiie. f. 6. 
Put the def. article. 



SYNTAX OF NEGATIONS. 295 

reading lesson. 

Le Connetable de Bourbon et Bayard. 

(Suite.) 

Le Con. Qu'as-tu done ? Est-ce que tu ne saurais te consoler 
d "avoir ete vaincu et fait prisonnier dans la retraite de Bonnivet ? 
Oe n'est pas ta faute, e'est la sienne : les armes sont journalieres 
(changing) . Ta gloire est assez bien etablie par tant de belles ac- 
tions. Les Xroperiaux 1 ne pourront jamais oublier cette vigoureuse 
defense de Mezieres contre eux. 

Bay. Pour moi, je ne puis jamais oublier que vous etes ce 
grand connetable, ce prince du plus noble sang qu'il y ait dans le 
monde, et qui travaille h dechirer 2 de ses propres mains sa patrie et 
le loyaume de ses ancetres. 

Le Con. Quoi ! Bayard, je te loue, et tu me condamnes ! Je 
te plains, et tu m'insultes ! 

Bay. Si vous me plaignez, je vous plains aussi; et je vous 
trouve bien plus a plaindre que moi. Je sors de la vie sans tache ; 
j'ai sacrifie la mienne h mon devoir, je meurs pour mon pays, pour 
mon roi, estime des ennemis de la France, et regrette de tous les 
bons Francais. Mon etat est digne d'envie. 

Le Con. Et moi, je suis victorieux d'un ennemi qui m'a ou- 
trage', je me venge de lui ; je le chasse du Milanais ; 3 je fais sentir a 
toute la France combien elle est malheureuse de m' avoir perdu, en 
me poussant a bout. 4 Appelles-tu cela etre k plaindre ? 

Bay. Oui, on est toujours h plaindre quand on agit contre son 
devoir. II vaut mieux perir en combattant pour la patrie, que de 
la vaincre et de triompher d'elle. Ah ! quelle horrible gloire que 
celle de detruire 5 son propre pays ! (To be continued.) 

1. The Imperialists, Austrians. 2. To tear. 3. From the Milanese territory, 
•L To the extreme. 5. Destroy. 



296 



XVI. SEIZ1EME LEgOfl. 



XYI. SEIZIEME LE9ON. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 

The use of the prepositions is of too various a nature to allow of its being 
determined by definite rules. Their departure from the original significa- 
tion can only be shown by examples. 

Prepositions must generally be repeated before every noun. A, 
de, and en must always be repeated. 

All prepositions except en govern the infinitive ; en is followed by 
the present participle. Ex. : — 

Pour aller, in order to go. En attant, in going. 

I. ON THE USE OF SOME FRENCH PREPOSITIONS. 



A denotes 1st place, and is used before names of places (not 
countries) , and common names ; (in English at or in) : — 

a Paris, at Paris, a Vtglise, at church. 

a la campagne, in the country, a V ombre, in the shade. 

au theatre or au spectacle, at the theatre. 

a la poste, at the post-office. 

/rapper a la porte, to knock at the door. 

a la main, in the hand, a droite, to the right. 

2. Time: — 

a quelle heure, at what o'clock ? 

a deux heures, at two o'clock, a midi, at twelve o'clock. 

au commencement de la lecon, at the beginning of tho lesson. • 

a temps, in time, a mon arrive'e, on my arrival. 

a la pointe du jour, at daybreak. 

3. Manner and instrument : — 

a la mode, in fashion, fashionably. 

a pied, on foot, a cheval, on horseback. 

a bras ouverts, with open arms. 

travailler a V aiguille, to work with the needle. 



EEMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 297 

peindre c Vhuile, to paint in oil 

mcsurer a I'aune, to measure by the ell (yard). 

deux a deux, two and two. 

goutte a goutte, drop by drop. 

a bon march€, cheap. 

a cinq pour cent, at five per cent. 

a Vanglaise, after the English style. 

4. Destination : — 

Une cuiller a the', a teaspoon. 

Une montre a repetition, a repeater C watch). 

5. Direction, especially with the verb alter or se rendre, to go 
(the English to) : — 

Aller a Vienne, to go to Vienna. 

Nous allons a la campagne, we are going into the country. 

Aller au theatre, to go to the theatre. 

Aller a la chasse, to go hunting, etc. 

Dans, en. 

Dans means both in and into a (closed) place ; it is used in a 
more determinate sense than en, and is always followed by the article 
or another determinate word (such as, this, my, which, etc.) . Ex. : — 

Dans la (ma, voire) chambre, in the (my, your) room. 

Dans ma poche, in my pocket. 

Dans I'hiver de 1850, in the winter of 1850. 

Dans une colere affreuse, in a dreadful passion. 

77 est dans la prison, he is in (the) prison (of that place). 

Eire dans la ville, to be within the town (not in the country). 

Observe also the difference in the following expressions : — 

H est au jardin and il est dans son jardin. 

Je suis a la maison (at home) and je suis dans ma maison. 

Em. is used in a more vague sense, and is followed by no article. It 
is used for in or to before the name of a kingdom, republic, country, 
county, or province. Ex. : — 

En' liberie', in liberty. En colere, in a passion. 

En France, in or to France. 

En Avril or au mois d' avril, in April. 

En eJe", in summer. En hiver, in winter. 



298 XVI. SEIZIEME LEgON. 

En automne, in autumn Cbut au printemps, in spring.) 

Etre en voyage, to travel about. 

En ces termes, in these words. 

Vivre en paix, to live in peace. 

Etre en ville, to be out, to be from,, home. 

II est en prison, he is in prison (he is a prisoner). 

Note. There are a few expressions in which the article is retained after 
m ; such are, en V absence, in the absence ; en I'honneur, in honor. Only I' 
and la are thus found after en, never le. 

Dans and en, relating to time, are differently used. Dans de- 
notes the point of time, en the duration. Ex. : — 

Dans dix minutes, ten minutes hence. 

En dix minutes, within the space of ten minutes. 

Je partirai dans huit jours, I shall set out in a week. 

M. B. reviendra dans deux mois, Mr. B. will return in two months. 

J'ai appris le francais en dix mois, I learned French in ten months. 

Entre, parmi. 
Mitre answers in general to the English between, betwixt, and is 
said of two objects only. Ex. : — 

Entre la parte et la fenetre, between the door and the window. 

Entre autres, among others. 

La mere tenait V enfant entre ses bras. 

The mother held her child in her arms. 

Parmi is said of several objects, as : — 

Parmi les rockers, among the rocks. ■ 

Voire grammaire se trouva parmi mes livres. 
Your grammar was found among my books. 

Devant, avant. 
Devant is a local preposition, and is also used for in presence of. 
as: — 
■Nous jouerons devant la maison, we will play before the house. 
// a paru devant le juge, he appeared before the judge. 
Sur le devant, in the front ; la porte de devant, the front door. 

Avant denotes priority of time and order, as : — 
Je suis arrive* avant vous, I arrived before you. 
L'article se met avant le nom, the article is put before the noun. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 299 

Avant tout, above all. 

Avant is also used before an infinitive with de : — 

Avant de partir, before leaving. 

Envers, vers, 

Envers, towards , to, is used for with regard to, in a moral sense, 
as : — 

Soyez charitables envers les pauvres, be charitable towards the poor. 
Ccmportez-vous bien envers lui, behave well towards liirn (with regard to 
him). 

Vers expresses motion and is put before names of places and 
persons : — 

Vers la colline, towards the hill. 

U s'avanga vers moi, he advanced towards me. 

Chez. 

Chez might be rendered in English by at the house of, with, 
among, etc. Ex. : — 

Chez voire pere, at your father's. 

Chez les Ro mains, among the Eomans. 

Chacun est maitre chez soi, everybody is master in his own house. 

Je viens de chez vous, I come from your house. 

Hors de, hors. 

1. Hors de denotes an exclusion from a place, out of, outside of, 
without. Ex. : — 

Hors de la maison, out of the house. 
Hors da royaume, out of the kingdom. 

Note. In this signification de may be left out, as : Hors la maison, hors 
la barriere, etc. 

2. Hors de is also used in a figurative or temporal sense, as : — 
E est hors de danger, he is out of danger. 

Hors d'etat, out of condition, unable. 

3. Hors (without de) signifies except, besides : — 

Hors cela nous sommes d'accord, with the exception of that we are agreed. 
Note. In this senic hormis is sometimes used for hors, more frequently 
excepte". 



300 XVI. SEIZIEME LEQON. 

D'avec, d'entre, de dessous, etc. 
Some prepositions are preceded by de, which serves to indicate 
the point from which an action proceeds, as : — . 

Ma separation d'avec moti pere. 

My separation from my father. 

On arracha l 'enfant d'enire les bras de sa mere. 

They tore the child from the arms of its mother. 

On le tira de dessous le lit. 

They drew him from under the bed. 

Sans. 

Sans, without, is sometimes expressed in English by but for. 
Example : — 

Sans lui, je serai mort de /aim. 
But for him, I should have starved. 

Es. 

This word is a contraction for en les. It is used for university 
degrees. Ex. : — 

Backdier es lettres, bachelor of arts. 

THEME 34. 

1. Where are you going? 2. I am going into the country. 3. 
My friend arrived in the beginning of summer; he was received 
with open arms. 4. Is this book to (a) your taste? 1 5. No, I 
do not like it. (It does not please me). 6. I met that gentleman 
on my journey in Italy. 7. Is Mr. A. at home? 8. Yes, sir; he 
is in the garden. 9. In the absence of the king, who is now m 
Italy, these affairs must be suspended. 2 10. The poor man had to 
choose between slavery 3 and death. 11. Why has she been so 
unjust towards her parents? 12. Did you arrive before or after 
four o'clock? 13. Before the church there are three high poplars. 4 
14. My neighbor was kindly disposed towards me. 15. I found 
this letter among my papers. 16. Brandy (V eau-de-vie) is the 
source of great evils among that people. 
1. Gout, m. 2. Smpendrc. 3. I/esclavage, m. 4. Peuplier, m. 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 301 

THEME 35. 

1. They (on) told mo amongst other things, that the ship had 
been taken by the enemy (pi.). 2. The old man was unable (not 
in a condition) to do anything for her. 3. He has sold all his 
horses, except one or two. 4. Now we turn to (towards) the south. 
5. Among the merchants in London, there are many beneficent 1 
men. 6. He lives with his brother. 7. The tailor will come to 
vour house to-morrow. 8. Where do you come from ? 9. I come 
from my aunt's. 10. The wooden horse was outside the walls 2 of 
Troy. 11. The patient 3 is at present out of danger. 12. Nobody 
besides myself was present. 13. Out of (sur) sixty soldiers who 
tried the attack, twenty-five fell into (entre) the hands of the enemy 
(pi-). 14. One must distinguish true friendship from (d'avec) 
(the) false. 15. The dog sprang out 4 from under the table. 

1. Bienfaisant. 2. Les murs de Troie. 3. Le malade. 4. Sauter. 

II. HOW TO EXPRESS SOME ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS. 

Above. 

Above, when it expresses time or number, so as to signify more 
than or longer than, is rendered in French by plus de. Ex. : — 

The fight lasted above four hours. 
Le combat dura plus de quatre heures. 
It is above twenty miles from here. 
fl y a plus de vingt lieues d'ici. 

About. 
1. About, in the sense of around, is to be rendered by autour 
de. 2. In the signification of concerning, it is touchant, concer- 
nant, sur, or simply de. 3. In speaking of things which people 
carry about them, it is translated with sur. Ex. : — 

1 . All thronged about the prince. 

Tout le monde se pressa autour du prince. 

2. I will speak to him about our affair (business). 
Je lui parlerai touchant (or sur or de) notre affaire. 

3. I have no money about me, je n'ai pas d'argent sur moi. 



302 XVI. SEIZIEME LEgON. 

At. 

1. At is most commonly rendered by a with or without an arti- 
cle. 2. After nouns or verbs denoting derision, anger, surprise, 
sorrow, etc., at is rendered by de. 3. It is translated chez when, 
in English, it precedes the word house, either expressed or under- 
stood. Ex. : — 

1 . TVe were at dinner, nous €tions a diner. 

Do you play at cards, jouez-vous aux cartes ? 

2. She laughed at him, elle se moqua de lui. 
I am surprised at what you say. 

Je suis surpris de ce que vous dites. 

3. We were at your aunt's, nous €tions chez voire tante. 

By. 

1. By denoting the agent or cause is translated de or par (see 
p. 135, 2). Ex.: — 

Mr. Bell is respected by everybody. 
M. Bell est respects de tout le monde. 
Troy was destroyed by the Greeks. 
Troie fat detruite par les Grecs. 

2. In affirmations and swearing by is translated par : 
He swears by his honor, il en jure par son honneur. 

3. By, after the verbs to sell, to buy, to work, etc., preceding a 
noun of weight or measure, day, week, month, or year, is rendered 
in French by a, with the definite article. Ex. : — 

I sell the tea by the pound, je vends le the' a la livre. 
"We work by the hour or by the day. 
Nous travaillons a Vheure ou a la journ€e. 

4. When preceding a numeral immediately followed by an adjec- 
tive of dimension, by is rendered in French by sur. Ex. : 

This room is fifteen feet long by ten wide. 

Cette chambre a quinze pieds de longueur sur dix de largeur. 

5. By, immediately following the verbs to kill, to wound, etc., 
is translated in French by d'un coup de, when it expresses the blow, 
wound, firing, etc., of an instrument by which a man was wounded, 
killed, etc. Ex. : — 



EEMARKS ON SOME PEEPOS1TIONS. 



303 



The officer was wounded by a bullet. 
Uofficier fut blesse" d'un coup de fusil. 
Achilles was killed at the siege of Troy by an arrow. 
Achillc fit tu€ au siege de Troie d'un coup de fieche. 

Note. If the blows hare been repeated, a coups de is used, in which case 
it is most commonly rendered in English by with. Ex. : — 
They knocked him down with a stick. 
lis Vassommerent a coups de baton. 



THEME 36. 

1. My father was not above twenty-two years old when he was 
married. 1 2. My uncle's country-house 2 is very handsome ; but it 
cost him above eighty thousand francs. 3. It is above a year since 
my friend set off for 3 America. 4. Home was built by Romulus. 

5. The poor man has been driven out 4 of his house by his creditors. 5 

6. I will get up to-morrow at six o'clock. 7. Were you at Mrs. 
D.'s ball last night? 8. I will pay you at the end of this month. 
9. I rejoice greatly at your good luck. 6 10. She always smiles 7 at 
everything that is said. 11. Where was your sister this morning? 
12. She was at her aunt's. 13. My box 8 is a foot and a half deep 
by two wide and four long. 14. Harold was wounded by an arrow. 9 

15. William the Second was killed by an arrow in the New-Forest. 

16. He is so strong that with his fist* (5, Note) he could knock 
down 11 an ox. 17. They killed the dog with stones. 18. The sol- 
diers kill one another with bayonets. 12 

1. To be married, se marier. 2. Lamaison de campagne. 3. Pour. 4. Ckass6. 
5. Creancier, m. 6. Boriheur, 7. Sourire. 8. Le coffre. 9. Flechc, f. 10. Le 
poing, 11. Abattre. 12. La baionette. 

From. 
1. From, preceding the name of a person, or a possessive adjec- 
tive, or a personal or interrogative pronoun after the verbs to go, to 
oome, to send, etc., is generally rendered by de la part de. Ex. : — 

Many compliments from Dr. O. 

Bien des compliments de la part de Monsieur le docteur 0. 

I cOme from him or her (from them), etc. 

Je liens de sa part (de leur part). 



804: XVI. SEIZIEMB LEgON. 

2. From, meaning from some one's house, is in French de chcz. 
Example : — 

I come from my uncle's, aunt's, etc. 

Je viens de chez mon oncle, — de chez ma tante, etc. 

3. From — to is rendered by de — en. Ex. : — 

He went from street to street, from town to town, etc. 
// alia de rue en rue, de ville en ville, etc. 

Note. When two names of towns or villages are mentioned, to is ren- 
dered by a. Ex. : — 
From Paris to Rouen, de Paris a Rouen. 

4. From is rendered by depuis, and to by jusqu'a, when speak- 
ing of extent or time. Ex. : — 

From Easter to Christmas, depuis Pdques jusqu'a Noel. 

In. 

1. In — dans or en, sec these words in the first part of this Les- 
son. 

2. In, after words denoting pain, hurting, etc., and preceding a 
possessive adjective with any part of the body, is to be rendered by 
a with the definite article. Ex. : — 

I have constantly a pain in my head. 
JFai toujours mat a la tete. 

3. In adverbial expressions of time, in is not expressed in 
French. ' Ex. : — 

In the morning, le matin. In the evening, le soir. 

On or upon. 

1. On or upon is most generally sur. Ex. : — 
He climbed upon the tree, il grimpa sur I'arbre. 

2. After the verbs to play, to live, to depend, and the like, on 
or upon is rendered by de. Ex. : — 

You play on the violin, and I play on the flute. 
Votu jouez du violon et moi, je joue de la flute. 
A good end often depends on a good beginning. 
Une bonne fin depend souvent d'un ban commencement. 
The prisoner lives on bread and water. 
Le prisonnier vit de pain et d'eau. 



- 



REMARKS ON SOME PREPOSITIONS. 



305 



3. The preposition on, before the days of the week and with 
dates, is dropped in French. Ex. : — 

Come on Sunday, venez dimanche. 
On the twelfth of May, le douze mat. 

4. On, denoting time, in other cases is translated by en. 



Over. 

This preposition is commonly rendered in French by sur, but it 
must be expressed by the Part. Past of the verbs passer, Jinir, 
achever, when it denotes an action ended. Ex. : — 

As soon as the rain will be over. 

Des que la pluie sera pass€e. 

Is dinner over, le diner est-il Jini ? 

With. 

1. With is rendered by de after such verbs as, to die, to meddle, 
to do, to dispense, to load, to cover, to fill, and after some adjec- 
tives, as: pleased, contented, etc. (see p. 250, § 1 and 2). Ex.: — 

He died with cold, il mound de froid. 

The wagon is loaded with goods, la voiture est charg€e de marchandises. 

2. With is expressed by a and the article before nouns denoting 
in what manner a thing is done or made. Ex. : — 

To draw with a pencil, dessiner au crayon. 

To fight with pistols, se battre au pistolet. 

Note. Charger takes a, and se battre, au, a la, a V (as the noun may 
require), before the names of materials or weapons generally used for loading 
fire-arms or for fighting ; otherwise, with is rendered by avec. Ex. : — 

Charger un fusil a balles, avec des pierres. Se battre a Vepe'e, an pistolet s 
avec des haches, avec des martaux. 

The ambiguous English sentence, He struck the man with a wooden 
Isg, would be translated into French by Ilfrappa Vhomme a lajambe de bois, 
if the man was crippled; but if the wooden leg is the weapon of attack, 
avec is used. 

3. With must not be expressed after the following verbs : to 
meet with, rencontrer ; to trust with, conjier qch. a. qn. ; to supply 

20 



306 XVI. SEIZlfiME LEQON. 

with, fournir qch. a qn. ; to reproach with, rcprocher qch. a qn, t 

Examples : — 

We will supply him "with everything. 
Nous lui fournirons tout. 
I reproached him with his ingratitude. 
Je lui reprochai son ingratitude. 

Remark. Prepositions are placed in French before the words they gov- 
ern, though in English they are sometimes placed after. Ex. : — 
Whom do you speak to, a qui parlez-vous ? 
What's that for, pour quoi cela ? 
The man whom you are interested in. 
Uhomme pour qui vous vous inte'ressez. 



. THEME 37. 

1. Go from me to Mr. S., and tell him that I am expecting him. 
2. From whom do you come ? 3. I come from Miss B. 4. 
Charles was wounded in his arm, and not (noil) in his leg. 5. I 
have very often a pain in my teeth. 6. I will call upon you in the 
afternoon, and in the evening (I will) go to the play. 7. Upon 
what instrument does your sister play? 8. She plays the piano. 
9. That happened 1 on the 12th [of] March. 10. I am in the 
habit 2 of taking a cup of coffee as soon as dinner is over. 11. Do 
not meddle 3 with my affairs ; attend to your own. 12. Is that 
house covered with slate 4 or tiles? 5 13. It is covered with tiles. 
14. This picture seems to he done with chalk. 6 15. When you 
meet a poor man, never reproach him [with] his poverty. 16. 
France extends'' from the Rhine to the Atlantic 8 Ocean. 17. "What 
does he complain 9 of? IS. We have travelled from Switzerland to 
Italy. 19. You spend all the day in going (a aller) from house to 
house, from street to street, from place to place. 20. Those labor- 
ers 10 work from (depuis) morning 11 to night. u 21. I walk every 
day from twelve (midi) to three. 

1. Se passu. 2. To be in the habit of, avoir I'habitude de. 3. Se mtlcr. 4. Ar. 
doiss, in singular. 5. Tuile, in plural. 6. Craie,f. 7. S'etendre. 8. V Ocean At 
lantique. 9. £e plaindre de qch. 10. Ouvrier, in. 11. Put the article. 



USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 307 



XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LE9ON. 



DIFFERENT USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 

I. QUE WITH THE INDICATIVE. 

1. The conjunction que is used 1. to join the two terms of a 
comparison ; 2. in a restrictive sense, for but or only, as : 

Elle n'a que deux freres, she has only two brothers. 

2. The que of admiration or exclamation expresses wonder or 
surprise; it answers to the English words how, how much, how 
many. Ex. : — 

Que vous etes heureux ! how happy you are ! 
Que la terre est petite.en comparaison avec le soleil ! 
How small is the earth compared with the sun ! 
Que de peine vous prenez pour moi I 
How much trouble you take for me ! 

3. In short exclamations que is inserted after the noun when the 
verb is omitted. Ex. : : — 

Quel, beau pays que Vltalie ! 

What a beautiful country Italy is ! 

Quel homme que ce Fe'ne'lon ! 

What a man that Fenelon is {or was) ! 

4. It stands for pourquoi in negative exclamations, as : — 
Que ne puis-je vous aider! why can I not assist you ! 

5. The French periphrase of a sentence with Jest is followed by 
que, whereas in English this is not expressed. Ex.: — 

C'est une belle chose que la discretion. 
Discretion is a good thing. 
C'est une chose detestable que la haine. 
Hatred is a detestable thing. 

If, however, an Infinitive follows, que need not be used : — 



308 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEQON. 

C'est une honte (que) d'ignorer sa langue maternelle. 
It is a shame not to know one's mother tongue. 

6. Que must be inserted after c'est-h-dire, that is to say, when a 
verb follows. Que is also frequently used after voila and peut-etre 
Example : — 

Vous serez parfaitement libres, c'est-a-dire que vous ne de'pendrez de personnz. 
You will be perfectly free, that is to say, you will depend upon nobody. 

7. In the expressions : que oui, yes ; que si! yes ! que non, 
no ; que is used pleonastically. Ex. : — 

Je dis que oui, I say yes. 

8. • Que stands for since instead of depuis que : 

Combien y a-t-il que voire sceur est morte ? 
How long is it since your sister died ? 

9. Que is used for when after a peine, scarcely, and in the sig- 
nification of as or when, after the specification *of a time, in which 
case the use of lorsque would be incorrect. Ex. : — 

A peine &ait-il sorti, que la maison s'€croula. 
Scarcely was he gone out, when the house fell. 
Un matin que je sortais de tres-bonne heure. 
One morning as I went out early. 
Maintenant que vous etes en France, etc. 
Now that you are in France. . . * 

10. Que corresponds to the English that after all verbs of think- 
ing, feeling, saying* as : dire, affirmer, repondre, declarer, 
croire, penser, sentir, etc. , and usually takes the Indicative when 
these words are used affirmatively. In English the that is often 
omitted, but in French it must always be employed. Ex.: — 

Dites-lui que je V attends. 

Tell him that I am waiting for him. 

11 m'a repondu qu'il n'en savait rien. 

He answered me that he knew nothing of it. 

On croit qu'dle est tres-riche. 

She is supposed to be very rich. 

♦Where in Latin the Ace. is used with the Infinitive. 



USES OP THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 309 

Note. Que is not only always expressed in French, but repeated before 
each member of the proposition. Ex.: — 

Je crois que vous vous trompez et que vous ne re'ussirez pas. 
I think you are mistaken, and that you will not succeed. 

11. In many cases where the conjunction is repeated in English, 
the French, instead of repeating it, put que in the place of it. This 
Lj the case with lorsque, quand, pendant que, tandis que, parcc 
que, tant que and des que. Ex.: — 

Lorsque Vempereur fat revenu et qu'il (and when he) eut visits le camp, il 
risolut de livrer bataille. 

Tandis que Charles XII donnait un roi a la Pologne sournise, que le Dane- 
viark n'osait le troubler, et que le roi de Prusse recherchait son anxiti€, le czar de- 
voaait de jour en jour plus redoutable. 



THEME 38. 

1. I am much younger than you. 2. Caroline is only seventeen 
yoars old. 3. How pretty she is ! 4. How I hate flatterers I 1 5. 
How smull is the part of the world which we inhabit ! 2 6. "What 
{que de) misfortunes you have undergone I 3 7. If you are (avez) 
cold, why (§ 4) don't you put on your cloak? 8. It is a very dif- 
ficult thing to know (§ 5) [how to] keep what one has. 9. Look, 
it rains ! 10. Perhaps he will come. 11. I believe (that) you 
are right. 12. lie told me that he had not yet received a letter 
from his uncle. IS. Are you ready? 14. no ! (§ 7) I cannot 
finish before an hour. 15. Have you not been there ? 16. yes ! 
17. How long is it since you lost your father? 18. One day when 
the two sparrows 4 had flown out, 5 the children took away 6 their nest. 
19. Tell me the day (on which> § 9) you think 7 of leaving. 20. 
I think he is not at home. 21. Scarcely k- he out of bed before he 
beings to work. 22. Why (§ 4) did you not tell it? 23. When 
you have acknowledged your faults, and (§11) Have repaired 6 
them, I will forgive you. 

1. Flatteur. 2. Habiter. 3. Eprouves. 4. Le moineav. 5 Etcnent soctis. & 
Enlcver. 7, Vous comptez partir. 8. Itepares. 



310 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEgON, 

II. QUE WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

1. Que, in a conditional sense, is used in the beginning of a sen- 
tence for the word ivhether, and in the middle, to avoid the repeti- 
tion of si; in both cases it governs the Subjunctive mood. Ex.: — 

' Whether he come or not, I do not care. 
Qu'il vienne ou non, je ne m'en soucie pas. 
If somebody calls and I am out, send for me. 
Si quelqu'un vient me voir et que je sois sorti, envoyez-moi ckercher. 
If you meet her, and (if) you have time to speak to her. 
Si vous la rencontrez et que vous ayez le temps de lui parler. 

2. For till, instead of jusqu'a ce que after attendre, to wait 
Example : — 

Wait till it gets less cold. 
Attendez qu'il fasse moins froid. 
You must wait till I am back. 
II faut attendre que je sois de retour. 

3. For the English third person of the Imperative, let him or let 
them. Ex. : — 

Let him come, qu'il vienne. 

Let them do it, qu'ils (qu'elles) le /assent. 

4. For that, instead of pour que, afin que : — 

Come here that I may speak to you. 
Venez ici que je vous parle. 

5. Que is used with ne for the English but (or but that) after 
verbs expressing doubt, fear, etc. (see p. 293, § 15). Ex.: — 

I don't doubt but that you are right. 
Je ne doute pas que vous n'ayez raison. 

6. In the same manner que is used for before, instead of avant 
que ; for unless, instead of a moins que ; for without, instead of sans 
que, and for yet, instead of et cependant. Ex. : — 

I shall not go out before you are in. 
Je ne sortirai pas que vous ne scyez ventre'. 






USES OF THE CONJUNCTION QUE. 311 

I shall not pardon you unless you acknowledge your faults. 
Je ne vous pardonnerai pas que voas ne reconnaissiez vos fautes. 
He takes no trip without some accident befalling him. 

II ne fait pas de voyage qu'il ne lid arrive quelque accident. 

Though he should have all the gold in the world, yet he would not be 
satisfied. 

II aurait tout Vor du monde, qu'il ne serait pas content. 

(For the use of que instead of repeating compound conjunctions, and af- 
ter verbs governing the Subjunctive, see Lesson 19, on the Subjunctive 
Mood, § 12). 

THEME 39. 

1. Whether it rain or not, I must go out directly. 2. If I were 
rich and had children, I would give them a good education. 3. 
Whether you be rich or poor, you should (devez) be a man of prob- 
ity. 4. He had not a doubt {did not doubt) but that this was his 
-pursuer. 1 5. Wait till the rain is over. 6. A miser 2 might have 
all the gold in the world, he would never be satisfied. 7. You shall 
not go out before it is light. 3 8. Let him have his share. 4 9. Come 
that I may tell you the reason of that thing (en) . 10. May heaven 
bless 5 you! 11. May the earth lie lightly on him (he light* to 
him). 12. Let him employ his time well. 13. I shall not leave 
the house (go out) before you pay me. 14. He cannot play but 
he hurts 7 himself. 15. If you go to Paris and (§1) will take me 
with you, I shall be most happy, 8 16. My friend says he will not 
pay the bookseller 9 before he has received all the books (which) he 
(has) ordered. 17. I shall put off 10 my journey ; I shall wait till 
your time allows you to accompany me. 

1. Persicuteur. 2. Avare. 3. To be light —/aire jour. 4. Part,i. 5. Binir. 
6. Legere. 7, Se /aire mat. 8. Most happy — Enchants. 9. Le libraire. 10. 
Remettre. 

beadlxg les30x. 

Le Coxxetable de Boukbox et Bayaed. 

(Fin.) 

Le Connet. Mais ma patrie a ete ingrate apres tant de services 

que je lui avals rendus. Le roi m'a fait une injustice enorme. En 



312 XVII. DIX-SEPTIEME LEgON. 

me depouillant l de mon bien, on a detache de moi jusqu'a (even) 
mes domestiques, Matignon et d'Argouges. J'ai ete contraint, 
pour sauver ina vie, de m'enfuir presque scul. Que voulais-tu que 
je fisse? 

Bay. Que vous souftrissiez toutcs sortes de maux, plutot que de 
rnanquer a la France et a, la grandeur de votre maison. Si la per- 
secution etait trop violente, vous pouviez vous retirer : mais il valait 
mieux etre pauvre, obscur, inutile a tout, que de prendre les amies 
contre nous. Votre gloire cut etd au comble 2 dans la pauvrete et 
dans le plus miserable exil. 

Le Conn. Mais ne vois-tu pas que la vengeance s'est jointe a 
l'ambition pour me jeter dans cette extremitd ? J'ai voulu que le 
roi se repentit de m'avoir traite si mal. 

Bay. II fallait Ten faire repentir par une patience a toute 
epreuve, qui n'est pas moins lavertu d'un heros que le courage. 

Le Conn. Mais le roi, &ant si injuste et si aveugle 3 par sa 
mere, meritait-il que j'eusse de si grands egards pourlui? 

Bay. Si le roi ne le meritait pas, la France entiere le meritait. 
La dignity meme de la couronne, dont vous etes un des heritiers, le 
meritait. Vous vous deviez 4 a vous-meme d'epargner 5 la France, 
dont vous pouviez etre un jour roi. 

Le Conn. Eh bien! j'ai tort, jel'avoue; mais ne sais-tu pas 
combien les meilleurs cocurs ont de peine h register a leur ressenti- 
ment ? 

Bay. Je le sais bien : mais le vrai courage consiste a resistor. 
Si vous connaissez votre faute, batez-vous de la reparer. Pour moi, 
je meurs, et je vous trouve plus a, plaindre dans vos prosp^rites, 
que moi dans mes souffrances. Quand l'empereur ne vous trompe- 
rait pas, quand meme il vous donnerait sa soeur en mariage, et qu'il 
partagerait la France avec vous, il n'effacerait point la tacbe 6 qui 
deshonore votre vie. Le connetable de Bourbon rebelle ! ah ! 
quelle honte ! Ecoutez Bayard mourant comme il a vecu, et ne cos- 
sant de dire la verite\ 

1. Strip. 2. The highest. 3. Blinded. 4. To owe. 5. To spare. 6. The stain. 



USE OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 315 

XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LECOK. 



USE OF TEE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 

I. PRESENT TENSE. 

1 . The Present of the Indicative corresponds to the English pres- 
ent. In French there is only one form of this tense, as : Je lis, I 
read ; faime, I like. The English forms : I am reading, I do read, 
etc., must therefore always be translated as if they were : I read, je 
lis. Ex. : — 

The children are playing in the garden. 
Les enfants jouent au jardin. 
Nous dinons toujours a deux heures. 

2. The Present tense is sometimes employed for the Future, 
when speaking of actions whicli are to be done at a time proximate 
or near, as : : — 

Je pars demain, I (shall) set out to-morrow. 

3. It is also used in a narrative, instead of the Preterite, in or- 
der to give more vivacity to the description, and to make the event, 
as it were, present. For this reason it is called also the historical 
or narrative Present. Ex.: — 

A cette nouvelle, qu'il repousse avec irritation, Napoleon descend de la mon- 
tagne du Salut et s'approche de la Moskwa et de la porte Dorogomilow. It 
s'arrete (stops) encore a V.entre'e de cette barriere, mais inutilemcnt. Murat Ic 
presse, etc. 

Here repousse, descend, s'approche, s'arrete, presse are historical Presents (in- 
stead of rcpoussa, descendit, s'approcha, s'arreta, pressa). It is particularly 
iiked for euphony, when several Preterites of the first conjugation would be 
used. Example: — 

Mentor range les soldats, il marche a leur tete et s'avance vers les ennemis fin 
stead of rangea, marclia, s'avanca). 

4. The Present tense must also be used for the English Perfect, 



314. XY1II. DIX-HUITIEME LEgON. 

when a duration of time is expressed in which the condition is still 

continuing : — 

How long have you been here ? 

Depuis quand etes-vous id ? 

Ha /e you had this dog long ? 

Y a-t-il longtemps que vous avez ce chien? 

I have had him these two years. 

Je Vai depuis deux arts. 

If thQ Compound of the Present were used in these sentences, it would 
imply that the condition no longer existed. U y a deux ans qu'il a &.& 
mort, would be absurd in Ercnch, as it would imply that he was alive again. 

THEME 40. 

1. Do you speak French ? 2. Yes, sir, I do. 3. Is it raining? 
4. No, it docs not rain. 5. I do not like lazy boys. 6. I cannot 
write with a bad pen. 7. I see a man who is asleep. 1 8. What 
are you doing ? 9. I am reading a very amusing book ; you must 
read it also; to-morrow I shall send it to you. 10. I set out to- 
morrow for Germany. 11. I shall be ready in a moment. 12. 
How long have you been (§ 4) in Paris? 13. I have been here 
for (depuis) three months. 14. Have you had this stick 2 long? 
15. I have had it for more than (de) four years. 16. Has your 
father known that gentleman long? 17. I think he has known him 
for a year or two. 
1. Qui dort. 2. Canne, f. 



• II. PAST TENSES. 

5. The Imperfect tense denotes continuity of an action or condi- 
tion, in past time. It is therefore used to express what was custom- 
ary or habitual. It is also used in descriptions of persons and of 
things, in expressing physical and moral qualities, traits of charac- 
ter etc.* Ex.: — 

* Hence it is called by some grammarians the simultaneous past, and by some 
the descriptive tense. 



USB OF TEE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 315 

Henri IV €tait un ban prince, il avait de belles qualite's, il aimait son peuple et 
en elait aim€. 

Je ne savais pas cela. 

Pendant mon sejour a la campagne je rvj levais tous les matins a cinq hcures 
et je faisais de longv.es promenades. 

Calypso ne pouvait se consoler du dtfpart d'Ulysse. Sa grotte ner€sonnait 
plus de son chant. Les nymphes qui la servaient, r.'osaient lui parler. Elle se 
promenait souvent seule, etc. 

Lorsque j'e'tais en pleine mer, je m'amusais quelquefois a dessiner les beaux 
nuages, semblables a des groupes de montagnes, qui voguaicni a la suite les uns des 
autres, sur Vazur des cieux. 

La grotte de la de'esse e'tait sur le penchant d'une colline: de la on decouvrait 
la mer; d'un autre cote on voyait une riviere ou se montraient des iles borde'esde 
hauts peupliers qui portaient lews tetes superbes jusque dans les nues. Les 
divers canaux qui formaient ces iles, semblaient se jouer dans la campagne: les 
uns roulaient leurs caux claires avec rapidit€; d' autres avaient une eau paisible 
et dormante. On apercevait de loin des collines et des montagnes qui se perdaient 
dans les nues. Les montagnes voisines €taient couvertes de pampres verts qui 
pendaient en festons : le raisin, plus €clatant que la pourpre, ne pouvait se cacher 
sous les feuilles, et la vigne elait accable'e sous son fruit. 

G. When two occurrences take place, that which is interrupted 
by the other and which was lasting before the other happened, must 
be in the Imperfect tense : — 

Je dormais (I was sleeping) lorsqu'il entra. 

Je le surpris pendant qu'il e'erivait. 

From this we see that whenever in English the Imperfect, I was, with 
the Part. pres. is used (I was sleeping, I was writing, etc.), in French the 
Imperfect tense must be employed. 

7. In longer narrations, all those parts which do not form the 
thread of the narrative, but serve only to illustrate the principal 
facts, and which are only explanatory additions or observations of the 
writer, are in the Imperfect tense. Ex.: — 

Au temps que Vltalie elait franchise, une sedition €clata (broke ou(} dans un 
des regiments en garnison a Livourne. C'&ait une affaire grave: e'eiait beau- 
coup plus qu'une mutinerie de soldats. L'empereur parut extremement irrite', 
lorsqu'il apprit cette nouvelle. Ses ordres €taient pre'eis et terribles; il ne voiilait 
pas ds conseils de guerre, etc. 



316 XVin. DIX-HUITIEME LE^ON. 

Etait, daient and voulait serve as illustrative additions and explanatory 
observations of the writer on the facts expressed by the verbs €clata, -pa-rut, 
apprit. 

8. After the conjunction si, if, the Imperfect is used to denote a 
condition or supposition (see § 18). Ex.:-— 

Si j'avais de V argent. Si mon frerc venait, etc. 
U me demxnda si j'avais des keures libres. 
He asked me if I had s^me hours to spare. 

9. Sometimes the Imperfect is used instead of the Conditional, 
to denote that something would have happened, had not another 
occurrence prevented it, as : — 

Te'tais perdu, s'il ne m'avait pas retenu. 

I should have been lost, if he had not held me. 

Note. In a similar manner the expressions : should have, ought to have, 
and could have, are often rendered in French by the Imperfects : U fallait, 
je devais, il pouvait, etc. Ex.: — 

Vous deviez me le dire tout de suite. 

You ought to have told me directly. 

THEME 41. 

1. Caesar was a great general. 2. Henry the Fourth was a good 
king, he loved his people. 3. We were at dinner when the cou- 
rier 1 arrived (Bret.). 4. Tranquillity reigned throughout (dans) 
the whole country. 5. The general was waiting for troops 2 which 
were io (devaieni) come. 6. My father studied (used to study) 
much when he was young. 7. If he came now, he would find me 
prepared. 8. When I was at Paris, I went every morning to 
take a walk in the Champs-Ely sees, or in the Bois de Boulogne ; 
afterwards 3 I came home, where I employed 4 myself till dinner 
either in reading 5 or writing, and in the evening, I generally went 
[for] amusement 6 to the French Theatre or the Opera. 9. If I 
were in France, I would learn French. 10. If he had something, 
lie would give it to you. 11. I asked him if his father was at 
home. 12. He answered that he did not know it. 13. I thought 
you were wrong. 14. I observed that he was quite pale. 7 

1. Zo courier. 2. Troupes^ pi. f. 3. Apres cela. 4. S'occuper. 5. A lire. 6 
Iiramurscr. 7. Pdlc. 



USE OP TEE TENSES OP THE INDICATIVE. 317 

THE PRETERITE. 

10. This tense (as : Tallai, je vis, je regus, etc?) is used in 
French to express a particular fact or event entirely elapsed, which 
has happened hut once, or very seldom, at a definite time. It is the 
narrative or historical tense. Ex.: — 

Je fus a Rome Ve'te' passe". 

II partit le 20 Oclobre. 

Les Romains chasserent Tarquin de Rome. 

Apres la mort d'Aristide, Cimon prit les renes du gouvernement. 

Ce fut Vdpoque oil la Grece commenca a produire les grands hommes. 

Quand les ordres de Criton farent execute's, un domestique apporta la coupe 
(cup, goblet) fatale. 

Le premier Octobre 1714 Charles XII quitta enjin la Turquie. Les Turcs 
accompagnerent le roi jusqu'a la frontiere et comblerent ce monarque de tons les 
signes de leur respect et de leur admiration. Pendant cinq jours Charles sup- 
portala lenteur qu'entraine naturellement un long cortege; le sixieme jour ilper- 
dit patience et concut Vid€e de continuer le voyage avec deux compagnons. Ac- 
compagn€ de deux colonels sue'dois, il abandonna le cortege. Tous trois fran- 
chirent la frontiere et continuerent le voyage a cheval avec une vitesse extraordi- 
naire. Apres 22 jours Charles arriva devant les portes de Stralsund. 

11. In longer narrations all the facts which form the thread of 
the relation, are expressed in the Preterite, whereas explanatory re- 
marks serving only to elucidate or complete the relation of the facts, 
are in the Imperfect (see § 7) or in the Pluperfect. Ex.: — 

Les onze magistrals qui veillaient a V execution des criminels se rendirent a la 
prison de Socrate pour lid annoncer le moment de son trepas (death). Plu- 
sieurs de ses disciples entrerent ensuite; Us €taient a peu pres au nombre de 
vingt ; Us trouverent aupres de lui Xantippe, son epouse, qui tenait le plus jeune 
de ses enfants entire ses iras. Des qu'elle les apercut, die s'e'eria : Ah ! voila 
vos amis. Socrate pria Criton de la faire remener chez elle (to take her 
home). 

Here the Preterites rendirent, entrerent, trouverent, apercut, s'ecria and pria, 
express the facts, whereas qui veillaient, ils eiaient, qui tenait, etc., are inci- 
dental additions. 

12. When two facts occur together so that one is interrupted by 
the other, the verb which expresses the interruption is in the Preter- 
ite, the other in the Imperfect. Ex.: — 



318 XVIII. DIX-EUITIEME LEgON. 

Je dormais quand il entra. 

Je dejeunais quand vous vintes me demander. 

I was breakfasting when you came to ask for me. 

THEME 42. 

1. I saw the queen of England last year. 2. My aunt died the 
day before yesterday. 3. Cato killed himself lest he should (de 
psur de) fall into the hands of Caesar. 4. Marius was ill-treated 
by (de) fortune ; however he did not lose his courage. 5. Rome 
was, for (pendant) more than two hundred years, the mistress L of 
the world. 6. King Pepin died in 768 ; Charlemagne, his Son, 
succeeded (him). 7. We set off as soon as we had 2 the order for 
it (en). 8. My brother's servant brought me a letter this morning 
before I was up. 3 9. Epaminondas refused the presents of Darius, 
10. The Duke of Bouillon was obliged to give the town of Sedan 
to Henry the Fourth ; but this prince, satisfied with his submission, 4 
gave 5 it him back 5 soon. 11. Napoleon was born 6 in Corsica. 7 12. 
When some one represented to Napoleon that a thing was impossi- 
ble, he declared that this word was not French. 

1. La maitresse. 2. Pret. of recevoir. 3. Levd. 4. Soumission, f. 5. Eendre. 
6. Pret. of the verb naitre, p. 181. 7. En Corse. 

THE COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 

13. The Compound of the Present (fai vu, fai regu, etc.) is 
used to express a thing as having taken place at a time not specified, 
or in a period not fully elapsed. Ex.: — 

J*ai perdu tous mes en/ants. 

M. Laurent a beaucoup voyage'. 

Nous avons renonce' (given up) a nos droits. 
: Alexandre le Grand a de'truit V empire des Perses. 
| L'avez vous vu aujoud'hui ? — Out je Vai vu ce matin 

Nous avous eu beaucoup de pluie celte annee. 

Note. The French Perfect corresponds to the same form in English in 
all cases, except that given under the Present tense, § 4, in such phrases as 
Depuis quand etes vous ici, how long have you been here ? But the French 
tense is much more frequently used than the English, as will be seen in the 
following paragraphs. 



USB OF THE TENSES OP THE INDICATIVE. 319 

14. The Compound of the Present translates the English Imper- 
fect,, whenever this does not denote continuous or habitual state or 
action (see §§ 5, 6, 7), or is not strictly a historical past. It is the 
tense most frequently used in conversation. Ex. : — 

Did you see him yesterday ? 

L'avez-vous vu hier (not le vites-vous) 1 

No, sir, I did not see him. 

Non, Monsieur, je ne Vai pas vu. 

Did they tell him to come at six 1 

Lui a-t-on dit de venir a six heures ? 

Yes they told him to come at six o'clock precisely. 

Oui, on lui a dit de venir a six heures precises. 

Les Frangais ont gagn€ la bataille de Marengo. 

In this last sentence, gagnerent would be perfectly correct, but would refer 
merely to an historical event in the past, with no bearing upon the present. 
Ont gagn€ connects the fact stated with something present, either in the 
speaker or in the hearer. 

15. The Compound of the Present is idiomatically used in famil- 
iar conversation, instead of the Compound of the Future, as : 

Avez-vous bientot Jini voire theme ? Oui, je Vai Jini dans un moment. 
Will you soon hare done your exercise 1 Yes, I shall have finished it in 
a moment ; instead of the more formal Aurez-vous Jini Taurai Jini. 

THEME 43. 

1. The horse, when he has run 1 his course; the bee, when it has 
made its honey ; 2 and the good man, when he has done good 3 to 
others, do not make a noisy boast 4 about it, but go on 5 repeating the 
action ; as the vine, 6 in its season, produces new clusters 7 again. 
2. Fenelon preached with success from the age of nineteen, and 
wrote many works which are admired for their beauty of style ; but 
that which has gained 8 him the greatest reputation is his " Telma- 
chus," 9 where- he has displayed 10 all the riches of the French lan- 
guage. 3. No work had ever a greater reputation ; it is written in 
a lively, 11 simple, natural, and elegant manner ; its fictions are well 
imagined, the moral 12 sublime, and the political maxims (which) it 
contains, all 13 tend to the happiness of mankind. 14 



320 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEMB LEgON. 

1. Achevd. 2. Miel, m. 3. Du lien. 4. JVe s*en vantent pas. 5. Coniinvcr. 6. 
Vigne,f. 7. Grappe, f. S.Luiafait. 9. Telemaque. 10. Dcployer. 11. AniiTie 
12. ia morale. 13. Tenclre a. 14. Z>es Jwmmes. 

THE COMPOUNDS OP THE IMPERPECT AND OP THE PRETERITE. 

16. These tenses arc formed from the Imperfect and Preterite, 
and correspond to them fully ; only that they represent their action 
as having taken place previous to some other event referred to, and 
cannot be used entirely independently, but usually stand connected 
with a conjunction or an adverb of time. If this conjunctive clause 
expresses a definite past time, the Compound of the Preterite is 
employed, especially after the conjunctions aussitot que, lorsque, 
quand, des que, a peine, bientot, en un moment, un jour que, etc. 
Example : — 

Aussitot que feus termine" mes affaires, je repartis. 

A peine eut-il prononc€ ce mot, qu'il s'en repentit. 

Des que le parlement se fut assemble*, I'tfrneute cessa. 

As soon as the parliament was assembled, the riot ceased. 

It is here not to be overlooked that in the use of the Compound Preterite 
a more immediate relation, a closer connection must exist between the two 
past events. 

17. With the Compound of the Imperfect, this close connection 
fails, and this is the distinguishing feature of this tense, which ig 
also used like the Imperfect for descriptions, for continuous events, 
and frequently repeated or customary previous actions. Ex : — 

Platon avait recu de la nature un corps robuste. t 

J'avais deja terming mes affaires, quand je recus voire lettre. 

A la campagne, quand j'avais ding, je faisais une promenade de deux lieues. 

18. The Compound of the Imperfect is also used after the con- 
junction si, if, the same in French as in English (see § 9) . Ex. : 

Si vous dtiez venu plus tot, vous m'auriez trouv€ a la maison. 
S y il avait parl€ plus haut (louder), je I'aurais compris. 

THEME 44. 

1. The Tyrians had, by their pride, 1 offended the great Scsostris, 
who ruled in Egypt, and who had conquered so many kingdoms. 
2. The wealth which they had acquired 2 by commerce, and the strength 



USE OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 321 

of the impregnable 3 ciry of Tyre, lying 4 in the sea, had lifted up 5 
the heart of these people. 3. They had refused to pay Sesostris 
the tribute 6 which he had imposed upon them (leur) on his return 
from his conquests ; 7 and they had furnished troops to his brother, 
who had attempted 8 to kill him in the midst of the festivities 9 of a 
great banquet. 4. As soon as Sesostris learned 10 this, he deter 
mined 11 to humiliate their pride and to destroy their commerce upon all 
seas. 5. Julius Caesar, having disembarked 12 in Africa, fell [down] 
as he was leaving the vessel ; this appeared to his soldiers a very 
inauspicious 13 omen : 13 he, however, turned the feelings of the army 
to his advantage by exclaiming (en s'ecriant), " It is now, 
Africa, that I hold thee." 

1. Orgueil, m. 2. Acquises. 3. Imprenable (before the noun). 4. Situe'e dans, 
5. Enfle. 6. Le tribut. 7. Conquete, f. 8. Youlu. 9. Jotes. 10. Apprendre. 11. 
Tlresoiut d'humilier. 12. Ay ant debar que. 13. Un presage de mauvaise augurc, 

III. THE FUTURE TENSES. 

19. The Future (je parlerai, je ferai, etc.) denotes in general 
future events or circumstances, as : — 

Charles pariira demain. 

20. It must sometimes be used in French after adverbs of time 
(quand, lorsgue, etc.) where the English use the Present, when the 
idea is one of future time. Ex. : — 

Vozs pouvez venir quand vous voudrez. 
You may come when you like. 

21. It is used as a softened form of the Imperative, implying the 
expectation of fulfilment. Ex. : — 

Vous m'€crirez demain, (do) "write to me to-morrow. 
Vous ne tuerez point, thou shalt do no murder. 
Quand vous viendrez, vous apporterez mon livre. 
"When you come you will bring my book, 

Note 1. When shall arid will imply determination, they are rendered by 
vouloir, as : — 

I will do it, je veiix le /aire. 
You shall do it, je veux que vous le fassicz. 
21 



322 xnn. DIX-HUITIEME LEgON. 

22. It sometimes has the sense of the Imperative in sentenses 
like the following : — 

Crohn qui voudra Vliistorien Capitolin et guelques autres (fcrivains qui ford 
danser les €l£phants sur la corde. 

Believe who will the historian Capitolinus and several other writers, who 
make elephants dance on a rope. 

Note. To he on the point of doing something is expressed in French by 
after, which corresponds precisely with the English to be going, etc. (Seo 
Tart I., Lesson XL VI. ) Ex . : — 

Are you going to write to him 1 allez-vous lui e'erire ? 

I am coming, je vais venir. 

Napoleon dit a ses soldats, " Nous allons entreprendre la conquete de VEgypte. 
Les peuples avec lesquels nous allons vivre, sont Mahom&ans," etc. 

23. The Compound of the Future indicates an event which is to 
precede another future event specified. Ex : — 

Quand faurai termini mes affaires, je partirai tout de suite. 
Aussitot que je serai arrive', j'irai le voir. 

24. When the conjunction si signifies whether, expressing uncer- 
tainty, the future can be used after it, in French as in English. Si 
is never followed by the future, unless it means whether. Ex. : — 

Je ne sais si mon frere viendra. 

I do not know if my brother will come. 

25. When si signifies on condition that, the English Future must 
be rendered by the Present. Ex. : — 

Vous deviendrez savant, si vous e'tudiez bien. 

You will become a learned man, if you will study. 

20. The Future is sometimes used to imply surmise. Ex. : — 
Ok est mon argent ? L'auraije peut-etre pei-du ? 
Where is my money 1 Have I perhaps lost it ? 

27. The Conditionals, je parlerais, j'aurais parle, are used in 
French as in English, in conditional sentences : — 

Je serais heureux si j'a.vais des amis. 

I should be happy if I had some friends. 

Note. The English I wish, when it does not relate to something past, 
is often translated by the Conditional of vouloir, je voudtais. Ex. : — 

I wish he would come soon, je voudrais qu'il vint bientot. 



USE OF THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 323 

28. After si, when it means suppose that, the English Condi- 
tional must be rendered by the Imperfect (see § 8) . Ex. : — 

Si je continuais mon commerce, je deviendrais riche. 
If I should continue my trade, I should become rich. 

But when si means whether, the Conditional is also used in 
French : — 

Je ne sais si mon oncle viendrait, en cas que vous V invitassiez. 

29. The compound Conditional of devoir, pouvoir, and vouloir, 
followed by the simple Infinitive, must be used when, in English, 
the auxiliaries should, ought, could, might, are followed by a com- 
pound Infinitive Ex. : — 

Vous auriez du derive line lettre. 
You ought to have written a letter. 
J'aurais pu lui donner de Vargent. 
I could have given him some money. 

THEME 45. 

1. I shall go to London. 2. The bookseller will send you the 
book to-morrow. 3. "When I am in the country, will you come to 
see me? 4. I shall play as soon as I have finished my lesson. 5. 
There will always be wars among men, as long as they are (§ 20) 
ambitious. 6. I hope you will not refuse me this favor. 7. "When 
you are ready, we will go and take a walk. 8. I do not know if 
my sister will consent to it (y) . 9. If your person were as gigan- 
tic 1 as your desires, the whole 2 world could not contain you ; your 
right hand would touch the east 3 and your left the west 4 at the 
{en) same time, said the Scythian 5 ambassador to Alexander. 10. 
I could have kept 6 the book ; nobody would have known it. 

i 1. Glgantesque. 2. Entier (after the noun). 3. ISorient, m. 4. JJoccident, m< 
5. Vambassadeur des Scythes, 6. Garder. 

THEME 46. 

1. My country has been ungrateful 1 to me, although I have ren- 
dered it (Jui) great service (pi). 2. The king has done me great 
injustice ; he has robbed 2 me of my entire fortune, he has even 



824 XVIII. DIX-HUITIEME LE^ON. 

taken 3 from me my two servants. 3. I have been compelled to flee, 
in order to preserve 4 my life, which was seriously threatened. 4. 
"What was to be done ? 5 5. You should rather have endured 8 
(§ 29) all injuries than to offend 7 against France and the greatness 
of your house. 6. If you were persecuted, you could have 
retired ; 8 it would have been (yalu) better to be poor and unknown 
than to take up 10 arms against your country. 7. Even in poverty 
and in the most wretched 11 exile, your fame 12 would not have been 
lost. 

1. Ingrat. 2. Privi. 3. Wa dcpouille jusqu'd,. 4. Pour sauver. 5. Que vou- 
liez-vous que je Jlsse ? 6. Souffrir. 7. Que de manquer a. 8. Vous retirer (reflec- 
tive verb). 9. Obscur. 10. Prendre les armes. 11. Miserable. 12. Gloire, f. 



READING LESSON. 
ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 

Pendant la guerre pour la succession d'Espagne, quelques parti- 
culars 1 equiperent en Angleterre deux vaisseaux armateurs, destines 
a fane des prises 2 dans la mer du sud. Le capitaine Rogers fut 
nomme pour les commander. lis leverent 3 l'ancre de Bristol le 2 
A.out, 1708. Au mois de Janvier de l'annee suivante ils se trou- 
vaient du cote du pole antarctique. 4 Rogers doubla le Cap-Horn 
sans prendre terre en aucun lieu de ces parages 5 jusqu'a l'ile de 
Juan Fernandas, situee dans la mer du sud, a la distance de cent- 
dix lieues du Chili. II y envoya une pinasse, 6 qui revint au vais- 
seau avec quantite d'^crevisses, 7 et un homme vetu de peaux de 
chevres 8 qui paraissait plus sauvage que ces animaux memes. 
C^tait un Ecossais, nomme' Alexandre Selkirk, qui avait ete maitre 
a bord du vaisseau " Les Cinq-Ports," et que le capitaine Stradling 
avait abandonne sur cette ile depuis quatre ans et quatre mois. 
Voici le recit que ce malheureux fit de ses aventures au capitaine 
Sogers. 

" Des mon enfance j'ai £te eleve 9 dans la marine. Ayant suivi 
le capitaine Stradling dans son expedition, j'eus un denied 10 aveo 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 325 

lui, co qui l'engagea a me debarquer sur cette ile. Je rdsolus 
d'abord d'y rester, plutot que 11 de m'exposer a do nouveaux cha- 
grins, d'autant plus que le vaisseau etait en mauvais etat. Cepen- 
dant rovenu a moi-ineme, je souhaitai d'y retourner, mais le 
capitaine n'y voulut pas consentir." 

(To be continued.) 

1. Private men. 2. Capture. 3. To weigh. 4. South. 5. Parts of the sea. 6. 
Finnace. 7. Crab. 8. Goat-skins. 9. Brought up. 10. Quarrel. 11. Ilather than. 

QUESTIONS AIKE. 

Que firent quelques particuliers anglais pendant la guerre de la 
succession d'Espagne ? 

Qui commanda les deux vaisseaux ? 

Ou prit-il terre pour la premiere fois ? 

Ou est situee cette ile ? 

Qui trouva-t-on la ? 

Qui etait cet homme ? 

Comment y etait-il venu ? 

Combien de temps y etait-il reste ? 

Pourquoi avait-il ete debarque* par le capitaine ? 



XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LE9ON 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

1. The Subjunctive is in most cases dependent, and is therefore used in 
subordinate clauses. Whenever in Erench a subordinate clause is depend- 
ent upon a leading clause which contains the idea of something not yet 
having an actual existence for the speaker, consequantly of something pos- 
sible or uncertain, its verb will be in the Subjunctive. This unreality can 
apply as well to something external, i. e. to actions and events, as to some- 
thing internal, i. e. to conceptions and emotions. This is the general 



326 xix. dix-neuyieme" LEgoN. 

ground of distinction in the application of the French Subjunctive. The 
two languages by no means agree in this point. Many verbs in English 
are put in the Future, the Conditional, or the Present Indicative, which, j* 
French, must be in the subjunctive. Thus for instance : — 

Jz ne pense pas qu'il soit si age'. 
I do not think he is so old. 
Nous craignions qu'il ne s'en allot. 
We feared he would go. 

2. But before passing to the rules concerning the use of the Sub- 
junctive, it will be indispensably necessary to understand the relation of 
the tenses of the Subjunctive to those of the Indicative and Conditional, 
without which the clause, dependent upon them, cannot be properly trans- 
lated. The following rules are here applicable : — 

1. If the verb of the leading clause is in the Present or Future Indica- 
tive, that of the dependent clause will be in the Present or Compound of 
the Present of the Subjunctive. Ex.: — 

Je veux qu'il vienne* Twish him to come. 

Connaissez-vous quelqu'un qui sache /aire cela ? 

Do you know anybody who knows how to do this ? 

Je ferai en sorte que tout soit pret. 

I will have everything ready. 

Jattendrai que mon pere soit parti. 

I will wait till my father has departed. 

2. If the verb of the leading clause be in a past tense of the Indicative, 
or in the Conditional, the Imperfect of the Subjunctive must follow in the 
subordinate clause ; or if the subordinate clause contain an event which has 
already taken place, the Compound Imperfect of the Subjunctive must be 
employed, according to the following scheme : — 

Je craignais 
Je craignis 
J'ai craint 
J'avais craint 
Je craindrais 
Jaurais craint 



qu'elle n'arrivdt domain — aujourd'hui, — trop tard, 
trop tot, etc. 



* Observe that the Present and Future are the same in the Subjunctive Mood in 
French; the context alone shows of which of the two we speak. Ex.: — 
Je ne crois pas qiCclle vienne. 
I do not ^link she is coming. 
Je ne crois pas qu'elle vienne. 
I do not think she will come. 



THE StIBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 327 



_ qiC Us nefussent arrives hier — avanthier, — la semainG 
derniere, etc. 



Je craignais 
Je craignis 
J'ai craint * 
J*avais craint 
Je craindrais 
J 1 aurais craint > 

3. There are a great many verbs which govern the verb of 
he subordinate clause- in the Subjunctive mood ; they may be 
divided into four classes, viz. : — 

1. Verbs of 'wishing, willing, desiring, commanding, or permitting. 

2. Verbs of thinking, believing, and saying. 

3. Verbs expressing fear, doubt, sorrow, astonishment, denial, duty, 
necessity, joy, or delight. 

4. Impersonal verbs which do not express certainty or probability. 

4. Verbs of wishing, willing, commanding, etc. Such are : — 

Aimer, to like. permettre, to permit, allow. 

aimer mieux, to prefer. prier, to beg, to ask. 

defendre, to forbid. recommander, to recommend. 

demander, to ask. soukaiter, to wish. 

de'sirer, to wish for, to desire. souffrir, to suffer. 

exiger, to demand. supplier, to beg, request. 
ordonner, to order. vouloir, to be willing, etc. 

Examples : — 

Jordonne qu'il sorte, I order him to go out. 

Jaime qu'il soit courageux, I like him to be brave. 

H vent que je dise la v€rit€ (Pres. Subj., § 2, 1). 

He. wishes me to say the truth. 

H voulait que je lui disse la v€rit€ (Tmperf., § 2, 2). 

He desired me to tell him the truth. 

Le, roi exigea que je partisse tout de suite. 

The king demanded that I should leave directly 

* As the Compound of the Present belongs to Present as well as to Past time, if 
can be followed also by the Present of the Subjunctive, when the dependent clause 
refers to Present time. Ex. : — 

Dieu nous a donne la raison pour que nous nous en Servians. 

God ha3 given us reason that we may make use of it. 



328 XIX. DIX-NEUVTEME LEgON. 

5. Verbs of thinking, believing, saying, etc. 

These verbs, and, in general, all those which express the intel- 
lectual faculties of the mind, govern the Indicative when they are 
affirmatively used, and most commonly the Subjunctive when they 
are used negatively, interrogatively, or are preceded by the conjunc- 
tion si. If I say, for instance : Je crois que Charles est malade, 
I represent Charles's illness to myself as a reality, and consequently 
the Indicative is required. But in the sentences : Je ne crois pas 
que Charles soit malade, or, croyez-vous que Charles soit malade ? 
an uncertainty is expressed in regard to Charles's illness, and the 
Subjunctive must be used. Ex.: — 

Je ne crois pas que le concert ait lieu ce soir. 

I do not think that the concert will take place to-night. 

Pensez-vous qu'il puisse apprendre tout cela. 

Do you think he can learn all that ? 

Je ne dis pas qu'il ait tort. 

I do not say that he is wrong. 

Partons, si vous pensez qu'il fasse beau temps. 

Note 1. If however we ask a question, less to be informed of a thing 
than to inform others of it, the second verb (having the sense : Do you 
know?) is put in the Indicative, and not in the Subjunctive. Ex.: — 

Vous ai-je dit que mon frere est arrive' ? 

Note 2. Observe that the verbs of knowing, being sure, resolving, etc., 
are not comprised among those which govern the Subjunctive. They gen- 
erally require the Indicative, even when used interrogatively or neg- 
atively : — 

Je savais ") ... 

t- • r qu a €lait ici. 

Je ne savais pas \ * 

Je ne sais s'il le /era, I do not know if he will do it. 
THEME 47. 

1. I wish him to come (that he c). 2. The law requires that 
thieves 1 [should] be punished. 3. I demanded that he should pay 
me. 4. Has he demanded that you should pay the bill ? 2 5. 
I forbid that he should go there. 6. God wills that we love our 
enemies. 7. Caligula wished that the Romans should render him 
divine honors. 3 3. Your father expects that you should give 4 an ac- 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 329 

count of what you have done. 9. My aunt wishes that I should 
set out to-morrow. 10. Tell him to wait. 11. Augustus com- 
manded in his will 5 that they should not seek to 6 extend the empire. 
12. Allow me to tell you (allow that I tell y.) the truth. 13. I 
will be obeyed (that one ob. me). 14. Do you think your aunt 
will come by herself? 7 15. If I find that* you frequent bad com- 
pany, you will lose my friendship. 16. Do you hope they (oil) 
will make peace ? 8 

1. Les voleurs. 2. Le compte. 3. Des honneurs divins. 4. To give an account, 
rendrecompte, 5. Testament, m. 6. A etendre. 7. Seule. 8. La pais. 



6. The Subjunctive is used after verbs of fear, doubt, sorrow, 
joy, denial or hinderance, astonishment, etc. Suoh are : — 
Avoir peur, ") s'elonner, to wonder. 



craindre, $ r " empecher, to hinder, prevent. 

douter, to doubt. nier, to deny. 

And likewise after : 

£tre bien aise, to be glad. etre affiig€, to be afflicted. 

etre charm?, | .. etre fdch€, to be sorry. 

etre enchant€,\ to yei7 g etre e'tonne, to be astonished. 

etre content, to be satisfied. etre surpris, to be surprised. 

se rejouir, to rejoice. regretter, to regret. 

trembler, to tremble. se plaindre, to complain. 

Examples : — 

Je crains que ma mere ne soit malade. 

I fear my mother is ill. 

Je ne doutais pas qu'il n'arrivdt avant vous. 

I did not doubt that he would arrive before you, 

Jempecherai qu'il ne * sorte. 

I will hinder him from going out. 

Je regrette qu'il soit venu trop tard. 

Mon pere est fdche' que je ne lui aie pas £crit plus tdt. 

Je suis diaiine* que vous soyez venu me voir. 

Je m'etonne qu'il n'ait pas recu ma lettre. 

* Concerning the particle ne, see L. XV. $ 15 - 18. 



330 XIX. DEX-NEUTIEME LE^ON. 

Note 1 . The verbs avoir peur, appreliender , craindre and trembler require 
the particle ne before the verb in the Subjunctive mood, but only when 
these verbs themselves are affirmative or negative-interrogative. Ex.: — 

Je crains qu'il ne vienne. 

Ne craignez-vous pas qu'il ne vienne ? 
But if the sentence be sjmply negative or simply interrogative, ne is not 
used, as : — 

Je ne crains pas qu'il vienne. 

Craignez-vous qu'il vienne ? 

Note 2. If after those verbs mentioned in § 6, we wish to express our- 
selves with definiteness, de ce que is used instead of the simple que, and this 
is followed by the Indicative : — 

H est fdche" de ce que vous ne lui avez pas e'crit. 

Je me plains de ce qu'elle m'a oublie'. 

Note 3. If the second verb is negative in English, ne — pas must ba 
used in Erench, as : — 

Je tremble qu'il n' arrive pas a temps. 

I tremble lest he may not arrive in time. 

7. Subjunctive after Impersonal verbs. 

A verb preceded by que is always put in the Subjunctive after the' 
following Impersonate : — 

H est surprenant, it is surprising. il plait, it pleases, suits. 

il convient, it is proper. il est fdcheux, it is sad. 

il faut, it must. il est juste, it is just, right. 
il importe, it is important, it matters, il est difficile, it is difficult. 

it concerns. il est possible, it is possible. 

il suffit, it is sufficient. il est naturel, it is a matter of course. 

ilvaut mieux, it is better. il se pent, il petit se /aire, it may be- 

And likewise after : — 

B est temps, it is time. c'est dommage t .it is a pity. 

c'est un malheur, it is a misfortune, etc., etc. 

Examples : — 
H faut que vous partiez tout de suite. 
You must leave directly. 

II est possible qu'il revienne. 

It is possible that he come back. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 331 

C'est dommage que vous ne soyez pas venu plus tot. 

It is a pity that you have not come earlier. 

II suffit qu'il ait avoutf ' sa faute. 

It is enough that he has confessed his fault. 

II est juste que vous soyez puni. 

It is'right that you be punished. 

Further, after il y a, and all impersonal verbs with an adjective 
denoting evidence, certainty, or probability, when they are used in a 
negative, interrogative, or conditional manner. Ex. : — 

Ya-t-il un niortel qui puisse dire qu'il est toujours Jieureux 1 

Is there a mortal who can say that he is always happy ? 

Est-il sur qu'il ait tort ? 

Is it certain that he is in the wrong ? 

U n'est pas sur qu'il ait tort. 

It is not certain that he is in the wrong. 

THEME 48. 

1. I doubt whether that is true. 2. I doubt whether your uncle 
will arrive to-morrow. 3. The Egyptians did not doubt (see Les- 
son XV., § 15) that certain plants and animals were divinities. 1 
4. We question whether riches can afford 2 happiness. 5. I did not 
know that you were to come. 6. Do you doubt that I am your 
friend? 7. I do not doubt that you are my friend. 8. He denies 
that he had been told that. 9. He does not deny that he has been 
told that. 10. It is time for us to go (that we go) home, for it 
begins to (a) rain. 11. It is evident that Greece could no more 
defend herself, so much was she at that time sunken. 3 12. It is 
sufficient if you tell him this. 13. It is a pity that you did not go 
with us; you would have enjoyed 4 yourself much. 14. It is not 
probable that they will do it. 15. I must go to (e?i) town. 

1. Des divinites. 2. Accorder. 3. Dechue. 4. S'amuser, 



8, The Subjunctive is used in relative dependent clauses begin- 
ning with qui, que, lequel or oil, which depend upon a leading 
clause in which a wish, doubt, or condition is implied, especially 
after an Imperative. Ex. : — 



332 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LE<?ON. 

Liscz des ouvrages qui puissent former votre gout. 

Read such books as can form your taste. 

Choislsscz un appartement ou vous soyez a voire aise. 

Choose an apartment where you may be comfortable. 

lis envoyerent des deputes qui consultassent Apollax. 

They sent deputies who were to consult Apollo. 

If, however, no such requirement or expectation is contained in the lead- 
ing clause ; if, on the contrary, the matter is rather regarded as something 
which is actual, or which has already taken place, then, of course, the 
Indicative is used. Ex. : — 

J'ai love' un appartement ou je suis bien a mon aise. 

lis envoyerent des deputes qui consulterent Apollon. 

9. A verb preceded by the relative qui or que is put id the Sub- 
junctive after the Superlative, when the relative clause only express- 
es an opinion, as : — 

C'est le plus beau jardin que je connaisse. 
This is the most beautiful garden I know. 
C'est une des dernieres lettres que St. Paul ait e'erites. 
This is one of the last letters St. Paul has written. 
La meilleure garde qu'un roi puisse avoir, c'est le camr de ses snjets. 
The best guard a king can have is the hearts of his subjects. 
If, however the thing is represented as certain or as a matter of fact, the 
Indicative follows. Ex. : — 

Souviens-toi que je suis le seul qui t'a deplu (displeased). 
Neron est le premier empereur qui a persecute" I'Eglise. 

10. The Subjunctive is used further after the ordinal numbers 
(as, le premier, le second, le dernier, etc.), and after unique, seul, 
peu, rien, and personne. Ex. : — 

Vbus etes le premier ami que j' aie rencontre' a Paris. 
You are the first friend I have met with in Paris. 
C'est V unique espoir qui me soit reste. 
This is the only hope that remains to me. 
11 y a peu d'hommes qui sachent supporter I'adversite'. 
There are few men who know how to bear adversity. 
Je ne connais personne qui soit aussi heurcux que lui. 
I know nobody who is so happy as he is. 

Note. Qui and que do not govern the Subjunctive, when they are pre- 
ceded by de and its object, to which they refer. Ex. : — 
Ne dites rien de ce que je vous ai confix (Ind.). 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 333 

THE1IE 49. 

I. You are the most learned man I know in this town. 2. Rob- 
ert is the only friend on whom I can depend. 1 3. Nero was the 
first emperor that (has) persecuted the Christians. 4. I seek a 
servant who is faithful. 5. The diamond is the most valuable 2 stone 
we know. 6. You are the first German I have met with in China. 
7. There is no one who does it more easily 3 than she. 8. Is this 
the first time you have been mistaken ? 4 9.1 wish it were the first 
time. 10. Lucretius 5 and Pliny were the only natural philosophers 6 
whom the Romans had. 

1. Compter. 2. Trecieux. 3. Aisement. 4. Se tromper. 5. Lucrece et Pllne. 
6. Naturalistes. 

II. Subjunctive after conjunctions. A verb is put in the Sub- 
junctive after the following conjunctions : — 

Avant que, before. non que, ") . t 

.... x y not that. 

a moins que (ne), unless. non pas que, ) 

afin que, in order that. pour que, in order that. 

bien que, although. pour peu que, "} .. ... 

it ever so little. 



de peur que (ne), lest. si peu que, 

de crainte que (ne), for fear that. pourvu que, provided. 

de maniere (sorte) que, so that. que — ne, till, before. 

en attendant que, till. quel — que, ") however. (Seep. 

en (au) cas que, in case. quelque — que, ) 282.) 

encore que, although. quoique, although. 

jusqu'a ce que, until. sans que, without. 

loin que, far from, sinon que, but that. 

malgre' que, for all that, notwith- si tant est que, if so be that. 

standing that. soit que — soit que, 7 whether — or. 

nonobstant que, notwithstanding. soit que — ou que, \ be it that — or 

suppose* que, suppose that. 

EXAMPLES. 
Rentrons avant quil fasse nuit. 
Let us go home before it gets dark. 
Afin que (pour que) vous le sachiez. 
That you may know it. 
Je ne sortirai d'ici que je ne sois paye*. 
I shall not go away from here before I am paid. 



334 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

Quoiqu'il me Vait promts. 

Although he has promised me. 

Pourvu qu'il y consente. 

Provided he consent to it. 

Quelque effort que /assent les hommes, leur neant parait partout. 

Whatever effort men may make, their nothingness appears everywhere. 

A moins que vous ne me dcmandiez pardon. 

Unless you ask me for pardon. 

Au (en) cas qu'il mourut. 

In case he should die. 

Note. The Indicative can sometimes be used after avant que, jusqu'a ce 
que, sinon que, de sorte que, si ce n'est que, telhment que, and de maniere que, 
when all doubt and uncertainty are excluded, and the clause expresses a 
fact. Ex. : — 

Je gardai mon sang froid, jusqu'a ce que je Ventendls calomnier mon frere. 

II s'est occupe' de cette affaire de maniere (de sorte) qu'on n'a pu le bldmer. 

12. In the same manner the Subjunctive is employed after the 
simple que, when used instead of one of the conjunctions mentioned 
in §11. Ex.: — 

Je ne puis vous pardonner avant que vous me fassiez Vaveu de vos fautes el 
que vous me promettiez de vous corriger. 

I cannot pardon you before you confess your faults and promise me to 
improve. 

Venez que (instead of afin que) je vous en dise la raison. 

Come, that I may tell you the reason of it. 

Son esprit est toujours actif, quoiqu'il soit malade et qu'il ne puisse travailler. 

His mind is always active, although he is sick and cannot work. 

13. The conjunction que, used to avoid the repetition of si, gov- 
erns the Subjunctive. Ex. : — 

Si je ne suis pas rentre'a quatre heures et qu'on vienne me demander, etc. 
If I am not at home at four o'clock, and somebody comes for me, etc. 

14. The Subjunctive is also used after attendre ; till is translated 
by- que, and not by jusqu'a ce que, as : — 

A ttendez qu'il revienne, wait till he comes back. 

15. Aside from the instances above-mentioned, the Subjunctive 
also occurs in a few expressions which appear either the expression 
of a wish or as a kind of third person Imperative. Notice espe- 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 335 

cially : Dusse-je ! should I ! Puissiez-vous I would that you I 
Puissent-ils ! may they . . . . ! Further : : — 

Dieu veuille or plut a Dieu, would tc Heaven. 

Vive le roi, long live the king ! 

Puissiez-vous etre heureux, may you be happy ! 

Qu'on amene I'accuse, let the culprit be brought here ! " 

QiCils viennent, let them come ! 

Que Dieu vous benisse, God bless you ! 

Que la terre lui soit legere, may the earth lie lightly upon him ! 

A Dieu ne plaise que, may heaven not permit, etc. 

THEME 50. 

1. Before war was declared, the Carthaginians sent once more 
ambassadors to Rorne. 2. I cannot depend on your promise, unless 
yon give me the necessary security. 1 3. Caesar went by forced 2 
marches to Vienne, on the Rhone, before the enemy (plur.) became 
aware 3 of his approach. 4. Get up early to-morrow morning, that 
we may start 4 in good time (a temps). 5. I shall not yet pass to 
the perusal 5 of this author, unless you advise 6 me to do it. 6. Keep 
a strict watch 7 over all your senses, lest intemperance get 8 the better 
of you. 7. Though he is lazy, yet he improves a little (Jdit quel- 
qaes progres). 8. I shall wait until (§ 14) yon have done. 9. 
Wait till the rain be over (passee). 10. Although Homer, 9 ac- 
cording to 10 Horace, slumbers 11 at times, 12 he is nevertheless (il rCen 
est pas moms') the first of all poets. 11. You will succeed, 13 pro- 
vided you act with vigor. 12. I shall soon speak French, though I 
am convinced that it is a difficult language 13. I shall not leave 
the house before {que — ne) you sign 14 this paper. 14. May God 
protect 15 you. 15. May Heaven preserve us from war. 

1. Garantie, f. 2. A marches forcees. 3. S'apercevoir de. i. Partir. 5. Leo 
ture, f. 6. Conseiller. 7. Veillez avec soin. 8. To get the better of, 77iait?isor 
qn. 9. Homcre. 10. Selon. 11. Sommeiller. 12. Quelquefois. 13. Iieussir. 14. 
Signer. 15. Proteger. 

THEME 51. 

1. A thoughtless 1 man knows nothing, though he have read a 
great many books ; in the same manner a great many persons 2 re- 



336 XIX. DIX-NEUVIEME LEgON. 

main ignorant, though they have travelled through the most civilized 
countries. 2. She will forgive you, provided yon make her an 
apology. 3 3. If somebody comes, and I am not at home, send for 
me. 4. I shall be obliged 4 to do it. 5. We should be obliged to do 
it. 6. I feared .you would have complained of me. 7. Our cousin 
set out without our knowing (w. that we knew) [of] his intentions. 
8. I do not behove he has studied history. 9. Do you think they 
would refuse me, if I requested it of them {si je les en priais) ? 
10. May all nations be convinced 5 of this truth ! 11. I do not 
think he is so old. 12. Get in 6 without his seeing you (w. that he 
s. y.). 13. Go gently/ lest he should hear you. 14. Make 
haste, 8 lest they should set off without you. 15. I do not deny that 
it may be so. 16. We do not fear that it will give you pain. 9 17. 
Do not let 10 that child ride this horse ; I am afraid he will throw 11 
him off. 18. We ought to practise what the gospel 12 teaches us. 
19. Shall 4 1 read the letter aloud? 20. Yes, if you please. 21. 
I doubt whether the young man would have succeeded, had it not 
been for 13 your assistance. 

1. Insouciant. 2. Gens. 3. Vos excuses. 4. Falloir. 5. To be convinced, se 
convaincre. 6. Entrez. 7. Doucemerd. 8. Depechez-vous. 9. Faire de la peine. 
10. Fermettre. 11. Jeter abas. 12. Vivangile, m. 13. Sans, see p. 300. 



READING LESSON. 
ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 
(Suite.) 

" Abandonne sur cette ile deserte avec mes habits, un lit, un 
fusil, 1 une livre de poudre, des balles, du tabac, une hache, un cou- 
teau, un chaudron, 2 une bible et quelques autres livres ; je m'amusai 
et pourvus 3 a mes besoins 4 le mieux qu'il me fut possible. Mais' 
durant les premiers huit mois j'eus beaucoup de peine a vaincre la 
melancolie et a surmonter l'horreur que me causait une si afireuse 
solitude. 

" Je fis deux cabanes 6 h quelque distance Tune de l'autre, avec 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 337 

du bois de piment ; 6 je les couvris d'une espece de jonc 7 et les doub- 
lai 8 de peaux de chevrcs que je tuais a mesurc que j'en avais besom, 
taut que ma poudre dura. Lorsqu'elle approchait de sa fin, js trou- 
vai le secret de tirer du feu avec deux morceaux de bois que je 
frottais 9 Tun contre 1' autre. Je faisais la cuisine 10 dans la plus pe- 
tite de mes huttes, et dans la grande je dormais, cbantais des psaumes 
et priais Dieu. Le malheur m'avait fait connaitre le prix de la 
religion. 

" Accable de tristcsse, manquant de pain et de sel, je ne man- 
geais qu'a l'extremite, lorsque la faim me pressait, et je n'allais me 
coucber que lorsque je ne pouvais plus soutenir la veille. 11 Le bois 
de piment me servait a cuire la viande, et a m'eclairer, et son 
odeur 12 aromatique recreait 13 mes esprits abattus. 

" Je ne manquais pas de poissons, mais je n'osais en manger sans 
sel, parce qu'ils m'incommodaient, a la reserve 14 des ecrevisses de 
riviere, qui sont ici d'un gout exquis, et aussi grosses que celles de 
mer. Tantot je les mangeais bouillies, et tantot grillees, 15 de memo 
que la cbair des cbevres, qui n'a pas le gout si fort que celle des 
notres, et qui donne un excellent bouillon. 16 J'en avais tue jusqu'a 
cinq cents. Quand ma poudre fat finie, je les prenais a la course. 
Par un exercice continuel je m'etais rendu si agile que je courais a 
travers les bois, sur les rochers et les collines avec une vitesse in- 
croyable. Peu s'en fallut un jour que mon agilite ne me coutat la 
vie. Je poursuivais une cbevre avec tant d'ardeur que je la pris 
sur le bord d'un precipice que des buissons 17 me cachaient, et je 
culbutai 13 de baut en bas avec elle. Cette chute 19 terrible me fit 
perdre toute connaissance. Enfin revenu a moi-meme, je trouvai la 
chevre morte sous moi, et j'eus assez de peine a me trainer 20 a ma 
cabane, qui en etait a un mille, 21 et a. en sortir au bout de dix 
jours." (To be continued.) 

1. Gob. 2. Kettle. 3. From pourvoir, to provide. 4. Need, want. 5. Hut. 6. 
Pimenta. 7. Rush. 8. To line. 9. To rub. 10. To cook. 11. "Watch, watching, 
12. Smell. 13. To revive. 14. Exception. 15. Broiled. 16. Broth. 17. Bushes. 
18. To tumble. 19. Fall. 20. To drag. 21. A mile. 
2'A 



338 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Quels effets (things) lui avait-on laiss^s 'I 

N'avait-il pas de nourriture spirituelle ? 

Quel fut le premier soin de Selkirk ? 

De quoi couvrit-il les cabanes ? 

D'ou tira-t-il ces peaux? 

Est-ce qu'il priait aussi Dieu ? 

Avait-il de quoi faire du pain ? 

Que mangeait-il done ? 

N'avait-il pas de poisson ? 

N'y avait-il pas d'ecrevisses ? 

Comment les mangeait-il ? 

Eut-il toujours assez de poudre ? 

Comment prenait-il alors les chevres ? 

Etait-il done si agile ? 

N'eut-il pas d'accident fachcux ? 

N'avait-il pas remarque le precipice ? 

Se blessa-t-il par suite de cette chute ? 

Quand il revint a lui, dans quel etat se trouvaifc-il ? 






XX. VINGTIEME LE9ON, 



THE INFINITIVE. 

1. The Infinitive sometimes takes the place of a noun. It is 
used as the subject of a sentence, where in English the Part. Pres 
Is often found. Ex. : ■ — 

Secourir les pauvres est une action louable. 
To relieve the poor is a praiseworthy action. 
Medirt est une infamie. 
Calumniating is shameful. 



THE INFINITIVE. 339 

Note i In some instances it becomes properly a noun and takes the 
article with it, as : le manger, le hoire, les vivres (victuals).- If such an In- 
finitive is amplified by means of eiher words, it is better to write c'est or 
c'&ait instead of est or e'tait, and sometimes also voila. Ex. : — 

N : 'aimer que soi, c'est aimer peu de chose. 

To love no one but one's self is to love very little. 

Note 2. When this amplification is somewhat long, the Infinitive can- 
not remain at the beginning of the sentence, but must be placed after the 
predicate, and takes de before it. In order, however, not to confuse the 
sense and the construction of the sentence, ce or it is employed as a merely 
introductory subject ; ce, if a substantive follows, il, if an adjective. Ex- 
amples : — 

C'est tin honneur d'itre utile a sa patrie. 
11 est glorieux de mourir pour sa patrie. 

Note 3. If this antecedent predicate have several or long amplifications 
the subject-infinitive is commonly introduced by an expletive que. Ex. : — 

C'elait une grande nouveaute pour le roi que d'entendre parler si naturelle- 
merit. 

2. Where two imperatives are connected in English by and, 
if the first is a verb of motion the second must be translated in 
French by the Infinitive, and the conjunction omitted. Ex.: — 

Go and see my broth6r, allez voir mon frere. 
Go and do it, Allez le /aire. 

3. A verb immediately preceded by and depending on another 
verb (auxiliaries excepted), or following a preposition, other than 
en, must be put in the Infinitive : — 

Je vous le ferai savoir, sans etre presse". 

4. Comment, how ; que, what ; oil, where ; pourquoi, why, and 
a few other words similarly used in interrogations, are often followed 
by the Infinitive instead of the Indicative, when the sense will not 
thereby be rendered obscure. Thus "Pourquoi alter 2" may mean 
" Why do you go ? " " Que faire? " " What is to be done ? " 
" Que dire ? " " What shall I say l l " 

5. The Infinitive without a preposition is used in French after 



340 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

verbs of motion, as : aller, envoy er, etc. ; after verbs that denote a 
perception of the senses, as: entendre, sentir, voir, etc., and afte* 
the following verbs : — 

A firmer, to affirm. jurer, to swear. 

assurer, to assure. laisser, to let, to permit. 

avouer, to confess. nier, to deny. 

compter, to reckon, intend. oser, to dare. 

croire, to believe. paraitre, to appear. 

daigner, to deign. penser, to think. 

declarer, to declare. pr€tendre, to pretend. 

dcsirer* to wish. pouvoir, to be able. 

devoir, to be obliged. reconnoitre, to acknowledge. 

dire, to say. savoir, to know. 

espe'rer* to hope. , sembler, to appear, to seem. 

faillir, to miss. sounaiter* to wish. 

^azVe, to do. soutenir, to maintain. 

falloir (il font), it mnst. te'moigner, to testify. 

s'imaginer* to imagine. vouloir, to be willing. 

Examples : — 
Fewez nous voir demain. 
Come and see us to-morrow. 
Jfi cottrs Zm apprendre cette nouvelle. 
1 hasten to tell him this news. 
Il'faut envoyer chercher le m€decin. 
We must send for the doctor. 
Vous osez, — daignez, — d€sirez, etc. lui parler ! 
You dare, — deign, — wish, etc. to speak to him ! 
Je croyais — , je de'sirais, etc. lui rendre un service. 
I thought — , I wished—, etc. to render him a service. 
Je compte — , fespere, etc. aller a Paris. 
I intend — , I hope, etc. to go to Paris. 
Je ne sais pas nager. 
I cannot swim. 
Croyez-vous avoir raison ? 
Do you believe you are in the right ? 
Je Ventends venir. 
I hear him coming. 






THE INFINITIVE. 341 

Note 1. After the above four verbs marked,* de is sometimes used, 
especially when they themselves stand in the Infinitive. Ex. : — 
Peut-on esperer de vous voir demain ? 
Personne ne doit s'imaginer de tout savoir. 

Note 2. The verb faire is used for to do, to make and to get, to cause ; in 
all these cases it is immediately followed, in French, by the Infinitive active* 
without a preposition : — 

Je ferai bdtir une maison. 

I will cause a house to be built. 

Vbulez-vous faire laver vos gants f 

Will you have your gloves washed ? 

Je lui ferai faire un theme. 

I will make him write an exercise. 

6. The simple Infinitive is governed further by the verbs: 
aimer* when used in the Conditional, I should like ; preferer, to 
prefer ; aimer autant, to like as much ; il vaut mieux, it is better. 
Examples : — 

Jaimerais le voir, I should like to see him. 

Jl vaut mieux ceder, it is better to yield. 

Je prefere rester a la maison, I prefer staying at home. 

Note. "When, however, in the second member of a comparison a second 
Infinitive follows que, this latter takes de before it. Ex.: — 
Jaime mieux mourir que de trahir mon secret. 
I will rather die than betray my secret. 

7. The Infinitive is used after every preposition except en. 
Examples : — 

Au lieu de jouer, instead of playing. 

Sans aller, without going. 

Pour voir, for the purpose of seeing. 

THEME 52. 

1. To speak too much is dangerous. 2. To clothe 1 the poor is a 
good work. 2 3. To lie is to disregard 3 God and to fear men. 4. 
To purchase peace of an enemy is to give him the means of carry- 

* In regard to aimer with d consult $ 15 of this lesson. 



342 XX. VINGTIEME LEQON. 

ing on 4 war. 5. Can you inform me whether the courier lias 
arrived? 6. He has not yet arrived. 7. One must know [how] to 
keep 5 a secret 8. This man thinks he knows (iw/l) everything, 
9. "We hope to see the queen. 10. When do you intend to re- 
turn? 11. I do not know precisely ; 6 but I hope to see you again 
soon. 12. The king caused the brave soldiers to be rewarded. 13. 
It is much better to keep silent 7 than to say such things. 14. The 
most unfortunate of men is he who thinks himself to be such (T). 
15. He assured us that he had been there. 16. To yield 8 to ne- 
cessity is not to be [a] coward. 9 17. Eating, drinking, and sleeping 
were his only occupations. 18. I hastened to communicate 10 to him 
this intelligence. 11 19 He came to tell me that he had won noth- 
ing in the lottery. 20. Who would not rather (like to) be poor 
than possess unjustly acquired wealth? 12 21. Bayard said to the 
Constable de Bourbon : "It is better to perish fighting (en combat- 
tant) for one's (sa) country, 13 than to conquer and (to) triumph 14 
over it (d'elle) . 

1. Vetir. 2. (Euvre, f. 3. Mepriser. 4. Continuer. 5. Taire. 6. Au juste. 7. 
Se taire, 8. Cider a. 9. Ldche. 10. Communiquer. 11. Nouvelle, f. 12. Dcs 
richessss mal acquises. 13. Patrie. 14. Triompher. 



THE INFINITIVE PRECEDED BY DE. 

8. After a substantive which the verb limits, the English prepo- 
sition of with a Pres. Participle (of going, of seeing, etc.) is gen- 
erally expressed by de with the Infinitive. Ex. : — 

Le desir de vous voir, the desire of seeing you. 

Sa maniere de penser et d'agir (of thinking and acting). 

II est temps de partir, it is time to set out. 

J'ai Vhonneur de vous saltier. 

9. The preposition de is placed before a verb in the Infinitive, 
after the adjectives : avide, content, mecontent, las, digne, 
capable, incapable, etc., and in general after an adjective, whenever, 
by inverting the sentence, the clause containing the Infinitive mighf 



THE INFINITIVE. 343 

be made the leading term of an assertion expressed as subject to 
some tense of to be. Ex.: — 

Je suis curieux de savoir. 

I am anxious to know. 

Etes-vous las de travailler ? 

Are you tired with working ? 

Cet homme est capable de vous tromper. 

That man is capable of deceiving you. 

Vous etes tres-adroit d'avoir si bien reussi. 

You are very clever to have succeeded so well. 

10. De is used before the Infinitive after impersonal verbs, 
such as : il convient, it is proper ; il importe, it concerns ; il s'agit, 
it is the question ; il suffit, it is enough ; il me tarde, I long, and 
after il est, il etait or il semble followed by an adjective, as : il est 
facile, il etait necessaire, etc. Ex.: — 

H m' importe beaucoup de lui dire cela. 

It concerns me much to tell him this. 

77 est beau de pardonner a son ennemi. 

It is a good thing to pardon one's enemy. 

U suffira de lui parler. 

It will be enough to speak to him. 

11. -De is used after que, than, in a comparison of predicates. 
See Note, § 6, of this lesson. 

THEME 53. 

1. You have no cause 1 to be angry with (contre) me. 2. Were 
you at the concert yesterday ? 3. I did not have the pleasure of 
seeing you. 4. The way 2 to be happy is to be virtuous. 5. Have 
you the intention of selling your horse ? 6. Not at all ; I intend 
to keep it. 7. I fear losing (to lose) your confidence. 3 8. It is 
too late ; it is time to go to bed. 9. The art of dancing was known 
to the ancients. 10. It is disgraceful 4 to obey (a) one's passions. 

11. The desire of appearing clever often prevents one becoming so. s 

12. We rejoice greatly to see you. 13. It is agreeable to hear the 
twitter 6 of the birds. 14. It is useless to warn 7 him. 15. It is a 



344 



XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 



beautiful thing to forgive one's enemies. 16. It is pleasant to live 
with one's friends. 17. It is the fate 8 of all human things to be of 
short duration. 9 18. The great secret of being happy is to work 
and to be virtuous. 19.1 don't approve [of] your project of going 
to Europe. 20. Gentleness 10 is the surest means of escaping every 
offonce. 21. It is sad to have no friends and to be forsaken. 11 

1. Avoir sujet. 2. Le moyen. 3. Confiance, f. 4. Honteux. 5. De le devenir, 
6. Le gazouillement. 7. Avertir. 8. Le sort, 9. De n'avoir qu'une courte duree. 
10, La douceur. 11. Abandonne'. 

12. De is further used before the Infinitive, when the latter ig 
immediately preceded by any of the following verbs : — 



Abstenir (s'), to abstain. 

accuser, to accuse. 

achever, to finish. 

affecter, to affect. 

agir (s') (unip.), to be the question. 

ambitionner, to aspire to. 

appartenir, to pertain, to become. 

applaudir (s'), to rejoice, exult. 

apprehender, to apprehend. 

avertir, to warn. 

aviser (s'), to determine. 

bldmer, to blame. 

bruler, to wish ardently. 

censurer, to censure. 

cesser, to cease. 

chagriner (se), to grieve. 

charger, to commission. 

choisir, to choose. 

commander, to command. 

conjurer, to entreat. 

conseiller, to advise. 

convenir, to become, to suit. 

oonvaincre, to convince. 

corriger, to correct. 

craindre, to fear. 

d^courager, to discourage. 

de'daigner, to disdain, scorn. 

d<Sfendre, to forbid. 



"} 



to leave off. 



dejendre (se), to decline. 

dejier, to challenge. 

depecher (se), to hasten. 

desaccoutumer (si 

deshabituer (se), 

de'sespe'rer, to despair. 

de'sirer, to desire. De is often omit- 
ted after this verb. 

de'soler (se), to be grieved. 

d&ester, to detest. De may be omit- 
ted. 

dttourner, to dissuade. 

devoir (se), to owe it to one's self. 

differer, to put off. 

dire, to tell. 

disconvenir, to disown, deny. 

discontinuer, to discontinue. 

disculper, to exculpate. 

dispenser, to excuse from. 

dispenser (se), to forbear. 

dissuader, to dissuade. 

douter, to doubt. 

tfcn're, to write. 

efforcer (s'), to endeavor. 

effrayer {$>'), to be frightened. 

empeclier, to hinder. 

empresser (s'), to hasten. 

enragpr, to be enraged. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



345 









entreprendre, to undertake. 

epouvanter (s'), to be frightened. 

essayer, to try. 

etonner (s'), to wonder. 

dviter, to avoid. 

excuser (s'), to excuse one's self. 

fcindre, to feign. 

fe'liciter, to congratulate. 

Jinir, to finish. 

flatter (se), to flatter one's self. 

fre'mir, to shudder. 

garder (se), to take care. 

gemir, to moan, lament. 

glorijier (se), to pride one's self. 

hasarder, to hazard, to risk ; se hasar- 

der requires a. 
hater (se), to hasten. 
imputer, to impute. 
indigner (s'), to be indignant. 
inge'rer (s'), to intermeddle. 
inspirer, to inspire. 
jurer, to swear. 
manquer, to fail. 
mediter, to contemplate, 
me/er (se), to concern one's self. 
menacer, to threaten. 
me'riter, to deserve. 
mxxjuer (se), to laugh at. 
mourir (fig.), to long. 
n€gliger, to neglect. 
ra>r, to deny. 
offrir, to offer. 
omettre, to omit. 
ordonner, to order. 
oublier, to forget. 
pardonner, to forgive. 
parler, to speak. 
passer (se), to do without. 
permettre, to permit. 
persuader, to persuade. 
piquer (se), to take pride in. 
plaindre, to pity. 



plaindre (se), to complain. 

prescrire, to prescribe. 

presser, to urge. 

pressor (se), to hasten. 

pre'sumer, to presume. 

j?ner, to pray, entreat. 

promettre, to promise. 

proposer, to propose. 

proposer (se), to purpose. 

protester, to protest. 

punir, to punish. 

rassasier (se), to be sated. 

rebuter, to discourage. 

rebuter (se), to be weary. 

recommander, to recommend. 

refuser, to refuse. 

regretter, to regret. 

rejouir (se), to rejoice. 

remercier, to thank. 

repentir (se), to repent. 

reprendre, to censure. 

reprimander, to reprimand. 

reprocher, to reproach. 

reprocher (se), to reproach one's self. 

re'soudre, to resolve. When active, 

followed by <fe ; passive, by a. 
ressouvenir (se), to remember, 
nre, to laugh. 
risquer, to venture. 
seo*V, to be becoming. 
rougir, to blush. 
scandaliser (se), to take offence. 
sommer, to summon. 
souffrir, to suffer. 
souhaiter, to wish. Z>e may be sap- 



soupgonner, to suspect. 
souvenir (se), to remember. 
suffire (unip.), to suffice. 
suggerer, to suggest. 
supplier, to beseech. 
tdcher, to endeavor. 



346 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

tarder, (unip.), to long. se trouver Men, to derive benefit. 

tenter, to attempt. se trouver mal, to fare ill. 

trembler, to tremble. vanter (se), to boast. 



EXAMPLES. 

U cesse de pleuvoir, it ceases raining. 
Je vous conseille de partir, I advise you to set out 
Je crains de vous der anger, I fear to disturb you. 
H est defendu de fumer id, smoking is forbidden here. 
Dites-lui de venir, tell him to come. 
Vous m€ritez d'etre puni, you deserve to be punished. 
U risque de tout perdre, be risks losing everything. 

La forteresse fat somm€e de se rendre, the fortress was summoned to sur- 
render. 

13. After the following prepositions and conjunctions: — pres, 
hors, avant, au lieu, loin, qfin, a moins, de crainte, or de peur, 
d force (by) faute (for want of) , plutot que (rather than) . Ex. s — - 

Avant de partir, before departing. 

Au lieu de pleurer, instead of crying. 

Loin de se corriger, far from amending himself. 

A force de prier, by much entreaty. 

Dieu nous afflige afin de nous corriger, God sends us afflictions (in order) 
to amend us. 

Je sors, de crainte (or de peur) de vous deranger, I go for fear of disturbing 
you. 

THEME 54. 

1. I advise you to stay here and (to) begin your studies. 2. I 
beg you to come at six o'clock. 3. The first step 1 towards good 
(vers le Men) is to avoid evil. 4. It is (e'est) the duty of a Chris- 
tian 2 to please God, to hurt nobody, and to do good, even to his 
enemies. 5. He is not able to go so far. 6. You are very amiable 
in having come to pay 3 us a visit. 7. It is dangerous to trust 4 every- 
body. 8. The law of nature forbids us to do injustice (torC) to 
others, 9. A simple and temperate diet 5 lays the foundation 6 of 
firm health, [which is] capable of enduring 7 the greatest hardships. 8 
10. I cannot help 9 recognizing in the laws of nature a wonderful 



THE INFINITIVE. 347 

art ; and I hesitate not to say, in the language of Scripture, 10 that 
every star hasteneth 11 to go whither the Lord sendeth it. 

1. Le pas. 2. Cliretien. 3. Faire. 4. Se fier a. 5. Nourriture. 6. Prepare. 

7. Supporter. 8. Les fatigues. 9. M'empecher. 10. L'Ecriture Sainte* 11. Se 
depecher. 

THEME 55. 

1. I was astonished, after such news, to see the man so quiet. 
2. Before one writes {Inf.), one must know what one wishes to say. 

8. Instead of working, he went to walk that day. 4. I longed 1 to 
see my native country 2 again ; accordingly 3 I determined to embark" 5 
for Europe. 5. By much entreaty, I induced 5 my friend to accom- 
pany me. 6. For fear of offending him, I preferred to remain 6 
silent. 7. The enemy retired, 7 in order 8 to make believe that he 
had given over 9 the siege. 8. "When one advised Philip to expel 10 
from his dominions 11 a man who had spoken ill of him ; " I will take 
oare 12 not to do it," replied Philip; "he would go everywhere 
and speak ill of me." 

1. II me tardait. 2. Pays natal. 3. (Pest pourquoi. 4. S'embarquer pour. 5. 
Engager a. 6. Me taire. 7. Reflective verb. 8. Afin de. 9. Benoncer a. 10. 
CJmsser. 11. Etat. 12. £e garder Men. 

THE INFINITIVE WITH a. 

"We place the preposition a before the Infinitive of a verb : — 

14. When the English Infinitive is passive, or can be changed to 
the passive without altering the sense. Ex. : — 

La moisson a espe'rer, the harvest to be hoped for. 
Cette maison est a vend re, this house is to be sold. 
Je n'ai pas de temps a perdre, I have no time to lose. 

15. x\fter a substantive, when the following verb is or may be 
expressed by in with the Pres. Part. Ex. : — 

.Vaurai beaucoup de plaisir a vous voir. 
I shall have great pleasure in seeing you. 

16. After any adjectives which take a verb in the Infinitive to 
complete the sense, provided the verb preceding the adjective is not 
used impersonally. Especially after : — 



348 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

Accessible, accessible. lent, slow. 

ais€, easy. pret, ready. 

attentif, attentive. prompt, quick. 

hon, good. propre, fit, proper. 

dispose', disposed, inclined. sensible, sensible. 

difficile, difficult, hard. sourd, deaf. 

docile, obedient. utile, useful. 

habile, skilful. inutile, useless. 

facile, easy. (See also L. VIII., Gov. of Adj.) 

EXAMPLES. 

Cette lecon est facile a apprendre, this lesson is easy to learn. 

Ce fruit n'est pas bon a manger, this fruit is not good to eat. 

Ce theme est-il difficile a traduire ? is this exercise hard to translate 1 

Nous sommes disposes a croire que, etc., we are disposed (inclined) to believe 
that, etc. 

Soyez prompts a faire le bien, be quick to do good. 

Note. Compare the following sentences, in which the verb preceding 
the adjective is used impersonally (see L. XX., § 10). Ex. : — 

II n'est pas facile de prononcer ce mot, it is not easy to pronounce that 
word. 

II est difficile de vaincre ses passions, it is difficult to conquer one's passions. 

U semble difficile d 'apprendre cette langue, it seems difficult to learn that 
language. 

The other way would be : — 

Ce mot n'est pas facile a prononcer. 

Cette langue parait difficile a apprendre, etc. 

THEME 56. 

1. This wood is to be sold. 2. These rooms are to let. 3. We 
have not a moment to lose. 4. There is much pleasure in taking a 
a walk. 5. Is this house to sell or to let ? 6. It is to let. 7. I 
perceived in him a kind 1 of repugnancy to leam Greek. 2 8. You 
know his courage in facing 3 dangers. 9. This girl spends all her 
time in playing. 10. There is more glory in dying like Nelson than 
in living in unmerited 4 honor. 11. Is German easy to learn? 12. 
It is not so easy as French. 13. That is easy to say, but not so 
easy to do. 14. That forest 5 is dangerous to pass. 15. I am 
ready to follow you, but I fear that you are not fit to guide 6 us. 



THE INFINITIVE. 



349 



16. Be attentive to seize the opportunity/ 17. The just man is 

slow to punish but quick to reward. 18. Are you disposed to do 

what I tell you? 19. I shall be quick to perform what you 

command me. 

1. Une sorte de repugnance. 2. Le Grec. 3. Affronter. 4. Au sein des hon- 
ncurs qu'on n'a pas merites. 5. For it,?. 6. Guider, conduire. 7. L> occasion, 



17. The following verbs also govern the Infinitive with a: — 



Ahaisser(s'), to stoop. 

aboutir, to end in. 

accorder(s'), to agree, to coincide. 

accoutumer, to accustom. 

acharner(s'), to strive furiously. 

admettrc, to admit, to permit. 

aguerrir{s'), to become inured. 

aider, to help. 

aimer, to like (v. L. XX., § 6). 

nmuser(s'), to amuse one's self with. 

animer, to animate, to incite. 

appliquer(s'), to apply one's self. 

apprendre, to learn, to teach. 

appreter(s'), to prepare. 

aspirer, to aspire. 

assigner, to assign, to summon. 



consentir, to consent. 

consister, to consist. 

conspirer, to conspire. 

consumer, to consume. 

contribuer, to contribute. 

convier, to invite. Sometimes fol- 
lowed by de. 

couter, to cost. When used imper- 
sonally it is followed by de. 

decider, to decide. 

determiner, to determine. 

determiner (se), to resolve. 

disposer, to dispose. 

disposer(se), to prepare one's self. 

divertir(se), to amuse one's self. 

donner, to give. 



assujettir(s'), to subject one's self to. employer, to employ. 



attacher(s'), to strive. 

attendre(s'), to rely upon, expect. 

attendre, to put off, delay. 

augmenter(s'), to increase. 

autoriser, to authorize. 

aviler(s'), to debase one's self. 

avoir, to have. 

balancer, to hesitate. 

borner(se), to confine one's self to. 

chercher, to seek. 

coniplaire(se), to delight in. 

concourir, to concur. 

condamncr, to condemn : also the ref. 

condescendre, to condescend. 



encourager, to encourage. 

engager, to induce. 

enhardir, to embolden. 

enseigner, to teach. 

entendre(s'), to be skilful, to be a 

judge. 
entreprendre, to undertake. 
essai/er(s'), to attempt. 
elonner(s'), to wonder. 
etre, to be. 

€tudier{s'), to make it one's study. 
evertuer(se), to strive (may b8 fol* 

followed by pour), 
exceller, to excol. 



350 



xx. 



VINGTIEME LEgON. 



exciter, to excite. 
exercer(s'), to practice. 
extorter, to exhort. 
exposer(s') to expose one's self. 
hair, to hate. 

habituer(s'), to become used to 
hasarder(se), to venture. 
he'siter, to hesitate. 
induire, to induce. 
instridre, to instruct. 
interesser, to interest. 
inviter, to invite. 
mettrc, to set, to put. 
mettre(se), to begin. 
montrer, to show, to teach. 
obstiner(s'), to persist in. 
o$77r(s'), to offer one's services. 
opinidtrer(s') to insist upon. 
parvenir, to succeed in. 
passer, to spend (time, etc.). 
pencher, to incline. 
penser, to think, to intend. 
perseve'rer, to persevere. 
perslster, to persist. 
plaire(se), to delight in. 
plier(se), to bend, bow, comply. 
porter, to induce. 
pousser, to urge, compel. 



prendre plaiser, to take pleasure? 

preparer(se), to prepare. 

pr€tendre, to lay claim, to sue. When 
signifying to mean, fo intend, it 
governs the infinitive without a 
preposition. 

provoquer, to provoke. 

re'duire, to constrain. 

re'duire(se), to be reduced. 

renoncer, to renounce. 

repugner, to be repugnant. 

r€signer{se) , to be resigned. 

r€soudre{se) , to resolve. 

rester, to remain. Also used imp. 

re'ussir, to succeed. 

risquer, to risk. 

se/w, to serve. 

songer, to dream, think, purpose. 

suffire, to suffice. May be followed 
by pour. When used imperson- 
ally, is followed by cfe. 

tarder, to defer, to delay. 

tendre, to tend, to intend, to aim. 

tenir, to be anxious, desirous. 

travailler, to labor. 

viser, to aim. 

wuer, to devote. 



Examples : — 
J'aime a danser, I like to dance. 
Mon Jils apprend a chanter, my son learns to sing. 
Je vous autorise a vendre mon jardin. 
I authorize you to sell my garden. 
Notre bonheur consiste a vivre suivant la nature. 
Our happiness consists in living according to nature. 
On m'a invite' a /aire une promenade. 
I have been invited to take a walk. 

18. The Infinitive preceded by a is idiomatically used after the 
veib etre to translate the English progressive forms, such as : / am 






THE INFINITIVE. 351 

singing, I was writing, etc. The French Je suis a chanter, 
J'etais a ecrire, are, however, not so much used as the English 
participial inflections, which are generally rendered by the simple 
verb Je chante, fecrivais, etc. 

1 9 The Infinitive with a also occurs in abbreviated expressions 
which in reality are simply contracted subordinate sentences. 
Examples : — 

A V entendre, on dirait qu'il est innocent. 

To hear him, one would say he is innocent. 

A vous voir, on croirait . . . 

To see you, one would think . . . 

// €tait le premier a se jeter sur Vennemi. 

He was the first to throw, i. e. who threw himself on the enemy. 

Je ne suis pas homme a me laisser offenser. 

I am not the man to allow myself to be offended. 

Je me placai de maniere a pouvoir tout observer. 

I placed myself in such a posture as to observe everything. 

20. Verbs with a or de. The following verbs require either a 
or de, according to the sense in which they are employed : — 

1. Commencer, to begin, is generally followed by a. Ex.: — 
On a commence' a jouer, they have begun to play. 

But if it expresses simply a fact without any idea of continuation, de is 
used after it : — 

Puisque fai commence' de rompre le silence. 

Since I have begun to break the silence. 

2. Continuer a denotes an uninterrupted continuation of the action. 
Example : — 

Si vous continuez a travailler si fort, vous ruinerez votre saute*. 
If you continue to work so much you will ruin your health. 
Continuer de denotes an action repeated, but after successive interrnp- 
tiuns. Ex.: — 
Mon ami continuait de m'e'erire. 
My friend continued to write to me. 

3. D€fier requires a when it means to challenge, to provoke (to a competi- 
tion), and de when it means to set at defiance, or, defy to do something. 



352 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

4. S'efforcer, synonymous with /aire des efforts, to exert one's self, to 
take pains, takes a. Ex.: — 

77 s'efforcait a faire son devoir. 

He took pains (exerted himself) to do his duty. 

S'efforcer de means to endeavor. Ex.: — 

Je m'efforcerai d'obtenir cette place. 

I shall endeavor to get that place. 

5. Etre, to be, when joined to ce, is followed by a if it denotes turn, and 
by de, if it denotes duty or right, as : — 

C'est a vous a parler, it is your turn to speak. 

C'est au maitre d'ordonner, c'est a moi d'ob€ir. 

It is for the master to command, it is for me to obey. 

6. Laisser, to leave, meaning to transmit, is followed by a; meaning to 
cease or abstain, by de; and when used in the sense of to permit (to let), it 
governs the next verb without a preposition. 

7. Manquer a denotes the omission or neglect of a duty : — 
Pourquoi avez-vous manque" a faire voire ex&ecice ? 

Why have you neglected to do your exercise 1 
Manquer de signifies to fail, to be on the point of: — 
J'ai manqu£ de perdre la vie, I had nearly lost my life. 

8. S'occuper takes a in the sense of to employ one's time, to work at. 
Examples : — 

E s'occupe a lire, he occupies himself with reading. 

L'auteur de " Paul et Virginie " s'occupait a recueillir les materiaux de cei 
cuvrage. 

The author of " Paul and Virginia " occupied himself in collecting the 
materials of this work. 

S'occuper de signifies mettre ses soins, to pay attention to, to think much 
of. Ex.: — 

H s'occupe de deJruire les abus. 

He is thinking how to abolish abuses. 

9. Venir governs the Infinitive with a, when it signifies to happen. 
Example : — 

S'il venait a apprendre que vous etes ici. 
If he happened to know that you are here. 

Venir is followed by de, when it is used to express a thing just happened 
(see P. I., L. XL VII.). Ex.: — 



THE INFINITIVE. 353 

Mes sceurs viennent de sortir. 
My sisters have just gone out. 

10. Tarder a signifies to delay. Ex.: — 
Ne tardez pas a lui envoyer de I'argent. 
Do not delay sending him some money. 

Tarder, as an impersonal verb : il me tarde, I long, governs the Infin- 
itive whh.de. Ex . : — 

H me tarde de le revoir, I long to see him again. 

21. The following eleven verbs may take either a or de: — 

Consentir, to consent. s'enteter, to be obstinate in. 

contraindre, to compel. essayer, to try. 

demander, to demand. obliger, to oblige. 

forcer, to force. oublier, to forget. 

s'empresser, to be eager. tdcker, to try. 
s' engager, to engage, agree. 

Examples : — 
II ne demande qu'a manger et a boire. 
He demands nothing but to eat and drink. 
Elle demanda au del de, lui pardonner sa faute. 
She prayed to heaven to forgive her fault. 
Le banqider s'engagea a (or de) payer la somme de mille francs. 
The banker agreed to pay the sum of a thousand francs. 

THEME 57. 

1. When the captain began to speak, all the soldiers listened 1 
attentively. 2. In the spring the trees begin to cover themselves 
with leaves. 3. They continued to live in peace. 4. We have 
continued to write to him, but he has not yet answered us. 5. 
The unfortunate never fail to complain. 6. I have failed to do 
what I had promised you. 7. I will endeavor to satisfy him. 8, 
It is long before he comes (he delays to come) . 9. I long to have 
finished my work. 10. At last I longed (il me tarda) to see again 
my. native country. 11. That woman is occupied only with iron- 
ing. 2 12. Do not fail to be here at a quarter to six. 13. Come 
and see us this evening. 14. Is your brother at home ? 15. No, 

23 



354 XX. VINGTIEME LE^ON. 

he lias just gone out. 16. We have just received your letter. 17. 
Re agreed to inform you of the result. 3 
1. jtfcouter, 2. Repasser, 3. Hesultat. 



INFINITIVE WITH THE PREPOSITIONS POUR, PAR, 

APRES, SANS. 

22. Pour. Whenever the English to before an Infinitive 
expresses a design or purpose, and can he changed into, in order 
to, pour must he used. Ex. : — 

R attend de I 'argent pour payer ses dettes. 
He is expecting money to pay his debts. 
J'ai fait mon possible pour les r€concilier. 
I have done all in my power to reconcile them. 
Je I'ai fait moi-meme pour ne pas vous deranger. 
I did it myself not to disturb you. 

23. The preposition pour is also used after the adjective follow- 
ing assez, trop, suffisant, or after the verb suffire. Ex.: — 

M. R. est assez rlche pour acheter cette campagne. 
Mr. R. is rich enough to buy that estate. 
Caroline est trop jeune pour faire cet ouvrage. 
Caroline is too young to do this work. 

24. The French usage differs from the English in employing the 
Infinitive instead of a separate clause, when the dependent clause 
has the same subject as the principal clause : — 

Je avis etre bless€, I think I am wounded. 

J'espere me'riter votre confianee, I hope I deserve your confidence. 

Je voudrais etre riche, I wish I were rich. 

THEME 58. 

1. I travel to see the world. 2. The army was too fatigued to 
renew 1 the attack. 8. I will do everything to oblige you. 4. God 
has not given us hearts to hate one another. 5. He is going into 
the country to shoot. 2 fi. Some people are hated without deservip.g s 



THE INFINITIVE. 355 

it. 7 . It is necessary to know the human heart to judge well of 
others. 4 8. After having terminated some affairs at home, I shall 
begin by paying 5 some visits. 9. Nobody can be happy without 
practising 6 virtue. 10. If the emperor Titus passed one day with- 
out doing good 7 to (a) anybody, he used 8 to say: "I have lost 
this day." 

1. Renouveler Vattaque. 2. Chasser. 3. Meriter. 4. Des autres. 6. Faire. 6. 
Pratiquer. 7. Du Men. 8. H avail coutume. 






READING LESSON. 

ALEXANDRE SELKIRK. 

(Suite. J 

" Une longue habitude me fit manger la viande sans sel et sans 
pain. Dans la saison j'avais quantite de bons navets 1 qui avaient 
ete semes par l'equipage 2 de quelque vaisseau et qui couvraient 
plusieurs arpents 3 de terre. Je ne manquais pas non plus d'excel- 
lents choux 4 que je cueillais sur une espece de palmier et que j'as- 
saisonnais avec le fruit du piment, qui est le meme que le poivre de 
la Jama'ique, et dont l'odeur est delicieuse. 

" Mes souliers et mes habits furent bientot uses a force de courir 
a travers les bois et les broussailles. 5 Cependant mes pieds s'endur- 
cirent 6 si bien a la fatigue, que je courais partout sans peine. 

"Bevenu 7 enfin de ma melancolie, je me divertissais quelquefois 
a graver mon nom sur l'ecorce 8 des arbres avec la date de mon exil, 
ou bien a chanter et a dresser 9 a la danse des chats et des chevreaux. 
Lorsque je n'eus plus d'habits, je me fis un juste-au-eorps 10 et un 
bonnet (cap) de peaux de chevres que je cousis ensemble avec de 
petites courroies ; u un clou 12 me seiTait d'aiguille. Je me fis aussi 
des chemises d'un morceau de toile que j'avais. Quand mon cou- 
teau fat use jusqu'au dos, j'en forgeai d'autres avec quelques cercles 
de fer que j'avais trouves sur le rivage, et je les aiguisai 13 sur des 
piorres. 

" C'est ainsi que la necessity m'apprit a pourvoir a tons mes 
besoms. " 



356 XX. VINGTIEME LEgON. 

" Pendant mon sejour 14 dans cette ile deserte, j'ai vu plusieure 
fois des vaisseaux qui passaient, mais il n'y en eut que deux qui 
vinrent y mouiller. 16 Incertain de quelle nation ils etaient, je m'en 
approcliai pour les examiner. Mais quelques Espagnols qui avaient 
deja mis pied & terre, ne m'eurent pas plutot apercu qu'ils tirerent 16 
sur moi et me poursuivirent jusque dans les bois, ou je grimpai sur 
un arbre. Je ne fus pas decouvert, quoiqu'ils rodassent 17 dans les 
environs et qu'ils tuassent quantite de chevres sous mes yeux. 
Enfin j'apercus vos navires que je pris aussitot pour anglais. J'al- 
lumai un feu sur un rocher pres du rivage pour vous donner le sig- 
nal de ma detresse. 18 Vous me comprites et, graces a votre huma- 
nite, je puis esperer de revoir ma patrie." 

1. Turnips. 2. The crew. 3. Acre. 4. Cabbage. 5. Brushwood. 6. To harden. 
7. Recovered. 8. Bark. 9. To train. 10. Jacket. 11. Strap. 12. A nail. 13. To 
sharpen. 14. Stay. 15. To anchor. 16. To fire or shoot at. 17. To run about, 
ramble. 18. Distress. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Comment mangeait-il la viande ? 

N'avait-il pas autre chose a manger? 

Manquait-il de choux ? 

Oil les cueillait-il ? 

Avec quoi assaisonnait-il ses choux ? 

Avait-il toujours des souliers et des habits? 

Comment se divertissait-il quelquefois? 

Lorsque ses habits furent uses, que fit Selkirk ? 

De quoi se servit-il pour coudre les peaux de chevres ? 

De quoi se fit-il des chemises ? 

Quand son couteau fut use, que fit-il ? 

NVt-il jamais vu de vaisseaux qui passaient? 

De quelle nation etaient-ils ? 

Que firent-ils lorsqu'ils l'eurent apercu ? 

Fut-il decouvert? 

Qu'apercut-il enfin? 

Pourquoi alluma-t-il un feu sur le rivage ? 

Ce signal fut-il remarque* ? 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 6 

XXI. YINGT ET UNIEME LEgON. 
* 

THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 



1. The Present Participle is invariable in French. Ex. : — ■ 

Une femme mourant de soif. 

A woman dying of thirst. 

Une preuve convainquant tout le monde. 

A proof convincing everybody. 

Une mere consolant sa Jille. 

A mother consoling her daughter. 

Une pluie fecondant la terre. 

A rain fructifying the earth. 

2. When the Present Participle loses its verbal nature and be- 
comes a participial adjective, it follows the noun, and agrees with it 
as an adjective. Ex. : — 

Une femme mourante. 
A dying woman. 
Une preuve convainquante. 
A convincing proof. 
Des paroles consolantes. 
Consoling words. 

3. The Present Participle is often used in English as a substan- 
tive, which is not the case in French. It can sometimes be rendered 
by a noun, in most cases by the Infinitive (see Lesson XX., § 1). 
Examples : — 

La lecture est un passe-temps agrdable. 
Reading is an agreeable pastime. 
Sa passion dominante est la chasse. 
His ruling passion is hunting. 
I like dancing, j'aime a danser. 

4. When an English Present Participle ha3 reference to a sub- 
stantive which is not in the Nominative Case, it is rendered in French 



358 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEgON. 

by the Present or Imperfect of the Indicative, with the relative 
pronoun qui before it. Ex. : — 

H portait une bouteille qui contenait du poison. 

He carried a bottle containing "poison. 

5. An English Present Participle preceded by any preposition 
but by and on (§ 7), such as, or, from, before, after, for, without, 
is rendered in French by the Infinitive with de, a, pour or sans (as 
we have seen before) . Ex. : — 

L'art d'ecrire est tres-ancien. 

The art of writing is very old. 

Je connais sa maniere de penser et d'agir. 

I know his manner of thinking and acting. 

Ne Vempechez pas de /aire du bien. 

Do not prevent him from doing good. 

Je Vai rencontre' avant de partir. 

I met him before leaving. 

On ne pent pas trahir la verite sans se rendre coupable. 

One cannot speak against the truth without being guilty. 

6. Sometimes the English Present Participle is used substantively 
with a possessive pronoun before it; then it must be rendered in 
French by the conjunction que and the Indicative or Subjunctive, 
according as the case requires. Ex. : — 

Je doute qu'il soit un honnete Tiomme. 
I doubt his being an honest man. 
Nous avons appris qu'il s'est fait soldat. 
We heard of his becoming a soldier. 

THEME 59. 

1. Miss Mary is an obliging young lady. 2. I listened 1 [to] her 
encouraging words. 3. He has given us consoling news. 4. These 
books are very interesting. 5. That mother, in her supplicating 2 
attitude, would have appeared tou ;hing, even without the surprising 
eloquence of her discourse. 6. The young soldier, preceding all 
the others, seized 3 the standard. 4 7. That mountain, commanding 
an extensive 6 view, was very well calculated 6 for our observations. 
8. Caroline, weeping bitterly, 7 threw herself into her mother's arms. 



THE PEESENT PARTICIPLE, 359 

9. I have seen your brother (§ 4) playing in the garden. 10. 
Alexander asked the physicians standing 8 by (autour de) him if he 
should die of (de) his illness. 11. The soldiers of Alexander, for- 
getting their wives and children, looked upon 9 the Persian gold as 10 
their plunder. 11 12. It ceased raining. 13. He risked losing his 
life. 11. I am afraid of losing her confidence. 15. The desire of 
appearing clever often prevents one from becoming so. 16. He 
left 12 without paying his debts. 17. I heard of his being (§ 6) 
married. 18. We noticed 13 his looking at it (le). 19. He wrote 
to me without 14 his father's knowing it. 

1. Ecouter qch. 2. To supplicate, supplier. 3. SPemparer de qch. 4. Le dra- 
pan*, 5. Etendue, f. 6. Propre a. 7. To weep bitterly, fondre en larmes. 8, 
Se tenir. 9. To look upon, regarder qch. 10. Comme. 11. Butin, in. 12. Par- 
Zir. 13. Reviarquer. 14. Sans que with the Subj. 

THE GERUND, —PRESENT PARTICIPLE WITH EN. 

7 The Gerund is the Present Participle with the preposition en 
prefixed. It generally denotes 1, either a means by which the ob-' 
ject of the leading clause is attained, or 2, a simultaneous action, 
that is, an action during the transaction of which another is acted by 
the same subject. It is always invariable, and corresponds to the 
English Present Participle preceded by the prepositions hy, in, and 
on or while ; or is sometimes rendered by the simple Participle with- 
out preposition. Ex. : — 

1. Denoting a means : — 

On se forme V esprit en lisant de bons livres. 

We form our minds by reading good books. 

Nous avons obtenu la paix en faisant de grands sacrifices. 

We have obtained peace by making great sacrifices. 

H se sauva en sautant p&r la fenetre. 

He sayed himself by jumping through the window. 

2. Denoting a simultaneous action : — 

La de'esse sourit en voyant Tdemaque. 

The goddess smiled on seeing Telemachus. 

II me dit cela en treviblant. 

He trembled as he told me this. 



360 XXI. VINGT ET UNTEME LEgON. 

Je I'ai rencontre* en allant au chateau. 

I met him in going (as I was going) to the castle. 

Je lis le journal en de'jeunant. 

I read the paper while breakfasting. 

Note. The English by with a Participle is rendered in two cases only 
by par and the Infinitive, viz., with commencer, to commence, begin, and 
jinir, to terminate With, to do something at last. Ex. : — 

Je vetix commencer par reciter ma lecon. 

I will begin by saying my lesson. 

H Jinit par me demander pardon. 

At last he begged my pardon (he ended by asking). 

8. To enforce the simultaneousness of the two actions, taut is 
often placed before the Gerund. Ex. : — 

Tout en pleurant il ne put s'empecher de rire. 
Whilst crying he could not forbear laughing. 

THEME 60. 

1. We learn the news by reading the newspapers. 2. By 
observing these rules, you may avoid mistakes. 3. By studying 
much, you will become learned. 4. More glory is 1 acquired by 
defending one's fellow-citizens 2 than by accusing them. 5. In 
going 3 this way we shall meet him. 6. I met my friend as I was 
going to the post-office. 7. By paying all his debts, he reestab- 
lished 4 his credit. 8. He told me, trembling, that he had lost all his 
money. 9. You may easily get 5 praise, by complying 6 with the 
(aux) wishes of the people 7 with whom you converse, and by pre- 
ferring others to yourself. 

1. On acquiert, 2. Concitoyen, m. 3. Prendre. 4. Jldtablir. 5. Obtenir dcs 
Louanges. 6. To comply with, se conformer a qch. 7. Des personnes. 



READING LESSON. 

Gesles, conduit Tell a Kusnach. 
Tell, dans la barque, etait moins emu des cris des soldats, da 
bruit des vagues ecumantes, du sifflement des vents dechaineX qu'il 



THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. oQl 

ne le fut en d^couvrant la caverne de Grutli. H attendait le tre- 
pas, 1 et ne songeait qu'a 1'avantage que son pays pourrait tirer de la 
mort du gouvemeur. 11 jouissait en silence de la penr, des geinis- 
sements, 2 du tourment qu'eprouvait Gesler, lorsqu'un des rameurs, 
tout-a-coup s'adressant a cet homme cruel: " Nous sommes perdus," 
dit-il, "il n'est plus en notre puissance de maintenir an milieu des 
ilots la barque emportee 3 pai le vent du nord qui, dans un instant, 
va la biiser en pieces contre les rockers du rivage. Un seul 
homme, le plus renomme, le plus habile de nos trois cantons dans 
l'art de braver les tempetes du lac, peut nous sauver de la mort. 
Cet homme est ici : le voila ! le voilk charge de tes chaines ! 
Choisis, Gesler, choisis promptement enfcre le trepas ou sa liberte." 

Gesler fremit 4 h cette parole. Sa haine violente pour Tell com- 
bat dans son ame pusillanime 1' amour menie qu'il a pour la vie ; il 
hesite encore, il ne repond point, mais les prieres, les mur mures des 
soldats et des rameurs qui lui demandent, qui le prcssent de sauver 
leurs jours et les siens, en delivrant 5 son prisonnier; la erainte 
d'etre mal obei, s'il se refuse aux voeux de tous, et la tempete qui 
augmente, determinent enfin Gesler. " Qu'on brise 6 ses chaines, 1 ' 
dit-il, "je lui pardonne tous ses crimes, je lui rends 7 la vie et la li- 
berie, si son adresse nous amene au port." 

Les soldats, les rameurs, s'empressent 8 de rendre libre Guillaume. 
Ses fers sont toinbes, il se leve, et, sans prononcer un seul mot, il 
s'empare du gouvernail. 9 Faisant mouvoir sous sa main la barque, 
comme Fenfant fait plier la bagu.ette 10 qu'il tourne a son gre, il 
oppose la proue 11 aux deux vents, dont les forces ainsi divisees 
la tiennent en equilibre. Profitant ensuite d'un moment de 
calme, il tourne de la proue a la poupe, 12 maintient la barque dans 
la direction qui seule peut la sauver, fait prendre les rames a deux 
geuls rameurs, dont il dirige les efforts, et s'avance, malgre les vents, 
malgre les nots et la tempete, vers le detroit 13 qu'il veut repasser. 
Les tenebres 14 empechent Gesler de s'apercevoir qu'il retourne aux 
memes lieux d'ou il est parti. Tell continue sa marche ; la nuit 
presque entiere s'ecoule; 15 il est rentre dans le lac d'Uri, il apergoit 
la lueur nKMrante du signal donne sur le mont d'Altdorf. C'est 



S82 XXI. VINGT ET UNIEME LEgON. 

cetto lueur 18 qui lui sert d'etoile ; il connait le lac depuis longtemps, 
il en eVite les ecueils, 17 il s'approche pourtant du rivage qui borde 
le canton de Schwitz ; il pense h Werner StaufFacher ; il calcule que 
Werner doit etre en marche, et que les chemins encombr^s do 
neige, le forceront de cotoyer 18 le lac. Dans ce faible espoir, il 
navigue, en feignant d'ignorer les lieux ou la tempete pousse la 
barque, en augmentant les terreurs de Gesler et de ses soldats. 
{To he continued.) 

1. Death. 2. Sighs. 3. Carried away. 4. To shudder, tremble. 5. To liberate. 
6. To break (see p. 372, § 15). 7. I give. 8. See p. 388, $ 9. 9. The helm, rudder. 
10. The rod. 11. The prow. 12. The stern. 13. The strait. 14. The darkness. 
15. To pass away. 16. Light. 17. Cliff. 18. To follow or march along the coast. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Tell ^tait-il 4mu de quelque chose ? 
Qu'attendait-il ? 
A quoi songeait-il? 
De quoi jouissait-il en silence ? 

Qu'est-ce qui determina enfin Gesler k delivrer le prisonnier ? 
Que dit alors un des rameurs h Gesler ? 
Qui etait le batelier le plus habile dans les trois cantons ? 
Le rameur nomma-t41 cet homme ? 
Entre quoi Gesler avait-il a choisir ? 
Quel parti {decision') prit-il? 
Que firent les soldats et les rameurs ? 
Quand les fers furent otes, que fit Tell ? 
Quelle manoeuvre fit-il apres ? 
Racontez ce que fit Tell ensuite. 

Gesler s'aperQut-il que Tell retournait vers les mdmes liens d'ou 
ils etaient partis ? 

Vers quel lac Tell dirige-t-il la barque ? 

De quel rivage s'approche-t-il ? 

A qui pense-t-il ? 

Que calcule-t-il a son dgard? 

Que feint-il ? 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 363 



XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LE9ON 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 

Every possible difficulty in regard to the agreement of Past Participle 
may be solved by the application of one of the three following rules : — 

1. The Past Participle, when used adjectively, is placed after the 
noun and agrees with it as an adjective. Ex. : — 

Une fleur fletrie, a withered flower. 

Une lettre bien e'crite, a well written letter. 

Des maisons bien meublees, well furnished houses. 

2. The Past Participle accompanied by the auxiliary etre agrees 
with the subject, except in reflective verbs. Ex. : — 

Cette lettre est bien e'crite, this letter is well written. 
Mes deux tantes sont mortes, both my aunts are dead. 
La ville fut prise, the town was taken. 
La nuit sera bientot passe'e, the night will soon be over. 

3. The Past Participle accompanied by the auxiliary avoir (and 
by etre in reflective verbs) agrees with the direct object, but only 
when that direct object precedes. Ex.: — 

La lettre que j'ai recite. 

The letter I have received. 

Les Jcttres que fat recues. 

The letters I have received. 

Les dames que nous avons rencontr€es. 

The ladies we have met. 

Les affaires que vous avez entreprises. 

The affairs you have undertaken. 

Oh sont les livres ? — je les ai perdus. 

Where are the books ? I have lost them. 

Oil est ta plume ? — je Vai perdue. 

Where is thy pen 1 I have lost it. 

Ou sont les fruits que vous m'avez eiivoyds ? 

Where are the fruits you sent me 1 



364 XXH. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEgON. 

But there is no agreement in the participle when there is no 
direct object, or when the direct object comes after the participle 
Example : - — 

J'ai recu une leitre — deux lettres. 

I have received one letter — two letters, 

J'ai rencontre une dame — deux dames. 

I met one lady — two ladies. 

j'ai perdu les livres. 

I have lost the books. 

J'ai perdu la plume. 

I have lost the pen. 

Nous avons mange". 

We have eaten. 

lis ont re'pondu a noire lettre. 

They have answered our letter. 

Mes freres avaient dormi. 

My brothers had slept. 

4. In reflective verbs, as etre takes the place of avoir, the par- 
ticiple agrees with the second pronoun, if that is a direct object. 
Examples : — 

lis se sont presents. 
They presented themselves. 
Elle s'est blesse'e. 
She wounded herself. 

But when the second pronoun is an indirect object, the participle 
remains unchanged, unless the direct object precedes, as in verbs 
conjugated with avoir. Ex. : — 

Us se sont present? des Jleurs. 

They presented flowers to each other. 

Us se sont ecrit deux lettres. 

They wrote a letter to each other. 

But the participle must agree if the direct object (Jleurs, lettres) 
precedes. Ex. : — 

Les Jleurs qu'ils se sont presentees. 
Les lettres qu'ils se sont ecrites. 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 365 

APPLICATION OF THE ABOVE RULES. 

As the application of the above rules may present some difficulty, 
special rules will be given, though all that follows is really embraced 
in §§ 2 and 3. 

5. The Past Participle of a neuter or intransitive verb conju- 
gated with avoir never agrees, when conjugated with etre it always 
agrees with the subject. Ex. : — 

Les deux heures que j'ai dormi. 

The two hours during which I slept; que is equivalent to pendant 
lesquelles, 

lis sont tombe's, they fell. Elles sont tombe'es. 

Hence also the Past Part, ete is always invariable : Elle a ete, 
Elles ont ete. 

6. The Past Participle of an impersonal verb is always invari- 
able, as : 

Les pluies qu'il y a eu cet hiver. 
The rains we have had this winter. 

7. A Past Participle does not agree with en (of it, of them, 
some) , because en is not considered as a direct object. Ex. : — 

Avez-vous des fieurs ? — Oui, il nous en a donne". 

But the presence of en does not prevent the participle from agreeing witb 
the real direct object if that precedes. Ex. : 
La bonne opinion que fen avais concue. 
The good opinion I had conceived of it. 

8. A Past Participle between two que's is invariable. Ex. : 
Les livres que vous avez cru que je vous donnerais, the boots yon 
thought I would give you. The first que is not the object of cru, 
but of donnerais. 

9. The Past Participle followed by an infinitive agrees when the 
object that precedes is governed by the participle, if the object de- 
pends on the infinitive the participle is invariable. Ex. : La dame 
que fai vup peindre, the lady I saw painting. La dame que fat 
vu peindre means, The lady whom I saw painted, that is, whose 



366 XXII. VINGT-DETJXIEME LEgON. 

portrait I saw taken. La dame que fai entendue chanter, the lady 
I heard singing ; hut, La chanson que fai entendu chanter, the 
song I heard sung, — because que is governed not by entendu but 
by chanter. For the same reason Je les ai laisses partir, I 
allowed them to go ; but, Us se sont laisse surprendre par Vennemi ; 
they allowed themselves to be surprised by the enemy. In this last 
sentence se is the object of surprendre, as it is equivalent to, They 
allowed the enemy to surprise them. 

10. The past Participle of the verb faire followed by an infini- 
tive never agrees, because faire thus connected with an infinitive ia 
considered for all purposes of government as forming but one verb 
with it. Thus in Je le fais passer, le is the object of faire passer ; 
in Je lui fais passer le pont, le pont is the direct object, and lui 
and not le must be used, as faire passer cannot have two direct 
objects. Hence fait is invariable in the phrase : Une femme s'est 
presentee a la porte, je Fai fait passer, a woman presented her- 
self at the door, I let her pass. 

11. After the Past Participles du, pu, and voidu an infinitive 
may be understood, in which case they remain invariable, as : Je 
lui ai rendu tous les services que fai du . . . que fai pu (that 
is lui rendre) , I rendered him all the services I should ... I could 
(render him). But, Les sommes qiCil irta dues, the sums he owed 
me — dues agrees with its object que which precedes. 

12. The Past Participles attendu, excepte, passe, suppose, and 
vu are sometimes employed as prepositions. They then precede the 
noun they govern, and are invariable. 

Other instances might be adduced, but a strict application of §§ 1, 2, 3, 
and 4, will be found to covei all cases of doubt. 

THEME 61. 

1. She is loved. 2. We are satisfied. 3. My sisters are satis- 
fied. 4. My aunt has arrived. 5. My cousins (fern.) have 
arrived. 6. This house is sold. 7. The two houses are sold. 8. 
These letters are written very well. 9. My mother has gone out, 



THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 387 

and my sisters have also gone out. 10. Mary's grandmother ap- 
pears afflicted. 11. The trees have been felled. 1 12. Virtuous 
people are esteemed, and the impious 2 (are) despised. 13. The 
rule 3 whi3h I have learned is very easy. 14. The woman I have seen 
is very handsome. 15. Where is the letter which you have 
received? 16. Here it is (la void) ; it is written in (en) French. 
17. The horses which we have sold were very old. 18. How many 
horses have you sold ? 19. We have sold them all. 20. Which 
house have you taken? 4 21. How many books has he bought? 
22. Where is my pen ? 23. I have not seen it. 24. Where are 
my sisters? 25. I have not seen them. 26. Here are the apples 
(which) you have given me; I have not eaten them. 27. The 
young ladies have been much amused 5 in your company. 28. Gen- 
tlemen, you are mistaken. 6 29. She has repented of her neglect- 
fulness. 7 30. I saw (have seen) them play before my house. 31. 
The singers 8 whom I heard singing yesterday were Tyrolese. 9 

1. To fell, couper. 2. Impie. 3. Regie, f. 4. Louer. 5. S'amuser. 6. Se trom- 
per. 7. Negligence. 8. Chanieur, m. 9. Tyroli"' 



hens. 



THEME 62. 

1. That girl has run too fast ; she is out of breath. 1 2. My aunt 
has travelled in Italy. 3. His mother (has) lived 2 in this house for 
(pendant) two years. 4. These young men (gens) have studied 
French and Grerman. 5. We (have) met some ladies in the street. 
6. Miss Eliza has brought a bunch 3 of flowers. 7. For whom has 
she brought them ? 8. She (has) brought them for you. 9. Have 
you read these two books? 10. No, sir, I have not yet read them. 
11. I have read another book which your brother has lent me. 12. 
The carpenter 4 has built a new house, and he has sold it this morn- 
ing to Mr. B. 13. The rain which has fallen this morning has 
spoiled the roads. 14. We have bought twenty acres 5 of land. 6 
15. The excessive heat which we had 7 last summer has occasioned 
diseases. 8 16. There came a person that I did not know. 17. 
Why are these plants so wet? 9 18. I (have) ordered 10 them to be 



368 XXII. VINGT-DEUXIEME LEQON. 

watered. 10 19. The measures 11 1 was obliged 12 to take have not had 
the expected effect. 13 20. The landlord 14 caused 15 them to be paid. 

1, Sbrs d'kaleine. 2. JDemeurer. 3. Bouquet. 4. Le charpentier. 5. Arpent) 
m. 6. Terre. 7. Put the Comp. Pres. of the impersonal form il fait. 8. Maladie. 
9. Mouillces. 10. Fairearroser. 11. Mesure, f. 12. Part, of devoir. 13. Effet, m. 
1 4. IPaudergiste. 15. Faire. 

THEME 63= 

1. Where is your gold watch? 2. I have sent it to the watch- 
maker. 1 3. I thought you had allowed 2 it to be stolen. 4. The 
two horses which I (have) advised you to buy are worth (valent) a 
thousand francs. 5. Happy the princes who have always used 3 
their power 4 for the good 5 of their people. 6. You must (il faut 
que vous) finish the letter which you have begun to write. 7. The 
apples which I have forbidden you to eat are not ripe. 8. How 
many men 6 commit the same faults which they had resolved to 
avoid. 7 9. We have showed 8 him all the honor (pi.} it was our 
duty [to show him]. 10. My friend rendered me every service 9 he 
could. 11. Have you bought some cigars? 10 12. Yes, I have 
bought [some]. 13. Are not these trees very high ? 14. I have 
seen higher ones. 15. The ship which we saw launched 11 has now 
the name of Arion. 16. The play 12 I saw performed 13 last night 
has been very much applauded. 17. Imitate the virtues which you 
have heard praised (Inf.). 18. We used 14 all the means we could. 

1. Horloger. 2. Laisser. 3. Employer. 4. Fouvoir, m. 5. Le Men. 6. Que 
d'hommes. 7. EvUcr. 8. Fait. 9. Tous les services qu\ 10. Cigare, m. 11, Law 
oor. 12. La piece. 13. Jmcer, 14, Employer. * 



THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 369 



XXIII, VINGT-THOISIEME LE9ON. 



THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 

1. The Participle Absolute is used, as in English, instead of 
accessory and subordinate clauses beginning with a corjimction 
which have the same subject as the leading clause. Ex. : — - 

Re'gulus s'€loigna de Rome, tenant les yeux fixers a la terre, et laissant safemme 
et ses enfants. 

L'ennemi, voyant (as he saw) notre petit nombre, recommenca le combat. 

Ne'optoleme, poursuivant son discours, me dit, etc. 

Le charpentier, laissant son ouvrage a moitie' fait, alia diner. 

L'empereur Conrade, ne voulant plus tenter la fortune, abandonna subitement 
la Terre-Sainte, etc. 

Ne sachant aue faire, il prit ce parti. 

2. When the accessory sentence expresses an event which has 
taken place before another expressed in the principal sentence, the 
compound form of the Participle Absolute (ayant vu, ayant fait, 
etc. ) is used. Ex. : — 

Le comte de Toulouse, ayant somm€ (having summoned) la ville de se rendre, 
la declara sa possession. 

Le roi ayant tout sacrifi€ pour le bonheur de son peuple, fut enfin la victime 
de ses bonnes intentions. 

Lysandre ayant fait un riche butin (booty) dans la prise d'Athenes, envoya a 
Lac€d€mone tout I'or et V argent qu'il avait pris. 

THEME 64. 

1. As the two combatants would not yield, 1 they were pierced 
with wounds. 2 2. As Mentor heard the voice of the goddess who 
was calling her nymphs into the wood, he waked 3 Telemachus. 3, 
Crantor, seeing that I was already very near him, redoubled his zeal, 
and attempted 4 to barricade my way. 4. That mountain, command- 
ing an extensive 5 view, was well calculated 6 for our observations. 5. 
I cannot accompany you into the country, having some business that 
24 



370 XXIII. VINGT-TROISIEME LEgON. 

requires my presence here. 6. How many people do we see, who, 
knowing the value of time, waste 7 it improperly. 8 7. Wishing to 
make something of my son, I have put him into your hands. 8. 
Newton, having taken the average 9 of years during which the kings 
of the various 10 countries have reigned, reduced each reign to about 
twenty- two years. 9. Napoleon, seeing that the battle of Waterloo 
was lost, drew his sword and wished desperately 11 to fling himself 
into the tumult of the battle. 10. Franklin, [after] having looked 
everywhere for employment, 12 reentered at the printer 13 Keimer's. 



1. Ceder. 2. De coups. 3. Eveiller. 4. Chercher a barrer. 5. Etendu. 6. 
Propre a. 7. Perdre. 8. Mai a propos. 9. Le terme moyen. 10. Different. 11. 
En desesperi. 12. De Poccupation. 13. Chez Vimprimeur K. 

3. The Participle Absolute can also be used in the place of sub- 
ordinate sentences beginning with a conjunction, if they have a dif- 
ferent subject. Ex. : — ■ 

Le roi etant mort, son Jils lui succeda. 

The king being dead his son succeeded. 

La ville ayant €t€ prise, les soldats la pillerent. 

The town being taken, the soldiers pillaged it. 

Le repas etant fini, nous nous mimes en route. 

When diner was over, we set off. 
Etant is. sometimes omitted. Ex. : — 

Le repas fini (for etant fini), nous nous mimes en route. 

When dinner was over, we set off. 

U operation achevee, le roi remonta a cheval. 

The operation being performed, the king mounted again on horseback. 

Cette disposition faite, nous entrames dans la salle de reception. 

When this arrangement was made, we entered the parlor. 

THEME 65. 

1. My mother being ill, I cannot go out to-day. 2. Franklin, 
seeing that all his efforts were useless, went back to his country, in 
order to brave the storm 1 with his countrymen. 3. Wishing to see 
him, I went to his house. 4. Mary and her brother Henry, per 
ceiving a pretty butterfly, 2 endeavored to catch 3 it. 5. The gates 
being closed, we could not enter. 6. Philip sent deputies to the 
Scythians, 4 demanding (poicr demander) a part of the expenses 5 of 



THE PARTICIPLE ABSOLUTE. 371 

the seig? ; the Scythians, alleging 6 the barrenness 7 of their land, 
replied that, having no riches sufficient to satisfy so great a king, 
they thought [it] more 8 unfit to pay but 9 a part, than to refuse the 
whole. 10 7. The wound still bleeding, 11 'she fainted. 12 8 Every- 
body will respect the magistrates who, forgetting their own interest, 
observing the law, favoring 13 virtue arfd restraining 14 vice, seek the 
welfare 15 of then country. 

1. ISorage, m. 2. Papillon, m. 3. Attraper. i. Scythe, m. 5. Les frais. 6. 
Alliguer. 7. La sterilite. 8. Moins convenable. 9. De ne payer qu'tcne partie, 
10. Le tout. 11. Saigner. 12. S'evanouir. 13. Favoriser. 14. Heprimer. 15. L£ 
bien. 



READING LESSON. # 
GESLER CONDUIT TELL A KTJSNACH. 

(Fin.) 

Enfin l'orient 1 se colore, et la tempete semble s'appaiser aux pre- 
miers rayons de l'aurore. Le jour naissant decouvre a Tell les 
roches voisines d'Altdorf, avant que le tyran ait eu le temps de les 
reconnaitre ; Guillaume y dirige sa barque et la fait marcher plus 
rapidement. Gesler, dont la ferocite revient a mesure que le dan- 
ger s'eloigne, observe avec des yeux sombres. II veut, mais il 
n'ose pas encore le faire charger de Kens. 2 Ses soldats et ses mate- 
lots 3 reconnaissent bientot ou ils sont , en instruisent le gouverneur, 
qui s'avancant vers Tell avec colere, lui demande d'une voix terrible, 
pourquoi la barque, qu'il.a guide e, 'a repris le chemin d'Altdorf. 

Guillaume sans lui repondre, pousse la barque droit 4 a un rocher 
peu eloigne de la rive, 5 saisit d'une main prompte Tare et la fleche 6 
qu'un archer tenait a. la main, et, rapide comme l'eclair, s'elance 7 de 
la barque sur le rocher. La, sans s'arreter, il saute sur un autre 
roe, gravit 8 aussitot la roche escarpee, 9 et se montre sur le sommet, 
semblable a 1'aigle des Alpes quand il se repose aupres des nuages, 
et qu'il promene ses yeux percants sur les troupeaux des vallons. 

Le gouverneur etonne pousse un cri de fureur, de rage. II com- 
mande aussitot qu'on debarque, et que ses soldats, disperses, envi« 
ronnent de toutes parts le roc ou il voit le heros. On obeit ; les 



372 XXin. VINGT-TROISIEME LE^ON. 

archers descendent et preparent deja leurs arcs ; Gesler, qui marche 

an milieu d'eux, veut que leurs fleches reunies s'abreuvent toutes 

du sang de Guillaume. Guillaume aussi a ses desseins. II ne s'ar- 

rete, iJ ne se montre que {four attirer Fennemi. II laisse approcher 

cette troupe armee jusqu'a la juste distance ou son trait 6 peut don- 

ner la mort. II regarde, fixe^ Gesler, pose sa fleehe sur sa cordo, et. 

Fadressant au cosur du gouverneur, il la fait voler 10 dans les airs 

La Heche vole., siffle, 11 frappe au milieu du coeur de Gesler. Le 

tyran tombe, b^gaie sa fureur, et son ame s'exhale au milieu des 

imprecations. Tell a deja disparu ; plus leger que le faon, 12 s'est 

precipite du sommet du roc, il court, il vole sur la glace ; il gagne, 

traverse des sentiers 13 .deserts, et prend le chemin d'Altdorf. 

Florian. 
1. The east. 2. Fetters, chains. 3. Sailor. 4. Straight. 5. Bank. 6. Arrow. 
7. Jumps. 8. To climb up. 9. Steep. 10. To fly. 11. To hiss. 12. The fawn. 13. 
Path. 

QUESTIONNAIRE. 

Que decouvre le jour naissant a Tell ? 
Que fait Gesler ? 

Quelle etait Fintention de Gesler ? 

De quoi les soldats et les matelots instruisent-ils le gouverneur ? 
Quand Gesler apercut les roches d'Altdorf, que demanda-t-il a 
Tell? 

Guillaume lui fit-il une reponse ? 

Ou pousse-t-il la barque ? 

Que saisit-il d'une main prompte ? 

Ou s'elance-t-il de la barque ? 

A qui ressemble-t-il quand il se montre sur le sommet 1 

Qu'est-ee que le gouverneur commande alors ? 

Fnt-il obei ? 

Gesler que veut-il ? 

Jusqu'ou Tell laisse-t-il approcher la troupe ? 

Qui veut-il frapper ? 

Sa fleehe Fa-t-elle atteint ? 

Que fait Tell alors ? 

Quel chemin Tell prend-il ? 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



373 



XXIY. VINGT-QUATRIEME LE9ON. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 

1. Many verbs which in English require a preposition, such as 
at, of from, to, with, for, etc., take in French a direct object. 
Such are : — 



envoyer chercher, to send for. 
espe'rer, to hope for. 
expier, to atone for. 
fournir, to supply with. 
prior Dieu, to pray to God. 
regarder, to look at. 
rencontrer, to meet with. 
re'soudre, to resolve upon. 



approuver, to approve of. 
attendre, to wait for. 
chercher, to look (seek) for. 
connaitre, to be acquainted with, to 

know. 
considfrer, to look upon. 
de'sirer, to wish for. 
devenir, to become. • 

fcouter, to listen to. 

Examples : — 

Attendez-vous voire frere, are you waiting for your brother 1 

Qu'etes-vous devenu, what has become of you ? 

II faut envoyer cJicrcher le medecin, we must send for the doctor. 

2. The following verbs which in English usually require a direct 
object take in French the preposition a : — 

Apprendre*) qch. a qn., to teach one permettre aqn., to allow one. 



enseigner ) something. 

conseiller qch. a qn., to advise. 
convenir a qn., to suite any one. 
de'plaire a qn., to displease one. 
ddsobe'ir a qn., to disobey one. 
dire aqn., to tell some one. 
faire tort a qn., to wrong one. 
so fier a qn., to trust one. 
nuire a qn., to hurt, injure one> 
ob€ir a qn., to obey one. 
ordonner a qn., to order. 
pardonner a, to pardon, forgive one. 
parvenir a qch., to attain. 



plaire a qn., to please one. 
reme'diera qch., to remedy. 
renoncer a qch., to renounce, abdicate 

something. 
r€signer a qch,, to resign something. 
r&ister a qn., to resist one. 
ressembler a qn., to resemble one. 
subvenir a, to relieve. 
succeder a, to succeed. 
se soustraire a, to keep out of the 

way. 
survivre a, to outlive, survive. 
toucher a qch., to touch something. 



374 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEQON. 

Examples : — 
Pouvez-vous enseigner le latin a mon Jils f 
Can you teach my son Latin ? 
H faut obeir a vos parents. 
You must obey your parents. 
On ne pent pas plaire a trmt h monde. 
You. cannot please everybody. 
Ne vous fiez pas a lui. 
Do not trust him. 

THEME 66. 

I. Who teaches your brother French? 2. Mr. R., who is a very 
good teacher. 3. This ribbon does not please my sister. 4. You 
have wronged your neighbor ; you have hurt his credit j 1 at least he 
says so (le). 5. A good christian forgives his enemies. 6. Miss 
Mary resembles her mother [very] much. 7. Will you allow your 
pupils to to take a walk this afternoon ? 8. Yes, I will allow them 
to go with you. 9. Children must obey their parents. 10. The 
officer disobeyed the orders of the king. 11. The son succeeded 
his father. 12. The riches of the count would have relieved the 
wants 2 of the poor. 13. He who wishes to please everybody, runs 
the risk 3 of pleasing (de ne plaire) nobody. 14. Louis the 
Fourteenth survived his son, the dauphm, and his grandson. 4 15. 
Do not touch anything. 

1. Credit, m. 2. Besoin, m. 3. Courir risque. 4. Petit-fils. 



3. Verbs which require in English the prepositions o/'and from 
are generally followed in French by de. Besides these, the follow- 
ing also require de : -— 

Accabler de, to overwhelm. approcher de, ) 

s'acquitter de qch, to discharge. s'approcher de, ) ° a PP roac ■ 

s'affliger de, to be afflicted at. s'armer de, to arm one's self with. 

s'apercevoir de* to remark, to per- avoir besoin de, to want, to require, 
ceive. avoir pitie'de, to pity. 

* Apercevoir, when not a pronominal verb, governs the direct object and applies 
to visible things, as : J'aperifus une flamme. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



375 



to load with. 



to distrust. 



avoir or prendre soin de, to take care 

of. 
brulzr de, to burn with. 
cJiaiger de, 
Gambler de, 
?s tontenter de, to be satisfied or con- 

I'jnted with. 
amvrir de, to cover with. 
se defier de, 
se me'fier de, 
depe?idre de. to be dependent on. 
envelopper de, to wrap up in. 
/aire de, to do with (to make use of). 
/aire present de, to present with. 
fdiciterqn. deqch., to congratulate on. 
fourmiller de, to swarm with. 
honorer de, to honor with. 
jouir de qch., to enjoy. 
m€dire de qn., to traduce, to slander. 
se meter de qch., to meddle with. 
se moquer de qn., to laugh at. 



mourir de, to die of. 

munir de, to furnish, provide with. 

se passer de qch., to do without. 

perir de, to perish or die of. 

prqfiter de qch., to profit by. 

pourvoir de, to provide with. 

punir de qch., to punish for. 

r€compenser de qch., to reward for. 

regarder de, to regard with. 

se rejouir de, to rejoice at. 

remercicr de qch., to thank for some- 
thing. 

remplir de, to fill with. 

se repentir de, to repent. 

rire de, to laugh at. 

se souvenir de, to remember, to recol* 
lect. 

sourire de, to smile at. 

triompher de, to triumph over. 

se tromper de, to mistake. 



Examples : — 
Approchez-vous du feu, come near the fire. 
Je me sins de'fiede ses promesses. 
I distrusted his promises. 
On m'accabla de reproches. 
They overwhelmed me with reproaches. 
Elle sourit de notre embarras. 
She smiled at our embarrassment. 



THEME 67. 

1. He was overwhelmed with reproaches. 1 2. You must dis- 
charge that obligation. 3. Death pities nobody, neither rich nor 
poor. 4. Come near the window. 5. Nature wants few things. 
6. She is contented with little. 7. Have you not perceived this 
mistake? 8. No, sir, I have not perceived it (en). 9. The 
ground 2 was covered with snow. 10. The general honored me with 



376 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LEQON. 

bis friendship. 11. Your brother presented me with this silver pen- 
holder. 3 12. The impious 4 mock at virtue and religion. ' 18. Dc 
not meddle with my affairs. 14. Distrust that man ; he will laugh 
at your benefits 6 when he no longer requires them. 15. Never tra- 
duce (slander) anybody. 16. Mr. A. is a very strong man ; he 
enjoys good health. 17. If he repents his faults, I will pardon 
him. 18. I cannot do without his help. 6 19. I hope (that) you 
will profit by this experience. 20. Remember your promise. 21. 
I remember that story very well. 22. Everybody rejoices at that 
victory/ 

1. Reproche, m. 2. La terre. 3. Porte-plume, m. 4. Impie. 5. Bienfait, m. 6. 
Secours, m. 7. Victoire, f. 

4. Yerbs with different governments. The following verbs have 
different governments according to then different significations : — 

1. Abuser qn., to deceive. 

abuser de qch., to abuse, to misuse. 

2. Assister qn., to assist, to help. 
assister a qch., to be present at. 

3. Changer qch., to change, to alter, to exchange. 

changer de qch., to change, to change one thing for another. 
changer en, to turn into. 

4. Convenir de qch., to agree (construed with ctre). 
convenir a, qn., to suit. 

5. Croire qn., to believe some one. 
croire qch., to believe something. 
croire a qch., to believe in something. 
croire en, to believe in. 

6. Demander qn., to ask or inquire for some one. 

demander qch., to ask for somotbing. • 

demander a qn., to ask a person. 

demander qch. a. qn., to ask something of some one or to ask some one 
for something. 

7. Echapper and s'echapper de, to escape from, i. e. out of, 
€clvapper a, to escape from, i. e. to avoid, to be preserved from. 

8. Se fdcher de qch., to be sorry for. 

" " contre qn., to be angry at. 

9. Insulter qn. or qch. (dir. obj.), to offend by insults. 
insulter a qn. or a qch., to deride, to scorn, to insult. 

10. Jotter a qch., to play at a game. 






GOVERNMENT OP VERBS. 377 

jouer de V argent, to play for money. 
jouer d'un instrument, to play (on) an instrument. 
se jouer de qn., to laugh at, to deceive. 
I] Manquer (neuter verb without a government), to be wanting or miss* 
ing. 
manquer qn. or qch., to miss, to fail in. 
manquer de qch., to be wantiug in, to be short of. 
manquer a qn. or a qch. (also contre qch.), to fail in, to omit, 

12. Rfyondre a qch.', to answer. 
repondre de qch., to answer for. 

13. Satisfaire qn., to satisfy, to content. 

satisfaire a qch., to fulfil duties to . . . , to satisfy. 

14. Servir qn., to serve one, to be at one's service. 
servir de qch., to serve as something, for some one. 

15. Souscrire qch., to subscribe, to sign. 
souscrire a qch., to approve of, to subscribe to. 

16. User qch., to use up, to wear out. 
user de qch., to make use of, to use. 

Examples : — 

On a change* les conditions, they have altered the conditions. 
Tax change de logement, I have taken other lodgings. 
Que demandez-vous, what do you ask for ? 
Demandez a votre mere, ask your mother. 

J'ai demands mon argent a mon oncle, I have asked my money of my 
uncle. 
Bepondez a ma question, answer my question. 
Pouvez-vous repondre de sa probity can you answer for his honesty 1 

5. Special remarks on some verbs. 

1 . Acheter qch. a qn., to buy something of some one. 

2. Aider qn., to succor, to support, to give means of doing. 
aider a qn., to help, to aid physically in doing something. 

3. Applaudir, to applaud something, governs the dir. obj. 
applaudir, to applaud a person, governs the ind. obj. 

•1. Approcher qch. (active verb), to approach, to advance, to bring or pnsh 
near. ^ 
approchwqn., to approach — to have free access. 

approcher de qn. or de qch., to approach some one or something; to gc 
or draw nearer (see § 3). 
5. Emprunter, to borrow, governs the indirect object of the person when 



378 XXIV. VINGT-QUATRIEME LECON. 

represented by a personal pronoun (such as lui, leur, nous, etc.). Bui 
it requires a or de when the person is expressed by a noun (as : a 
or de mon frere, of my brother. 

6. En croire qch., to trust, to depend upon. 

7. Heriter qch. de qn., to inherit something from some one. If, however, 

no person is mentioned, the thing follows the preposition de. 

8. Persuader qn. de qch., to convince a person of the truth of a thing. 
persuader qch. a qn., to persuade one to do something. 

9. Redoubler qch. (dir. obj.), means to redouble, i. e. to reiterate. 
redoubler de qch., to redouble, i. e. to augment in force. 

10. Penser a means to have one's mind upon. 
penser de, to have an opinion of. 

Examples : — 
Approchez la table, approach the table (bring it nearer). 
Tout le monde peut approcher notre prince. 
Everybody has free access to our prince. 
Ne vous approchez pas tant du bord. 
Do not go so near the edge. 
Pensez a moi, think of me. 
Que pensez-vous de cela, what do you think of that ? 

6. On the verb faire. The verb faire when followed by an 
Infinitive with a dir. obj., requires the person in the ind. obj., the 
two verbs being considered as one verbal expression the sense of 
which is is always active. The reason of it is that an active verb 
cannot have two direct complements (see L. XXII, 10). Ex. : — 

Je lui ai fait e~crire cinquante mots. 
I have made him write fifty words. 
Sa mere lui a fait raconter cette histoire. 
His mother caused him to relate that story. 

But if there be no direct object after the Infinitive that follows 
faire, the person stands in the direct object. Ex.: — 

Je les ai fait partir, I have made them depart. 

Nous les avons fait renoncer a leur pretentions. 

We have made them abandon their pretentions. % 

7. The verbs ecouter, entendre, laisser and voir, also, are some- 
times used in this manner, as : — 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 3 79 

Je lui ai vu maltraiter son chien. 
1 saw him ill-treat his dog. 

But this is not generally adopted, and it is better to say : — 
Je Vai vu maltraiter son chien. 
Jai vu le petit garcon (dir. obj.) maltraiter son chien. 

8 When the Infinitive is followed by a subordinate sentence witli 
que, the indirect object is preferred, as : — 
Je lui ai entendu dire qu'il partirait. 
I heard him say thaf he was going to leave. 
Jai entendu dire a son pere qu'il lui pardonnerait. 
I heard his father say that he would forgive him. 

THEME 68. 

1. The jailer 1 has deceived the prisoner with respect to (sur) the 
lot 2 which awaited him. 2. Have you not abused our patience ? 
3. We have abused it (en). 4. The hour from 10 to 11 does not 
suit my sister. 5. We have agreed on the price. 3 6. Let us 
always assist the poor. 7. I could not be present at the funeral. 4 
8. I have changed my opinion. 9. Could you change me this 
napoleon? 10. Industry is the true philosopher's 6 stone that 
changes all metals into gold. 11. Whom have you asked for ? 12. 
I inquired for my eldest 6 brother. 13. Have you asked your friend 
for money? 14. I have not asked him for any. 15. Do not be- 
lieve that man, he is a liar. 7 16. I do not believe in his promises. 
17. We believe in G-od. 18. The little bird has escaped from his 
cage. 19. Can 8 you play at chess? 9 20. No, Sir, but I will 
play at cards with you, if you like. 10 21. I play (on) the violin 
and my sister plays on the piano. 22. We often play together. 
23. I was too late, I missed the train. 11 24. A soldier must (doit) 
not fail in courage. 25. The pupil redoubled his application, when 
he heard that a prize 3 would be given. 26. The man is too poor, 
he cannot satisfy his creditors. 12 27. Do you make use of specta- 
cles? 13 28. Yes, I always wear spectacles; I am short-sighted. 11 
29 Make him read a chapter 15 or two. 30. I made him relate 16 



330 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LEgON. 

the story a second time. 31. Charles the XH made all that mul 
titude cross 17 the river, without retaining 18 a single soldier prisoner. 

1. Le geoher. 2. Le sort. 3. Prix, m. 4. Funerailles, f. pi. 5. Philosophale. 
6. Aine. 7. Menteur. 8. Savoir. 9. Aux echecs. 10. Vouloir. 11. Ze convoi, 
12. Creancier. 13. Lunettes, f. pi. 14. J'ai Za ««e fcasse. 15. Chapitre, m. 1ft 
Eaconter. 17. iZepasser. 18. ^Sans c?i retenir. 



XXY. YINGT-CINQUIEME LE9ON 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS. 

Idioms are modes of speaking peculiar to one language, which 
cannot be literally translated into another. 

Avoir, to have. 
Avoir vingt ans, to be twenty years old. 
Avoir mal aux yeux, to have sore eyes. 
Avoir mal a la tete, to have a (or the) headache. 
J'ai froid aux mains, my hands are cold. 
Vous avez beau parler, it is in vain for you to talk. 
J'ai de la peine a le croire, I can hardly believe it. 
Avoir froid, to be cold, — chaud, to be warm. 
Avoir honte, to be ashamed. 
Avoir raison, — tort, to be right, — in the wrong. 
Avoir bonne mine, to look well. 
N* avoir que /aire de, to have no occasion for. 
Avoir grand soif, — /aim, to be very thirsty, — hungry. 
Avoir quelque chose, to have something the matter with one. 
Avoir peu{ to be afraid. 
Avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 
Avoir soin, to take care. 
Avoir besoin, to have need, want. 
Avoir sujet, to have reason. 
Avoir regret, to regret. 
Avoir envie, to desire. 



IDIOM ATICAL EXPRESSIONS, 381 

Avoir coutume, to bo accustomed. 

Avoir lieu, to take place. 

Avoir beau, to be in vain. 

V avoir belle, to bave a favorable opportunity to do it. 

Mre, to bo. 
Etre en €tat de, to afford. 
Etre a son aise, to be in good circumstances. 
Etre mal avec quelqu'un, to be out of favor with some one. 
Etre de moiti€, to go halves. 
Etre a la port.ee, to be within reach. 
Etre sur le point de, to be very near to, to be going to. 
U en est de . . . , it is with, it is the case. 
Etre riche de, to be worth, to possess. When a person is the subject, 

valoir is never used in this sense. 
U est riche de douze mille piastres, he is worth twelve thousand dollars. 
Etre en retard, to be late. 
Eire a meme de, to be able to. 
Etre en peine de^, to be uneasy about. 
Etre en vie, to be alive. 
Etre en chemin pour, to be on the way to. 
Eire au fait, au courant de, to be familiar with. 
Etre a la veille de, on the eve of. 
Eire de trop, to be in the way. 
Etre bien avec, to be on good terms with. 
Etre brouill€ avec, on bad terms with. 

Etre aux prises avec, to be in open rupture, quarrel or battle with. 
Etre d'avis, to be of opinion. 
Y etre, to be at home. 
Etre d'accord, to be in tune. 

Ce piano n'est pas d'accord, this piano is not in tune. 
Nous sommes d'accord, we agree. 
Vous n'y etes pas, that is not it. 

Faire, to do, to make. 

Faire savoir qn., vc let one know, to send word. 

Faire chaud, faire froid, to be warm, — cold (of the weather). 

Se faire des amis, to get friends. 

Faire faire, to get made. 

Faire semblant de, to pretend. 



382 XXV. ^INGT-CINQUIEME LECON.* 

Fairc attention, to pay attention. 

Faire cas de, to value, to esteem. 

Faire un tour de promenade, to take a walk, 

Faiie voile or mettre a. la voile, to set sail. 

Faire de son mienx, to do one's best. 

Ne faire que, to do nothing but. 

C'en est fait de moi, I am undone, it is over with me. 

Vous feriez mieux de rester, you had better stay. 

Faites-moi grace de tous ces details, spare me particulars. 

Faire raccommoder, to have mended. 

Faire la cuisine, to cook. 

Faire tort a, to injure.. 

Faire boidllir, to boil. 

THEME 69. 

1. How old was your father when lie died ? 2. He was seventy, 
3. And your mother? 4. She was almost 1 eighty. 5. I do noi 
remember to have ever been so 2 thirsty as I was yesterday. 6. 
Warm yourself, if you are cold ; my feet are not cold, because I 
have walked much, but my hands are so cold, that I cannot write. 
7. There are some walks 3 in our park which are three hundred feet 
long. 8. You are in the wrong, and he is in the right. 9. It is 
in vain for you to ask money from a miser, he will never give you 
any. 10. Is it cold this morning? 11. Yes sir, it is very cold; 
however, I do not think it is quite so cold as it was yesterday. 12. 
The weather is very inconstant; it was hot yesterday, it is cold 
to-day ; it rained this morning ; it is fine weather now, but perhaps 
it will rain again before (it be 4 ) night. 
1. Pres de. 2. Si. 3. Allee, f. 4. Faire (Subj.). 



Donner, to give. 

Donner dans le pie'ge, to be caught in the snare. 

Donner sur le jardin, to look out on the garden. 

Donner carte blanche, to give full powers. 

Donner sur I'ennemi, to fall upon the enemy. 

Ne, savoir ou donner de la tele, to know not what way to turn. 

Ge vin donne a la tete, that Avine flies up to the head. 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS. 383 

Donner un coup de main, to help. 

Donner a pleines mains, to give largely. 

iSe donner des airs, to take a great deal on one's self. 

Se donner la peine, to take the trouble. 

Jouer, to play, etc. 

Jouer d'un instrument, to play (upon) an instrument. 
Joueraquelquejeu, to play at some game. 
Jouer une piece de theatre, to act a play. 
Jouer un tour a qn., to serve (play) one a trick. 
Se porter, to be (in reference to health). 
II se porte bien, he is well. 
Aimer mieux, to have rather, to choose rather. 
Aller a bride abattue, to go at full speed. 
Dormir la grasse matinee, to sleep very late. 
Prendre en mauvaise part, to take amiss. 
S'y bien prendre, to go the right way to work. 
S'y prendre mal, to go the wrong way to work. 
Se passer de, to do without. 
Trouver mauvais que, to take ill if. 
Trouver son maitre, to meet with one's match. 
Trouver a redire, to find fault with. 
Savoir bon gr€, to be thankful for. 
Tenir parole, to keep our word. 
Ne tenir qu'a, to be in a person's power. 
H ne tient pas a moi que, it is not my fault. 
S'en tenir a, to stand to. 
Faire tenir, to forward. 

Venir a bout de, to bring about, to accomplish. 
En vouloir k, to have a spite against, to be vexed with. 
Je voudrais pouvoir, I wish I could. 
II y va de votre vie, your life is at stake. 
Venir de, to have just done something. 
En venir aux mains, to come to blows. 

THEME 70. 

1 . How do you do this morning ? 2. I am very well, I thank 
you. 3. And how does your sister do? 4. She is not well ; she 
has been ill for these two months, and I fear she will never bo well 
again. 5. And your brothers, how are they ? 6. The youngest is 



384 XXV. VINGT-CINQUIEME LEgON. 

very well, but I do not know how the eldest does, because we have 
not heard 1 of him for 2 these two months ; he wm very well when 
ho wrote to us last. 3 7. It is with the diseases of the heart as with 
those of the body, some are real, 4 and some imaginary. 8. It is 
with men of learning as with ears 5 of corn ; they raise their 6 heads 
while they are empty, and when they are full, they begin to droop. 7 
9. It is with your son as with other children. 10. I do not think 
it will be with my son as it was with yours. 

1. Avoir de ses nouvelles. 2. For these — depute. 3. La derniere fois. 4. JtieU 
5. Epis de U6. 6. Def. Art. 7. Pencher. 

THEME 71. 

1. I have great pain 1 in my side. 2. He has sore eyes. 3. He 
has a sore foot. 4. My lips are sore. 5. She had the toothache 
yesterday, now she has a headache ; to-morrow, perhaps, she will 
have the ear 2 -ache. 0. When I was young, I often had the head- 
ache. 7. Why do you not eat, if you are hungry ? 8. I am not 
very hungry, I can wait [till] dinner time, 3 but I am very thirsty, 
and I will thank 4 you for 5 a glass of wine. 9. It is very cold 
to-day. 10. It was cold yesterday. 11. It will be hot soon. 12. 
I am thirsty. 13. He is hungry. 14. My sister is not well, she 
has not been 6 well for three weeks, she has a headache to-day. 
15. At what o'clock did you rise this morning? 16. I rose at 
four o'clock. 17. It is in vain for you to say so, I do not believe 
you. 

1. Blen mal. 2. Oreille. 3 Le diner. 4. Prier. 5. De me dormer. 6. Se por- 
ter, use the Present tense. 



VOCABULARY 



OF THE WORDS USED IN OTTO'S FRENCH GRAMMAR. 

Based on Gasc's Dictionary. 



ABBREVIATIONS. 



a., active, actif. 

adj., adjective, adjectif. 

adv., adverb, adverbe. 

art., article, article. 

conj., conjunction, conjonction. 

dem. pron., demonstrative pronoun, 

pro?iom demonstratif. 
f., feminine, feminin. 
fig 1 ., figuratively, au figure. 
fut. , future, futur. 
imp., impersonal, impersonnel. 
ind., indicative mood, indicatif. 
inf., infinitive mood, infinitif. 
int., interjection, interjection. 
inter. , interrogatively, interroga- 

tivement. 
ir., irregular, irregulier. 
m. , masculine, masculin. 
n., neuter, neutre. 



o.'s, one's, son. sa, ses. 
part. , participle, participe. ■ 
pers., (said of) persons, (des) per- 

sonnes. 
pers. pron., personal pronoun, 

nom personnel. 
pi., plural, pluriel. 
prep. , preposition, preposition. 
pron., pronoun, pronom. 
r., reflective, reflechi. 
rel. pron., relative pronoun, 

nom relatif. 
s., substantive, substantif. 
sing., singular, singulier. 
v., vide, see, voir. 
v.a., verb active, «<3rZ><2 actif. 
v.n, , verb neuter, verbe neutre. 
v.r., verb reflective, verbe reficcld. 



pro- 



pro- 



( ) Figure in parenthesis generally refers to page containing explana- 
tions or rules relating to the word. 

f Indicates that the gn, I, or 11, is liquid. 
1 Denotes that the 7i is aspirated. 

— Stands for the repetition of the leading word. 

- Before final letters or syllables, shows the masculine termination, 
when followed by the feminine ; as, curieu-x, se, curieux, m., curieuse, 
f . ; protec-teur, trice, proteffteur, m., protectrice, f. 



FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULAEY. 



a, prep, (case, 83 ; before cities, 
etc., 45; spec, use, 228; after 
adj., 250; after adv., 285; re- 
marks, 296 ; with inf. 347), to, at, 
in, within, into, on, as a, by, after, 
under, against, according to. — 
moi (toi), &c, to me or myself, 
mine, of my own, &c. 

abaisser, v. a. to lower, to humble; 
s' — , v.r. to stoop, to incline. 

abandon, s.m. abandonment. 

abandonne, e, adj. abandoned, de- 
serted. 

abandonner, v. a. to abandon, to 
leave, to give up. 

abattement, s.m. depression, despon- 
dency, low spirits. 

abattre, v. a. to fell, to cast down, 
dishearten; s' — , v.r. to fall, to 
break down, despond. 

abattu, e, adj. depressed, low-spir- 
ited. 

abbe, s.m. abbot, priest. 

abeille, s.f. bee. 

abime, s.m. abyss. 

aboi, s.m. (215) barking; — s, pi. 
agony. 

abondamment, adv. abundantly. 

abondance, s.f. abundance, plenty. 

abondant, e, adj. abundant. 

abord (d'), adv. first, at first. 

aboutir, v.n. to end, to tend. 

abreger, v. a. to abridge, abbreviate. 

abreuver, v. a. to water; s' — , v.r. to 
drink. 

abri, s.m. shelter, refuge. 

abricot, s.m. apricot. 

abriter, v. a. to shelter, to protect. 

absent, e, adj. s. absent. 



1 absoudre, v. a. ir. (175) to absolve, to 

forgive. 
abstenir (s 1 ), v.r. ir. (187) to abstain. 
abus, s.m. abuse, nuisance. 
abuser, v.a.n. to deceive, to abuse, 

to take advantage (of), s' — , v.r. 

to deceive one-self. 
acajou, s.m. mahogany. 

cable 

{down). 
acces, s.m. access, attack. 
accident, s.m. accident. 
accompagner, v. a. to accompany , to 

escort. 
accomplir, v. a. to accomplish. 
accord, s.m. agreement, accordance ; 

d' — , agreed, granted; etre d' — , 

to be in tune, to agree. 
accorder, v. a. to grant, to allow. 

s' — , v.r. to agree. 
accourir, v.n. ir. (184) to run (up), 

to come in haste. 
aocoutumer, v.a. to accustom. 
accroc, s.m. obstacle, impediment. 
accrocher, v.a. to hook (on), fasten. 
accroire, v.a. (177). Faire — a, to 

make (one) believe. 
accroitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to increase, 

to fall (to). 
accueillir, v.a. ir. (184) to receive, to 

ivelcome. 
accuse, e, s.m.f. accused, cxdprit. 
accuser, v. a. to accuse, to blame. 
acharner, v. a. to excite, to enrage ; 

s' — , v.r. to set furiously (to), to be . 

enraged, to be bent (upon). 
acheter, v.a. (96) to buy. 
achever, v.a. to finish, to end. 
Achille, s.m. Achilles. 
acquerir, v.a. ir. (187) to acquire, to 

gain. 



VOCABULARY. 



387 



acquitter, v. a. to pay, to receipt, to 
acquit; s' — , v.r. to acquit, one- 
self, to perform, to fulfil. 

acte, s.m. act, action, deed, bill. 

ac-teur, trice, s.m.f. actor, actress. 

acti-f, ve, adj. active. 

action, s.f. action, act, deed; — s, 
pi. stock. 

actuel, le, adj. present, real. 

actuellenient, adv. at present. 

addition, s.f. addition, bill. 

adieu, adv. s.m. goodbye, farewell. 

admettre, v.a. ir. (180) to admit, to 
allow of. 

admirer, v.a. to admire, wonder at. 

adresse, s.f. slcill, cleverness, ad- 
dress ; a V — de, addressed to. 

adresser, v.a. to address ; s' — , v.r. 
to apply, to speak. 

adroit, e, adj. dexterous, skilful. 

adroitement, adv. skilfully, cleverly. 

adverbe, s.m. adverb. 

adversaire, s.m. adversary, oppo- 
nent. 

adversite, s.f. adversity. 

affaiblir, v. a. to weaken ; s' — , v.r. 
to grow weak. 

affaiblissement, s.m. weakening. 

affaire, s.f. affair, thing, business, 
job, bargain, engagement ; — s, 
business, trade, effects. 

affecter, v.a. to affect, to attacli. 

affection, s.f. affection ; prendre en 
— , to take a liking or a fancy to. 

affectueu-x, se, adj. affectionate. 

affirmer, v.a. to affirm, to assert. 

affligeant, e, adj. sorrowful, distress- 
ing. 

affiiger, v.a. to afflict, to distress, to 
grieve. 

affreu-x, se, adj. frightful, dread- 
ful. 

afin, conj. in order, so; — de, in 
order to. 

Afrique (L'), s.f. Africa. 

age, s.m. age, years, time; quel-age 
avez-vous, how old are you ? 

age, e, adj. (252) aged, old. 

agile, adj. agile, nimble. 

agilite, s.f. agility, nimbleness. 



agir, v.n. to act, to do, to behave; 
il s'agit (de . . .), the matter or 
question or point is. 

agiter, v.a. to agitate, to disturb. 

fagneau, s.m. lamb. 

agreable, adj. agreeable, pleasant. 

agrement, s.m. pleasure, comfort. 

aguerrir, v.a. to train or inure to 
war. 

aide, s.f. aid, help, assistance. 

aide, s.m.f. assistant. 

aider, v.a. to help, to aid, to assist. 

ai'eul, s.m. (31) grandfather, ances- 
tor. 

aieux, s.m. pi. (31) ancestors. 

aigle, s.m. eagle. 

aigle, s.f. eagle (standard). 

aigrir, v.a. to exasperate, to {make) 
sour, to irritate, to embitter. 

aigu, e, adj. acute, sharp, pointed. 

f aiguille, s.f. needle. 

aiguiser, v.a. to sharpen, to whet. 

fail, s.m. garlic. 

aile, s.f. wing, sai J , aisle. 

failleurs, adv. elseichere. 

aimable, adj. amiable. 

aimant, s.m. magnet. 

aimer, v.a. to love, to like. 

aine, e, adj. s. elder, eldest. 

ainsi, adv. conj. so, thus; — de 
suite, and so on ox forth ; — que, 
as, so as, as well as. 

air, s.m. air, breeze, look, manner, 
tune ; avoir 1' — de (247) to look 
like or as if. 

aise, adj . glad, pleased ; etre bien 
— , to be very glad (of it). 

aise, s.f. ease, joy ; a 1' — , easy, 
comfortable; mal a son — , un- 
easy, unwell. 

aise, e, adj. easy, well off . 

aj outer, v.a. to add, to join. 

alarm er, v.a. to alarm. 

album, s.m. album, scrap-book, 
sketch-book. 

alentour, adv. around about ; d 1 — , 
neighboring. 

alentours, s.m. pi. neighborhood, as- 
sociates. • 

fAllemagne (L'), s.f. Germany. 

Allemand, e, adj. s. German. 



388 



VOCABULARY. 



aller, v.n. ir. (135, 194, 203) to go, 

to go on, to be going, to be about, 
shall, will, to fit, to come, to be ; 
— a pied, to walk ; — a cbeval, to 
rids, {on horseback) ; faire — , to 
set going ; allons ! come ! well ! 
now ! comment allez-vous ? com- 
ment cela va-t-il ? how are you ? 
je vais or cela va mieux, I am 
better ; s'en — , v.r. to go away 
or off. 

allie, e, adj. s. allied. 

allumer, v.a. to light, to kindle; s' — , 
v.r. to light. 

allumette, s.f. match. 

almanach, s.m. almanac. 

alors, adv. then, at that time, now, 
in that case. 

alouette, s.f. lark. 

Alpes, s.f.pl. Alps. 

alterer, v.a. to alter, to change, to 
impair, to injure; s' — , v.r. (of 
the voice) to falter, to tremble. 

amasser, v.a. to heap up, to gather. 

ambassadeur, s.m. ambassador. 

ambitieu-x, se, adj. ambitious. 

ambition, s.f. ambition, will. 

ambitionner, v.a. to be ambitious 

of- 
ambre, s.m. amber. 
ame, s.f. ou, spirit, ghost, life. 
amener, v.a. to bring, to bring in, to 

cause. 
am-er, ere, adj. bitter, sad. 
amer, s.m. bitter. 
Americain, e, adj. s. American. 
Amerique (L'), s.f. America. 
ami, e, s.m.f. friend, dear. 
amical, e, adj. friendly, amicable. 
amicalement, adv. in a friendly 

way, amicably. 
amiral, s.m. admiral. 
amitie, s.f. friendship, love ; — s, 

pi. {kind) regards or compliments. 
amour, s.m. love. 
ample, adj. ample, full, large. 
amusant, e, adj. amusing. 
amuser, v.a. to amuse, to entertain, 

to ple&se ; s 1 — , v. r. to amuse or 

enjoy oneself; to be amused or 

pleased. 



an, s.m. year, year old; jour de 
1' — , premier de 1' — , new -yearns 
day. 

ane, s.m. ass, donkey. 

ancetres, s.m.pl. ancestors. 

ancien, ne, adj. ancient, old. 

ancre, s.f. anchor. 

Angleterre (IT), s.f. England. 

animal, s.m. (31) animal, beast. 

anirner, v.a. to animate, to enliven, 
to give life to ; s 1 — , v.r. to be- 
come animated or excited. 

animosite, s.f. animosity, excitement. 

aunales, s.f.pl. annals. 

annee, s.f. year ; souhaiter la bonne 
— , to wisJi a happy new-year. 

annoncer, v.a. to announce, to indi- 
cate, to advertise. 

Antarctique, adj. antarctic. 

Anvers, s.m. Antwerp. 

Aoiit, s.m. August. 

apaiser, v.a. to appease, to calm, to 
soothe ; s' — , v.r. to abate, to get 
calm or quiet. 

apercevoir, v.a. ir. (189) to per- 
ceive, to see ; s' — , v.r. to perceive, 
to be aioare (of), to notice. 

Apollon, s.m. Apollo. 

apparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to appear. 

appartement, s.m. apartments. 

appartenir, v.n. ir. (187) to belong t 
to become. 

appeler, v.a. (98) to call, to appeal; 
s' — , v.r. to be called; comment 
vous appelez-vous ? what is your 
name f 

applaudir, v.a. to applaud, to cheer. 

applique, e, adj. diligent, attentive, 
studiously, adapted. 

appliquer, v.a. to apply ; s' — , v.r. 
to apply. 

apporter, v.a. to bring, to produce, 
to cause. 

apprehender, v.a. to apprehend, to 
fear. 

apprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to learn, to 
hear, to inform, to tell. 

approter, v.a. to prepare, to get 
ready. 

approche, s.f. approach. 

approcher, v.a.n. to approach. 



VOCABULARY. 



389 



approf ondir, v. a. to deepen, to inves- 
tigate, to fathom. 

approuver, v. a. to approve of. 

appui, s.m. support, prop. 

appuyer, v.a.n. to support, to lean, 
to rest. 

apres, prep. adv. after, next to, 
about, behind, afterwards; d' — , 
after, from, according to. 

apres-demain, adv. s.m. the dap 
after to-morrow. 

apres-midi, s.m.f. afternoon. 

arbre, s.m. tree. 

arbuste, s.m. bush. 

arc, s.m. bow, arch, arc. 

arc-en-ciel, s.m. (215) rainbow. 

archer, s.m. archer. 

archeveque, s.m. archbishop. 

ardeur, s.f. ardor, heat, eagerness. 

argent, s.m. silver, money, cash. 

arguer, v.n. to argue, to infer. 

Arioste (L'), s.m. Ariosto. 

armateur, s.m. privateer. 

arme, s.f. weapon; — s, pi. arms, 

. troops, warfare ; — s a feu, fire- 
arms. 

armee, s.f. army, troops. 

aromatique, adj. aromatic. 

arpent, s.m. acre. 

arracher, v. a. to pluck, to tear, to 
snatch. 

arranger, v. a. to arrange, to put in 
order, to settle, to suit. 

arreter, v.a.n. to stop, to check, to 
arrest; s' — , v.r. to stop, to stand. 

arriere, adv. behind, away I en — , 
back, in arrears. 

arrivee, s.f. arrival, coming. 

arriver, v.n. (135) to arrive, to come, 
to happen. 

art, s.m. art. 

articuler, v. a. to articulate. 

Asie (L'), s.f. Asia. 

aspirer, v.a.n. to inhale, to aspire. 

fassaillir, v. a. ir. (185) to assail, to 
assault. 

assaisonner, v. a. to season, to dress, 
to temper. 

assassin, s.m. murderer, assassin. 

assassiner, v. a. to murder, to assassi- 
nate. 



assaut, s.m. assault, shock, attack. 

assemblee, s.f. assembly, meeting, 
party. 

asseoir, v. a. ir. (192) to seat, to set ; 
s' — , v.r. to sit dozen, to sit. 

assez, adv. enough, rather, pretty ; 
— bien, pretty well ; bien — , 
quite enough. 

assidu, e, adj. assiduous. 

assiduite, s.f. assiduity, close appli- 
cation. 

assiette, s.f. plate, plateful. 

f assigner, v. a. to assign, to summon. 

assis, e, adj. seated, sitting. 

assister, v.a.n. to assist, to help, to 
attend, to be present. 

associe, e, s.m.f. associate,- partner. 

assommer, v. a. to knock down, to 
kill, to plague. 

assortir, v.a.n., to match, to assort, 
to sort. 

assoupir, v. a. to make drowsy; 
s' — , v.r. to get drowsy or sleepy. 

assourdir, v. a. to deafen. 

assujettir, v. a. to subject, to subdue. 

assure, e, adj. s. secure, sure, cer- 
tain. 

assure ment, adv. assuredly. 

assurer, v. a. to assure. 

Athenes, s.f. Athens. 

atlas, s.m. atlas. 

attacber, v. a. to attach, to fasten ; 
s' — , v.r. to attach one-self, to en- 
deavor, to strive. 

attaquer, v. a. to attack, to assault. 

atteindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to reach, 
to attain. 

attendant (en), in the meantime, 
meanwhile, till ; — que, until. 

attendre, v.a.n. to wait for, to wait, 
to expect, to aioait ; f aire — , to 
keep waiting ; s' — , v.r. to expect, 
to rely. ' 

attendrir, v. a. to affect, to move. 

attendu, prep, considering ; — que, 
considering that, whereas, as. 

attenti-f, ve, adj. attentive. 

attention, s.f. attention, care, notice; 
faire — , to pay attention, to con- 
sider. 

attester, v. a. to attest, to vouch. 



390 



VOCABULARY. 



attirer, v. a. to attract, to draw. 

attraper, v. a. to catch. 

au [contraction of a le, art. (34)]. 

aube, s.f. daicn. 

auberge, s.f. inn. 

aucun, e, adj. (57, 76, 275) any, no, 
none, not any. 

aucunement, adv. not at all. 

audace, s.f. audatity, daring. 

audience, sf. audience. 

auditeur, s.m. liearer. 

augmenter, v.a.n. to increase, to en- 
large, to raise. 

Auguste, s.m. Augustus. 

auguste, adj. august. 

aujourd'hui, adv. to-day, tMs day. 

aumone, s.f. alms, charity. 

aune, s.m. alder. 

aune, s.f. ell, measure, yard. 

auparavant, adv. before, formerly, 
first. 

aupres, prep, near, by, next, about. 

aupres, adv. near, close by. 

auquel [contraction of a lequel] . 

aurore, s.f. daicn, light. 

aussi, adv. conj. also, too, likewise, 
so, as, as much ; — bien, as well. 

aussitot, adv. prep, immediately, di- 
rectly, immediately after ; — que, 
as soon as. 

autant, adv. as much, as many, 
so much, so many ; d' — moms, 
all the less; d' — plus, all the 
more. 

auteur, s.m. author. 

automne, s.m.f. autumn. 

autoriser, v. a. to authorize. 

autour, prep. adv. (301) around, 
about, around or about it, around 
or about them. 

autre, adj. pron. (276, 278, 292) 
other ; tout — , quite different, 
any other ; nous — s, we. 

autrefois, adv. formerly ; d' — , of 
former times. 

autrement, adv. otherwise, differ- 
ently, else. 

Autriche (L'), s.f. Austria. 

autrui, s.m. (276), another, others. 

aux [contraction of a les, art. (34)]. 



auxquelles [contraction of a les- 
quelles] . 

auxquels [contraction of alesquels]. 

avance, s.f. advance; a 1' — , d' — , 
en — , par — , in advance, before- 
hand. 

avancer, v.a.n. to advance, to pro- 
mote, to project, to get on, to go 
on ; s' — , v.r. to advance. 

avant, adv. far, deep ; en — , for- 
ward, in front. 

avant, prep. (298) before, ere ; d' — , 
before ; — que, — de, before ; — 

-garde, s.f. van-guard; bier, 

adv. the day before yesterday. 

avantage, s.m. advantage. 

avant-bras, s.m. forearm. 

avare, adj. avaricious, stingy. 

avare, s.m. miser. 

avarier, v. a. to damage. 

avec, prep. adv. (37, 300) with, by, 
among, against, besides; d' — , 
from. 

avenir, s. m. future ; a 1' — , in fu- 
ture, henceforth. 

aventure, s.f. adventure. 

avertir, v. a. to inform, to warn. 

aveugle, adj. s.m.f. blind, blind man 
or woman. 

aveugler, v. a. to blind, to dazzle. 

avide, adj. greedy, eager. 

avilir, v. a. to degrade ; s'-^-, to de- 
base oneself. 

avis, s.m. opinion, advice; changer 
d' — , to alter one's mind; etre 
d' — , to be of the opinion. 

aviser, v.a.n. to perceive, to inform; 
s' — , v.r. to think, to venture. 

avocat, s.m. barrister. 

avoir, v. a. (48, 58) to have, to feel, 
(51) lobe; qu'avez-vous ? qu'est- 
ce que vous avez ? (52) what is the 
matter with you? II y a (imp.). 
(146) there is, there are, the matter 
is, since, ago ; qu'y a-t-il ? what is 
the matter ? (idioms, 380). 

avouer, v. a. to avow, to confess, to 
own. 

fAvril, s.m. April. 

azur, s.m. azure. 



VOCABULARY. 



391 



Bade, s.f. Baden. 

bague, s.f. ring. 

baguette, s.f. wand, switcJi, drum- 
stick. 

bain, s.m. bath. 

baisser, v. a. to lower ; se — , v.r. to 
stoop. 

bal, s.m. ball. 

balancer, v.a.n. to swing, to hesitate. 

balbutier, v.a.n. to stammer, to 
stutter. 

balle, s.f. ball, bullet. 

balsamique, adj. balmy. 

banc, s.m. bench. 

banquier, s.m. banker. 

bapteme, s.m. baptism. 

baril, s.m. barrel. 

baronne, s.f. baroness. 

barouche, s.f. barouche. 

barque, s.f. bark, boat. 

barriere, s.f. barrier, gate. 

bas, se, adj. low. 

bas, s.m. stocking. 

bas, adv. low, in a low tone, softly, 
in a whisper ; ici — , here below ; 
la — , below, over there, yonder ; 
en — , down, below, downstairs ; 
tout — , very low, in a whisper. 

base, s.f. base. 

basse, s.f. bass, base. 

fbataille, s.f. battle ; livrer — , fight 
a battle. 

fbataillon, s.m. battalion. 

bateau, s.m. boat; — a vapeur, 
steamboat. 

bateli-er, ere, s.m.f. boatman, wa- 
terman. 

bater, v. a. to saddle. 

bati, e, part, built, made. 

batir, v. a. to build. 

battre, v.a.n. (107) to beat, to strike, 
to defeat, to thrash ; se — , v.r. to 
fight. 

bavard, e, adj. s. talkative, talker, 



beau, bel, m., belle, f., adj. (41) 
beautiful, fine, handsome, noble ; 



de plus belle, more than ever ; 
avoir — . . . , to ... in vain . . . ; 
l'avoir belle, to have a favorable 
opportunity ; vous avez — dire, 
parler, or faire, say, or do, tdiat 
you will. 

beaucoup, adv. much, many, a great 
deal, a great many. 

beau-frere, s.m. (215) brother-in- 
law. 

beaute, s.f. beauty. 

bee, s.m. beak, bill. 

begayer, v.n.a. to stammer, to lisp. 

bel, le, adj. V. beau. 

Belgique (La), s.f. Belgium. 

belle-soeur, s.f. (215) sister-in-laio. 

benediction, s.f. blessing, benedic- 
tion. 

fbenin, m., benigne, f., adj. benign. 

benir, v. a. to bless. 

berger, s.m. shepherd. 

besoin, s.m. need, want ; au — , if 
necessary ; avoir — ,de, to want, to 
need. 

bestial, e; adj. beastly. 

bestiaux, s.m. pi. (31) cattle. 

betail, s.m. (81) cattle. 

beurre, s.m. butter. 

bible, s.f. bible. 

bien, s.m. good, benefit, property, 
wealth. 

bien, adv. well, right, quite, very, 
much, many, on good terms, good- 
looking ; — de, du, de la, des, 
much, many ; — ! good ! — que, 
although ; e'est — ! that loill do ! 

bienfaisant, e, adj. beneficent. 

bienfait, s.m. benefit, kindness. 

bienfai-teur, trice, s.m.f. benefac- 
tor, benefactress. 

bienheureu-x, se, adj. happy, blessed. 

bientot, adv. soon, shortly ; a — ! 
I hope to see you again soon. 

bienvenu, e, adj. welcome. 

biere, s.f. beer. 

bijou, s.m. jewel. 

blamer, v. a. to blame. 

blan-c, che, adj. white. 

blanc, s.m. white. 

ble, s.m. com, wheat. 

blesser, v. a. to wound, to hurt. 



392 



VOCABULARY. 



blessure, s.f. wound. 

bleu, e, adj. s.ni. blue. 

blocus, s.m. blockade. 

bceuf, s.m. ox, beef. 

Bohcme (La), s.f. Bohemia. 

boire, v.a.n. ir. (177) to drink. 

boire, s.m. drink. 

bois, s.m. wood; deepen — , wooden. 

boite, s.f. box, case. 

bon, ne, adj. good, kind ; — a rien, 
good for nothing ; a quoi — ? what 
is the use f c'esb — ! good ! very 
good ! all right ! 

bon, s.m. good, good fellow . 

bonheur, s. m. happiness. 

bon jour, s.m. good morning, good 
day. 

bonnet, s.m. cap. 

bonsoir, s.m. goodnight, good even- 
ing. 

bonfce, s.f. goodness, kindness. 

bord, s.m. border, edge, brim, bank, 
shore. 

border, v. a. to border, to bind. 

borner, v. a. to bound, to limit. 

bosse, s.f. hump. 

botte, s.f. boot. 

bottier, s.m. boot-maker. 

boucbe, s.f. mouth. 

bouder, v.a.n. to pout {at). 

bougie, s.f. wax-candle. 

fbouillir, v.n. ir. (188) to boil. 

f bouillon, s.m. broth, tea. 

boule, s.f. ball. 

boulet, s.m. ball. 

bourgeois, e, s.m.f. citizen. 

bourgeois, e, adj. citizenlike, plain, 
vulgar. 

fBourgogne (La), s.f. Burgundy ; 
— s.m. Burgundy {wine). 

bourse, s.f. purse, exchange. 

bout, s.m. end, piece ; a — de . . . , 
out of; au — de, after ; pousser 
a — , to drive to extremities, to 
put out of patience ; venir a — de, 
to succeed in, to get the better of. 

fbouteille, s.f. bottle. 

bouton, s.m. bud. 

boutonner, v.a. to button. 

braire, v.n. ir. (197) to bray. 

bras, s.m. arm. 



brave, adj. brave, honest, good, 
worthy, courageous. 

braver, v.a. to brave. 

brebis, s.f. sheep. 

bref, breve, adj. short, brief. 

Bresil (Le), s.m. Brazil. 

fBretagne (Laj, s.f. Brittany; La 
Grande — , Great Britain. 

bride, s.f. bridle; a — abattue, a 
toute — , at full speed; tenir en 
— , to keep within bounds. 

briser, v.a.n. to break, to shatter, to 
dash; se — , v.r. to break, to 
dash. 

broc, s.m. can. 

fbrouillard, s.m. adj. fog ; il fait 
du— , it is foggy. 

fbrouiller, v.a. to throw into con- 
fusion; se — , v.r. to fall out, to 
be on bad terms. 

fbroussailles, s.f. pi. brushwood. 

bruire, v.n. ir. (197) to rustle, 
roar. 

bruit, s.m. noise, disturbance, re- 
port. 

bruler, v.a.n. to burn, to long. 

brum e. adj. brown. 

brut, e. adj. raw, crude. 

Bruxelles, s.f. Brussels. 

buisson, s.m. busli, thicket. 

bureau, s.m. office, desk. 

butin, s.m. booty, prize. 



Ca, adv. — et la, here and there, 
lip and doion, to and fro. 

cabane, s.f. cottage, cabin, hut. 

cacher, v. a. to hide, to conceal. 

cacleau, s.m. present, gift. 

cafe, s.m. coffee, coffee-house ; — au 
lait, coffee with milk {in it). 

cage, s.f. cage. 

cahier, s.m. copy-book. 

fcaillou, s.m. pebble, stone. 

Caire (Le), s.m. Cairo. 



VOCABULARY. 



393 



cal, s.m. callosity, callus. 

calculer, v.a.n. to calculate. 

camie, adj. calm, quiet, stiU. 

calmer, v. a. to calm, to soothe. 

calomnie, s.f. calumny, slander. 

calomnier, v. a. to calumniate, to 
slander. 

camarade, s.m.f. comrade, play- 
fellow, companion, friend. 

camp, s.m. camp. 

fcanipagne, s.f. counfry, fields, 
country-house, campaign. 

canal, s.m. canal, channel. 

canard, s.m. duck, false news, 
hoax. 

Candie, s.f. Candia or Crete. 

canif , s.m. penknife. 

canne, s.f. cane, stick. 

canton, s.m. canton, district. 

cap, s.m. cape. 

capable, adj. capable, able. 

capitaine, s.m. captain. 

capitale, s.f. capital. 

capricieu-x, se, adj. capricious. 

capti-f, ve, adj. s. captive. 

captivite, s.f. captivity. 

car, conj. for, because,' as. 

caresser, v. a. to caress, to fondle. 

camaval, s.m. carnival. 

carte, _ s.f. card, card-board, map, 
chart ; — blanche, full power ; a 
la — , from tlie bill of fare. 

cas, s.m. case ; en 'tout — , at all 
events; fair (gran') — de, to va- 
lue, to think (a great deal of). 

casquette, s.f. cap. 

casser, v. a. to break, to cmck. 

castor, s.m. beaver, castor. 

cause, s.f. cause, motive, reason ; a 

— de, on account of; et pour — , 
for a very good reason: 

causer, v.n. to talk, to chat. 
caution, s.f. bail, surety. 
caverne, s.f. cavern, cave. 
ce, cet, m. , cette, f. adj. (62) this, 

that. 
ce, c', pron. (73, 111, 120, 255) this, 

that, it, they, these, those, he, she ; 

— qui, — que (271) ichat, that 
ichich, which ; — sont, they are. 
it is; a — que, from ichat, that, 

17* 



as; de — que, from the fact that; 
sur — que, as, when, on. 

ceci, pron. (120) this, this thing. 

ceder, v.n. a. to yield, to give up. 

cedrat, s.m. cedrat, lemon. 

ceindre, v. a. ir. (175) to surround, to 
gird. 

ceinture, s.f. belt. 

cela, pron. (120) tliat, it, that thing ; 
e'est — , that is it. 

celebre, adj. celebrated. 

celle, pron. fern, of celui. 

cellule, s.f. cell. 

celui, pron. m. (119, 207) he, him, 
the one, that; — ci, the latter, 
this, this one, he, him, iclw ; — 
-la, the former, that, that one, 
he, him. 

cendre, s.f. ashes, cinders. 

cens, s.m. franchise. 

censurer, v. a. to censure. 

cent, s.m. hundred. 

centaine, s.f. hundred. 

centieme, adj. hundredth. 

centime, s.m. penny. 

cependant, adv. in the mean time, 
yet, still, however. 

cerceau, s.m. hoop. 

cercle, s.m. circle, ring, hoop. 

cereales, s.f. pi. corn. 

cerf, s.m. stag, deer, hart. 

cerise, s.f. cherry. 

cerisier, s.m. cherry-tree. 

certain, e, adj. certain. 

certainement, adv. certainly. 

certes, adv. most assuredly, in- 
deed. 

ces, adj. these, those. V. ce. 

cesse, s.f. ceasing; sans — , inces- 
santly, constantly. 

cesser, v.a.n. (136, 291) to cease, to 
leave off. 

cet, te, adj. V. ce. 

ceux, m. pi. of celui. 

chacun, e, pron. (275) each, every , 
one. 

chagrin, s.m. grief, sorrow. 

chag-riner, v. a. to grieve, to vex. 

chaine, s.f. chain. 

chair, s.f. flesh. 

chaise, s.f. chair 



894 



VOCABULARY. 



chaleur, s.f. heat, warmth, glow, 
animation. 

chambre, s. f . room ; — a coucher, 
bed-room. 

charaeau, s.m. camel. 

champ, s.m. field; sur-le- — , im- 
mediately ; avoir la clef des — s, 
to be at liberty. 

chandelle, s.f. candle. 

changer, v.a.n. to change, to alter, 
to turn. 

chanson, s.f. song. 

chant, s.m. singing, song. 

chanter, v.a.n. to sing. 

chanten-r, se, s.m.f. singer. 

chaos, s.m. chaos. 

chapean, s.m. (30) hat. 

chapeli-er, ere, s.m.f. hatter. 

chapitre, s.m. chapter. 

chaque, adj. each, every. 

charge, s.f. load, office, place. 

charge, e, adj. (211) laden. 

charger, v.a.n. to load, to charge, to 
burden, to lade, to intrust ; se — , 
v.r. to take charge {of), to charge 
each other. 

charmer, v. a. to charm, to delight. 

charpentier, s.m. carpenter. 

charrette, s.f. cart. 

chasse, s.f. hunting. 

chasser, v.a.n. to drive away, to 
chase, to hunt. 

chasseresse, s.f. huntress. 

chassenr, s.m. hunter. 

chasseuse, s.f. huntress. 

chat, chatte, s.m.f. cat. 

chateau, s.m. castle. 

chatier, v. a. to chastise, to punish. 

chaud, e, adj. hot, warm ; avoir — , 
f aire — , to be warm. 

chaud, s.m. heat, warmth. 

chaudron, s.m. kettle. 

chef, s.m. head, chief. 

chef-d'ceuvre, s.m. (215) master- 
piece. 

chef-lieu, s.m. (215) chief town. 

chemin, s.m. way, road ; — de fer, 
railroad; en — , — faisant, by or 
on the way. 

cheminee, s.f. chimney, hearth. 

chemise, s.f. shirt, chemise. 



chene, s.m. oak. 

chenil, s.m. dog-kennel. 

ch-er, ere, adj. dear, fond. 

cher, adv. dearly, dear. 

chercher, v. a. to try to find, to look 
for ; faire — , to send for. 

cheval, s.m. (35) horse. 

cheveu, s.m. hair. 

chevre, s.f. goat. 

fchevreuil, s.m. roebuck, deer. 

chez, prep. (37, 299) at or in or to 
the dwelling (house, lodgings, 
&c.) of, at or to . ... 's, in or to 
the room or the country of, among, 
with, in ; — moi, toi, lui, elle, soi, 
nous, &c, at or to or in my, thy, 
his, her, o.'s, our &c. house, 
home, at home; un — soi, atrhome. 

chien, s.m. dog. 

chiendent, s. m. dog's grass. 

Chine (La), s.f. China. 

chceur, s.m. choir. 

choir, v.n. (189) to fall. 

choisir, v. a. to choose, to select, to 
pick out. 

choix, s.m. choice, selection. 

chose, s.f. thing, object, matter; 
peu de — , pas grand' — , not 
much, no great matter, of little 
consequence. V. quelque chose. 

chou, s.m. cabbage. 

chou-fleur, s.m. (215) cauliflower. 

chretien, ne, adj. s. christian. 

christianisme, s.m. Christianity. 

chut, int. hush! 

chute, s.f. fall. 

ci, adv. (62) here, this, par-ci, par-la, 
here and there ; — joint. V. joint. 

ciel, s.m. (214) (pi. cieux, ciels) 
heaven, sky, climate, tester. 

cigare, s.m. cigar. 

cil, s.m. eye-lash. 

cime, s.f. top, summit. 

cinq, adj. s. five. 

cinquante, adj. fifty. 

cinquantieme, adj. s.m. fiftieth. 

cinquieme, adj. s m. fifth. 

cinquiemement, adv. fifthly. 

circoncire, v. a. if. (171) to circumcise 

circonscrire, v. a. ir. (170) to circum- 
scribe. 



VOCABULARY. 



395 



circonstance, s.f. circumstance. 

ciseau, s.m. chisel. 

ciseaux, s.ra. pi. scissors. 

citoyen, ne, s.m.f. citizen. 

citron, s.m. lemon. 

civil, e, adj. civil. 

clair, e, adj. clear* bright, plain. 

clair, s.m. light. 

clairement, adv. clearly. 

classe, s.f. class. 

clef, (cle), s.f. key ; fermer a — , to 
lock. 

clcmeuce, s.f. clemency. 

clerc, s.m. clerk. 

climat, s.m. climate, clime. 

cloche, s.f. bell. 

clore, v.a.n. ir. (198). to close, to en- 
close. ' 

clos, e, part. adj. shut, close. 

clou, s.m. nail. 

cochon, s. m. hog, pig. 

cceur, s.m. heart. 

coin, s.m. corner, patch. 

colere, s.f. anger; en — , angry. 

colibri, s.m. humming-bird. 

colline, s.f. hill. 

colorer, colorier, v.a. to color. 

combat, s.m. fight, battle, com- 
bat. 

combien, adv. how much, how many, 
hoio long, how far, how. 

comble, s.m. utmost ; au — , com- 
plete. 

combler, v.a. to heap, to load. 

comedie, s.f. comedy, play. 

comedien, ne, s.m.f. comedian. 

comete, s.f. comet. 

comme, adv. as, like, as if; — cela, 
— 9a, like that, so. 

commencement, s.m. beginning. 

commencer, v.a.n. to begin. 

comment, adv. how, why, what. 

commerce, s.m. commerce, trade, 
business. 

commettre, v.a. ir. (180) to commit, 
to compromise. 

commis, s.m. clerk. 

commission, s.f. commission, mes- 
sage, errand. ■ 

commode, adj. convenient, comfort- 
able, easy. 



commodement, adv. conveniently, 
comfortably. 

commun, e, adj. common, mutual* 
vulgar. 

commun, s.m. generality, bulk. 

communement, adv. commonly, gen- 
erally. 

fcompagne, s.f. companion, partner . 

fcompagnie, s.f. company, society, 
troop. 

fcompagnon, s.m. companion, part- 
ner, fellow. 

comparaison, s.f. comparison. 

comparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to appear. 

complaire, v.n. ir. (178) to please ; 
se — , v.r. to delight. 

compl-et, ete, adj. complete, full. 

complet, s.m. full number. 

completement, adv. completely, 
fully, utterly. 

compliment, s.m. compliment, con- 
gratulation. 

conrporter, v.a. to admit of;' se — , 
v.r. to behave. 

composer, v.a.n. to compose, settle. 

comprendre, v.a. ir. (181) to com- 
prehend, to comprise, understand. 

compris ; y — , adv. including* with; 
non — , not including. 

compromettre, v.a.n. ir. (180) to 
compromise, to expose. 

comptant, adj. ready. 

comptant, s.m. ready money, cash; 
au — , for cash. 

compte, s.m. account, reckoning, 

calculation; rendu, report; 

a — , on account ; pour mon — , 
for my part, as for me ; se rendre 
— de, to account for. [ 

compter, v.a.n. to count, to calculate, 
to include, to contain* to rely. 

comte, s.m. count, earl. 

comtesse, s.f. countess. 

concemer, v. a. to concern. 

concert, s.m. concert. 

concevoir, v.a. ir. (189) to conceive, 
to understand. 

conclure, v.a.n. ir. (107) to conclude. 

concorde, s.f. concord. 

concourir, v.n. ir. (184) to compete! 

concours, s.m. concourse. 



396 



VOCABULARY. 



condamner, v. a. to condemn, to sen- 
tence. 

condescendre, v.n. to condescend, to 
comply. 

condition 
— s, pi. terms. 

conduire, v. a. ir. (172) to conduct, 
to lead ; se — , v. r. to behave. 

conduite, s.f. conduct, behavior, 
leading. 

confiance, s.f. confidence, trust. 

confier, v. a. to confide, to trust. 

confire, v. a. ir. (171) to preserve, to 
pickle. 

confirmer, v. a. to confirm. 

confiture, s.f. jam. 

conformenient, adv. conformably, 
suitably. 

confort, s.m. comfort. 

confus, e, adj. confused. 

conge, s.m. leave, discharge, holi- 
day. 

congedier, v. a. to discharge, dismiss. 

conjugaison, s.f. conjugation. 

conjurer, v. a. to conspire, to entreat. 

connaissance, s.f. knowledge, ac- 
quaintance, senses ; — s, pi. know- 
ledge, learning, acquirements. 

connaitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to knoic, 
to be acquainted with. 

connetable, s.m. constable. 

conquerant, s.m. conqueror. 

conquerir, v. a. to conquer, subdue. 

conquete, s.f. conquest. 

consacrer, v. a. ir. (188), to conse- 
crate, to sanction. 

conscience, s.f. conscience. 

consciencieu-x, se, adj. conscien- 
tious. 

fconseil, s.m. advice, counsel; — de 
guerre, court-martial. 

f conseiller, v. a. to advise, to counsel. 

consentir, v,n. ir. (184) to consent ; 
— v. a. to assent or agree to. 

consequence, s.f. consequence, im- 
portance ; en — , consequently, 
accordingly. 

consequent, e, adj. consistent; par 
— , consequently. 

conserver, v. a. to preserve, to keep, 
to keep {up). 



consideration, s.f. consideration, re- 
gard, respect. 

considerer, v. a. to consider, to ex- 
amine, to value. 

f consign or, v. a. to deposit, consign. 

consistance, s.f. consistency, thick- 
ness. 

consister, v.n. to consist. 

consoler, v. a. to console, to comfort. 

conspirer, v.n. a. to conspire, to plot. 

constamment, adv. constantly. 

constant, e, adj. constant, steady. 

constituer, v. a. to constitute, to 
form ; se — prisonnier, to sur- 
render. 

constitution, s.f. constitution. 

construction, s.f. construction, 
building. 

construire, v.a. ir. (172) to construct, 
to build. 

consulter, v.a. to consult. 

consumer, v.a. to consume. 

conte, s.m. tale. 

contenance, s.f. countenance, air, 
look. 

contenir, v.a. ir. (187) to contain, to 
liold. 

content, e, adj. contented, 



contentement, s.m. content, satis- 
faction, joy. 

contenter, v.a. to satisfy, to please ; 
se — , v.r. to be satisfied. 

conter, v.a. to relate, to tell. 

contester, v.a.n. (293) to contest. 

continuellement, adv. continually. 

continuer, v.a.n. to continue, to go 
on with. 

contraindre, v.a. ir. (175) to compel, 
to force, to constrain. 

contraire, s.m. adj. contrary ; au — , 
on the contrary; au — de, con- 
trary to, 

centre, prep. adv. against, contrary 
to, near, versus. 

contre-coup, s.m. rebound, conse~ 
quence. 

contredire, v.a. ir. (173) to contra- 
dict, to oppose. 

contredit; sans — , adv. unques- 
tionably. 



VOCABULARY. 



397 



contree, s.f. country, region. 

contrefaire, v. a. ir. (180) to counter- 
feit. 

contribuer, v.n. to contribute. 

convaincre, v. a. ir. (174) to convince. 

convainquant, part, convincing. 

conv enable, adj. proper, becoming, 
right, due, suitable. 

convenir, v.n. ir. (187) to agree, to 
suit, to be expedient. 

convertir, v. a. to convert, to change. 

convier, v. a. to invite. 

copie, s.f. copy. 

coq, s.m. cock. 

fcoquille, s.f. shell. 

fcorbeille, s.f. basket. 

corde, s.f. string, cord, rope. 

cordon, s.m. twist, string, band; 
— bleu, first-rate cook. 

Corinthien, ne, adj. Corinthian. 

corps, s.m. body, corps. 

correct, e, adj. correct. 

corriger, v.a. to correct. 

cortege, s.m. retinue, attendants, 
procession. 

cote, s.f. coast, shore. 

cote, s.m. side, way, part. 

coton, s.m. Gotton. 

cotonnier, s.m. cotton-tree. 

cotoyer, v.a. to coast, to go at the 
side of. 

cou, s.m. neck. 

coucbe, e, part. adj. lying down, in 
bed. 

coucber, to lay down, to put to bed; 
se — , v.r. to lie down, to go to bed. 

coudre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to sew. 

couler, v.n. tojloio, to run. 

couleur, s.f. color, paint. 

coup, s.m. blow, stroke, knock, rap, 
hit, stab, thrust, loound, trick ; — 
de fleche (803), arroio ; — de 
f oudre, thunder -stroke ; — de fusil 
(303), bullet ; — de main, sudden 
attack, help ; — de soleil, sun- 
stroke ; a — s de (303) d'un — de 
(302) by, with a, with; tout a 
— , tout d'un — , all of a sudden, 
suddenly, all at once. 

coupable, adj. s.m.f. guilty. 

coupe, s.f. cutting, cup. 



couper, v.a.n. to cut, to cut off or 

out or up or down, to clip ; se — , 

v.r. to cut oneself. 
couple, s.m.f. couple, brace. 
cour, s.f. yard, court, court-yard. 
courage, s.m. courage, cheer. 
courageusement, adv. courageously. 
courageu-x, se, adj. courageous. 
courant, s.m. stream, current, 

course ; au — de, acquainted or 

conversant with; mettre au — 

(de), to inform (of). 
courber, v.a.n. to bend, to bow down. 
courir, v.a.n. ir. (184) to run. 
couronne, s.f. crown. 
courroie, s.f. strap, belt. 
cours, s.m. course, current. 
course, s.f. run, race, course, career; 

a la — , running. 
court, e, adj. short. 
court, adv. short; tout — , short, 

simply ; demeurer or rester — , 

to stop shorty 
cousin, e, s.m.f. cousin. 
couteau, s.m. (30) knife. 
couter, v. n. a. to cost, to be expensive. 
coutil, s.m. ticking. 
coutume, s.f. custom, habit ; comme 

de — , as usual; de — , usually; 

avoir — de, to be in the habit of. 
couvert, e, adj. covered, sheltered. 
couvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to cover, to 

hide, to protect ; se — , vr. to cover 

oneself, to get cloudy. 
craindre, v.a. ir. (175, 326, 330), to 

fear, to be afraid of, to dread. 
crainte, s.f. fear, dread; de — de, 

for fear of; de — ■ que, for fear, 

lest. 
crainti-f, ve, adj. timid. 
crayon, s.m. pencil, crayon, sketch. 
createur, s.m. creator, maker. 
creme, s.f. cream. 
crier, v.n. a. to cry, to shout, to 

scream, to call out, to proclaim. 
crime, s.m. crime, offence. 
criminel, le, adj. s. criminal, culprit. 
crin, s.m. horse-hair. 
croire, v.a.n. ir. (177) to believe, to 

think. 
croitre, v.n. ir. (130, 178) to grow. 



398 



VOCABULARY. 



croix, s.f. cross. 

cru, e, adj. raw, crude. 

cruaute, s.f. cruelly. 

cru eke, >s.f. pitcher. 

cruel, le, adj. cruel, sore. 

cruel] ement, adv. cruelly, sorely. 

fcueillir, v. a. ir. (184) to gather , to 



fcuiller, cuillere, s.f. spoon; — a 
cafe, tea-spoon. 

cuir, s.m. skin, leather. 

cuire, v.a.n. ir. (172) to cook, to bake, 
to boil. 

cuisine, s.f. kitchen, cooking ; f aire 
la — , to cook. 

cuisini-er, ere, s.m.f. cook. 

cuivre, s.m. copper, brass. 

culbuter, v.a.n. to tumble head over 
heels. 

cupidite, s.f. cupidity. 

curagao, s.m. curacoa. 

curieusement, adv. curiously. 

curieu-x, se, adj. s. curious, singu- 
lar, curious part, inquisitive per- 
son. 

curiosite, s.f. curiosity. 



fdeigner, v.n. to deign. 

dairn, s.m. deer, buck. 

damUer, v. a. to damn. 

Danemark (Le), s.m. Denmark. 

danger, s.m. danger, fear. 

dans, prep. (236, 297) in, into, 
within. 

danse, s.f. dance. 

danser, v.n. a. to dance. 

danseu-r, se, s.m.f. dancer, partner. 

dard, s.m. dart, sting. 

davantage, adv. more, longer. 

de, d', prep, (witkart., 83; parti- 
tive, 39 ; without tke art., 42 ; 
special use, 228 ; with proper 
names, 235 ; after adjectives, 
250 ; after adverbs, 285 ; witk 



infinitive, 342) of, from, out of 
in, with, by, at, some, any, to, 
between, than (238). 

debarquer, v.a.n. to land. 

debiter, v. a. to sell, to retail, to de- 
liver, to utter, to debit. 

deboucker, v. a. to open, to uncork. 

debris, s.m. fragment, remains, 
rubbish. 

deqa, prep. adv. on this side (of); 
en — , on this side ; — et dela, 
here and there. 

deceder, v.n. (135) to die, to decease. 

decembre, s.m. December. 

decevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to deceive. 

deckaine, e, adj. unchained, rag- 
ing, furious. 

deckirer, v. a. to tear, to rend. 

deckoir, v.n. ir. (136, 189) to fall, to 
sink. 

decider, v. a. to decide; se — , v.r. 
to make up o. 's mind. 

decision, s.f. decision. 

declamer, v.a.n. to recite, declaim. 

declarer, v. a. to declare, to proclaim. 

decombres, s.m. pi. rubbish. 

decoudre, v. a. ir. (174) to unsew, to 
rip. 

decourager, v. a. to discourage, to 
deter. 

decouvert, e, adj. uncovered, dk- 

. covered. 

decouvrir, v. a. ir. (185) to uncover, 
to discover. 

decrire, v. a. ir. (176) to describe. 

decroitre, v.n. ir. (178) to decrease. 

fdedaigner, v. a. to disdain, to scorn. 

dedain, s.m. disdain, scorn. 

dedans, adv. in, . lovthin, inside ; 
en — , inside, icithin. 

dedans, s.m. inside, interior. 

dedire, v. a. ir. (173) to contradict, 
to gainsay ; se — , v.r. to retract. 

deduire, v. a. ir. (172) to deduct, to 
infer. 

deesse, s.f. goddess. 

fdefaillir, v.n. ir. (198) to fail, to 
faint. 

defaire v. a. ir. (180) to undo, to un- 
make, to rid, to defeat, to rout ; 
se — , to get rid. 



VOCABULARY. 



399 



defaut, s.ra. defect, fault, want; 

a or au — de, for want of ; en 

— , at fault. 
defendre, v. a. to defend, to forbid ; 

se — , v.r. to defend or shelter or 

justify oneself, to decline. 
defense, s.f. defence, (354) tusk, 

outworks. 
def erer, v. a. to confer, to bestow. 
deficit, s.m. deficiency. 
defier, v. a. to defy, to challenge, to 

provoke, to dare; se — , v.r, to 

distrust. 
degeler, v.a.n. to thaw. 
degenerer, v.n. (136) to degenerate. 
dehors, adv. outside, out, without ; 

en — , outside, without. 
dehors, s.m. outside, exterior; les — , 

pi. appearances. 
deja, adv. already, yet. 
dejeuner, s.m. lunch, breakfast. 
dejeuner, v.n. to take lunch, to 

breakfast. 
dela, prep, au — , beyond, on the 

other side, upwards, more ; en — , 

beyond, farther. 
delai, s.m. delay. 
delicat, e, adj. delicate, nice. 
delicatesse, s.f. delicacy, nicety. 
delicieusement, adv. deliciously. 
delicieu-x, se, adj. delicious. 
delier, v. a. to untie. 
delivrance, s.f. deliverance, release. 
delivrer, v. a. to deliver, to free, 
demain, adv. s.m. to-morrow. 
demande, s.f. question, request, de- 
mand, desire. 
demander, v. a. to ask, to beg, to 

icant, to demand, to inquire; 

faire — , to send for. 
demele, s.m. quarrel, strife. 
dementir, v. a. ir. (184) to give the 

lie to, to contradict, to deny. 
demettre, v. a. ir. (180) to put out of 

joint, to dismiss. 
demeure, s.f. residence, dwelling. 
demenrer, v.n. to reside, to live, to 

dwell. 
demi, e, adj. (246) half, semi. 
democratic, s.f. democracy. 
demoiselle, s.f. young lady. 



demolir, v. a. to demolish, to pidl 
down. 

Demosthenes, s.m. Demosthenes. 

denouer, v. a. to untie, to undo. 

dent, s.f. tooth. 

depart, s.m. departure. 

depecher, v. a. to despatch; se — , 
v.r. to make haste, to hasten. 

depeindre, v. a. ir. (175) to depict, to 
describe . 

dependre, v.n. to depend. 

depens, s.m. pi. expense, cost. - 

depenser, v. a. to spend. 

depit, s.m. vexation, spite. 

deplaire, v.n. ir. (178) to displease, ■ 
to give offence. 

deplaisir, s.m. displeasure, sorrow, 
grief. 

depot, s.m. deposit, trust, store- 
house, settlement. 

fdepouiller, v. a. to strip, despoil. 

depourvoir, v. a. to divest. 

depourvu, e, adj. unprovided, desti- 
tute. 

depuis, prep.' since, from, for, after; 

— long-temps, long ago; — peu, 
lately; — quand ? how long? 

— que (292), since, ever since. 
depuis, adv. since, aftemcards. 
depute, s.m. deputy, representative. 
deranger, v.a. to derange, to dis- 

place, to inconvenience, to disturb, 
to trouble; se — , v.r. to disturb or 
trouble oneself 

derni-er, ere, adj. s. latter, last, 
latest, extreme; la semaine — e, 
last week ; la — e f ois, last or the 
. last time. 

dernierement, adv. lately. 

deroute, s.f. rout, disorder ; mettre 
en — , to rout. 

derriere, prep. adv. behind, behind 
it. 

des [contraction of de les, art. 34, 
39]. 

des, prep, even from, as early as, 
from. 

desaccoutumer, v.a. to break of the 
habit. 

desagreable, adj. disagreeable, un- 
pleasant. 



400 



VOCABULARY. 



desagreablement, adv. disagreeably. 
desapprendre, v. a. ir. (181) unlearn. 
descendre, v.n. (136) to descend, to 

come or go down. 
desert, e, adj. desert, deserted. 
desesperer, v.n. to despair. 
desespoir, s.m. despair. 
deshabituer, v. a. to break of the 

habit. 
deshonorer, v. a. to dishonor, to dis- 
grace. 
f designer, v. a. to designate, to point 

out. 
desir, s.rn. desire, wish. 
desirer, v. a. (192) to desire, to 

icish. 
desobeissance, s.f. disobedience. 
desoler, v. a. to distress ; se — , v.r. 

to grieve. 
desordre, s.m. disorder, confusion. 
desormais, adv. henceforth. 
desquelles [contraction of de les- 

quelles]. 
desquels [contraction of de les- 

quels] . 



dessein, 



intention, 



plan, purpose ; a — , on purpose ; 

a — de, in order to ; avoir — or 

le — de, to intend. 
dessert, s.m. desert. 
desservir, v.n a. ir. (183) to take 

away, to remove the cloth. 
dessin, s.m. drawing, pattern. 
dessiner, v. a. to draw, to sketch. 
dessous, adv. prep, under, below; 

an — , under, below ; de — , from 

under ; par — , under. 
dessons, s.m., under part, bottom, 

wrong side. 
dessus, adv. prep, on, upon, over, 

above, uppermost ; par — , upon, 

besides. 
dessns, s.m. upper part. 
destiner, v. a. to destine, to intend. 
detacher, v. a. to detach, to untie. 
^detail, s.m. detail, particular. 
deteindre, v. a. ir. (175) to take out 

the color of; — v.n. to lose its dye 

or color, to fade. 
detenir, v. a. ir. (187) to detain, to 

withhold. 



determiner, v. a. to determine, to 
settle ; se — , v.r. to resolve. 

detester, v. a. to detest, to hate. 

detour, s.m. winding, roundabout 
way. 

detourner, v. a. to turn aside, to 
dissuade. 

detresse, s.f. distress. 

detroit, s.m. strait. 

detruire, v. a. ir. (172) to destroy, to 
ruin. 

dette, s.f. debt. 

deux, adj. s.m. tico, both; tousles 
— , both, every other. 

deuxieme, adj. s.m.f. second. 

deuxiemement, adv. secondly. 

devant, prep. adv. (298) before, in 
front of, before them. 

devant, s.m. forepart, front ; aller 
or venir au de, to go or come- 
to meet. 

devant [part, of devoir], owing, in- 
tending, being on the point of. 

developper, v. a. to unfold, to deve- 
lop, to display. 

devenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to be- 
come, to grow. 

devetir, v. a. ir. (183) to unclothe, to 
undress, to divest. 

deviner, v. a. to divine, to guess. 

devoir, s.m. duty, task; — s, pi. 
respects. 

devoir, v. a. ir. (189-, 323) to owe ; 

— v.n. must, to be obliged, (203) 
to be (to), to be intended, should, 
ought; se — , to owe it to one- 
self. 

devorer, v. a. to devour, to consume. 

devoue, e, adj. devoted, true, sin- 
cere, faithful, affectionate, loving ; 
votre tout — , yours truly or sin- 
cerely ox faithfully. 

devouement, s.m. devotedness. 

devouer, v. a. to devote. 

diamant, s.m. diamond, jewel, gem. 

diametre, s.m. diameter. 

Dieu, s.m. God; grace a — , — 
merci, thank God; mon — ! 

— ! good Heavens ! dear me ! 
bless me ! 

different, e, adj. different, various. 



VOCABULARY. 



401 



differer, v. a. to pat off . 

difficile, adj. difficult, hard, liard to 
please, particular. 

difficilenient, adv. tcith difficult?/. 

difficulty s.f. difficulty. 

cliff orrae, adj. deformed. 

fdigne, adj. worthy, deserving, 
dignified. 

dimanche. s.m. Sunday. 

dindon, dinde, s.m. turkey, goose. 

diner, s.m. dinner. 

diner, v.n. to dine. 

dire, v. a. ir. (172) to say, to tell, to 
speak; cela va sans — , (202) 
that is a matter of course; c'est.a- 
■ — , that is to say. 

direct, e, adj. direct, straight. 

dinger, v. a. to direct, to manage, to 
guide. 

discontinner, v.a.n. to discontinue, 
to leave off. 

disconvenir, v.n. ir. (187, 293) to 
disown, to deny. 

discourir, v.n. ir. (184) to discourse. 

discours, s.m. discourse, speech, lec- 
ture. 

discretion, s.f. discretion. 

disculper, v. a. to exculpate, to 
exonerate. 

disjoindre, v. a. ir. to disjoin. 

disparaitre, v.n. ir. (186, 178) to 
disappear, to vanish, to go. 

dispenser, v. a. to exempt, to dis- 
pense, to bestow ; se — ,- to exempt 
oneself, to forbear. 

disperser, v. a. to disperse, to scat- 
ter. 

dispose, e, adj. disposed, inclined. 

disposer, v.a.n. to dispose, to have 
at command; se — , v.r. to prepare, 
to get ready. 

disposition, s.f. disposition, inclina- 

■ tion, tendency. 

dispute, s.f. dispute, discussion. 

disputer, v.a.n. to dispute ; se — , 
v.r. to strive or contend for 

dissoudre, v. a. ir. (175) to dissolve. 

dissuader, v.a. to dissuade. 

distance, s.f. distance. 

distinguer, v.a. to distinguish ; se 
— , v.r. to distinguish oneself. 



distraire, v.a. ir. (174) to divert, to 
abstract. 

distrait, e, adj. inattentive, absent. 

distribuer, .v.a. to distribute. 

dit, e, adj. said, so-called, 

divers, e, adj. different, several. 

divertir, v.a, to amuse, to divert 

divinite, s.f. divinity, deity. 

diviser, v.a. to divide, to part. 

dix, adj. s.m. ten, tenth. 

dix-liuit, adj. s.m. eighteen. 

dix-huitieme, adj. eighteenth. 

dixieme, adj. s.m. tenth. 

dix-neuf, adj. s.m. nineteen, 

dix-neuvieme, adj. nineteenth. 

dix-sept, adj. s.m. seventeen. 

d;x-septieme, adj. seventeenth. 

dizaine, s.f. ten. 

docile, adj. docile, manageable. 

dominant, e, adj. ruling, prevail- 
ing. 

dominer, v.a.n. to rule, to get over, 
to predominate. 

domniage, s.m. damage, injury, 
wrong ; e'est — , it is a pity. 

dompter, v.a. to subdue, to tame. 

don, s.m. gift, present. 

done, conj. (164) then, therefore, 
accordingly, so, do, now, con- 
sequently. 

dormer, v.a.n. (88) to give, to grant, 
to cause, to make, to look, to open ; 
(idioms, 382). 

dont, pron. (126, 268) whose, of 
whom, from ichom, of which, 
from which, with or by ichom, 
with or by which, in which, iclwm, 
which. 

dorenavant, adv. henceforth. 

dorer, v.a. to gild. 

dormant, e, adj. sleeping, stagnant, 
dull. 

dormir, v.n. ir. (183) to sleep, to be 
asleep. 

dos, s.m. back, bridge. 

dose, s.f. dose, portion. 

dot, s.f. dowry, portion, 

double, s.m. adj. double, deceitful. 

doubler, v.a. to double, to line. 

doucement, adv. sweetly, softly, 
gently. 



402 



VOCABULARY. 



douceur, s.f. sweetness, gentleness ; 

— s, pi. sweet things. 
douer, v. a. to endow, to gift. 
douleur, s.f. pain, grief, sorrow. 
douloureu-x, se, adj. painful, ten- 
der, sore, moumfid. 
doute, s.m. doubt; sans — , no 

doubt. 
douter, v.n.a. (293) to doubt, to 

question, to distrust; se — , v.r. 

to suspect, to think. 
douteu-x, se, adj. doubtful. 
Douvres, s.m. Dover. 
dou-x, ce, adj. sweet, soft, mild, 

gentle. 
douzaine, s.f. dozen. 
douze, adj. s. twelve 2 twelfth. 
douzieme, adj. s.m. twelfth. 
drap, s.m. cloth, sheet. 
dresser, v.a.n. to erect, to raise, to 

train; se — , v.r. to stand up, to 

start up. 
droit, e, adj. straight, right. 
droit, adv. straight, right, directly ; 

tout — , straight on. 
droit, s.m. right. 
droite, s.f. right, right hand; a — , 

on or to the right. 
du, art. m. [contraction of de le, 

art. (34, 39)]. 
du, due, part, of devoir, adj. due, 

owing, &c. 
due, s.m. duke. 
duchesse, s.f. duchess, couch. 
duquel [contraction of de lequel]. 
dur, e, adj. hard, firm, tough, 

rough, sharp. 
duree, s.f. duration. 
durement, adv. 7iard, harshly. 
durer, v.n. to last. 
durete, s.f. hardness, harshness. 
duvet, s.m. down, featJier -bed. 



E. 

eau, s.f. (30) water ; — x, pi. loater- 

ing-place. 
echapper, v.n. (136) to escape, to 

get out ; s' — , v.r. to escape. 



echauffer, v. a. to heat, to toarm ; 
s' — , v.r. to get warm, to get ex- 
cited. 

echoir, v.n. ir. (136, 189) to fall. 

eclair, s.m. lightning , flash ; faire 
des — s, to lighten.. 

eclaircir, v. a. to clear, to clear up. 

eclairer, v. a. to light, to enlighten, 
to throw a light upon ; v.n. to give 
light. 

eclat, s.m. loud sound or noise, 
flash, scandal. 

eclatant, e, adj. bright, brilliant, 
splendid, blooming, glorious. 

eclater, v.n. to sldver, to break out ; 
— de rire, to burst out laughing. 

eclore, v.n. ir. (135, 198) to hatch, 
to open. 

ecole, s.f. school, college. 

ecoli-er, ere, s.m.f. pupil, student. 

economie, s.f. economy, saving, sys- 
tem. 

ecorce, s.f. bark, rind. 

ecossais, e, adj. s. Scotch, Scotch- 
man, Scotchwoman. 

iScosse (F), s.f. Scotland. 

ecouler (s 1 ), v.r. to elapse' to pass. 

ecouter, v. a. to listen, to mind. 

ecraser, v. a. to crush, to overwhelm. 

ecrevisse, s.f. crab. 

eerier (s'), v.r. to cry out, to ex- 
claim. 

ecrire, v. a. ir. (175) to write ; s' — , 
v.r. to write to each other ; to be 
spelt. 

ecrit, s.m. writing, icritten agree- 
ment; par — , in writing. 

ecriture, s.f. writing, handwriting. 

ecrivain, s.m. loriter, author. 

ecrouler (s'), v.r. to fall in or dozen. 

fecueil, s.m. rock, reef, sand-bank, 
danger. 

ecumant, e, adj. foaming. 

ecumer, v.n. to foam ; v. a. to skim. 

edifice, s.m. edifice, structure. 

education, s.f. education, training, 
breeding. 

effacer, v. a. to efface, to erase, to 
blot out. 

effet, s.m. effect, intent, show, bill ; 
— s, pi. effects, things, luggage ; 



VOCABULARY. 



403 



a cet — , for this purpose ; a F — 

de. in order to ; en — , in reality, 

indeed. 
effile, e, adj. slender, tapering. 
efforcer (s J ), v.r. to exert oneself, to 

endeavor, to try. 
effort, s.ra. exertion, endeavor. 
effrayer, v. a. (97) to frighten, scare. 
egal, e, adj. s. equal, even, level, re- 
gular. 
egalement, adv. equally, edike, also, 

likewise. 
egard. s.ra. regard, respect, account; 

I cet — , in this or that respect; 

a F — de, regarding, with regard 

to, as for; a mon — , towards me. 
egare, e, adj. stray, lost. 
egarer, v. a. to mislead, to disorder ; 

s' — , v.r. to lose one's way. 
egayer. v. a. to enliven, to cheer up. 
eglise, s.f. church. 
elancer, v.n. to shoot ; s' — , v.r. to 

rush, to spiring. 
electeur, s.m. elector. 
elephant, s.m. elephant. 
eleve, e, adj. part, raised, high, ele- 

xated. bred. 
elever, v. a. to raise, to build, to 

bring up, to rear, to elevate. 
elire, v. a. ir. (177) to elect, to choose. 
Elise, s.f. Eliza, 
elle, pron. (110. 114. 358) she. her. it; 

— s. pi. they, them; meme, 

X itself; — s-niernes, them- 

seh . 
elegance, s.f. elc i 
feloigne, e, part. adj. distant. 
{eloigner, v. a. to remove; s' — , v.r. 

to go away, to leave. 
eloquemment. adv. eloquently. 
eloquence, s.f. eloquence. 
embarras, s.m. encumbrance, em- 
barrassment, confusion, difficulty, 

scrape. 
embellir, v.n. s' — , v.r. to improve, 

to grow hands 
emblerae, s.m. emblem. 
embrasser. v. a. to embrace, to hug, 

to kiss. 
emeute, s.f. riot. 
emmener, v. a. to take away. 



ernondre, v. a, ir. (175) to grind. 

emouvoir. v. a. ir. (190; to move, to 
agitate, to stir up, to rouse, to 
affect; s' — , v.r. to be moved ox 
agitated. <Szc. 

emparer (s'j, v.r. to seize, to take 
possession, to take up. 

empecher, v. a. (291) to prevent, to 
hinder. 

empereur, s.m. emperor. 

empire, s.m. empire. 

ernpirer, v. a. (136) to make worse. 

emploi. s.m. use, employment. 

employer, v. a. (97) to employ, to 
use ; s 1 — , v.r. to apply oneself. 

emporter. v. a. to carry away, to 
,: off, to take ; s' — , v.r. to fly 
into a- passion. 

empresser (s 1 ), v.r. to be eager, to 
hasten. 

emprunter. x.a. to borrow. 

emu, e, adj. moved, affected, agi- 
tated. 

en, prep. (236, 297) in, into, to, 
in. with, by, at. for. 

en. pron. m.f. (114 120. 194 241. 
258) of Mm, of her. of it, its, of 
them, theirs, from him, from her, 
from it, from them, from there, 
by him, for it, on that account, 
with them; c' — est or — voila 
assez, trop, it or that is enough, 
too much. 

en-cas. s.m. sun-shade. 

enchanter, v.a. to enchant, bewitch. 

encombre, s.m. hindrance. 

encombrer, v.a. to obstruct, to en- 
cumber. 

encore, adv. conj. still, yet, as yet, 
again, also, too, more, still more, 
another. 

enconrager, v.a. to encourage, to 
incite. 

encourir. v.a. ir. (1S4) to incur. 

encre, s.f. ink. 

encrier. s.m. inkstand. 

endormi, e, adj. < 

endormir, v.a. ir. (183) to send to 
sleep; s'— , v.r. to fall asleep, to 
go to 

endroit, s.m. place, part. 



404 



VOCABULARY. 



enduire, v. a. ir. (172) to lay over, to 

plaster. 
endurcir, v. a. to harden, to inure. 
enfant, s.m.f. child, infant. 
enfer, s.m. hell. 
enfermer, v. a. to shut, to shut up 

or in. 
enfin, adv. lastly, in short, at last, 

at length. 
enf oncer, v. a. to sink, to thrust, to 

stick, to drive in. 
enf reindre, v. a. ir. (175) to infringe. 
enfuir (s'), v.r. ir. (183) to flee, to 

run away, to fly. 
engager, v. a. to pledge, to engage, 

to induce; s' — , v.r. to pledge, &c.; 

oneself. 
enhardir, v. a. to embolden. 
enivrer, v. a. to intoxicate. 
enjoindre, v. a. ir. (175) to enjoin. 
enlever, v. a. to lift, to raise, to take 

away, to remove, to take or carry 

away or off. 
ennemi, e, s.m.f. enemy. 
ennemi, e, adj. hostile, of the enemy. 
ennui, s.m. tediousness, weariness, 

dulness. 
fenorgueillir, v. a. to make proud. 
enorme, adj. enormous, huge. 
enormement, adv. enormously. 
enquerir (s'), v.r. ir. (188) to in- 
quire, to ask. 
enrage, e, adj. mad, enraged. 
enrager, v.n. to be mad or enraged. 
enrhumer (s'), v.r. to catch cold. 
enrichir, v. a. to enrich; s' — , v.r. 

to get rich. 
fenseigne, s.m. ensign. 
fenseigne, s.f. sign, sign-board; 

— s, pi. colors. 
fenseigner, v. a. to teach, instruct. 
ensemble, adv. together, at the same 

time. 
ensuite, adv. after, afterwards, 

then, next. 
ensuivre (s'), v.r. ir. (174) to follow, 

to ensue. 
entendre, v. a. to hear, to listen to, 

to understand ; — dire, to hear it 

said ; f aire — , to give to under- 
stand ; s' — , v.r. to hear each 



other, to understand, to come to 
or to have an understanding ; 
s'entend, or cela s'entend, that is 
understood, of course. 

entendu, e, part. adj. heard, under- 
stood, agreed; bien — , of course ; 
— (que), on condition (that). 

enteter, v. a. to infatuate; s' — , 
v.r. to get obstinate. 

ent-ier, ere, adj. entire, whole. 

entours, s.m. pi. neighborhood. 

en-tout-cas, s.m. sun-shade. 

entr'acte, s.m. interval between the 
acts. 

fentrailles, s.f. pi. entrails, bowels. 

entrainer, v. a. to carry away, to 
draw, to involve. 

entre, prep. (298, 300) between, 
among, in, into. 

entree, s.f. entrance, entry, going 
in, introduction, admission ; droit 
d' — , import-duty. 

entrefaites, s.f. pi. sur ces — , in 
' the midst of all this. 

entreprendre, v. a. ir. (181) to un- 
dertake, to attempt. 

entreprise, s.f. undertaking, enter- 
prise. 

entrer, v.n. (136) to enter, to go in, 
to come in, to walk or step in ; 
faire — , to let in, ask or show in. 

entretenir, v. a. ir. (187) to hold to- 
gether, to keep up, to entertain; 
s' — , v.r. to converse. 

entrevoir, v. a. ir. (192) to have a 
glimpse of, to perceive; s' — , v.r. 
have an interview, to meet. 

entr'ouvrir, v. a. ir. (185) to half- 
open, to put ajar ; s' — , v.r. to 
half-open, to be ajar. 

envers, prep. (250, 299) toicards, to. 

envi (a 1'), prep. adv. in emulation 
of {each other). 

envie, s.f. envy, inclination, fancy; 
avoir — de, to want, to feel dis- 
posed to ; porter — a, to envy. 

envier, v. a. to envy, to grudge. 

environ, adv. about. 

environner, v. a. to surround. 

environs, s.m. pi. country ovund, 
neighborliood. 



VOCABULARY. 



405 



envoyer, v. a. ir. (194) to send, to 
forward. 

epais, se, adj. thick, heavy. 

epaisseur, s.f. thickness, depth. 

epanouir, v. a. to expand, to blow. 

fepargner, v.a.n. to save, to spare. 

epaule, s.f. shoulder. 

epee, s.f. sword. 

epicerie, s.f. grocery. 

epine, s.f. thorn. 

epingle, s.f. pin. 

epoque, s.f. epoch, era, time. 

epouse, s.f. spouse, wife. 

fepouvantail, s.m. scarecrow. 

epouvanter, v. a. to frighten. 

epoux, s.m. husband, spouse; — , 
pi. husband and wife. 

epreuve, s.f. trial, proof ; a toute 
— , well-tried, unshaken. 

eprouver, v. a. to try, to experience, 
to feel. 

epuiser, v. a. to exhaust, to use up. 

equateur, s.m. equator. 

equation, s.f. equation. 

equilibre, s.m. equilibrium. 

equipage, s.m. equipage, carriage, 
crew. 

equiper, v. a. to fit out, to equip. 

equitation, s.f. horsemanship. 

erreur, s.f. error, mistake. 

es [contraction of en les] (300) of; 
bachelier es-lettres, bachelor of 
arts. m 

escalier, s.m. staircase, stairs. 

escarpe, e, adj. steep. 

escorte, s.f. escort, convoy. 

fEspagne (1'), s.f. Spain. 

fEspagnol, e, adj. Spanish, Span- 
iard. 

espece, s.f. species, kind, sort. 

esperance, s.f. hope, expectation. 

esperer, v.a.n. (97) to hope. 

espoir, s.m. Jwpe, expectation. 

esprit, s.m. spirit, ghost, mind, in- 
tellect, brains; — fort, free- 
thinker, sceptic; bel — , wit; 
homme d' — , witty or clever man. 

esquiver (s'), v.r. to steal away. 

essai, s.m. trial, attempt. 

essaim, s.m. swarm. 

essay er, v.a.n. to try, to try on, to 



attempt; s' — , v.r. to try one's 
hand or skill or strength. 

essentiel, le, adj. essential. 

essuie-mains, s.m. towel. 

essuyer, v. a. (97) to wipe, to icipe 
off. 

estimer, v. a. to value, to esteem. 

estomac, s.m. stomach. 

et, conj. and ; — . . . et, both . . . 
and. 

etablir, v. a. to establisli, to lay 
down, to setup. 

etablissement, s. m. establishment. 

etage, s.m. story, floor, flat. 

etat, s.m. state, condition, predica- 
ment, calling, trade; en — de, 
in a condition or able to; hors 
d' — , unable; f aire — de, to value; 
mettre-en — de, to enable to. 

Etats-Unis (les), pi. the United 
States. 

ete, s.m. summer. 

eteindre, v. a. ir. (175) to extinguish, 
to put out. 

etendre, v.a. to extend, to stretch ; 
s' — , v.r. to lie down. 

etendu, e, adj. extensive, lying down. 

eternel, le, adj. eternal, everlasting. 

etoffe, s.f. stuff, materials. 

etoile, s.f. star. 

etonne, e, adj. astonished. 

etonnement, s.m. astonishment, 
wonder. 

etonner, v.a. to astonish; s' — , v.r. 
to be astonished, to wonder. 

etouffer, v.a. to suffocate, to stifle, 
to smother, to choke. 

etrangler, v.a.n. to strangle. 

etre, v.n. (54, 58) to be, to exist, to 
have, to belong ; ce qui en est, 
all about it; c'est que, it is or 
ivas because, the fact is ; ce n'est 
pas que, not that; comme side 
rien n'etait, as if nothing had 
happened; en — de . . . comme 
de, to be ivith . . . as icith ; est-ce 
que, (92) is it {true or a fact) that ; 
il est, there is, there are; n'est-ce 
pas V is it not (so) ? y — , to have 
hit it, to see it; (idioms, 381). 

etre, s.m. being. 



406 



VOCABULARY. 



etroit, e, adj. narrow, straight, 

tight. 
etude, s.f. study ; salle d' — , school- 
■ room. 

etudiant, s.m. student. 
etudier, v.a.n. to study, to 'practise; 

s' — , v.r. to endeavor. 
eux, pron. m.pl. (110) they, them; 

— m ernes, themselves. 
feveiller, v. a. to awake, to awaken, 

to rouse. 
evenement, s.m. event. 
feventail, s.m. (31) fan. 
evertuer (s'), v.r. to strive, to exert 

oneself. 
eviter, v. a. to avoid, to shun. 
exact, e, adj. exact, accurate. 
examiner, v. a. to examine, look at. 
excellent, e, adj. excellent. 
exceller, v.n. to excel, to surpass. 
excepte, prep, except, save. 
exciter, v. a. to excite, to rouse. 
excuser, v. a. to excuse, to apologize 

for ; s' — , v.r. to excuse oneself, to 

apologize, to beg to be excused. 
executer, v. a. to execute, to carry 

out, to perform. 
execution, s.f. execution. 
exemple, s.m. example, copy ; par 

— , for instance, indeed. 
exempt, e, adj. exempt, free. 
exempter, v. a. to exempt. 
exercer, v. a. to exercise, to practise, 

to drill. 
exercice, s.m. exercise, practice; 

faire 1' — , to drill. 
exhaler, v. a. to exhale, to breathe 

out; s' — , v.r. to come out, (372) 

take flight. 
exhorter, v. a. to exhort. 
exhumer, v. a. to exhume, to disinter. 
exigeant, e, adj. too difficult to 

please, too particular, expecting 

too much, exacting. 
exiger, v. a. to require, to demand, 

to exact. 
exil, s.m. exile. 
exiler, v. a. to exile, to banish. 
existence, s.f. existence. 
exister, v.n. to exist, to be, to live. 
expier, v.a. to expiate, to atone for. 



exposer, v.a. to expose, to exhibit, to 

explain. 
expres, se, adj. s.m. express. 
expres, adv. purposely, on purpose. 
expressement, adv. expressly. 
exquis, e, adj. exquisite. 
extraire, v.a. ir. (174) to extract, to 

select. 
extraordinaire, adj.. extraordinary, 

uncommon. 
extraordinaire, s.m. extraordinary 

or unusual thing. 
extremement, adv. extremely. 
extremite, s.f. extremity ; a 1' — , to 

extremity, to the last moment. 



Fable, s.f. fable, story. 
facade, s.f . front, face. 
fache, e, adj. ( — contre) angry 

{with) ; ( — de, en) sorry (for, for 

it). 
facher, v.a. to make angry, to 

offend, to vex; se — , v.r. to get 

or to be angry, to take offence. 
facheu-x, se, adj. grievous, sad, 

troublesome, unpleasant, vexa- 
tious. 
facheux, s.m. intruder, bore. 
facile, adj. easy. 
facilement, adv. easily. 
facilite, s.f. ease, facility. 
facon, s.f. workmanship, fashion, 

shape, manner, icay, ceremony, 
. fuss. 

faible, adj. weak, feeble. 
faible, s.m. weak side, weakness. 
faiblesse, s.f. weakness. 
ffaillir, v.n. ir. (198) to err, to be 

mistaken, to fail, to be near or on 

the point of. 
faim, s.f. hunger ; avoir — , to be 

hungry. 
faire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to make, to do, 

to go on, to be, to ask, to gice, to 



VOCABULARY. 



407 



r, to act, to cause, to get, to 
have, to pay ; avoir a — de, to 
want, to have occasion for ; 

— dire, to send word; il fait 
chaud, doux, froid, jour, it is 
warm or hot, mild, cold, daylight; 
cela fait du bien, that does (one) 
good; cela ne fait rien, that 
makes no difference, never mind ; 
ne — que (204) to do nothii^ 
but ; ne — que de (sortir, &c.) 
to have or be but just (gone out, 
&c. ) ; pour quoi — ? what for ? 
comment — ? what is or was to be 
done? se — , v.r. to be done or 
made, to take place, to be, to be- 
come, to form ; (idioms, 381). 

faisceau, s.m. bundle. 

fait, e, part. ( V. faire) made, done, 
calculated. 

fait, s.m. fact, deed, act, feat. 

falloir, v.n. ir. (147, 190) impers. to 
be necessary or requisite, must, to 
be obliged, should, ought, to want, 
must have ; il faut que je sorte, 
1 must go out ; il le faut, it must 
be so, it must be done; comme il 
faut, as it should be, respectable, 
proper; s'en — , v.r. to be near; 
peu s'en faut, very near, very 
nearly. 

fameu-x, se, adj. famous, first-rate. 

ffamille, s.f. family. 

faon, s.m. fawn. 

fardeau, s.m. burden, load, weight. 

farine, s.f. flour. 

fat, adj. s.m. (25) foppish, fop. 

fatal, e, adj. fatal. 

fatigue, s.f . fatigue, iveariness, toil. 

fatiguer, v. a. to fatigue, to tire, to 
wear out, to worry ; se — , v.r. 
to get tired. 

faute, s.f. fault, error, mistake ; 

— de, for icant of. 
ffauteuil, s.m. easy -chair. 

fau-x, sse, adj. false, deceitful, 

forged, out of tune. 
faux, adv. falsely, wrong. 
favoriser, v. a. to favor. 
fecond, e, adj. fruitful, teeming. 
feconder, v. a. to fecundate, fertilize. 



feindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to feign, to 

pretend. 
feliciter, v. a. to congratulate. 
femelle, s.f. adj. female. 
femme, s.f. woman, wife; — de 

chambre, lady's-maid. 
f endre, v. a.n. to cleave, to split. 
fenetre, s.f. loindow. 
fer, s.m. iron, sword; — s, pi. 

chains, fetters ; fil de — , wire. 
fer-blanc, s.m. tin. 
ferir, v. a. ir. (198), sans coup — , 

without striking a blow. 
ferme, adj. firm, steady, strong. 
f erme, adv. fast, hard, firmly. 
fermer, v.a.n. to shut, to close, to 

fasten, to stop. 
fermete, s.f. firmness. . 
feroce, adj. ferocious, wild. 
ferocite, s.f. ferocity. 
fertile, adj. fertile, fruitful. 
fertilite, s.f. fertility, fruitfulness. 
feston, s.-m. festoon, scallop. 
fete, s.f. feast, holiday, birthday, 

saints' day ; jour de — , holiday. 
fete-dieu, s.f. Corpus Ghristi. 
feu, s.m. (30) fire, light; au — ! 

fire ! faire du — , to make a fire. 
feu, e, adj. (247) late, deceased. 
ffeuille, s.f. leaf, sheet. 
feve, s.f. bean. 
Fevrier, s.m. February. 
fidele, adj. faithful, true. 
fidelement, adv. faithfully. 
fidelite, s.f. fidelity, loyalty. 
tier (se), v.r. to trust, to rely. 
fievre, s. f . fever. 
figurer, v. a. to figure ; v.n. to match, 

'to make a figure ; se — , v.r. to 

imagine, to fancy. 
fil, s.m. thread, yarn. 
filer, v.a. to spin. 
ffille, s.f. girl, daughter ; petite — . 

granddaughter. 
.tils, s.m. son, boy ; petit- ■ — , grand- 
son. 
fin, s.f. end, close, aim ; a la — , at 

last. 
fin, e, adj. fine, thin, refined, excel- 
lent, keen, shrewd, sly; — es 

herbes, sweet herbs. 



408 



VOCABULARY. 



fini, e, adj. finished, done, over. 

finir, v.a.n. (100) to finish, to end, 
to have done. 

fixe, adj. fixed, firm, steady. 

fixer, v.a. to fix, to stare at. 

flamme, s.f. flame. 

flatter, v.a. to flatter, to caress; 
se — , v.r. to flatter oneself, trust. 

flatterie, s.f. flattery. 

flatteu-r, se, adj. s. flattering, flat- 
terer. ^ 

fleche, s.f. arroio. 

flegme, s.m. phlegm. 

fletrir, v.a. to icither. 

fleur, s.f. flower, blossom, bloom. 

fleuri, e, adj. florid, in blossom. 

fleurir, v.n. to flower, to bbssom. 

fleuve, s.m. (great) river, stream. 

florin, s.m. florin. 

florir, v.n. (102) to flourish. 

flot, s.m. wave, tide, flood, torrent. 

flute, s.f. flute. 

foi, s.f. faith, belief, trust, creed; 
aj outer — a, to give credit to, to 
believe. 

foin, s.m. hay. 

fois, s.f. time; une — , once, once 
upon a time ; deux — , tvoice ; a 
la — , tout a la — , at a time, at 
the same time. 

fol, le, adj. V. fou. 

f ollement, adv. madly, foolishly. 

fonce, e, adj. dark, deep. 

.fond, s.m. bottom, depth, farthest 
end or part, background ; a — , 
thoroughly ; au — , dans le — , on 
the whole, in one's heart. 

fondement, s.m. foundation. 

fonder, v.a. to lay the foundation of , 
to found. 

fondre, v.a.n. to melt, to cast. 

fontaine, s.f. fountain, spring. 

force, s.f. strength, might, power, 
force, energy ; — s, pi. strength, 
troops ; a — de, by strength of, 
by much, by many, by dint of. 

forcer, v.a. to force, to compel. 

foret, s.f. forest. 

forger, v.a. to forge. 

forme, s.f. shape, figure, manner. 

former, v.a. to form, to shape. 



fort, e, adj. strong, stout, large, 
hard. 

fort, adv. very, very much, strongly, 
hard; — men, very loelL 

forte-piano, s.m. (215) pianoforte. 

f orteresse, s. f . foHress. 

fortune, s.f. luck, icealth, property. 

fosse, s.m. ditch. 

fou, fol, m. folle, f. adj. mad, fool- 

* ish. 

fou, s.m., folle, s.f. madman, mad- 
woman. 

fourchette, s.f. fork; dejeuner a 
la — , lunch. 

fourmi, s.f. ant. 

ffourmiller, v.n. to swarm, tobefull. 

fournil, s.m. bake-lwuse. 

fournir, v.a. to furnish, to supply. 

fourrure, s.f. fur. 

fracas, s.m. crash, uproar, din, 
noise, fuss. 

fraicheur, s.f. freshness, coolness. 

frais, fraiche, adj. fresh, cool. 

frais, s.m. pi. expenses, charges. 

f raise, s.f. strawberry. 

framboise, s.f. raspberry. 

franc, s.m. franc. 

franc, tranche, adj. free, frank. 

Francais, e, adj. s. French, French- 
man, Frenchwoman. 

franchement, adv. freely, candidly. 

franchir, v.a. to leap or jump over, 
to cross. 

Francois, s.m. Francis. 

f rapper, v.a.n. to strike, to knock, 
to rap, to impress. 

fremir, v.n. to shudder, to shake, to 
tremble. 

frere, s.m. brother. 

frire, v.a.n. def. ir. (198) to fry ; 
f aire — , to fry. 

froid", e, adj. cold, frigid, cool. 

froid, s.m. cold, coolness. 

fromage, s.m. cheese. 

front, s. m. forehead, brow, front, 
impudence. 

frontiere, s.f. ad'}, frontier, border. 

f rotter, v.a. to rub, to polish. 

fruit, s.m. fruit, result. 

fruitier, iere, adj. fruit. 

fugiti-f, ve, adj. s. fuigtive. 



VOCABULARY. 



409 



fuir, v.n.a. ir. (183) to flee, to fly, 
to run away. 

fuite, s.f. flight, escape. 

fumee, s.f. smoke. 

fumer, v.a.n. to smoke, to fume. 

funebre, adj. funeral, dismal. 

f-funerailles, s.f. pi. funeral. 

fureur, s.f. fury, rage. 

furieu-x, se, adj. s. furious, en- 
raged. 

fusil, s.m. gun, musket. 



G. 



gage, s.m. pledge, pawn; — s, pi. 
wages, pay. 

f gagner, v. a. n. to gain, to earn, to 
win, to obtain. 

gai, e, adj. gay, lively, cheerful, 
merry. 

gaiete, s.f. gaiety, mirtli. 

gant, s.m. glove, gauntlet. 

garantie, s.f. guarantee, security. 

garantir, v. a. to guarantee, to war- 
rant. 

garcon, s.m. boy. bachelor, icaiter. 

garde, s.f. guard, watch; n'avoir 
— de, to be far from ; prendre 
— , (291) to take care, be careful. 

garde, s.m. guard, keeper, watch- 
man ; fous, s.m. rail. 

garder, v. a. to keep, to guard; se — , 
v.r. to shelter oneself, to beware, 
to take care not to. 

garnir, v. a. to furnish, to trim. 

garnison, s.f. garrison. 

gateau, s.m. cake. 

gater, v. a. to spoil, to corrupt. 

gauche, adj. left. 

gauche, s.f. left hand, left side, left; 
a — , on or to the left. 

geler, v.a.n. to freeze. 

gemir, v.n. to groan, to lament. 

gemissement, s.m. groan, lamenta- 
tion. 

gene, s.f. inconvenience, constraint; 
sans — , free, easy. 
18 



gener, v. a. to inconvenience, to 
trouble, to be in the way of; se 
— , v.r. to stand on ceremony. 

general, e, adj. general. 

genereusement, adv. generously, 
nobly. 

genereu-x, se, adj. generous. 

Genes, s.f. Genoa. 

Geneve, s.f. Geneva. 

genie, s.m. genius, spirit. 

genou, s.m. knee; — x, pi. knees, 
lap. 

genre, s.m. kind, sort, style, gender. 

gens, s.m. pi. f. (207) people, per- 
sons, men, servants. 

gentil, le, adj. nice, pretty. 

geographie, s.f. geography. 

gesir, v.n. ir. def. (198). V. git. 

geste, s.m. gesture. 

gibet, s.m. gallows. 

gibier, s.m. game. 

git (198), lies ; ci , here lies. 

glace, s.f. ice, looking-glass. 

glace, e. adj. frozen, icy. 

glapissant, e, adj. (226) shrill. 

glisser, v.n.a. to slip, to slide. 

gloire, s.f. glory. 

glorieu-x, se, adj. s. glorious, proud. 

glorifier, v. a. to glorify ; se — , v.r. 
to boast (of). 

gnomon, s.m. gnomon. 

gorge, s.f. throat. 

gousse, s.f. pod, husk. 

gout, s.m. taste. 

goutte, s.f. drop, gout. 

goutte, adv. at all; ne voir — , n'y 
voir — , not to see at all. 

fgouvernail, s.m. rudder, helm. 

gouvernante, s.f. governess, house- 
keeper. 

gouvernement, s.m. government. 

gouverner, v.a.n. to govern, to rule. 

gouverneur, s.m. governor. 

grace, s.f. grace, favor, mercy, grace- 
fulness, charm, thanks, owing; 
— s, pi. graces, grace ; faire — a, 
to forgive, to pardon; faire une 
— , to do a favor ; faire — de, to 
forgive, to spare. 

gracieusement, adv. graciously, 
kindly. 



410 



VOCABULARY. 



gracieu-x, se, adj. gracious, land, 

graceful, pleasant. 
grammaire, s.f. grammar. 
grand, e, adj. great, large, big, tall, 

grand, broad, wide; — s, s. pi. 

great people. 
gran'cas. V. cas. 
grandeur, s.f. greatness. 
grandir, v.n. (136) to grow, increase. 
grand'mere, s.f. grandmother. 
grand-pere, s.m. grandfather. 
grand'route, s.f. highroad. 
grand'rue, s.f. main street. 
grand'tante, s.f. great-aunt. 
gras, se, adj. fat, plump; dormir la 

— matinee, to lie late in bed. 
grave, adj. grave, serious. 
graver, v,a. to engrave. 
gravir, v.n. a. to climb. 

gre, s.m. goodwill, will, taste, mind; 
a son — , at oSs pleasure; au — 
de, according to ; savoir — or bon 

— de, to be obliged or thankful or 
grateful for, to take kindly; 
savoir mauvais — de, to take ill 
or unkindly ; se savoir bon — de, 

. to be pleased. 

Grec, que, adj. s. Grecian, Greek. 
Grece (la), s.f. Greece. 
greler, v.n. to hail. 
gril, s.m. gridiron. 
fgriller, v.a.n. to broil, to toast. 
grimper, v.n. a. to climb, to creep. 
fgrogner, v.n. to grunt, to grumble. 
gronder, v.a.n. to grumble, to scold. 
gros, se, adj. big, large. 
gros, adv. much ; en — , wholesale. 
fgroseille, s.f. currant, gooseberry. 
gross-ier, iere, adj. coarse, rough. 
grotte, s.f. grotto, grot. 
groupe, s.m. group. 
guere, adv. (57) (ne . . . — ) not 

much, not very, notlong, but little, 

hardly. 
guerir, v.a.n. to cure, to heal, to re- 
guerison, s.f. cure, recovery, [cover. 
guerre, s.f. war, icarfare. 
guide, s.m.f. guide, rein. 
guider, v. a. to guide, to direct. 
fGuillaume, s.m. William. 
guin6e, s.f. guinea. 



H. 

i H thus preceded by an inverted 
comma is aspirate. 

habile, adj. able, clever, skilful. 

f habiller, v. a. to dress. 

habit, s.m. coat, garment, clothes. 

habitant, e, s.m.f. inhabitant, resi 
dent, inmate. 

habiter, v.a.n. to inhabit, to occupy, 
to live in, to live. 

habitude, s.f. habit, custom, prac- 
tice ; d' — , usually. 

habituer, v. a. to accustom, to inure. 

'habler, v.n. to boast. 

'hableu-r, se, s.m.f. boaster. 

'hache, s.f. axe, hatchet; — d'armes, 
battle-axe. 

'hagard, e, adj. haggard. 

f'haillon, s.m. rag. 

'haine, s.f. hatred, spite. 

'hair, v. a. (102) to hate. 

'haire, s.f. hair-shirt. 

'hale, s.m. hot or sultry air. 

'halle, s.f. market. 

'hallebarde, s.f. halberd. 

'hallier, s.m. thicket. 

'halte, s.f. halting -place. 

'hameau, s.m. hamlet. 

k hanche, s.f. hip. 

'hangar, s.m. shed. 

'hanneton, s.m. cockchafer. 

'Hanovre (le), s.m. Hanover. 

'hanter, v. a. to frequent. 

'harangue, s.f. speech, address. 

'haranguer, v. a. to harangue, to 
address. 

'haras, s.m. breeding-stud. 

'harasses, v. a. to harass. 

'harceler, v. a. to harass. 

'harde, s.f. herd, leash. 

'hardes, s.f. pi. clothes. 

'hardi, e, adj. bold, daring. 

'hardiesse, s.f. boldness, courage, 
liberty. 

'hareng, s.m. herring. 

f'hargneu-x, se, adj. surly. 

'haricot, s.m. bean. 

'haridelle, s.f. jade. 



VOCABULAKY. 



411 



'harnais, s.m. harness. 

'harpe, s.f. harp. 

'harpie, s.f. harpy. 

'hasard, s.m. chance; par — , by 
chance. 

'hasarder, v. a. to hazard, to venture. 

'hate, s.f. haste. 

'hater, v. a. to hasten; se — , v.r. to 
hasten, to make haste. ■ ' 

'hausser, v. a. to raise. 

'haut, e, adj. high, lofty, tall 

'haut, s.m. height, top, summit, 
de — en bas, downward, from top 
to bottom; en — , up, upstairs. 

'haut, adv. high, loud. 

'hautemenjb, adv. highly. 

'hauteur, s.f. height. 

'have, adj. emaciated. 

'havre, s.m. {tidal-) harbor. 

'havre-sac, s.m. knapsack. 

'Haye (la), s.f. the Hague. 

'he, int. halloo! I say I 

helas, int. alas ! ah ! 

Helcne, s.f. Helen. 

'hennir, v.n. to neigh. 

Henri, s.m. Henry. 

'heraut, s.m. herald. 

herbe, s.f. herb, grass, blade; mau- 
vaise — ^ weed. 

herbivore, adj. herbivorous. 

'herisse, e, adj. standing erect, 
bristling, rough. 

'herisser, v. a. to bristle up. 

'herisson, s.m. hedge-hog. 

heritage, s.m. inheritance. 

heriter, v.a.n. to inherit, 

heroine, s.f. heroine. 

heroique, adj. heroic. 

heroisme, s.m. heroism. 

heron, s.m. heron. 

'heros, s.m. hero. 

'herse, s.f. harrow. 

hesiter, v.n. to hesitate. 

heure, s.f. hour, time, o'clock ; a la 
bonne — , well and good, all right, 
very good; a 1' — , qu'il est, at 
present; de bonne — , in good 
time, early ; de meilleure — , ear- 
lier, sooner; tout a Y — , presently, 
by and by. 

hcureusement, adv. fortunately. 



heureu-x, se, adj. happy. 

'heurter, v.a.h. to hit. 

'hibou, s.m. owl. 

'hideu-x, se, adj. hideous. 

hier, adv. yesterday. 

'hierarchie, s.f. hierarchy. 

'hisser, v. a. to hoist. 

histoire, s.f. history, story. 

historien, s.m. historian. 

hiver, s.m. winter. 

'Hollande (la), s.f. Holland. 

'homard, s.rn. lobster. 

hommage, s.m. homage. 

homme, s.m. man. 

honnete, adj. honest, modest, civil. 

honneur, s.m. honor, respect. 

honorer, v. a. to honor; s' — , v. r. to 
do oneself honor, to pride oneself. 

'honte, s.f. shame; avoir — , to be 
ashamed. 

'honteu-x, se, adj. shamefid, dis- 
graceful, ashamed. 

'horde, s.f. horde. 

horloge, s.f. clock. 

horloger, s.m. watch-maker, clock- 
maker. 

hormis, adv. except, but, save. 

horreur, s.f. horror ,' fright. 

horriblement, adv. horribly. 

'hors, prep. (299) out, beyond,past, 
away, off, beside, except, save. 

hote, s.m. landlord, host. 

hotel, s.m. hotel, toicn-mansion, 
house. 

'hotte, s.f. basket. 

'houblon, s.m. hops. 

f houille, s.f. coal. 

'houlette, s.f. trowel. 

'houppe, s.f. tuft. 

'housse, s.f. cover. 

'houx, s.m. holly. 

'huche, s.f. kneading-trough. 

'huer, v.n. a. to hoot. 

huile, s.f. oil. 

huis, s.m. a — clos, with closttc 
doors. 

huit, adj. s.m. eight; — jours, {■%) 
week. 

huitaine, s.f. eight days, eight. 

huitieme, adj. s.m. eighth. 

huitre, s.f. oyster. 



412 



VOCABULARY. 



humanite, s.f. humanity. 
huniblernent, adv. humbly. 
humer, v. a. to suck in. 
humeur, s.f. humor, temper. 
humide, adj. damp, moist, wet, 

watery. 
'huppe, s.f. crest. 
'hure, s.f. head. 
'hurler, v.n. to howl. 
'hussard, s.m. hussar. 
'hutte, s.f. hut, shed. 
hydrogene, s.m. hydrogen. 



I. 



ici, adv. here, hither, now; d' — , 
• hence. 

idee, s.f. idea, thought, mind. 

ignorance, s.f. ignorance. 

il, pron. m. (73, 114) lie, it, there; 
— s, pi. they. 

ile, s.f. island, isle. 

illisible, adj. illegible. 

illustre, adj. illustrious. 

image, s.f. image, picture. 

imaginer, v. a, to imagine, to con- 
ceive, to fancy. 

imbu, e, adj. imbued. 

immortel, le, adj. s. immortal. 

impatiemment, adv. impatiently. 

impatient, e, adj. impatient. 

imperatrice, s.f. empress. 

imperial, e, adj. imperial. 

imperialiste, s.m. imperialist. 

imperiaux, s.m. pi. imperialists. 

impie, adj. impious. 

importer, v. a. to import ; — , v.n. 
to concern, to matter ; n'importe, 
no matter ; peu — , it matters lit- 
tle ; qu'importe? what does it 
signify or matter f 

importuner, v. a. to importune, to 
annoy. 

imposer, v.a.n. to impose, to lay on. 

impossibilifce, s.f. impossibility. 

imprecation, s.f. imprecation, curse. 



imprudement, adv. imprudently. 

impunement, adv. with impunity. 

impuni, e, adj. unpunished. 

imputer, v. a. to impute, to charge. 

incapable, adj. incapable, unfit. 

incapacity, s.f. incapacity. 

incendie, s.m. fire, conflagration. 

incertain, e, adj. uncertain. 

incessamment, adv. immediately, in- 
cessantly. 

incessant, e, adj. incessant. 

incliner, v.a.n. to incline, to be in- 
clined, to slope. 

incommoder, v. a. to inconvenience, 
to disagree with. 

inconcevable, adj. inconceivable, 
strange. 

inconnn, e, adj.s. unknown, stranger. 

inconstant, e, adj. inconstant, fickle. 

incroyable, adj. incredible. 

Inde, s.f. India ; — s, pi. Indies. 

indecis, e, adj. undecided, doubtful. 

indemniser, v. a. to indemnify. 

independamment, adv. independent- 
ly. 

indifferent, e, adj. indifferent, im- 
material. 

indigence, s.f. want, poverty. 

findigne, adj. unworthy, undeserv- 
ing, worthless. 

jindigner, v. a. to make indignant ; 
s' — , v.r.' to be indignant. 

indicpier, v. a. to indicate, to show, 
to point out. 

indubitable, adj. beyond doubt. 

induire, v. a. to induce, to lead, to 
infer. 

Industrie, s.f. skill, industry. 

inexpugnable, adj. impregnable. 

infame, adj. infamous. 

infamie, s.f. infamy. 

informe, adj. shapeless. 

ingerer (s') v.r. to intermeddle (with). 

ingrat, e, adj. ungrateful. 

inhabile, c, adj. unskilful. 

inkumain, e, adj. inhuman, cruel. 

initier, v. a. to initiate. 

injuste, adj. unjust. 

injustice, s.f. injustice. 

innocent, e, adj. innocent, simple. 

inoui*, e, adj. unheard of. 



VOCABULARY. 



413 



inscrire, v. a. ir. (176) to inscribe, to 
enter. 

insecte, s.m. insect. 

insensible, adj. insensible, uncon- 
scious, unfeeling. 

inspirer, v. a. to inspire. 

instant, s.m. instant, moment; a 
1' — , instantly, immediately. 

institutenr, s.m. founder, instruc- 
tor, schoolmaster. 

institution, s.f. institution, sclwol. 

instruire, v. a. ir. (172) to instruct, to 
teach ; s 1 — , v. r. to instruct or im- 
prove oneself. 

instruit, e, adj. well-informed, 
learned. 

insu (a 1' — de), prep, unknown to. 

insulte, s.f. insult, affront. 

insulter, v. a. to insult, to attack. 

intact, e, adj. intact, pure. 

integrite, s.f. integrity, honesty. 

intelligence, s.f. intellect, under- 
standing, intelligence, skill. 

intelligent, e, adj. intelligent. 

intention, s.f. intention, purpose. 

interdire, v. a. ir. (173) to forbid, to 
interdict. 

interesser, v.a.n. to interest, to be 
interesting ; s 1 — , v. r. to be in- 
terested, to take an interest (in). 

interet, s.m. interest. 

intcrieur, e, adj. interior, inner. 

interroger, v. a. to interrogate, to 
question. 

interrompre, v. a. to interrupt. 

intervener, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to in- 
terfere, to intervene. 

introduire, v. a. ir. (172) to show in, 
to introduce ; s' — , v.r. to intro- 
duce oneself, to get in. 

inutile, adj. useless. 

inutilement, adv. uselessly, in vain. 

inutilite, s.f. uselessness. 

invcn-teur, trice, s.m.f. inventor, 
contriver. 

invention, s.f. invention, contriv- 
ance. 

inviter, v. a. to invite. 

Irlande (P), s.f. Ireland. 

issir, v. ir. (198) [obs.]. 

issu, e, adj. sprung, born. 



issue, s.f. issue, 'outlet. 
Italie, s.f. Italy. 
italien, ne, adj. s. Italian. 
ivoire, s.m. ivory. 



J. 



jadis, adv. of old, formerly. 

f jaillir, v.n. to gush out, to splash, 

to strike. 
jalousie, s.f. jealousy, window-blind. 
jalou-x, se, adj. jealous, anxious. 
jamais, adv. (57) ever, never ; a — , 

pour — , for ever. 
jambe, s.f. leg. 
jambon, s.m. ham. 
Janvier, s.m. January. 
jardin, s.m. garden. 
jardinier, s.m. gardener. 
jaune, adj. s.m. yellow, yolk. 
jaunir, v. a.n. to turn yellow, wither. 
je, j', pron. (114) I. 
Jean, s.m. John. 
Jeanne, s.f. Jane. 
jet, s.m. throw, sketch, jet; — d'eau, 

fountain. 
jeter, v.a.n. (96) to throw {away or 

out), to dash ; se — , v.r. to throw 

oneself, to jump, to rush. 
jeu, s.m. play, sport, game. 
Jeudi, s.m. Thursday. 
jeun (a), adv. fasting. 
jeune, adj. young. 
jeune, s.m. fasting, fast. 
jeunesse, s.f. youth. 
joie, s.f. joy, delight, mirth. 
joindre, v. a. ir. (175) to join, to 

unite, to add. 
joint, e, adj. ci- — (216) annexed, 

herewith, enclosed. 
joli, e, adj. pretty, nice, handsome. 
jonc, s.m. rush, Malacca cane. 
jouer, v.n. a. to play, to gamble ; se 

— , v.r. to play, to laugh, to make 

a fool (of), to be acted (idioms, 

383). 



414 



VOCABULARY. 



joug, s.m. yoke. 

jouir, v.n. to enjoy. 

joujou, s.m. plaything, toy. 

jour, s.m. day, day-time ; faire — , 
to be daylight. 

journal -ier, iere, adj. s. daily, incon- 
stant, variable. 

journee, s.f. day, datfs-work. 

joyeu-x, se, adj. joyful, merry, cheer- 
ful, glad. 

judai'sme, s.m. Judaism. 

juge, s.m. judge. 

juger, v.a.n. (97) to judge. 

jui-f , ve, adj. s. Jewish, Jew, Jewess. 

fjuillet, s.m. July. 

juin, s.m. June. 

Jules, s.m. Julius. 

jum-eau, elle, adj. s. twin. 

jument, s.f. mare. 

jurer, v.a.n. to swear. 

jusque, prep, to, as far as, so far 
as, until, till, even; jusqu'a ce 
que, until, till ; jusqu'ici, so far ; 
jusque la, so far; jusqu'a quand ? 
liow long? jusqu'ou. ? how fart 

juste, adj. just, correct, true, up- 
right. 

juste-au-corps (justaucorps) s.m. 

. jacket. 

justifier, v. a. to justify, to vindicate. 



L. 



la, T, art. f. V. le. 

la, T, pron. f. V. le. 

la, adv. there, then; — -dedans, 
within, in there ; de — , hence, 
from there; c'est — , it is there, 
that is; ce sont — , those are. 

laborieu-x, se, adj. laborious, indus- 
trious, painful. 

lac, s.m. lake. 

laconique, adj. laconic. 

laid, e, adj. ugly, plain, naughty. 

laine, s.f. wool. 

laisser, v. a. to let alone, to cdloio, to 



let, to let go; (352) to cease, to ab- 
stain; laisser faire, to let alone, 
not to disturb; se — , v.r. to let or 
suffer oneself 

lait, s.m. milk. 

lampe, s.f. lamp. 

lance, s.f. lance, spear. 

langue,s.f. tongue, language, (geog.) 
neck. 

lapin, s.m. rabbit. 

laquelle, pron. f. V. lequel. 

larcin, s.m. larceny, theft. 

las, se, adj. tired, weary. 

laver, v. a. to icash. 

le, la, T, pi. les, art. (28, 218) the. 

le, la, 1', pi. les, eux, pron. (114, 
260) him, it, so. 

lecher, v. a. to lick. 

legon, s.f. lesson, lecture, reading. 

lecture, s.f. reading, perusal. 

leg-er, ere, adj. light, slight, trifling. 

legerement, adv. lightly, inconsider- 
ately. 

legion, s.f. legion. 

leguer, v.a. to leave, to bequeath. 

legume, s.m. vegetable. 

lent, e, adj. slow. 

lentement, adv. slowly. 

lenteur, s.f. slowness, delay. 

lequel, laquelle, pi. lesquels, les- 
quelles, pron. (122, 125, 12C>, 263, 
268) icho, which, ichom, that. 

les, art. m.f. pi. V. le. 

les, pron. m.f. pi. V. le. 

lettre, s.f. letter, note ; belles s, 

polite literature; liomme de — , 
literary man. 

leur, pron. pers. m.f. pi. (114, 116) 
to or at them, for or with or in or 
from them, them. 

leur, adj. poss. (64, 239,241) their, 
their own; le — , la — , les — s, 
theirs, their own, their relations. 

lever, v.a.n. to raise, to lift up, to 
heave, to get up; se — , v.r. to 
rise, to get up. 

liberal, e, adj. libercd. 

liberte, s.f. liberty, freedom. 

libre, adj. free, exempt, unoccupied. 

librement, adv. freely. 

lien, s.m. bond, tie, chain. 



VOCABULARY. 



415 



lier, v.a. to bind, to tie. 

lieu, s.ni. place, spot, occasion, 

cause ; au — de, instead of ; au 

— que, instead of icliich ; avoir 

— , to take place ; tenir — de, to 

fill the place of to be. 
lievre, s.m. Jiare. 
fligue, s.f. line. 
lion, s.m. lion. 
lionne, s.f. lioness. 
liqueur, s.f. liquor, cordial. 
lire, v.a. ir. (177) to read. 
lis, s.rn. lily, luce. 
lit, s.m. bed. 
Livoume, s.f. Leghorn. 
livre, s.m. book. 
livre, s.f. pound. 

livrer, v. a. to deliver, to give {up). 
locution, s.f. form of speech, phrase. 
logement, s.m. lodging, quarters. 
logis, s.m. dwelling, house ; au — , 

at home. 
loi, s.f. laio. 
loin, adv. far, far off ; au — , far, 

afar, far away ; de — , from a 

distance. 
Londres, s.m. London. 
long-, ue, adj. long, sloio. 
long-, s.m. length. 
longtemps, adv. long, a long time or 

while; depuis — , long ago. 
longue, s.f. long ; a la — , in time, 

in the long run. 
longueur, s.f. length. 
lors, adv. then ; des — , from that 

moment, since then. 
lorsque, couj. (320, 321) when. 
lot, s.m. lot, share. 
louable, adj. praiseworthy. 
louange, s.f. praise. 
louer, v.a. to rent, to let. 
louer, v.a. (133) to praise, commend. 
loup, s.m. wolf. 
lourd, e, adj. heavy, clumsy. 
louve, s.f. she- wolf. 
lueur, s.f. glimmer, light. 
lui, pron. pers. ni.i'. (110, 114, 

11(5) he, him, her, it, to or at or 

for or with or in or from him, 

etc., itself ; — -merne, himself, 



luire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, gleam. 

lumiere, s.f. light, knoioledge, in- 
formation. 

lundi, s.m. Monday. 

lune, s.f. moon. 

lunettes, s.f. pi. spectacles. 

luxe, s.m. luxury; objets de — , 
fancy goods. 

Lycurgue, s.m. Lycurgus. 

Lyons, s. Lyons. 



M. 



ma, adj. poss. f. V. mon. 

machine, s.f. machine, engine. 

machoire, s.f. jaio. 

madame, s.f. Madam, Mrs., this or 
the lady ; — votre mere, your 
mother. 

mademoiselle, s.f. Miss, the young 
lady ; — votre sceur', your sister. 

magasin, s.m. warehouse, store. 

magister, s.m. (24) country school- 
master. 

magistrat, s.m. magistrate. 

fmagnifique, adj. magnificent. 

mahometan, e, adj. s. Mahometan. 

mai, s.m. May. 

maigre, adj. lean, meagre, thin. 

main, s.f. hand, quire ; a la — , 
handy, in hand; en venir aux 
— s, to come to blows, to join battle; 
etre aux — s, to be fighting. 

maint, e, adj. many a, many. 

maintenant, adv. now, now then. 

maintenir, v.a. ir. (187) to main- 
tain, to hold, to keep {up) ; se — , 
v.r. to keep {up), to hold out. 

maintien, s.m. maintenance, deport- 
ment. 

mais, conj. but, ichy ; — non ! no! 
oh no ! L say no ! 

mais, s.m. maize. 

maison, s.f. house. • 

maisonnette, s.f. small house. 

maitre, s.m. master, teacher, match. 



416 



VOCABULARY. 



maitresse, s.f. mistress, teacJier. 

majeste, s.f. majesty. 

majeur, e, adj. s. greater, of age, 
major. 

mal, s.m. evil, ill, harm, ache ; avoir 
— a, to have a pain or pains in. 

mal, adv. ill, badly, bad, ivrong ; 
aller plus — , . to grow worse. 

malade, adj. ill, sick. 

malade, s.m.f. invalid, patient. 

maladie, s.f. illness, malady, disease. 

maladroit, e, adj. awkward, unskil- 
ful. 

malaclroitement, adv. aiokioardly. 

malaise, s.m. uneasiness, embarrass- 
ment. 

malgre, prep, in spite of, notwith- 
standing. 

malheur, s.m. misfortune, ill-luck. 

inalheureusement, adv. unfortu- 
nately. 

malheureu-x, se, adj. unfortunate, 
unhappy. 

malheureu-x, se, s.m.f. poor wretch, 
tor etch. 

malhonnete, adj. dishonest. 

malice, s.f. malice. 

malicieu-x, se, adj. malicious, sly. 

mal-in, figne, adj. s. malignant, 
mischievous, roguish, sly. 

Malte, s.f. Malta. 

maltraiter, v. a. to ill-treat, wrong. 

mamau, s.f. mamma, mother; 
grand' — , grandmamma. 

mammifere, adj. s. mammiferous. 

manche, s.m. handle. 

manche, s.f. sleeve, channel. 

mangeable, adj. eatable. 

manger, v.a.n. (97) to eat, to de- 
vour ; a — , something to eat. 

manger, s. m. eating, food. 

manier, v. a. to touch, to handle. 

maniere, s.f. manner, way, style, 
sort ; de — que, d'une — ou d'au- 
tre, by some means or other, so 
that. 

manoeuvre, s.f. manoeuvre. 

manquer, v.n. to fail, to miss, to be 
near, to 'want, to be wanting or 
deficient. 

manteau, s.m. cloak, mantle. 



marchand, e, s.m.f. dealer, trades- 
man, merchant. 

marchandise, s.f. merchandise, goods. 

marche, s.f. walk, march, course. 

marche, s.m. market; a, bon — , 
cheap ; bon — , cheapness, cheap. 

marcher, v. n. to walk, to march, to 
go, to sail ; faire — •, to set going. 

mardi, s.m. Tuesday. 

marechal, s.m. farrier ; — f errant, 
farrier. 

mari, s.m. husband. 

mariage, s.m. marriage. 

Marie, s.f. Mary. 

marier, v.a. to marry, (243) to find 
a husband for ; se — , v.r., to 
marry, to get married. 

marron, s.m. chestnut. 

mars, s.m. March. 

marteau, s.m. hammer, knocker. 

matelot, s.m. sailor. 

materiaux, s.m. pi. materials. 

mathematiques, s,f. pi. mathema- 
tics. 

matiere, s.f. matter, material, sub- 
ject, contents ; en — de, in point 

matin, s.m. morning; de grand or 
bon — , early in the morning, very 
early. 

matinee, s.f. morning, forenoon. 

maudire, v.a. ir. (173) to curse. 

maudit, e, adj. cursed. 

mauvais, e, adj. bad, ill. 

mauvais, adv. bad ; faire — , to be 
bad weather. 

me, m', pron. pers. (114, 138) me, 
to or at me, for or with or in or 
from me, myself, to myself. 

mechant, e, adj. wicked, bad, 
naughty. 

meconnaitre, v.a. ir (179) not to 
recognize, to disregard. 

mecontent, e, adj. s. dissatisfied, 
displeased, malcontent. 

modecm, s.m. medical man, physi- 
cian, doctor. 

medecine, s.-f. medicine. 

medire, v.n. ir. (173) to speak ill, to 
slander. 

mediter, v.a.n. to meditate, project. 



VOCABULARY. 



417 



mefier (se), v.r. to mistrust. 

fmeilleur, e, adj. better, best. 

ruelancolie. s.f. melancholy. 

meler, v.a. to mix, to mingle ; se — , 
v.r. to intermeddle {with), to con- 
cern oneself. 

membre, s.rn. member, limb. 



meme, adj. (Ill, 



same, very, 



own, self, himself, herself, itself ; 
la — chose, the same thing'; la 
chose — , the very thing ; les — s, 
the same, alike. 

meme, adv. (279) even, also, like- 
wise ; a — , able ; de — , tout de 
— , the same, for all that ; de — 
que, as, as well as. 

memoire, s.f. memory. 

memoire, s.m. memorandum, bill, 
memoir. 

menace, s.f. threat, menace. . 

menacer, v.a. to threaten. 

menage, s.m. house-keeping, house- 
hold, house. 

mener, v.a.n. (96) to lead. 

menteu-r, se, adj. s. lying, false ; 
liar. 

mention, s.f. (225) faire — , to men- 
tion. 

mentir, v.n. ir. (184) to lie. 

meprendre (se), v.r. ir. (181) to mis- 
take, to be mistaken. 

mepriser, v.a. to despise, to scorn. 

mer, s.f. sea; pleine — , open or 

merci, s.f. mercy. [main sea. 

merci, s.m. int. thanks! — ! thank 
you! — bien ! much obliged! 

mercredi, s.m. Wednesday. 

mere, s.f. mother. 

meridional, e, adj. southern. 

merite, s.m. merit, desert. 

meriter, v.a. to deserve, to merit. 

mes, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) 
my, my own. V. mom 

mesdames, s.f. pL ladies. 

mesdemoiselles, s.f. pi. young la- 
dies, ladies, the Misses. 

messieurs, s.m. pi. gentlemen, sirs, 
Messrs. 

mesure, s.f. measure; a — que, in 
proportion as, according as, eis. 

mesurer, v.a. to measure, to weigh. 
27 



metal, s.m. metal. 

metier, s.m. trade, profession. 

metre, s.m. metre, yard. 

mettre, v.a. ir. (180) to put, to place, 

to key, to set, to put on, to wear; 

se — , v.r. to put ax place oneself, 

to sit down, to dress, to begin, to 

set about; — en route, to start, to 

set out. 
meuble, s.m. piece of furniture ; 

— s, pi. furniture. 
meunier, s.rn. miller. 
Mexique (le), s.m. Mexico. 
miasme, s.m. miasm. 
Michel- Ange, s.m. Micheiel-Angelo. 
midi, s.m. noon, twelve O'clock. 
miel, s.m. honey. 
mien, ne, pron. poss. (125, 241) mine; 

le — , la — ne, les — s, les — nes, 

mine, my own. 
mieux, adv. better, best, more, 

most ; j'aimerais — , I would or 

heed rather. 
migraine, s.f. sick headctche. 
mil, adj. one thousand. 
milieu, s.m. midelle, midst, centre, 

mieldle course; au — , in the mid- 
dle ; du — , middle. 
mille, adj. thousand. 
mille, s.m. mile. 
millieme, adj. s. thousetndth. 
millier, s.m. thousand. 
million, s.m. million. 
mine, s.f. countenance, face, mien ; 

de bonne — , good-looking; avoir 

bonne — , to look well. 
mine, s.f. mine, ore. 
minuit, s.m. miel night. 
minute, s.f. minute. 
minutie, s.f. trifle, minutiee. 
miroir, s.m. mirror, looking-glass. 
mis, e, adj. attired, dressed, dad. 
miserable, adj. miser eible, wretcheel, 

wicked. 
raise rablement, adv. misembly, 

ic retcheelly. 
misere, s.f. misery, distress, trouble. 
mixtion, s.f. mixture. 
mode, s.f. mode, fas/don; — s, pi. 

millinery; a la — , in or of fashion, 

fashionable. 



418 



VOCABULARY. 



moderne, adj. s. modern* modern 
style. 

modeste, adj. modest. 

modestement, adv. modestly. 

modestie, s.f. modesty. 

moeurs, s.f. pi. manners, morals, 
habits. 

moi, pers. pron. (110) I, me. 

moindre, adj. less, least. 

moineau, s.m. sparrow. 

moins, adv. less, except, minus, to 
(73) ; a — de, for less than, unless, 
except in case of; a — que (292) 
unless; au — , at least, at all 
events; du — , at least; le — , 
the least. 

mois, s.m. month. 

Moise, s.m. Moses. 

moisson, s.f. harvest, reaping. 

moitie, s.f. half; a — , half ; etre 
de — , to go halves. 

mol, le. V. mou. 

mollement, adv. softly. 

mon, ma, pi. mes, adj. poss. (64, 
239) my, my own. 

monarchie, s.f. monarchy. 

monarque, s.m. monarch. 

monde, s.m. ivorld, men, people, so- 
ciety, company ; du — , of or in 
the world, fashionable; le beau 
— fashionable people or society ; 
beaucoup de — , many men or 
people ; peu de — , feio people ; 
tout le — , everybody. 

monnaie, s.f. coin, money. 

monosyllabe, adj. s.m. monosyllabic, 
monosyllable. 

monsieur, s.m. gentleman, this or 
the gentleman, Sir, Mr. , Esq. , 
Master; — votre pere, your 
father. 

mont, s.m. mount, mountain. 

fmontagne, s.f. mountain. 

monter, v.n.a. (136) to ascend, to 
go or come up, to get up or in. 

montre, s.f. watch ; — a repetition, 
repeating watch. 

montrer, v. a. to s7iow, to point out, 
to let see, to teach. 

moquer (se), v.r. to laugh (at), to 
make game of , to mode, to joke. 



morceau, s. m. piece, bit, morsel. 

rnordre, v.a.n. to bite. 

mort, s.f. death. 

morfc, e, adj. s. dead; etre — , 
(pers.) to be dead, to have died. 

mortel, le, adj. s. mortal, deadly. 

mot, s.m. word, saying, motto; — 
a — , ivordfor zoord, literal trans- 
lation; bon ■ — , smart or witty 
saying. 

motif, s.m. motive, reason, cause. 

mou, mol, m., molle, f. adj. soft, 

mouche, s.f. fly. [melloic. 

mouchettes, s.f. pi. snuffers. 

moudre, v. a. ir. (174) to grind. 

fmouiller, v.a.n. to icet, to water, to 
soak) to (cast) anchor ; se — , v.r. 
to get icet. 

moulin, s.m. mill ; — a vent, icind- 
mill; — a poudre, powder-mill. 

mourant, e, adj. dying. 

mourir, v.n. ir. (135, 186) to die, 
(345) to long ; se — , v.r. to be 
dying, to be dying out. 

mousse, s.m. cabin-boy. 

mousse, s.f. moss, froth, lather 

moutarde, s.f. mustard. 

mouton, s.m. sheep, mutton. 

mouvement, s.m. motion, movement. 

mouvoir, v. a. ir. (190) to move, to 
stir, to prompt. 

moyen, s.m. means, icay, medium ; 
— s, pi. abilities. 

muet, te, adj. dumb, mute. 

muet, te, s.m.f. dumb person. 

mule, s.f. she-mide. 

mulet, s.m. mule. 

munir, v. a. to supply, to provide. 

munition, s.f. ammunition, stores. 

mm*, s.m. wall. 

mur, e, adj. ripe, mature. 

fmuraille, s.f. icall. 

murier, s.m. mulberry -tree. 

murir, v.a.n. to ripen. 

murmure, s.m. murmur, grum- 
bling, whisper. 

murmurer, v.a.n. to murmur, to 
grumble. 

musicien, ne, s.m.f. musician. 

musique, s.f. music, band. 

mutinerie, s.f. mutiny, sedition 



VOCABULARY. 



419 



N. 

nacelle, s.f. boat. 

nacre, s.f. mother-of-pearl. 

nager, v.n. to swim. 

naguere, adv. but lately. 

nam, e, s.ni.f. adj. dwarf. 

naissance, s.f. birth, descent, ex- 
traction. 

naitre, v.n. ir. (135, 181) to be bom. 

narval, s.m. (214) narwhal. 

nature, s.f. nature., kind. 

nature!, le, adj. natural, native, 
plain. 

naturellernent, adv. naturally, of 
course. 

navet, s.m. turnip, root. 

naviguer, v.n. to navigate, to sail. 

navire, s.m. ship, vessel. 

ne, n', adv. (57 ; with conj. 58, 
159 ; syntax, 289 ; used alone, 
291 ; not as negative, 293) not ; 
— pas or point, not ; — ... que, 
(57) only, but. 

ne, e, part, born, by birth. 

neanmoins, adv. nevertheless, how- 
ever. 

neant, s.m. nothing, nothingness. 

nccessite, s.f. necessity, need. 

negliger, v. a. to neglect. 

negociant, s.m. merchant. 

negre, s.m. negro. 

negresse, s.f. negrcss. 

neige',»s.f. snore. 

neiger, v.n. (146) to snow. 

nerf, s.m. nerve. 

Neron, s.m. Nero. 

net, te, adj. clean, neat, plain, 

net, adv. entirely, clean, frankly. 

nettoyer, v. a. to clean, to scour, 
to wipe. 

neuf, adj. s. nine, 

neu-f, ve, adj. new, fresh ; a — , 
adv. anew, again. 

neuvieme, adj. s.m. ninth. 

neveu, s.m. nephew. 

nez, s.m. nose. 

ni, conj. (57, 58, 163) neither, nor, or. 

nid, s.m. nest. 

niece, s.f. niece. 



nier, v. a. (293) to deny, to disown. 

noblesse, s.f. nobility. 

Noel, s.m. Christmas. 

noir, e, adj. black. 

noix, s.f. walnut, nut. 

nom, s.m. name, noun, fame. 

nombre, s.m. number, quantity. 

nombreu-x, se, adj. numerous, 
many. 

nommer, v. a. to name, to ccdl, to 
nominate. 

non, adv. (289) no, not; -*- pas, 
not, no, not so; — plus, neither, 
either, on the other hand ; que — , 
no, not. 

nonchalarnment, adv. carelessly. 

nonobstant, prep, notwithstanding. 

nord, s.m. north. 

nos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 239) our, 
our own. 

note, s.f. note, mark, bill. 

notre, adj. poss. (64, 239) our, our 
own. 

notre, pron. poss. (125) ours, our 
own; le — , la — , les — s, ours. 

nourri, e, adj. fed. 

nourrice, s.f. ivet-nurse, nurse. 

nourrir, v. a. to feed, to nourish, to 
nurse, to maintain. 

nourriture, s.f . food, nourishment. 

nous, pers. pron. (110, 114, 138, 
256) we, us, to or at us, for or 
with ox in ox from us, each other ; 
mimes, ourselves. 

nou-veau, vel, m., velle, f. adj. 
adv. new, recent, novel, fresh. 

nouveaute, s.f. novelty, new thing, 
new publication, latest fashion. 

nouvelle, s.f. news, intelligence, tid- 
ings, story. 

nouvellement, adv. newly, lately. 

novembre, s.m. November. 

noyer, s.m. walnut-tree, walnut. 

noyer, v. a. to droion ; se — , v.r. to 
be drowned, to droion oneself. 

nu, e, adj. (246) naked, bare; — ■ 
-pieds, bare-foot; tete, bare- 
headed. 

nuage, s.m. cloud. 

nuance, s.m. shade, tint. 

nue, s.f. cloud; — s, pi. skies. 



420 



VOCABULARY. 



nuee, s.f. cloud, swarm. 

nuire, v.n. ir. (172) to hurt, to 

wrong. 
nuisible, adj. hurtful, injurious. 
nu.it, s.f. night, darkness. 
mil, le, adj. (57) no, not any, null, 

void, no one, nobody. 
nullement, adv. (57) by no means, 

not at all. 
numero, s.m. number, size. 
nymphe, s.f. nymph. 



o. 



obeir, v.n. to obey, to be obedient. 

obeissant, e, adj. obedient. 

objet, s.m. object, subject, aim, ar- 
ticle. 

oblige, e, adj. obliged. 

obliger, v. a. n. to oblige. 

obscur, e, adj. dark, obscure. 

obseder, v. a. to beset, to possess. 

observer, v.a. to observe, to notice. 

obstiner (s 1 *), v.r. to be obstinate, to 
persist. 

obtenir, v.a. ir. (187) to obtain, get. 

occasion, s.f. opportunity, occasion, 
cause, reason. 

occupation, s.f. occupation. 

occupe, e, part. adj. occupied, en- 



occuper, v.a. to occupy, to hold, to 
employ, to inhabit ; s' — (a), v.r. 
to employ or occupy oneself (in). 

octobre, s.m. October. 

odeur, s.f. odor, smell. 

odieu-x, se, adj. odious. 

foeil (s.m.), (81, 214) pi. yeux, 

eye; de-bosuf, bnWs eye, round 

window ; coup d'— , glance. 

fceillet, s.m. pink. 

ceuf, s.m. egg. 

ceuvre, s.f.m. icork. 

offenser, v.a. to offend; s' — , v.r. to 
take offence. 



offrir, v.a. ir. (184) to offer, present. 

oie, s.f. goose. 

oindre, v.a. ir. (175) to anoint. 

oiseau, s.m. bird, fowl. 

oisi-f, ve, adj. idle. 

orabrage, s.m. shade. 

ombrager, v.a. to shade. 

ombre, s.f. shade, shadow. 

omelette, s.f. omelet. 

omettre, v.a. ir. (180) to omit, to 
leave out. 

on, pron. sing. m.f. (129, 274) one, 
a man, a woman, people, they, we, 
you; — dit, people, or they say, 
it is said; — m'a dit, I have been 
told. 

oncle, s.m. uncle. 

onze, adj. s. eleven. 

onzieme, adj. s. eleventh. 

opiner, v.n. to give one's opinion, to 
advise, to vote. 

opiniatrer (s'), v.r. to be obstinate, 
to persist. 

opinion, s.f. opinion, vote. 

opposer, v.a. to oppose ; s'— .-, v.r. to 
object. 

oppressor, v.a. to oppress. 

or, conj. now, but. 

or, s.m. gold. 

orage, s.m. storm, tempest. 

orauge, s.f. orange. 

orateur, s.m. orator, speaker. 

ordinaire, adj. ordinary, common, 
usual, customary; a 1' — , as usual. 

ordinairement, adv. ordinarily, gen- 
erally. 

ordonner v.a.n. to order, to com- 
mand, to prescribe. 

ordre, s.m. order, command; do 
premier — , first rate. 

foreille, s.f. ear. 

foreiller, s.m. pillow. 

orgue, s.m.f. organ. 

forgueil, s.m. pride. 

orient, s.m. east. 

origine, s.f. origin, source. 

ornement, s.m. ornament. 

orner, v.a. to adorn, to deck. 

os, s.m. bone. 

osciller, v.n. to oscillate. 

oser, v.a.n. (291) to dare, venture. 



VOCABULARY. 



421 



oter, v.a. to take away, to remove, 

to deprive, to take or pull off. 
ou, conj. or, either, or else; — bien, 

or else, or. 
ou, adv. (270) where, in or into or 

at or to icJiich, when; d' — , 

whence. 
oublier, v. a. (98) to forget. 
ouest, s.m. west. 
oui, adv. s. yes, ay. 
ouir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to hear. 
ours, s.m. bear. 
outil, s.m. tool, implement. 
outrager, v.a. to outrage. 
outre, prep, adv: beyond, farther, 

besides ; en — , moreover, besides. 
ouvert, e, adj. open, frank. 
ouvrage, s.m. work, workmanship. 
ouvrir, v.a.n. ir. (183) to open, to 

unlock. 
ovale, adj. s.m. oval. 
oxygene, s.m. oxygen. 



P. 



page, s.m. page. 

page, s.f. page {of a book). 

pai'en, ne, adj. s. pagan. 

fpaillasse, s.f. straw -mattress. 

{paillasse, s.m. clown. 

fpaille, s.f. straic. 

pain, s.m. bread, loaf cake. 

paire, s.f. pair, couple. 

paisible, adj. peaceable, peaceful. 

paitre, v.a.n. ir. (178) to graze, to 

pasture. 
paix, s.f. peace, rest, hush ! 
palais, s.m. palace. 
palmier, s.m. palm-tree. 
pampre, s.m. vine-branch. 
panier, s.m. basket. 
paon, s.m. peacock. 
pape, s.m. pope. 
papier, s.m. paper ; — a lettres, 

note-paper, letter-paper. 
fpapillon, s.m. butterfly. 



paque, s.f. passover. 

paques, s.m.f . Easter. 

paquet, s.m. parcel, bundle. 

par, prep. (302) by,, through, a, out 

of from, on, in, for, by weiy of; 

derriere, behind, from behind; 

— ici, this way, about here ; — la, 
that way, about there ; — ou, 
which way, how. 

parage, s.m. parts, latitude. 

paraitre, v.n. ir. (178) to appear, to 
come in sight, to seem, to look, 
to show. 

parallelement, adv. parcdlely, paral- 
lel. 

parapluie, s.m. umbrella. 

parbleu. int. well! why/ indeed! 

parce que, conj. because, as. 

parcourir, v.a. ir. (184) to travel 
over, to go or run or look over. 

pardon, s.m. pardon, forgiveness ; 

— ! excuse me! 1 beg your par - 
• don ! 

pardonner, v.a. to forgive, to par- 
don, to excuse. 

fpareil, le, adj. edike, similar, like, 
like it, such. 

fpareil, s.m. equal, match. 

parent, e, s.m.f. relation, relative ; 
— s, pi. parents, relations. 

parer, v.a.n. to adorn, to deck, 
to dress, to parry. 

paresse, s.f. idleness, laziness. 

paresseu-x, se, adj. s.m.f. idle, lazy; 
idler, lazy person. 

parfait, e, adj. s.m. perfect, finished. 

parf aitement, adv. perfectly. 

parfum, s.m. perfume, scent. 

parisien, ne, adj. s. Parisian. 

parlement, s.m. parliament. 

parler, v.a.n. to speak, to talk. 

parmi, prep. (298) among, amidst, 
with. 

parole, s.f. word, speech. 

part, s.f. part, share, portion ; de 

— et d 1 autre, on both sides ; de la 

— de, (303) on the part of, from ; 
de ma — , from me ; nulle — , no- 
ichere, anywhere; quelque — , 
somewhere, anywhere; prendre — 
a, to participate in, to partake of. 



422 



VOCABULARY. 



partager, v.a.n. (97) to divide, share. 

parti, s.m. party, side, part, reso- 
lution, means, course. 

parti cul-ier, iere, adj. particular, 
peculiar, private. 

particulier, s.m. individual, private 
man. 

partie, s.f. part, party, gam.e ; 

— double, double-entry ; en — , 
partly ; f aire une — de, to play 
a game at. 

partir, v.n. ir. (136, 183) to depart, 
to set out, to go off; a- — de, 
from. 

partout, adv. everywhere, any- 
where ; — ou, wherever. 

parure, s.f. dress, finery, ornament. 

parvenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to ar- 
rive (at), to reach, to succeed. 

pas, s.m. step, pace, footstep, strait; 
faux — , mistake. 

pas, adv. (57, 159, 289) any, no, 
not any ; — du tout, not at all. 

passablement, adv. tolerably, so 
so. 

passe, e, part. adj. prep, past, gone, 
over, faded, last, after. 

passe, s.m. time past, past. 

passe-partout, s.m. master-key, 
latch-key. 

passer, v.n. a. (136) to pass, to pass 
by or away, to be over, to fade, to 
hand, to exceed, to surpass; — 
chez, to call upon or at (. . . 's) ; 

— pour, to be considered; faire 
— , to pass, to hand round, to 
lohile away ; se — , v.r. to pass 
away, to happen ; — de, to do 
without. 

passe-temps, s.m. pastime. 
passion, s.f. passion, love. 
passionnement, adv. passionately. 
pate, s.f. paste, dough. 
pAte, s.m. pie. 
pathetique, adj. s. pathetic. 
patiemmect, adv. patiently. 
patience, s.f. patience, puzzle. 
patient, e, adj. s. patient. 
patiner, v.n. to skate. 
patriarche, s.m. patriarch. 
patricien, ne, adj. s. patrician. 



patrie, s.f. (native) country, father- 
land, home. 

fpatrouille, s.f. patrol. 

patte, s.f. paw, foot, claws ; — de 
devant, fore-feet. 

pauvre, adj. poor. 

pauvrete, s.f. poverty, need. 

f pavilion, s.m. pavilion, summer- 
house, flag. 

payer, v. a. (97) to pay, to pay off. 

pays, s.m. country, land,, native 
place. 

paysage, s.m. landscape. 

paysan, ne, s.m.f. adj. peasant 1 
country -man, country- woman. 

Pays-Bas, s.m. pi. Netherlands. 

peau, s.f. skin, leather. 

peche, s.f. peach, fishing. 

peche, s.m. sin, trespass. 

pecher, v.n. to sin, to tresp)ass. 

pecker, s.m. peach-tree. 

pecher, v.a.n. to fish. 

pech-eur, eresse, s. adj. sinner, sin- 
ning. 

pecheu-r, se, s.m.f. fisherman, an- 
gler. 

fpeigne, s.m. comb. 

peindre, v.a.n. ir. (175) to paint. 

peine, s.f. pain, grief; a.—, hard- 
ly, scarcely, no sooner, very little; 
en — , uneasy ; etre la — , to be 
worth or worth while ; donner de 
la — a, to give trouble to; se 
donner de la — , to take pains ; 
se donner la — de . . . to take the 
trouble to. 

peintre, s.m. painter. 

peinture, s.f. painting, picture. 

pele-mele, adv. s. pell-mell, helter- 
skelter. 

pelle, s.f. shovel. 

pelote, s.f. ball (of thread). 

penchant, s.m. declivity, slope, 
brink. 

pencher, v.a.n. to incline, to bend, 
to stoop, to slope, to be inclined. 

pendant, prep, during; — ■ que, 
while. 

pendre, v.a.n. to hang. 

penotrer, v.a.n. to penetrate, to 
pierce, to get in. 



VOCABULARY. 



423 



pensee, s.f. thought, idea, opinion, 
mind. 

penser, v.a.n. to think, to believe, 
to bear in mind ; faire — a, to 
remind of.' 

percent, e, adj. piercing, penetrat- 
ing, shrill. 

percer, v.a.n. to pierce, to bore, to 
open, to lance, to cut. 

percevoir, v. a. ir. (189) to collect, to 
perceive. 

perdre, v.a.n. to lose, to ruin. 

perdu, e, adj. lost, ruined. 

pere, s.m. father; — s, pi. fore- 
fathers. 

peril, s.m. peril, danger, risk. 

perir, v.n. (136) to perish; faire — , 
to put to death. 

permettre, v. a. ir. (180) to permit, 
to allow ; se — , v.r. to allow one- 
self, to take the liberty. 

perroquet, s.m. parrot. 

Persan, e, Perse, adj. s. Persian. 

Perse (la), s.f. Persia. 

persecutor, v. a. to persecute. 

perseverer, v.n. to persevere. 

persil, s.m. parsley. 

persister, v.n. to persist. 

personne, s.f. person. 

personne, pron. m. (180, 275) any 
one, anybody, any, no one, no- 
body. 

persuader, v. a. to persuade, to con- 
vince, to satisfy. 

perte, s.f. loss. 

pesant, e, adj. heavy, dull. 

peser, v.a.n. to toeigh, to ponder. 

petit, e, adj. little, small. 

petit, e, s.m.f. little or young one. 

peu, adv. little, not very, few, soon, 
not ; — a — , by degrees, gradu- 
. ally; avant — , before long; dans 
— , shortly ; pour — que, hoioever 
little ; quelque — , a little, some- 
lohat ; si — que, hoioever, little; 
sous — , shortly., 

pen, s.m. small amount, a little, lit- 
tle time ; un — , a little. 

peuple, s.m. people, nation. 

peupler, v.a.n. to people. 

peuplier, s.m. poplar. 



peur, s.f. fear, fright, dread ; de 
— de, for fear of; de — que, for 
fear, lest ; avoir — , to be afraid ; 
faire — a, to frighten. 

peureu-x, se, adj. timid. 

peut-etre, adv. perhaps. 

philosophe, s.m. adj. philosopher. 

piano, s.m. piano ; — droit, cottage 
piano ; — a queue, grand piano. 

piastre, s.f. piastre. 

piece, s.f. piece, bit, room. 

pied, s.m. foot ; pointe du — , tip- 
toe ; a — , on foot ; sur un bon — , 
upon a good footing ; mettre — a. 
terre, to cdight. x 

picge, s.m. snare, trap; donner 
dans le — , to be caught in the 
trap. 

Pierre, s.m. Peter. 

pierre, s.f. stone. 

piete, s.f. piety. 

pieu-x, se, adj. pious. 

pigeon, s.m. pigeon. 

fpiller, v. a. to plunder. 

pilotis, s.m. piles , pilc-ioork. 

pilule, s.f. pill. 

piment, s.m. Jamaica pepper, all- 
spice. 

pin, s.m. pine, pine-tree. 

pinasse, s.f. pinnace. 

piquer, v. a. to prick, to sting, to 
bite, to goad, to stick ; se — , v.r. 
to prick oneself, to be offended, to 
pride ox plume oneself {on). 

pire, adj. worse, worst; de — en 
— , worse and icorse. 

pis, adv. worse, worst. 

pistolet, s.m. pistol. 

pitie, s.f. pity, compassion; avoir — 
de, to pity. 

place, s.f. place, room, square, situa- 
tion, (272) fortress. 

placer, v. a. (97) to place, to put ; se 
— , v.r. to place ox put oneself. 

plaider, v.a.n. to plead. 

plaie, s.f. wound, sore. 

plaindre, v.a. ir. (175) to pity, to 
regret; a — , to be pitied; se — -, 
to complain. 

plaine, s.f . plain, heath. 

plaire, v.n. ir. (178) to please ; plut 



424 



VOCABULARY. 



a Dieu or au ciel ! would to 
Heaven ! a Dieu ne plaise, 
Heaven forbid; s'il vous plait, if 
you please; plait-il? what did 
you say? what? se — , v.r. to 
delight or take pleasure (in). 

plaisanter, v.a.n. to jest, to joke. 

plaisanterie, s.f. jesting, joke ; — a 
part, seriously ; par — , in joke. 

plaisir, s.m. pleasure, amusement, 
favor. 

plancher, s.m. floor, ceiling. 

plante, s.f. plant. 

planter, v. a. to plant, to set. 

pjatine, s.m. platina. 

plein, e, adj. full (of), filled (witJi), 
whole, replete, open, bright ; tout 
— , quite full ; tout — de, much, 
many. 

pleurer, v.a.n. to weep, to cry. 

pleurs, s.m. pi. tears, (of vines) 
bleeding. 

pleuvoir, v.n. h\ (190) to rain, to 
pour in or shower down. 

pli, s.m. fold, plait. 

plier, v.a.n. to fold, to bend, to give 
way. 

plomb, s.m. lead; a — , perpendi- 
cularly. 

plonger, v.a.n. to plunge, to dive. 

pluie, s.f. rain, shower. 

plumage, s.m. plumage, feathers. 

plume, s.f. feather, pen. 

plupart, s.f. (270) most part, gener- 
ality ; la — du temps, generally. 

plus, adv. (57, 290, SOI) more, the 
more, most, also ; (with negative) 
any more, any longer, no more, 
no longer, not any more or longer, 
no . . . left ; au — , tout au — , at 
most, at best; — de, more than 
above ybien — ,muchmore; de — , 
more, besides, moreover ; de — en 
— , more and more; le — , the 
most; deux fois — , twice as 
much ; deux fois de — , twice more. 

plusieurs, adj. pi. several, some. 

plutot, adv. (286) rather. 

poche, s.f. pocket, pouch, bag. 

poele, s.m. stove. 

poC'le, s.f. pan, frying-pan. 



poeme, s.m. poem. 

poids, s.m. weight, gravity. 

poindre, v.n. ir. (175) to dawn, to 
break. 

point, s.m. point, dot, stitch, degree, 
full stop ; au — de, so far as ; 
sur le — de, to be very near. 

point, adv. (159) not, no, any, not 
any, not at all. 

pointe, s.f. point, head, tip, dawn, 
break, sting. 

poire, s.f. pear. 

pois, s.m. pea. 

poisson, s.m. fish. 

fpoitrail, s.m. breast, chest, breast- 

poivre, s.m. pepper. [plate. 

polaire, adj. polar. 

pole, s.m. pole. 

poli, e, adj. polished, polite. 

poliment, adv. civilly, politely. 

polir, v.a. to polish. 

pomme, s.f. apple ; — de terre, po- 
tato. 

ponctuellement, adv. punctually. 

pont, s.m. bridge, deck. 

populaire, adj. popular. 

port, s.m. port, harbor. 

fportail, s.m. (31) front, door-way, 
portal. 

porte, s.f. door, gate. 

porte-crayon, s.m. pencil-case. 

portefeui'lle, s.m. portfolio, pocket- 
book. 

portemanteau, s.m. portmanteau. 

porte-monnaie, s.m. purse. 

porte-plume, s.m. pen-holder. 

portee, s.f. compass, range; a or a 
la — de, ivithin reach of. 

porter, v.a.n. to carry, to bear, to 
take, to bring, to ivear, to induce ; 
se — , v.r. to bear, to be inclined, 
to do, to be; comment vous portez- 
vouz? how do you do? how are 
you ? 

portion, s.f. portion, share. 

portrait, s.m. portrait, picture. 

portugais, e, adj. s. Portuguese, 

poser, v.a.n. to place, to put, to set, 
to lay or put (down), to rest, to 
lie, to pose; se — , v.r. to 'perch, 
to alight, to take a position, 



VOCABULARY. 



425 



positi-f, ve, adj. positive. 

posseder, v. a. to possess, to hate. 

possible, adj . possible. 

possible, s.m. possibility, utmost; 
faire son — , to do one's utmost. 

poste, s.f. post, post-office. 

poste, s.m. post, station. 

pot, s.m. pot, jug, can. 

pou, s.m. louse. 

pouce, s.m. thumb, inch. 

poudre, s.f. powder, dust ; — il can- 
non, gunpowder. 

ponle, s.f. hen, pool. 

ponls, s.m. pulse. 

ponmon, s.m. lungs, lung. 

ponpe, s.f. stern, poop. 

ponr, prep. (37, 237) for, on ac- 
count of, for the sake of, towards, 
(3<54) in order to, as, though, per ; 
— qne, in order that; comme 
— , as if, as much as. 

pourpre, s.m.f. purple. 

pnrquoi, conj. adv. why ; c'est — , 
therefore. 

pourri, e, adj. s.m. rotten. 

pourrir, v.a.n. to rot. 

ponrsuite,.s.f. pursuit. 

poursuivre, v.a.n. if. (174) to pur- 
sue, to follow, to go on with, to 
prosecute. 

pourtanfc, adv. yet, though, how- 
ever, still. 

pourvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190) to provide, 
to supply ; se — , v. r. to provide 
oneself. 

ponrvu, part. conj. provided. 

ponsser, v.a.n. to push, to drive, to 
urge, to grow. 

poussiere, s.f. dust; il fait de la — , 
it is dusty. 

pouvoir, v.a.n. ir. (190, 291, 323) 
to be .able, can, to be able to do, 
may ; n'en — plus, to be ex- 

Iha.usled ; cela se peut, that may 
be ; il se peut que, it may be that; 
je n'y puis rien, I cannot help it; 
puissiez-vous ! may you! on ne 
peut mieux, as well as possible. 
pouvoir, s.m. power. 
pratique, s.f. practice, custom, cus- 
tomer. 



pratique, adj. practical. 

precaution, s.f. precaution, caution. 

precepteur, s.m. tutor, preceptor. 

precieu-x, se, adj. precious, val- 
uable. 

precipiter, v. a. to precipitate, to hurl 
or dash doion. 

precis, e, adj. precise, formal. 

prccisement, adv. precisely. 

predire, v. a. ir. (173) to foretell, to 
predict. 

preferablement, adv. (180) prefer- 
ably. 

preferer, v. a. to prefer. 

prejudiciable, adj. prejudicial, in- 
jurious. 

prem-ier, iere, adj. first. 

premier, s. m. -first. 

premierement, adv. first, firstly, in 
the first place. 

prendre, v.a.n. to take, to seize, to 
catch, to take up; se — , v.r. to be 
caught, to catch, to set about; s'y 
— , to proceed, to go to work. 

preparer, v. a. to prepare, to get 
ready. 

pres, prep, near, by, close, to, cd- 
mosi ; tout — , very near, close 
by; (110) — dela, in th&neighbor- 
hood ; a peu — , nearly. 

presbytere, s.m. parsonage. 

prescrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) prescribe. 

present, s.m. present, gift, present 
tense; a — , at present, now. 

presentement, adv. now. 

presenter, v. a. to present, to offer. 

preserver, va. to preserve, to keep. 

president, s. m. president. 

presider, v.n. to preside. 

presque, adv. almost, nearly ; — 
pas, scarcely, scarcely any. 

presqu'ile, s.f. peninsula. 

presse, e, adj. in haste, in a hurry, 
anxious. 

pressentir, v. a. ir. (184) to have a 
presentiment of, to foresee. 

presser, v.a.n. to press, to squeeze, 
to urge, to hurry. 

presumer, v. a. to presume, suppose. 

pret, e, adj. ready, disposed. 

pretendre, v.a.n. to claim, to pre- 



426 



VOCABULARY. 



[ tend, to lay claim to, to presume, 
to profess, to intend, to mean. 

preter, v.a.n. to lend ; se — , v.r. to 
' comply. 

pretexte, s.m. pretext, pretence. 

pretre, s.m. priest. 

preuve, s.f. proof, evidence. 

prevaloir, v.n. ir. (191) to prevail. 

prevenir, v. a. ir. (187) to precede, to 
prevent, to warn, to inform. 

prevoir, v. a. ir. (190) to foresee, to 
anticipate, to provide for or 
against. 

prier, v.a.n. to pray, to beg, to re- 
quest, to ask ; — en grace, to en- 
treat ; faire — , to send, to re- 

; quest; je vo-us en prie, pray ; do; 
please. * 

priere, s.f. prayer, request. 

prince, s.m. prince. 

princesse, s.f. princess. 

printemps, s.m. spring. 

pris, e, adj. taken. 

prise, s.f. taking, capture, prize; 
etre anx — s, to be fighting. 

prisme, s.m. prism. 

prisonn-ier, iere, s.m.f. prisoner. 

priver, v. a. to deprive, to bereave ; 
se — , v.r. to deprive oneself . 

prix, s.m. price, cost, value, icorth, 
prize ; de — , valuable. 

probablement, adv. probably, likely. 

probite, s.f. probity, honesty. 

prochain, e, adj. next, nearest. 

prochain, s.m. neighbor. 

proche, adj. prep. adv. near, close. 

production, s.f. production. 

produire, v. a. ir. (172) to produce, 
to yield, to bear, to sliow, to bring. 

produit, s.m. produce, proceeds, pro- 
duct. 

professeur, s.m. professor, teacher, 

profil, s.m. profile. [master. 

profiter, v.n. to profit, to take ad- 
vantage, to avail oneself 

profond, e, adj. deep, profound. 

profondement, adv. deeply, pro- 
foundly. 

progres, s.m. progress. 

prolonger, v. a. to prolong, to extend, 
to protract. 



promenade, s.f. promenade, walk- 
ing, walk, ; — a cheval, ride ; 
— en bateau, sail, row ; — a pied, 
toalk; — en voiture, drive. 

promener, v. a. to take out, to take 
for a walk, to turn; se — , v.r. 
to take a walk, take an airing, 
to wander. 

promesse, s.f. promise, word. 

promettre, v.a.n. ir. ^180) to pro- 
mise. 

promis, e, adj. s. engaged., promised. 

prompt, e, adj. promp^, quick, 
speedy. 

promptement, adv. promptly, 
quickly. 

prononcer, v.a.n. to pronounce, to 
utter. 

propbetie, s.f. prophecy. 

propos, s.m. talk, speech, discourse ; 
a — , to the purpose, proper, in 
good time ; a — ! by the bye /a — 
de, with regard to. 

proposer, v. a. to propose, to offer. 

propre, adj. own, proper, peculiar, 
clean, tidy. 

proprement, adv. properly. 

proprietaire, s.m.f. owner, proprie- 
tor. 

propriete, s.f. property, peculiarity, 
propriety. 

prosperity, s.f. prosperity. 

protec-teur, trice, s. adj. protector, 
protectress. 

protection, s.f. patronage. 

proteger, v. a. (97) to protect. 

protester, v.a.n. to protest. 

proue, s.f. prow, stem. 

provenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to pro- 
ceed, to arise. 

providence, s.f. Providence. 

provision, s.f. provision, supply, 
store. 

provoquer, v. a. to provoke. 

prudement, adv. prudently. 

prudence, s.f . prudence, discretion. 

prudent, e, adj. prudent. 

prune, s.f. plum. 

Prusse (la), s.f. Prussia. 

psaume, s.m. psalm. 

publi-c, que, adj. public. 



VOCABULARY. 



427 



puis, adv. then, afterwards, besides. 
puiser, v. a. to draw. 
puisque, conj. since. 
puissamment, adv. powerfully. 
puissance, s.f. power. 
punir, v.a. to punish. 
punition, s.f. punishment. 
pupille, s.m.f. ward, pupil. 
pupitre, s.m. desk. 
pur, e, adj. pure, real. 
pusillanime, adj. pusillanimous. 



Q. 



[* indicates that qu is sounded as 
"Aquatic." In cdl other cases, 
qu is sounded like k.] 

* quadruped e, adj. s.m, four-footed, 
quadruped. , 

qualite, s.f. quality, property, ca- 
pacity. 

quand, adv. when, what time. 

quand, conj. (029) although, though; 
— menie, though, although, even 
if, notwithstanding. 

quant a, prep, with regard to, as 
to, as for. 

quantieme, s.m. day of the month. 

quantite, s.f. quantity. 

quarante, adj. s. forty. 

quarantieme, adj. s. fortieth. 

quart, s.m. quarter, fourth; — 
-d'heure, quarter of an hour. 

quartier, s.m. quarter, piece, dis- 
trict, 

quatorze, adj. s.m. fourteen, four- 
teenth. 

quatorzieme, adj. s.m. fourteenth. 

quatre, adj. s.m. four, fourth. 

quatre-vingt-dix, adj. eighty. 

quatre-vingts, adj. eighty. 

quatrieme, adj. s.f. fourth. 

quatriemement, adv. fourthly. 

quatriennal, e, adj. quadrennial. 



que, qu', pron. (inteirog. , 122, 264 ; 
265, relat. 125, 267) whom, that, 
which, that, what ; qu'est ce que, 
&c. V. 264. 

que, adv. hoio, how much, how 
many. 

que, qu', conj. (163; with indicat., 
307; with subjunct., 293, 310, 
235-332 ; with comp. of pret. 
320, but, only, 57; than, 293) 
that, as, tohen, than, than that, 
how, how many, what, why, till, 
while', tohether, if, let, lest, for 
fear, except, but, unless, after, 
only, but, yet, still, notwithstand- 
ing, although, since, [sometimes 
untranslated] . 

quel, le, adj. (62) what, lohich ; — 
que, whatever, whoever. • 

quelconque, adj. (76) ichatever, any. 

quelque, adj. (282) some, any, a 
few, whatever ; — chose, some- 
thing, anything; avoir — chose, 
(52) to be the matter with. 

quelque, adv. (281) however, about, 
some. 

quelquefois, adv. sometimes. 

quelqu'un, e, pron. (276) somebody, 
some one, one, anybody, any one, 
any. 

quelques-uns, unes, pron. pi. some, 
cony, a few. 

querelle, s.f. quarrel, row. 

querir, v.a.ir. (186) to seek, to fetch. 

question, s.f. question, query. 

queue, s.f. tail, end, cue. 

qui, pron. (interrog. 122, 264 ; 
relat. 125, 267; after superlat. 
322) who, whom, which, that, 
some ; — est-ce — , whio, who- 
soever ; — que ce soit, (282) icho- 
ever ; a, — est, ichose is. 

quiconque, pron. (282) whoever, 
whomsoever. 

quint, adj. the fifth. 

quinzaine, s.f. fifteen, fortnight, 

quinze, adj. s.m. fifteen, fifteenth ; 
— jours, (a) fortnight; d'au- 
jourd'hui en — , this day fort" 
night. 

quinzieme, adj. s. fifteenth. 



428 



VOCABULARY. 



quitter, v. a. to quit, to leave, to 

part with. 
*quoi, pron. (122, 125, 255, 270) 

which, that, what; de — , of 

which, of what. 
*quoique, conj. (163) aWwugh, 

though. 



raccommoder, v. a. to mend, repair. 

raconter, v. a. to relate, to tell. 

radoub, s.m. (22) refitting, repair. 

rafraichir, v.a.n. to cool, to refresh. 

rage, s.f. rage, madness. 

raisin, s.m. grapes, raisin. 

raison, s.f. reason, sense, judg- 
ment, satisfaction ; a — de, at 
the rate of , in proportion to ; en 
— de, in consideration of; avoir 
— , to be right ; rendre — de, to 
give an account of to give satis- 
faction for. 

rallier, v. a. to rally. 

ramasser, v. a. to gather, to pick up. 

rame, s.f. oar, ream. 

ramener, v. a. to bring back. 

rameur, s.m. rower, oarsman. 

ranger, v. a. to range, to put in 
order, to put in Us place, draw up. 

rapidement, adv. rapidly. 

rapid ite, s.f. rapidity, swiftness. 

rappeler, v. a. (96) to call back, to 
recall, to remember ; se — , v.r. to 
recollect, to remember. 

rapporter, v.a.n. to bring back, to 
report. 

rapprendre, v. a. ir. (181) to learn 
again. 

rare, adj. rare, scarce. 

rarement, adv. seldom, rarely. 

raser, v. a. to shave {off), to raze, to 
rase. 

rassasier, v. a. to satiate, to fill, to 
surfeit; etre rassasie de, to be 
tired of. 



rassembler, v. a. to assemble; se — , 
v.r. to assemble, to meet, to crowd. 

rayer, v. a. to scratch, to erase. 

rayon, s.m. ray, beam, shelf. 

rebatir, v. a. to rebuild. 

rebattre, v. a. to beat again. 

rebelle, adj. s. rebellious, rebel. 

rebut, s.m. rcpidse, rebuff, refuse. 

rebuter, v. a. to reject, to discourage; 
se — , v.r. to be disheartened. 

reception, s.f. reception, drawing- 
romn. 

recevoir, v.a.n. to receive, entertain, 
to admit. 

rechercher, v. a. to seek again or 
after, to search. 

recit, s.m. recital, account. 

recommender, v. a. to recommend ; 
se — , v.r. to recommend oneself. 

recompense, s.f. reward. 

recompenser, v. a. to reward, to 
compensate. 

reconduire, v. a. ir. (172) to lead or 
take back, to accompany, to see 
home. 

reconnaissance, s.f. gratitude, re- 
cognition, acknowledgmen t. 

reconnaissant, e, adj. grateful, 
thankful. 

reconnaitre, v. a. ir. (179) to know 
again, to recognize, to acknow- 
ledge, to admit, to reconnoitre. 

reconquerir, v.a. ir. (188), to recon- 
quer, to regain. 

recoudre, v.a. ir. (Ilk) to sew again. 

recourir, v.n. ir. (184) to run again, 
to have recourse. 

recours, s.m. recourse, refuge. 

recouvrir, v.a. ir. (185) to cover 
again or over, to cover. 

recreer, v.a. to create anew, revive. 

recrire, v.a. ir. (176) to write again, 
to answer. 

recroitre, v.n. ir. (178) to grow 
again. 

regu, e, adj. received. 

regu, s.m. receipt. 

frecueillir, v.a. ir. (184) to gather, 
to reap, to collect. 

recuire, v.a. ir. (172) to ... to cook 
again. 



VOCABULARY. 



429 



redescendre, v.n.a. to descend again, 

to go down again. 
redevenir, v.n. ir. (187) to become 

again. 
redevoir, v.a. ir. (189) to owe still ' 
redingote, s.f. overcoat. 
redire, v. a. ir. (172) to repeat, to say 

or tell again, to object ; trouver 

a — , wa dire, to find fault. 
redoubler, v.n.a. to redouble, to in- 
crease. 
redoutable, adj. formidable. 
redresser, v. a. to straighten, to set 

right. 
reduire, v. a. ir. (172) to reduce, to 

constrain, to compel ; se — , v.r. 

to be reduced. 
reel, le, adj. real, true. 
reelire, v. a. ir. (177) to re-elect. 
reellement, adv. really. 
refaire, v. a. ir. (180) to make again, 

to mend. 
refugier (se), v.r. to take refuge or 

shelter. 
refus, s.rn. refusal, denial. 
refuser, v.a.n. to refuse, to decline ; 

se — , v.r. to deny oneself. 
regal, s.rn. entertainment, feast. 
regard, s.rn. look, glance; — s, pi. 

eyes, attention, notice. 
regarder, v.a.n. to look at, to behold, 

to see, to consider, to concern. 
regiment, s.rn. regiment. 
regie, s.f. rule, ruler. 
regler, v. a. to rule, to regulate, to 

settle. 
regret, s.m. regret, grief, sorrow. 
regretter, v. a. to regret. 
regul-ier, iere, adj. regular. 
reine, s.f. queen. 
rejeter, v.a.n. (98) to throw again, to 

throw back. 
rejoindre, v.a, ir. (175) to join 

again. 
rejouir, v.a. to rejoice, to cheer ; se 

— . v.r. (139) rejoice, to delight, 

to be glad. 
relever, v.a.n. to raise, to take up, 

to give a relish, to retort, to re- 
lieve. 
religion, s.f. religion, 



relire, v.a. ir. (177) to read (over) 

again. 
reluire, v.n. ir. (171) to shine, to 

glitter. 
remarquable, adj. remarkable. 
rernarquablenient, adv. remark- 
ably. 
remede, s.m. remedy. 
remedier, v. n. to remedy, to help. 
remener, v.a. (96) to take or carry 

or lead back. 
remettre, v.a. ir. (180) to put back 

(again), to restore, to put off, to 

remit. 
remonter, v.a.n. to go up again or 

back, to wind up, to remount. 
remoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to grind 

again. 
remplir, v.a. to fill (again or up), to 

perform, to fulfil. 
remporter, v.a. to carry or take 

back, to obtain, to gain, carry off. 
rermier, v.a.n. to move. 
renaitre, v.n. ir. (181) to be bom 

again, to come to life again, to' 

spring up or rise again. 
renard, s.m. fox. 
rencontre, s.f. meeting, encounter; 

aller or venir a la — de, (2i2j to 

go or come to meet. 
rencontrer, v.a.n. to meet (with), to 

find, to encounter ; se — , v.r. to 

meet. 
rendormir, v.a. ir. (183) to lull to 

sleep again; se — , v.r. to fall 

asleep or go to sleep again. 
rendre, v.a. to return, to give back. 

to surrender, to make, to render^ 

to translate, to pay ; se — , v.r. 

to render or make oneself, to sur- 
render, to be translated. 
rene, s.f. rein. 

renfermer, v.a. to shut up, contain. 
renomme, e, adj. renowned, famous. 
renoncer, v.n. to renounce, give up. 
renouveler, v.a. (96) to renew. 
rentrer, v.n. to return, to come 

home or in again ; v.a. to put (in) 

again or back. 
repaitre, (178) se — , v.r. to feed, to 

feast. 



430 



VOCABULARY. 



repandre, v. a. to spread, to shed, to 
- scatter ; se — , v.r. to spread. 
reparaitre, v.n. ir. (178) to reappear. 
reparer, v. a. to repair, to mend, to 

make amends for. 
repartir, v.n. ir. (183) to set out 

again, to reply. 
repartir, v. a. to divide, to distribute. 
repas, s.m. meal, repast. 
repasser, v.a.n. to pass again, to 

repass, to iron, to go or look over. 
repeindre, v. a. to paint again. 
repentir (se), v.r. ir. (184) to repent. 
repentir, s.m. repentance. 
repeter, v. a. to repeat, to rehearse. 
repetition, s.f. repetition, rehearsal. 
replacer, v. a. to replace, to put back. 
repliquer, v.a.n. to reply, to answer, 

to rejoin. 
repondre, v.a.n. to answer, to reply, 

to correspond, to respond, to be 

responsible. 
reposer (se), v.r. to rest. 
repousser, v.a.n. to spurn, to reject. 
reprendre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to take 

or catch again, to reprove, to 

censure, to blame. 
representer, v.a.n. to represent, to 

perform. 
reprirnander, v. a. to reprimand, to 

reprove. 
reprimer, v.a. to repress, to restrain. 
reproche, s.m. reproach; sans — , 

blameless. 
reprocher, v.a. to reproach, to up- 
braid. 
reprodnire, v.a. ir. (172) to repro- 
duce; se — , v.r. to reappear, to 

occur again. 
reprouver, v. a. to disapprove of. 
frcpugner, v.n. to be repugnant, to 

feel reluctant. 
requerir, v.a. ir. (188) to request, to 

claim. 
reserve, s.f. reservation, reserve, 

reserves ; a la — de, except. 
fresigner, v.a. to resign; se — , to 

resign oneself, to submit. 
resister, v.n. to resist, to oppose. 
resolution, s.f. resolution, resolve. 
resonner, v.n. to resound, to echo. 



resoudre, v.a. ir. (175) to resolve, to 
solve; se — , v.r. to resolve, to 
make up one's mind. 

respect, s.m. respect, awe. 

respecter, v.a. to respect, to revere. 

respectueu-x, se, adj. respectful. 

ressernblant, e, adj. alike, similar. 

ressembler, v.n. to resemble, to be 
or look like ; se — , v. r. to be 
alike. 

ressentiment, s.m. resentment. 

ressentir, v.a. ir. (184) to feel, to ex- 
perience. 

ressort, s.m. spring, lock, elasticity, 
strength, means. 

ressortir, v.n. (184) to go or come 
out again, to resort. 

ressouvenir (se), v.r. ir. (187) to re- 
member, to recollect; faire — , to 
remind. 

ressouvenir, s.m. remembrance, re- 
collection. 

reste, s.m. rest, remainder, re- 
mains, remnant ; au — , du — , 
besides, however, yet. 

rester, v.n. (136) to remain, to be 
left, to stay (behind), to keep. 

restreindre, v.a. ir. (17 o) to restrict, 
to restrain, to limit. 

retard, s.m. delay, sloioiess; en — , 
late, behind one's time. 

retenir, v.a. ir. (187) to get back, to 
keep back, to detain, to retain, to 
keep, to hold back or up, to re- 
strain, to carry; se — , v.r. to 
refrain, to restrain oneself. 

retirer, v.a. to draw back, to draw 
out ox in, to withdraw, to retire; 
se — , v.r. to withdraw, to rt tire, 
to retreat. 

retour, s.m. return, coming back; 
- — sur soi-meme, reflection on 
one's own conduct; de — , return- 
ed, back. 

retourner, v.a.n. to return, to go 
back (again), to turn (up). 

retraite, s.f. retreat, retirement. 

retrouver, v.a. to find again, tore- 
cover, to meet again. 

reunion, s.f. reunion, union, meet- 
ing. 



VOCABULARY. 



431 



reunir, v. a. to reunite, to unite, to 
collect. 

reussir, v.n. to succeed, to get on. 

reve, s.m. dream. 

freveil, s.rn. awaking, alarm, re- 
veille. 

revenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187), to return, 
to come back, to come round, to re- 
cover, to come to, to recur, to cost, 
to be reconciled, or appeased. 

revers, s.m. back^ wrong side, re- 
verse. 

revetir, v. a. ir. (183) to clothe, to 
put on. 

revivre, v.n. ir. (181) to come to life 
again, to revive. 

revoir, v. a. ir. (192) to see again, to 
meet again, to revise; au — , 
goodbye or farewell. 

revolter, v. a. to rouse or cause to re- 
volt, to revolt ; se — , v. r. to rebel. 

Rhin, s.m. Rhine. 

rhume, s.m. cold. 

riche, adj. s. rich, wealthy ; etre 

— de, to possess. 

richesse, s.f. riches, wealth, richness. 

ridicule, adj. ridiculous. 

ridicule, s.m. ridicule, ridiculous 
thing, reticule. 

rien, adv. (57, 159, 275) anything, 
nothing, nobody, no one ; n' avoir 
— , nothing to be the matter icith; 

— que, only; — moins que, no 
less than. 

rien, s.m. nothing, trifle. 

rincer, v. a. to rinse. 

rire, v.n. ir. (107, 194) to laugh, to 

smile, to joke ; — aux eclats, to 

burst out laughing ; se — de, to 

laugh at. 
rire, s.m. laughter, laughing, laugh. 
risible, adj. risible, laughable. 
risque, s.m. risk, hazard. 
risquer, v.a.n. to risk, to hazard, to 

venture. 
rivage, s.m. shore, bank. 
rive, s.f. bank, shore, border. 
riviere, s.f. river. 
riz, s.m. rice. 
robe, s.f. dress, gown. 
robuste, adj. robust, hardy. 



roc, s.m. rock. 

roche, s.f. rock. 

rocher, s.m. rock. 

roder, v.n. to prowl, to ramble, to 

rove, to roam. 
roi, s.m. king. 
romain, e, adj. s. Roman. 
rompre, v.a.n.. (107) to break, to 

break off, to interrupt. 
rond, e, adj. round, rounded. 
ronde, s.f. round, beat. 
ronger, v. a. to gnaw, to nibble. 
rosier, s.m. rose-bush. 
roue, s.f. wheel. 

rougir, v.a.n. to redden, to blush. 
rouler, v.a.n. to roll (up), to wheel, 

to turn. 
route, s.f. road, route, way, course; 

grande — , highroad. 
rouvrir, v. a. ir. (185) to reopen, to 

open again. 
royal, e, adj. royal, regal. 
royaume, s.m. kingdom. 
ruban, s.m. ribbon, string. 
rue, s.f. street. 
ruine, s.f. ruin, decay. 
miner, v.a.n. to ruin, to destroy. 
russe, adj. s.m.f. Russian. 
Russie (la), s.f. Russia. 



s' [an elision for se and also for si] . 

sa, adj. poss. f. her (own). V. son. 

sacrifier, v.a.n. to sacrifice, devote. 

sage, adj. wise, sensible, gdbd. 

sagement, adv. wisely, sensibly. 

sagesse, s.f. wisdom. 

fsaiHir, v.n. reg. and ir. (185) to 
project, to stand out, to gush, to 
gush out. 

sain, e, adj. sound, healthy. 

saint, e, adj. s. holy, sacred. 

saisir, v. a. to seize, to grasp, to 
catch, to lay hold of, to under- 
stand. 



432 



VOCABULARY. 



saison, s.f. season,- time. 

salir, v. a. to soil, to make dirty. 

salle, s. f . hall, room ; — a manger; 
dining-room. 

salon, s.m. drawing-room, saloon, 
parlor. 

salut, s.m. safety, salvation, salute, 
bo id, benediction. 

salutaire, adj. salutary, wholesome. 

samedi, s.m. Saturday. 

sang, s.m. blood. 

sanglant, e, adj. bloody. 

sans, prep. (237, 800) without, were 
it not for, but for ; — qne, with- 
out; — cela, — quoi, otherwise. 

sansonnet, s.m. starling. 

sante, s.f. health. 

satisfaire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to satisfy, 
to please, to give satisfaction to, 
to gratify, to meet. 

sau-f, ve, adj. spared. 

eanf, prep, save, saving, except. 

saut, s.m. leap, jump, fall. 

sauter, v.n. to leap, to jump. 

sauvage, adj. wild, savage, shy. 

sauver, v. a. to save, to rescue ; se — , 
v.r. to escape, to save oneself, to 
fly away. 

savant, e, adj. s. learned, scientific 
man, scholar. 

savoir, v.a. ir. (191, 291), to know, 
to be aware of, to be acquainted 
with, to understand, to know how, 
to be informed of, to learn, can, 
to be able ; f aire — , to let know, 
to inform ; a — , — , viz., name- 
ly, that is; je n'en sais rien, / 
don't know at all. 

savoir, s.m. knowledge, learning. 

savon, s.m. soap. 

Saxe (la^, s.f. Saxony. 

Saxon, ne, adj. s. Saxon. 

scandaliser, v.a. to scandalise; se 
— , v. r. to be scandalized. 

scelerat, s.m. villain, scoundrel. 

scene, s.f. scene, stage. 

schisme, s.m. schism. 

science, s.f. science, knowledge, 
learning. 

sculpter, v.a. to sculpture, to carve. 

sculpteur, s.m. sculptor, carver. 



sculpture, s.f. sculpture, carving, 
carved work. 

se, s\ pers. pron. (138) oneself, him- 
self, herself, itself, themselves, each 
other, one another, to oneself, to 
himself to herself, &c. , to or with 
each other, in or within or with 
or from oneself, &c. , between or 
among them or themselves. 

sec, m. , seche, f. , adj. dry, hard. 

secher, v.a.n. to dry, to wither. 

second, e, adj. second, other. 

second % s.m. second. 

seconde, s.f. second, second class. 

secondement, adv. secondly. 

secouer, v. a. to shake, to toss. 

secourir, v.a. ir. (184) to succor, to 
relieve, to assist, to help. 

secours, s.m. succor, relief, help, 



rescue ; au 



help. 



secr-et, ete, adj. secret, reserved. 
secret, s.m. secret, secrecy. 
sedition, s.f. sedition. 
seditieu-x, se, adj. seditious. 
seduire, v.a. ir. (172) to seduce, to 

bribe, to tempt. 
sein, s.m. bosom, h'east. 
Seine, s.f. Seine. 

seize, adj. s.m. sixteen, sixteenth. 
seizieme, adj. s. sixteenth. 
sejour, s.m. stay. 
sel, s.m. salt. 
selle, s.f. saddle. 
selon, prep, according to. 
semaine, s.f. week. 
semblable, adj. alike, like, such. 
semblant, s. m. semblance, pretence; 

faire — , to pretend, to appear 

as if. 
sembler, v.n. to seem, to appear; 

que vous en semble V what do 

you. think of it ? 
semelle, s.f. sole. 

semer, v.a.n. to sow, to scatter, cast. 
semi, adj. semi, demi, half. 
senat, s.m. senate. 
senateur, s.m. senator. 
sens, s.m. sense. 
sense, e, adj. sensible. 
sensibility, s.f. sensibility , feeling. 
sensible, adj. sensible, sensitive. 



VOCABULARY. 



433 



sentier, s.ra. footpath, path. 
sentiment, s.in. sensation, feeMng, 

sentiment. 
sentinelle, s.f. sentinel, sentry. 
sentir, v.a.n. ir. (18-i) to feel, to 

smell, to taste, to smell of to taste, 

to perceive. 
seoir, v. a. ir. (198) toft. 
separation, s.f. separation. 
separe, e, adj. separate, distinct. 
separer, v. a. to separate, to divide. 
sept, adj. s.m. seven. 
septembre, s.m. September. 
septicme, adj. s.m. seventh. 
fserail, s.m. seraglio. 
serieu-x, se, adj. serious, grave, 

earnest. 
serpent, s.m. serpent, snake. 
servante, s.f. {maid) servant. 
service, s.m. service, attendance, 

duly.; rendre — , to do a favor. 
serviette, s.f. napkin. 
servir, v.a.n. ir. (183) to serve, to 

wait upon, to be of service or use 

to, to serve tip, to help ; le diner 

est servi, dinner is ready ; se — , 

v.r. to help oneself, to be served up; 

— de, to use, to avail oneself of . 
servitenr, s.m. servant. 
servitude, s.f. servitude. 
ses, adj.poss. pi. m.f. (64). V. son. 
fseuil, s.m. thresJwld, sill. 
seul, e, adj. alone, by oneself, lonely, 

only, single. 
seul, e, s.m.f. one, one (done. 
seulement, adv. (290) only, merely, 

solely. 
severe, adj. severe, strict. 
severement, adv. severely, sternly. 
severite, s.f. severity, strictness. 
si, s', conj. (163, 316, 320, 323), if, 

whether, though, suppose; que — , 

and if. 
si, adv. so much, (201) yes ; — bien 

que. so much so that. 
siecle, s.m. century, age. 
siege, s.m. seat, siege. 
sien, ne, pron. poss. (241) le — , la 

— ne, les — s, les — nes, his, his 

own, hers, her own, its, its own, 

one's own, of his, of hers. 



sifnenient, s.m. whistling, hissing, 
hiss. 

siffler, v.n.a. to wldstle, to hiss. 

sifHer, s.m. ichistle, hiss. 

signal, s.m. signal. 

silence, s.m. silence, pause. 

simple, adj. simple, single, plain, 
silly. 

sincere, adj. sincere, true. 

sincerement, adv. sincerely. 

sincerite, s.f. sincerity. 

singe, s.m. ape, monkey. 

singularity, s.f. singularity, peculi- 
arity. 

singul-ier, iere, adj. singular, pecu- 
liar. 

sinon, conj. otherwise, or else, if 
not, except. 

sirop, s.m. sirup, syruj). 

sitot, adv. so soon, as soon. 

situe, e, adj. situated. 

six, adj. s.m. six, sixth. 

sixierne, adj. s.m. sixth. 

sixiemement, adv. sixthly. 

Sixte, s.m. Sixtus. 

societe, s.f. society, company. 

sceur, s.f. sister. 

soi, pron. (Ill, 257) oneself, itself, 
himself, herself, themselves; — 
-meme, oneself, itself, etc. 

soi-disant, adj. icould-be, so-called. 

soie, s.f. silk. 

soif. s.f. thirst; avoir — , to be 
thirsty: 

fsoigner, v. a. to take care of, to at- 
tend, to nurse. 

fsoigneusement, adv. carefully. 

.fsoigneu-x, se, adj. careful. 

soin, s.m. care; — s, pi. attendance; 
avoir — de, (52) to take care of; 
donner des — s a, to attend. 

soir, s.m. evening, night. 

soiree, s.f. evening, evening party. 

soit, int. be it so ! let it be so ! let it 
be! 'very %v ell ! well! 

soit, adv. either, or, either from, 
ichether from; — que, ichether, or. 

soixantaine, s.f. sixty. 

soixante, adj. sixty; dix, seventy, 

soixantieme, adj. s.m. sixtieth. 

sol, s.m. soil. 



434 



VOCABULARY. 



soldat, s.m. soldier. 

fsoleil, s.m. sun. 

solennel, le, adj. solemn. 

solide, adj. s.m. solid, substantial, 

strong, good, real. 
solidement, adv. solidly, strongly, 

firmly. 
solidite, s.f. solidity, strength. 
solitaire, adj. solitary, lonely. 
solliciteur, s.m. solicitor, canvasser. 
sombre, adj. dark, gloomy. 
somme, s.f. sum, amount. 
somme, s.m. nap, sleep. 
f sommeil, s. m. sleep ; avoir — , to 

be sleepy. 
sommer, v. a. to summon, to sum 

{up). 
son, sa, pi. ses, poss. adj. (64, 241), 

7iis (own), her {own), its {own), 

one's (own), their (own). 
songer, v.a.n. to dream, to think, to 

consider. 
sormer, v.a.n. to sound, to ring, to 

strike ; on sonne, the bell rings. 
sonne tte, s.f. bell. 

sort, s.m. fate, lot, fortune, chance. 
sorte, s.f. sort, kind, manner ; de 

la — , thus so ; de or en — que, 

so that, so as; de telle — , in 

such a manner ; en quelque — , 

in a manner. 
sortie, s.f. going out, sally, exit. 
sortir, v.n. ir. (136, 184) to go out, 

to leave (the room), to have but 

just left. 
sot, te, adj. foolish, silly. 
sot, te, s.m. f. fool, blockhead. 
sottise, s.f. folly, foolish tiling. 
sou, s.m. penny. 
souci, s.m. care, anxiety. 
soucier (se), v.r. to care, to mind, to 

wish, to like, to want. 
soudain, e, adj. sudden. 
soudain, soudainement, adv. sud- 
souff ranee, s.f. suffering. [denly. 
souffrant, e, adj. suffering. 
souffrir, v.a.n. ir. (185) to suffer, to 

bear, to allow, to be pained or 



souhaiter, v. a. to wish, to desire, to 
wish for. 



soul, adj. s.m. (24) satiated, fill. 

soulever, v. a. to lift, to raise. 

Soulier, s.m. shoe. 

soumettre, v. a. ir. (180) to subdue, 
to submit. 

soupQon, s.m. suspicion, touch, 
taste. 

soup^onner, v. a. to suspect. 

soup9onneu-x, se, adj. suspicious. 

soupe, s.f. soup; — au lait, milk- 
porridge. 

source, s.f. spring, source. 

sourcil, s.m. eye-brow, brow. 

sourd, e, adj. deaf, insensible. 

sourdre, v.n. ir. (198) to spring (up), 
gush (forth.) 

sourire, v.n. to smile. 

souris, s.f. mouse. 

sous, prep, under, below, beneath. 

souscrire, v.a.n. ir. (176) to sub- 
scribe, to sign, to consent. 

soustraire, v. a. ir. (174) to take 
aicay, to subtract; se — , v.r. to 
escape, to avoid. 

soutenir, v.a.n. ir. (187) to support, 
to sustain, to maintain, to keep 
up, to uphold ; se — , v.r. to sup>- 
port oneself, to bear up. 

soutenu, e, adj. supported, kept up, 
unflagging, unremitting. 

souterrain, e, adj. underground, 
subterranean. 

souvenir (se), v.r. ir. (187) to re- 
member, to recollect, to bear in 
mind; faire — , to remind; il 
m'en souvient, I remember it. 

souvenir, s.m. remembrance, recol- 
lection, keepsake. 

souvent, adv. often; leplus — , most 
frequently. 

souverain, e, s. adj. sovereign, su- 
preme. 

spectacle, s.m. spectacle, show, 
theatre. 

spirituel, le, adj. spiritual, intelli- 
gent, witty. 

stagnant, e, adj. stagnant. 

strict, e, adj. strict, rigorous. 

style, s.m. style. 

subir, v.a. to suffer, to endure. 

subitement, adv. suddenly. 



VOCABTJLAKY. 



435 



subsister, v.n. to subsist, to exist, to 
live, to continue. 

subvenir, v.n. ir. (187) to supply, to 
provide, to relieve. 

succeder, v.n. to succeed^ to follow. 

succes, s.m. success. 

succession, s.f. succession, inheri- 
tance. 

sucre, s.m. sugar. 

sucre, e, adj. sugared, honeyed. 

sud, s.m. south. 

Suede (la), s.f. Sweden. 

suedois, e, adj. s. Swedish, Swede. 

sueur, s.f. perspiration. 

suffire, v.n. ir. (171) to suffice. 

suffisant, e, adj. s. sufficient, enough. 

suggerer, v. a. to suggest, to intimate. 

Suisse (la), s.f. Switzerland. 

Suisse, s.m. Swiss. 

suite, s.f. rest, attendants, continu- 
ation, sequel, succession, con- 
sequence, result ; a la — de, with, 
after ; de — , consecutively, imme- 
diately ; par — de, in consequence 
of; tout de — , immediately, di- 
rectly, at once. 

suivant, e, adj. s. following, next. 

suivant, prep, according to ; — que, 
as, according as. 

suivi, e, adj. followed. 

suivre, v.a.n. ir. (174) to follow, to 
go or come after, to pursue. 

sujet, te, adj. subject, liable, inclined. 

sujet, te, s.m.f. subject, fellow. 

sujet, s.m. subject, cause, reason. 

superbe, adj. proud, superb. 

superieur, e, s. adj. superior, above. 

superiorite, s.f. superiority. 

supple er, v.a.n. to supply, to take 
the place of. 

supplice, s.m. execution. 

supplier, v. a. to supplicate, to be- 
seech, to entreat. 

supportable, adj. supportaUe, toler- 
able. 

supporter, v. a. to support, to sus- 
tain, to stand. 

suppose, e, adj. supposed ; — que, 
supposing. 

supposer, v. a. to suppose, to imply. 

supposition, s.f. supposition. 



supprimer, v. a. to suppress, to omit. 

supreme, adj. supreme. 

sur, e, adj. sure, certain, safe, con- 
fident; pour — , for certain, 
surely. 

sur, prep. (301, 302, 304) on, upon, 
above, about, wit/i, by, concerning , 
on account of ; — ce, thereupon. 

sureau, s.m. elder, elder-tree. 

sureau d'Espagne, s.m. lilac bush. 

surement, adv. surely, certainly. 

surete, s.f. safety, security. 

surf aire, v.a.n. ir. (180) to ask too 
much for. 

surmonter, v. a. to surmount, to over- 
come. 

surnommer, v. a. to surname. 

surprendre, v. a. ir. (181) to surprise, 
to take by surprise, to catch, to 
overhear. 

surpris, e, adj. surprised, of sur- 
prise. 

surseoir, v.a.n. ir. (198) to suspend, 
to put off. 

surtout, adv. particularly, above all. 

surtout, s.m. overcoat. 

f surveillance, s.f. superintendence, 
watch. 

survenir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to como 
unexpectedly, to happen, to befall. 

survivre, v.a.n. ir. (181) to survive, 
to outlive. 

suspect, e, adj. suspicious, suspected. 

suspendre, v. a. to suspend, to hang 
up, to stop, to defer. 

svelte, adj. slender. 

syllabe, s.f. syllable. 

sympbonie, s.f. symphony. 

syrop. V. sirop. 



T. 



ta, adj. poss. f. V. ton. 
tabac, s.m. tobacco. 
table, s.f. table, index; — a manger, 
dining-table. 



436 



VOCABULARY. 



tableau,- s.ni. (30) painting, picture, 
table. 

tache, s.f. spot, stain, blemish. 

tache, s.f. task, job. 

tacher, v.n. to endeavor, to try. 

ftailler, y.a. to cut, to carve, to 
make, to mend. 

ftailleur, s.m. tailor. 

taire, v. a. ir. (178) to say nothing of; 
faire — , to silence; se — , v.r. to 
hold one's tongue or peace, to be 
silent. 

talent, s.m. talent. 

tant, adv. so much, as much, so 
many, as onany ; — mieux, so 
much the better ; — pis, so much 
the worse ; — que, as far as ; si 
— est que, if it is true that. 

tante, s.f. aunt. 

tantot, adv. by and by, presently, 
nearly. 

taon, s.m. horse-fly. 

tapis, s.m. carpet, rug. 

tard, adv. late ; au plus — , at the 
latest. 

tarder, v.n. to delay, to be long ; il 
m e tarde de, 1 long to. 

tarte, s.f. tart. 

tas, s.m. heap, pile. lot. 

tasse, s.f. cup ; — a the, tea-cup. 

Tasse (le), s.m. Tasso. 

taureau, s.m. bull. 

te, t', pers. pron. (114, 138) you, 
thee, to you, to thee, at you .or 
thee, for you or thee, with you or 
thee, in you or thee, from you or 
thee, yourself, thyself, to yourself, 
to thyself. 

teindre, v. a. ir. (175) to dye, to color, 
to stain. 

tel, le, adj. (276) such, like, similar, 
so, many a, many a man, many, 
some, any ; un — , une — le, so 
and so. 

Telemaque, s.m. Telemachus. 

tellement, adv. so much so; — que, 
so that. 

ftemoigner, v.a.n. to testify. 

temoin, s.m. witness, testimony. 

tempete, s.f. storm, tempest. 

temps, s.m. time, weather ; de — a 



autre, de — en — , from time to 
time, now and then ; faire beau 
or mauvais — , to be fine or bad 
weather ; quel — fait-il ? how is 
the weather ? 

tendre, adj. tender, affecting. 

tendre, v.a.n. to stretch, to hold out, 
to lead, to tend, aim, intend. 

tendrement, adv. tenderly. 

tendresse, s.f. tenderness. 

tenebres, s.f. pi. darkness. 

tenir, v.a.n. ir. (187) to hold, to keep, 
to hold fast, to occupy, to possess, 
to take, to stick, to be anxious, to be 
desirous, to care ; (impers.) to de- 
pend; (mil.) to hold out; je n'y 
tiens plus, I camnot stand it any 
longer, I don't care for it any more; 
il ne tient qu'a vous de,- it only 
depends on you to; se — , v.r. to 
keep, to stay, to remain, to be 
held ; se — debout, to stand up ; 
se — pour, to consider oneself ; 
s'en — a, to rely on, to abide by ; 
s'en — la, to stop short. 

tenter, v. a. to attempt, to tempt. 

terme, s.m. bound, time, word,. 

terminaison, s.f. termination, end- 
ing. 

terminer, v. a. to terminate, to end, 
to close. 

terrain, s.m. ground, pilot. 

terre, s.f. earth, ground, soil, land, 
estate, world ; — sainte, Holy 
Land. 

terrestre, adj. terrestrial, earthly. 

terreur, s.f. terror, dread. 

terrible, adj. terrible, dreadful, 
wild. 

territoire, s.m. territory. 

tes, adj. poss. pi. V. ton. 

testa-teur, trice, s.m.f. testator, 
testatrix. 

tete, s.f. head, top, brains, wits. 

the, s.m. tea, tea-party. 

theme, s.m. theme, exercise. 

thym, s.m. thyme. 

tien, ne, pron. poss. (241) le — , Ies 
— s, la — ne, les — nes, thine, thy 
oicn, yours, your own. 

tierce, s.f. third. 



VOCABULARY. 



437 



tiers, m., tierce, f. adj. third, of a 

third person. 
tiers, s.m. third. 
tige, s.f. stem, stalk, trunk. 
tig-re, s.m. tiger. 
tire-bottes, s.rn. boot-jack. 
• tire-bouchon, s.m. cork-screw. 
tirer, v.a.n. to draw, to shoot, to 

fire, to extract, to pull (off or out) ; 

se — , v.r. to get out (of) ; s'cn — , 

to acquit oneself. 
tissu, s.rn. tissue, texture. 
toi, pers. pron. (110) you, thee, thou; 

meme, yourself, thyself. 

toile, s.f. cloth, linen, canvas, cur- 
tain. 
toit, s.m. roof. 
tomber, v.n. (135) to fall. 
ton, poss. adj. (64) thy, thy own, 

your, your own. 
tonneau, s.m. cask, tub. 
tonner, v.n. to thunder. 
tonnerre, s.m. thunder. 
torride, adj. torrid. 
tort, s.m. wrong, fault ; avoir — , 

to be in the wrong ; f aire — a, 

to wrong, to injure. 
tot, adv. soon, early ; — ou tard, 

sooner or later ; au plus — , as 

soon as possible. 
touchant, prep. (301) concerning, 

about. 
toucher, v.a.n. to touch, to feel, to 

play, to strike, to move, to border, 

to be near, to draw, to join. 
toujours, adv. always, ever. 
tour, s.f. tower, (chess) castle, rook. 
tour, s.m. turn, round, winding, 

revolution, trip, trick, feat ; f aire 

le — de, to go round. 
tourment, s.m. torment. 
tourmenter, v. a. to torment, to tease. 
tournebrocne, s.m. turnspit. 
tourner, v.a.n. to turn, to turn 

round. 
tout, e, adj. (78) all, whole, every. 
tout, s.m. (279) all, whole, every- 
thing ; du — , not at all ; pas or 

point du — , not at cdl ; rien du 

— , nothing at all. 
tout, adv. loholly, entirely, quite, 



all, very, much, just, liowever, 
though ; — comme, just as or 
like ; — a fait, adv. quite, alto- 
gether. 

toutefois, adv. however, nevertheless, 
yet, still. 

traduire, v. a. ir. (172) to translate. 

trahir, v. a. to betray. 

trainer, v.a.n. to drag, to trail, to 
carry about, to lag, to linger. 

traire, v. a. ir. (174) to milk. 

trait, s.m. shaft, arrow,- draught, 
stroke, act, trait, feature. 

traitement, s.m. treatment, usage. 

traiter, v.a.n. to treat, to deed with, 
to negotiate. 

trai-tre, tresse, adj. s. treacherous, 
traitor. 

tranquille, adj. quiet, still, tranquil, 
calm ; sois or soyez — , keep your 
mind easy, don't be uneasy, never 
fear ; restez — , be or keep quiet ; 
laissez-moi — , leave me alone. 

tranquillement, adv. quietly. 

transcrire, v. a. ir. (176) to tran- 
scribe, to copy. 

transgresser, v. a. to transgress. 

transiti-f, ve, adj. transitive. 

transmettre, v. a. ir. (180) to trans- 
mit, to convey. 

transport, s.m. transport, convey- 
ance, rapture. 

transporter, v. a. to transport, to 
enrapture. 

■[travail, s.m. (31) labor, toil, pains, 
work. 

ftravailler, v.n. a. to work, to labor, 
to toil. 

travers, s.m. breadth, whim, caprice; 
a — , across, thorough ; au — de, 
through. 

traverser, v.a.n. to cross, to go or 
pass or run through. 

treize, adj. s.m. thirteen, thirteenth. 

treizieme, adj. s. thirteenth. 

trembler, v.n. (330) to tremble. 

tremper, v.a.n. to steep, to soak, to 
temper, to wet. 

trentaine, s.f. thirty. 

trente, adj. s.m. thirty, thirtieth. 

trentieme, adj. s.m. thirtieth. 



438 



VOCABULARY. 



trepas, s.m. death, decease. 

tres, adv. very, very much, most. 

tresor, s.m. treasure. 

ftressaillir, v.n. ir. (185) to start, to 
thrill. 

tribun, s.m. tribune. 

triomphe, s.m. triumph. 

triompber, v.n. to triumph, to ex- 
ult. 

triste, adj. sad, melancholy, dull, 
sorrowful, dismal, poor. 

tristemeut, adv. sadly, sorrowfully. 

tristesse, s.f. sadness, didness, sor- 
row. 

Troie, s.f. Troy. 

trois, adj. s.m. three. 

troisieme, adj. s.m.f. third, third 
floor. 

troisiemement, adv. thirdly. 

trompe, s.f. horn, trumpet, (253) 
trunk. 

tromper, v. a. to deceive, to cheat, 
to disappoint ; se — , v.r. to make 
a mistake, to be mistaken. 

trompette, s.f. trumpet; — s.m. 
trumpeter. 

trone, s.m. throne. 

trop, adv. too, too much, too many ; 
— peu, too little, too few ; de — , 
too much, too many, over, in the 
way; par — , too, too much; je 
ne sais (pas) — , I hardly know. 

trou, s.m. hole, gap. 

troupe, s.f. troop, band, company, 
flock, herd, soldiers. 

troupeau, s.m. flock, herd. 

trouver, v. a. to find, to meet with, to 
think ; se — , v.r. to find or meet 
each other, to be, find or feel one- 
self, to be found, to happen; se — 
avec, to meet ; se — bien, to de- 
rice benefit ; se — mal, to fare 
ill. 

tu, pers. pron. (114) thou, you. 

trier, v. a. to kill, to slay, slaughter. 

tumulte, s.m. tumult, riot. 

tur-c, que, adj. s. Turkish, Turk. 

Turquie (la), s.f. Turkey. 

tuteur, s.m. guardian, trustee. 

tutrice, s.f. trustee. 

tyran, s.m. tyrant. 



u. 

ubiquite, s.f. ubiquity. 

un, e, s.m. adj. art. one, a, an; 

V — , the one, one; V — l'autre, les 

— s, les autres, (278) one another, 

each other ; V — et l'autre, both; 

les — s et les autres, everybody, all; 

V — ou l'autre, either ; ni l 1 — rri 

l'autre, neither. 
uni, e, adj. even, united. 
unieme, adj. first. 
unir, v.a. to unite, to join. 
usage, s.m. usage, habit, practice, 

custom. 
user, v.a.n. to use, to make use, to 

consume, to wear out. 
ustensile, s.m. utensil, implement. 
utile, adj. useful. 



V. 



vache, s.f. cow. 

vaciller, v.n. to vacillate. 

vague, s.f. loave, surge. 

■f vaillamment, adv. valiantly, bravely. 

fvaillant, e, adj. valiant. 

vain, e, adj. vain, fruitless, useless. 

vaincre,v.a. ir. (174) to conquer, to 
vanquish, to subdue. 

vaisseau, s.m. ship, vessel. 

valet, s.m. footman, valet, knave. 

valeur, s.f. value, worth; — s, pi. 
(com.) paper, bills; de — , valu- 
able. 

vallee, s.f. valley. 

vallon, s.m. valley, vale. 

valoir, v.n. a. ir. (191) to be worth, 
to be good, to be or to be icorth (as 
much as), to yield; — mieux, to 
be better, to be worth more ; ne 
— rien, to be good for nothing. 

vanter, v. a. to praise, to boast. 

vapeur, s.f. vapor, steam, smoke. . 

vase, s.m. vessel, vase. 



VOCABULARY. 



439 



veau, s.m. calf, veal. 

fveille, s.f. waking, icatch, day or 
night, before, eve. ■ 

fveiller, v.n.a. to be or keep awake, 
to sit or stay up, to watch. 

velours, s.m. velvet. 

vendre, v. a. (105) to sell, to sell for. 

vendredi, s.m. Friday. 

vengeance, s.f. vengeance, revenge. 

venger, v. a. to revenge, to avenge, 
resent. 

venir, v.n. ir. (135, 187) to come, to 
come in or on or along, to come 
and, to happen, to occur ; — a, to 
happen to, shoidd, were to ; — de, 
(203) to have or be just {gone out, 
etc.) ; faire — , to send for. 

Venise, s.f. Venice. 

vent, s.m. wind; en plein — , in the 
open air. 

ventre, s.m. stomach, belly, 

ver 
worm. 

verbe, s.m. verb. 

verger, s.m. orchard. 

verite, s.f. truth ; a la — , indeed, it 
is true. 

verre, s.m. glass ; — a vin, wine- 
glass. 

vers, prep. (299) towards, about. 

version, s.f. version, translation. 

vert, e, adj. green. 

vert, s.m. green, grass. 

vertu, s.f. virtue, -property. 

vertueu-x, se, adj. virtuous. 

Vesuve, s.m. Vesuvius. 

vetement, s.m. garment, clothes, 
dress. 

vetir, v.a. ir. (183) to clothe, to dress. 

vcu-f, ve, s.m.f. adj. widower, 
widoio, widowed. 

vexer, v.a. to vex, to annoy. 

viande, s.f. meat, food. 

vice, s.m. vice, defect. 

victoire, s.f. victory, Victoria. 

victorieu-x, se, adj. victorious. 

vider, v. a. to empty, to settle. 

vie, s.f. life, living ; en — , alive, 
living ; rendre la — dure a, to 
make miserable. 

fvieil, le, adj. s. V. Vieux. 



vieillard, s.m. old man. 
vieillesse, s.f. old age. 
vieillir, v.n. (136) to grow old. 

Vienne, s.f. Vienna. 

f vieux, vieil, m. vieille, f . adj. old, 
aged. 

fvieux, vieille, s.m.f. something old, 
old man, old woman. 

vi-f, ve, adj. alive, live, quick, lively, 
sharp. 

fvigne, s.f. vine, vineyard. 

vigoureu-x, se, adj. vigorous, deter- 
mined. 

village, s.m. village. 

villageois, e, s.m.f. villager, coun- 
tryman. 

ville, s.f. town, city. 

vin, s.m. wine. 

vinaigre, s.m. vinegar. 

vingt, adj. s.m. twenty. 

vingtaine, s.f. twenty, score. 

vingtieme, adj. twentieth. 

violette, s.f. violet. 

violon, s.m. violin. 

vis, s.f. screw. 

visage, s.m. face, countenance. 

vis-a-vis, adv. prep, opposite. 

viser, v.n.a. to aim (at), to sign. 

visible, adj. to be seen, visible. 

visiblement, adv. visibly. 

visite, s.f. visit, call; faire or rendre 
— , to pay a visit. 

Vistule, s.f. Vistula. 

vite, adj. quick, swift. 

vite, adv. quickly, directly; au plus, 
— , as quickly or as fast as pos- 
sible; faire — , to be quick. 

vitement, adv. quickly. 

vitesse, s.f. speed, quickness. 

vivacite, s.f. vivacity, liveliness. 

vivant, e, adj. living, alive. 

vivre, v.n. ir. (181) to live ; savoir 
— , to have {good) manners. 

vivre, s.m. food; — s, pi. provisions, 
victuals. 

vo3u, s.m. void, wish, prayer. 

voguer, v.n. to roio, to sail, to go. 

voici, prep. (32) here is, here are, 
tJiis is, these are; le — , her* 
lie is ; me — , here I am, 

voie, s.f. way, road. 



440 



VOCABULARY. 



voila, prep. (32) behold, look ! 
there ! there or here is, there are, 
that is, those are ; le — , there he 
is ; me — , here I am. 

voile, s.m. veil. 

voile, s.f. sail; a la — , under sail ; 
faire — , to sail; mettre a la — , 
to sail. 

voir, v.a.n. ir. (192) to see, to behold; 
to look {at or on) ; faire — , to 
show ; voyons ! let us see ! come ! 

voisin, e, adj. neighboring, near. 

voisin, e, s.m.f. neighbor. 

voisinage, s.m. neighborhood. 

voiture, s.f. vehicle, carriage, coach. 

voix, s.f. voice, vote ; a haute — , 
loudly. 

vol, s.m. stealing, theft; au — , 
flying, on the wing. 

voler, v.n. to fly ; — , v. a. to steal, 
to rob. 

voleu-r, se, s,m. f. thief, robber ; au 
— ! stop thief ! 

volontiers, adv. willingly, gladly. 

vos, adj. poss. pi. m.f. (64, 240) 
your, your own. 

votre, adj. poss. (64) your, your 
own. 

>ron. poss. (125) yours, your 

— , la — , les — s, yours, 

\o\~Z 

voueai v.a. to vow, to devote. 

vouloir, v.a.n. ir. (191, 323) to will, 
to be willing, to desire, to like, to 
wish, to want ; en — a, to bear 
ill-will, to be angry with; que 
voulez-vous ? what do you want ? 
veuillez, please. 

vous, pers. pron. (110, 114, 138, 
256) you, ye, to or at you, for or 
with or in or from you ; — meme, 
yourself ; mimes, yourselves. 




voyage, s.m. travelling, journey, 
voyage ; de — , travelling. 

voyager, v.n. to travel. 

voyageu-r, se, adj. s. travelling, tra- 
veller, passenger. 

vrai, e, adj. true, real. 

vrai, vraiment, adv. truly, really, 
indeed. 

vraisemblable, adj. likely, probable. 

vu, e, part, seen, considering. 

vue, s.f. sight, eye-sight, view, pros- 
pect ; a — d'oeil, visibly; de — , 
by sight ; avoir la — basse, to be 
short-sighted; perdre de — , to lose 
sight of. 



Y. 



y, adv. there, here, at home, in; 
il — a, V. avoir ; — etre, V. etre. 

y, pers. pron. (120, 258) to him. him, 
to her, her, to it, it, to or on the 
subject, to them, them, in him, in 
her, in it, in them, about it, of it, 
for it. 

yeux, pi. of osil (31). 



z. 



zele, s.m. zeal. 
zele, e, adj. zealous. 
zero, s.m. nought, cypher, 
zone, s.f. zone. 



EXGLISH-FEEXCH VOCABULARY 



OF THE WORDS Til AT OCCUR IN TEE THEMES. 



A. 

a, art. (28, 34, 45, 220, 222, 244) 
im, m., u?ie, t, le, m., la, 1, les, 
pi., par. 

able, adj. capable (de), en etat {de); 
to be — to, pouvoir (ir. 190), 
avoir la force de. 

about, prep. (301), (round) autour 
de, (near to) aupres de, (with, on 
one's person) sur, (concerning) 
sur, au sujet de, concemant, 
toucliant, (nearly) environ, a pm 
pres, (on the point of) pres de. 

above, prep, au-dessus de, par- 
dessus, sur, (before, 298) avant, 
(more than, 301) plus de, plus 
que ; — , ady. en haut, (beyond) 
du-deld ; — all, surtout. 

absence, s. absence, f. 

absent, adj. absent. 

absolute, adj. absolu. 

absolve, v. a. absoudre (ir. 175). 

abstain, v.n. s'abstenir (de) (ir. 187). 

abundance, s. abondance. 

abuse, v. a. (misuse) abuser de, (ill- 
treat) maltraiter, (revile) dire des 
injures. 

accept, v. a. accepter, agreer. 

accompany, v. a. accompagner. 

according to, prep, scion, , conforme- 
ment a. 

accordingly, adv. done, e'est pour- 
quoi. 

account, s. compte, m., (narrative) 
recti, rapport, m., on that — , 
pour cette raison ; to give an — , 
rendre compte. 



account, v. a. compter; — , v.n. 

rendre compte {de). 
accurate, adj. exact. 
accuse, v. a. accuser. 
ache, s. mal, in., douleur, f. 
acknowledge, v. a. reconnaitre, 

(avow) avouer. 
acquaintance, s. connaissance, f. 
acquire, v. a. acqutrir (ir. 187), 

unjustly acquired, mal acquis. 
acquirement, s. acquisition, f. 
acre, s. arpent, m., demi-hectare, m. 
across, prep, a trovers. 
act, v.n. agir. 
action, s. action, f. 
active, adj. actif. 
admirable, adj. admirabt 
admirably, adv. admin 

merveiUe. 
admiral, s. amiral, m. 
admire, v. a. admirer. 
admit, v. a. admetire (ir. 180). 
adorn, v. a. orncr, parer. 
advantage, s. avantage, m. 
adversary, s. adcersaire, rn. 
adversity, s. adversite, f. 
advise, v.a.n. conseiller {de or que). 
affable, adj. affable, gracieux. 
affair, s. affaire, f. 
afflict, v. a. affliger. 
afford, v.a. *(to give) donner, ac- 

corder, (to have the means) avoir 

le moyen {de) . 
afraid, adj. effraye ; to be — of, 

avoir peur de, craindre (ir. 175, 

329). 
Africa, s. VAfrique, f. 
after, prep, a pres, (when followed 






442 



VOCABULARY. 



by a verb) apres que, (in imitation 

of) dv apres, (according to) selon, 

suixant, a, sur. 
after, adv. apres, ensuite. 
afternoon, s. apres-midi, m.f. 
afterwards, adv. apres, ensuite. 
again, adv. (once more) de nouveau, 

encore, encore une fois, (further) 

ensuite, deplus ; not — , (not any- 
more) ne . . . plus ; never — , ne 

. . . plus jamais. 
against, prep, contre, (towards) 

vers. 
age, s. age, m., (old age) vieillesse, f. ; 

middle — s, moyen age; ten years 

of — (252), dix ans. 
aged, adj. age (252). 
ago, adv. (147) il y a. 
agree, v.n. s'accorder, (admit) con- 

venir de (ir. 187), (promise, 853) 

s> engager. 
agreeable, adj. agreable. 
agreed, adj. $ accord, (things) can- 

venu. 
agriculture, s. agnculture, f. 
aid, v.a. aider, assister. 
aim, v.a. user; — , v.n. tendre (a). 
air, s. air, m. ; in the — , d Vair. 
Alcibiades, s. Alcibia.de, m. 
Alexander, s. Alexandre, m. 
Algiers, s. Alger, m. 
alike, adj. semblaUe, pareil. 
alive, adj. en tie, mvant. 
all, adj. s. (76, 279) tout, tons, pi. m.; 

— that, (127, 280) tout ce qui, 

tout ce que. 
all, adv. tout, entierement ; not at 

— , pas du tout. 
allege, v.a. alleguer. 
alley, s. allee, f. 
allow, v.a. permcttre (dc), (ir. 180, 

827) laisser; to — a person (. . .), 

permcttre a quelquhin (. . .). 
almost, adv. prctque, (before a 

numeral) pres de. 
aloud, adv. a haute voix, 
Alps, s. Alpcs, f. pi. 
already, adv. dejd. 
also, adv. aussi. 
although, conj. (1G3, 280, 281, 333) 

quoique, bien que. 



altogether, adv. entierement, tout 
a fait, (at the same time) (tout) a 
la f vis (286). 

always, adv. toujours. 

ambassador, s. ambassadeur, m. 

ambitious, adj. ambitieux. 

America, s. V Am'erique, f. 

amiable, adj. aimable. 

among, amongst, prep, pa/rmi (298), 
chez (299), entre. 

amuse, v.a. amuser. 

amusement, s. amusement. 

an, art. V. a. 

ancestor, s. a'ieul, m. ; — s, ancctres, 
dieux, m. pi. 

ancient, adj. s. ancien, (old) vieux. 

and, conj. et. 

angel, s. ange, m. 

anger, s. colere, f. 

angry, adj. fdche; to be — with, 
etrefdche contre, en vouloir d. 

animal, s. animal, m. 

animalcule, s. animalcule. 

annexed, adj. (246) ci-joint. 

annoy, v.a. ennuyer, tournientcr. 

annual, adj. annuel. 

anoint, v.a. oindre (ir. 175). 

another, adj. (276) un autre, (after 
Vun) V autre (279), (one more) 
encore un. 

answer, v.a.n. repondre (107) ; to — 
my purpose, remplir mon but. 

answer, s. reponse, f. 

any, adj. quelque, (every) tout, 
(anyone) quelqiCun, (after a 
doubt expressed, or neg. 275) 
aucun, (some, 39) du, m., de la, 
1, des, pi. (after pas, point, or 
plus) de, (of it, of them), en; 
— more, encore, (neg.) plus. 

anybody. V. one (any — ). 

anything, s. quelque chose, m., (neg. 
57, 275) rien, m. , (whatever) quoi 
que ce sgit, rtimporte quoi. 

apology, s. apologie, f. ; to make 
an — for, fa ire des excuses de. 

appear, v.n. paraltre (a), appar- 
a'dre (a) (ir. 178). 

appearance, s. apparencc,!. , air (52). 

appetite, s. ap petit, m. 

applaud, v.a. applaudir. 



VOCABULARY. 



443 



apple, s. pornme, f. 

application, s. application, f. 

apply, v.a. appliquer (a); — , v.n.r. 
S* appliquer (a), s'adresser (a). 

approach, v.a.n. approcher, s'ap- 
proclier. 

approach, s. approclie, f. 

approve, v.a. approuver, recom- 
mander. 

April, s. avril, m. 

arch, s. arclie, f. 

arm, s. arme, f . (limb) bras ; with 
open — , a bras ouverts. 

army, s. amies, f. 

around, adv. autour de, a Ventour. 

around, prep, autour de. 

arrest, v.a. arreier. 

arrive, v.n. arriver(d) (185), (reach) 
parvenir (a) (ir. 187). 

arrow, s. fleche. 

art, s. art, m. 

artist, s. artiste, m. 

as, conj. adv. comme, (because) 
parce que, (since) puisque, (for) 
car, (such as) tel que, (equally, 86) 
aussi, (after a comparative, 86) que, 
(as much as) autant que, (how- 
ever, 280) tout . . . que, (when, 
SOS) que. 

ashes, s. pi. cendres, f. pi. 

ashamed, adj . lionteux ; to be — , 
avoir honte. 

Asia, s. VAsie, f. 

ask, v.a. demander (376), prier (de), 
inviter (a), (a question) faire. 

asleep, adj. endormi ; to be — , 
dormir (ir. 183) ; to fall — , s'en- 
dormir. 

assent, v.n. consentir (a). 

assiduity, s. assiduite, f. 

assist, v.a.n. assister. 

assistance, s. assistance, aide, f., 
secours, m. 

assure, v.a. assurer. 

astonish, v.a. etonner. . 

at, prep. (45, 237, 296, 302) a, (in) 
en, dans, (of, from) de, (by) par, 
(on) sur; — . . . 's, chez (299). 

Atlantic, adj. atlantique. 

Atlantic, s. Atlantique, m. 

attach, v.a. attacker, s'attaclier (a). 



attack, v.a. attaquer. 

attack, s. attaque, f . 

attain, v.a. atteindre (ir. 175), par- 

venir a (ir. 187). 
attempt, v.a. tenter, essayer (de), 

chercher (a), wuloir (ir. 191, 321). 
attend, v.a.n. faire attention d, 

(be present at) assister d, (turn 

one's thoughts to) s'occuper (de). 
attention, s. attention, f. 
attentive, adj. attentif. 
attentively, adv. attentivement. 
attitude, s. attitude, f. 
attract, v.a. attirer. 
attribute, v.a: attribuer. 
August, s. aout, m. 
aunt, s. tante, f. 
author, -ess, s. auteur, m. 
authority, s. autorite, f. 
avarice, s. avarice, f. 
avaricious, adj. avare. 
average, s. terme moyen. 
avoid, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183) 
avow, v.a. avouer, declarer. 
await, v.a. attendre. 
awake, awaken, v.a.n. eveiller, 

s'edeiller. 
aware, adj. informe(de) ; to become 

— of, s'appercevoir (de) (ir. 189). 



.B. 



back, adv. en arriere, (returned) de 

retour, (again) encore. 
bad, adj. mauvais (compar. 86), 

(pers. : wicked, naughty) mediant, 

(ache) fort, violent. 
badly, adv. mal (compar. 152). 
bake, v.a.n. cuir (ir. 172). 
baker, s. boulanger, m. 
ball, s. boule, 1, (of thread) -pelote, 

f., (of small arms) balle, f. , (of 

cannon) boulet, m. , (play) balle, f . , 

(dancing) bal, m. 
banker, s. banquier, m. 
banquet, s. banquet. 



4:U 



VOCABULARY. 



bare, adj. nu (246). 

barefooted, barefoot, adj. adv. nu- 
pieds, pieds nus. 

bark, v.n. aboyer. 

barley, s orge, f. 

barrenness, s. sterilite, f. 

barricade, v. a. barrer. 

basket, s. panier, rn. 

bath, s. bain, m. 

battle, s. bataille, f. 

bayonet, s. baionnette, f. 

be, v.n. etre (54, 58), (make, 69) f aire 
(ir. 180), (of feeling cold, hot, 
hungry, thirsty, etc., 51) avoir, 
(of one's state of health, 142, 
285) se porter, se trouver, oiler (ir. 
194), (of one's years of age, 
of dimension, 252) avoir, (of 
weather, daylight, dark, etc., if 
the verb is imp. with ' it, 1 147) 
faire (ir. 180), (imp. of time or 
distance, 146) y avoir; it is, there 
is, there are, il y a; I am to (203) 
je dois ; it is you (111) c'est vous ; 
it is for you or your turn (352) 
c'est a votes ; it is with you as, il 
en est de vous comme de; (in 
answers, 202 ; idioms, 381). 

beard, s. barbe, f. 

beat, v.a.n. battre, (107) j rapper. 

beautiful, adj. beau, bel, m., belle, f. 
(79). 

beauty, s. beaute, f. 

because, conj. parce que, que ; — 
of, a cause de. 

become, v.n. devenir (ir. 135, 187) 
[with a past participle, is often 
rendered by the reflective voice : 
as, to — accustomed, s'accou- 
tumer ; to — animated, shammer, 
etc.] 

bed, s. lit, m. ; out of — , leve ; to 
go to — , oiler se couclier, se 
coucher ; — -room, s. chambre d 
coucher, 

bee, s. abeille, f. 
beef, s. bceuf, m. 
beer, s. -Mere, f . 
befall, v.n. ar river (a). 

before, prep. (298) (of place) de- 
vant, (of time, order) avant. 



before, adv. (of place) devant, (of 

time, order) avant, auparavant. 

before, conj. avant que (333), avant 

de, que . . . ne, (310), (rather) 
plutot que. 

beg, v.a.n. mendier, (ask) demander 
prier {de). 

beggar, s. mendiant, m.f. 

begin, v.a.n. commencer, (97, 351), 
(set to) se mettre {a) (ir. 180) ; 
to — again, recommencer. 

beginning, s. commencement, m. 

behave one's self, v.n.r. se conduire 
(ir. 172). 

behavior, s. conduite, f . 

behead, v. a. decapiter. 

behind, prep, derriere, (late) en 
retard de. 

behind, adv. derriere, (late) en re- 
tard. 

Belgium, s. la Belgique, f. 

believe, v.a.n. croire (ir. 177, 376). 

bell, s. cloche, f . 

belong, v.n. appartenir (ir. 187), 
etre (a). 

below, prep, sous, au-dessous de. 

below, adv. en bas. 

bend, v. a. courber, plier. 

beneficent, adj. bienfaisant. 

benefit, s. bienfait, m. 

Berlin, s. Berlin, m. 

beside, besides, prep, (at the side 
of) a cote de, aupres de, (distinct 
from) outre, en dehors de, (except) 
hors, excepts. 

beside, besides, adv. d'aitteurs; — 
that, conj. outre que. 

best, adj. s. meilleur, le meilleur, le 
mieux. 

best, adv. mieux, le mieux. 

betray, v. a. trahir. 

better, adj. meilleur, supericur, 
adv. mieux, (more) plus; to be 
— , (preferable, of superior qual- 
ity) valoir, mieux ; to get the — , 
(of a person) prendre le dessus, 
maitriser. 

between, prep, entre (298), de, d. 

beyond, prep, au-dcld de, (above) 
au-dessus de, (besides) outre. 

big, adj. gros. grand. 



VOCABULARY. 



445 



bill, s. (of birds) bee, m., (account) 

note,!., compte, m. 
bind, v.a. lier, attaclier, (books) 

relier. 
bird, s. oiseau, m. 
birth, s. naissance, f. ; — -day, s. 

jour de naissance, m. 
bite, v.a. mordre. 
bitter, adj. amer. 
black, adj. noir. 
blame, v.a. bldmer. 
blend, v.a. (mix) 
bless, v.a. benir. 
blind, adj. aveugle ; — man, s. 

aveugle, m. 
blood, s. sang, m. 
blow, s. coup, m. 
blue, adj. bleu. 
blush, v.n. rougir {de). 
boarding-house, s. pension, f. 
boast, s. vanterie, f. ; to make a — 

of, se ranter de. 
body, s. corps, m. 
boil, v.n. bouillir (ir. 187), v.a. 

faire bouiliir (ir. 187). 
bold, adj. hardi. 
bone, s. os, m., (of fish) arete, f. 
bonnet, s. chapeau. 
book, s. Uvre, m. 
bookseller, s. libraire, m. 
boot, -s. botte, f . , (low) bcttine, f . ; 

maker, s. bottler, m. 

born, part, ne, (by birth) de nais- 
sance; to be — , naitre (ir. 181), 

etre ne. 
both, adj. deux, les deux, Vun et 

V autre (278) ; — of us, nous deux. 
bottle, s. (233) bouteille, f. 
bow, s. (of the head) salute (for 

shooting-) arc, m., (of ribbon) 

naiud, m. 
box, s. bolte, f . , (for packing) caisse, 

f., (for money, precious things) 

cassette, 1, coffre, m. 
boy, s. garcon, m. 
brandy, s. eau-de-vie, f. 
brave, adj. (83) brave, courageux, 

valiiant. 
brave, v.a. braver. *. 
bray, v.n. braire (ir. 197). 
bread, s. pain, m. 



break, v.a. casser, (asunder) with 
an effort, and fig. silence, etc.) 
rompre (107), destroy, briser. 

breakfast, s. dejeuner, m. 

breath, s. haleine, f. ; out. of — , 
liors dlialeine. 

bridge, s. (230) pont, m. 

bright, adj. briliant, clair. 

bring, v.a. (by carrying, and fig. 
news, etc.) apporter, (without 
carrying) amener, (fig. lead) con- 
duire (ir. 172), (induce) amener. 

broad, adj. (252) large, de largeur. 

brother, s. frere, m.; — -in-law, 
beau-frere. 

Brussels, s. Bruxelles, f. 

build, v.a. n. bdtir (102), construire 
(ir. 172). 

bunch, s. (of flowers) bouquet, m. 

Burgundy, s. la Bourgogne, (wine) 
vin de Bourgogne. 

burn, v.a.n. bruler. 

business, s. affaire, f., occupation, 
f., affaires, f. pi., commerce, m. 
(calling) etat, metier, m. 

busy, adj. occupe, actif. 

but, conj. ma-is ; — that (310), que. 

but, adv. prep, (that, than) que, 
(only) seulement, ne . . . que, 
(160, 307) ; — for, sans. 

butter, s. beurre, m. 

butterfly, s. papillon, m. 

buy, v.a. acheter (a) (98). 

by^ prep. (135, 302), par (360), de 
(252), a, en (359), (of measure) d, 
(after a comparative, and after 
'too') de, (in comparing several 
dimensions), sur. 



c. 



cabbage, s. clwu, m. 
Caesar, s. Cesar, m. 
cage, s. cage, f. 
calculated, adj. propre (d). 
calf, s. veau, m. 



446 



VOCABULARY. 



call, v.a.n. appeler (98), rappeler; 
— on, upon, alter or venir voir. 

called, adj. dit. 

camel, s. chameau, in. 

can, v.n. pouvoir (ir. 198, 291), 
savdir (ir. 191, 291). 

candle, s. chandelle, i. 

cane, s. canne, f. 

cap, s. casquette, f. 

capable, adj. capable (de). 

capacity, s. capacite, f., qualite, i. 

capital, s. (town) capitate, f . 

captain, f. capitaine, m. 

card, s. carte, f. ; playing — , carte 
djouer. 

care, s. soin, m. ; to take — , (be- 
ware) prendre garde (291), se 

' garder Men (be mindful, 52), avoir 
or prendre soin (de). 

careful, adj. soigneux. 

careless, adj. negligent. 

carnival, s. carnaval, m. 

carpenter, s. charpentier, m. 

carriage, s. voiture, f. 

carry, v.a.n. porter, emporter ; — 

; on, continuer. 

Carthaginian, s. adj. Carthaginois, 
e, m.f. 

cast, v.a. (throw) jeler ; — down, 
(fig.) abattre. 

castle, s. chateau, m. 

cat, s. chat, m. , chatte, f . 

catch, v.a. aitraper, saisir. 

Cato, s. Caton, m. 

cattle, s. betail, m. bestiaux, pi. 

cause, s. raison, f . , sujet, m. 

cause, v.a. causer, (before an infini- 
tive) /aire. 

cautious, adj. prudent. 

cavern, s. caverne, f. 

cease, v.a.n. (291) cesser. 

celebrated, adj. celebre. 

certain, adj. s. certain, m. 

certainly, adv. certainement. 

chain, s. chaine, f. 

chair, s. chaise, f. 

chalk, s. craie, f . , (draw) crayon, m. 

chamber, s. chambre, f . ; maid, 

fille de chambre, f. 

change, v.a.n. changer, changer de. 

change, s. changement, in. 



chapter, s. chapiire, m. 

character, s. caractere, m. 

charge, v.a.n. charger, demander. 

charity, s. charite, f. 

chase, s. chasse, f. 

chastise, v. a. chdtier, punir. 

cheap, adj. d bon marche. 

cheese, s. fromage, m. 

cherry, s. cerise, f. 

chess, s. echccs, m. pi. 

child, s. enfant, m.f.- 

China, s. la Chine, f. 

choice, s. choix, m. 

choose, v.a. choisir (102); — , v.n. 
voidoir (ir. 191). 

Christian, s. adj. Chretien, m. 

church, s. eglise, f. 

Cicero, s. Ciceron, m. 

cigar, s. cigare, m. 

city, s. ville, f. 

civilize, v.a. civiliser. 

claim, v.a. reclamer, exiger. 

class, s. classe, f. 

clean, adj. propre. 

clean, v.a. nettoyer (97). 

clear, adj. clair. 

clear, adv. clair ement, clair. 

clever, adj. habile, adroit. 

clip, v. a. rogner. 

cloak, s. manteau, m. 

clock, s. horloge, m., (for apart- 
ments) pendule, f., o'clock (73, 

. 244, 296), heure, f. sing., heures. 
f . pi. 

close, v.a. clore (ir. def. 198), fer- 
mer. 

cloth, s. drap, m. 

clothe, v.a. vetir (ir. 183). 

clothes, s. Jiabits, m. pi. 

cloud, s. outage, m. 

cluster, s. (of fruits) grappe, f. 

coach, s. voiture, f. 

coast, s. cote, f. 

coat, s. habit, m. 

cock, s. coq, m. 

coffee, s. cafe, m. 

cold, adj. froid ; to be — , avoir 
froid (380) ; it is — , it fait froid 
(147). ' 

color, s. coideur, f. 

combatant, s. combattani, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



447 



come, v.n. venir (ir. 135, 187), ap- 
proclier; — back, revenir (ir. 187); 

— down, descendre; — in, entrer; 

— in again, r entrer ; — near, 
s'approclier. 

comedy, s. comedie, f. 
comfort, v.a. consoler. 
comfort, s. bien-etre, m., agre- 

ment, m. 
comfortable, adj. comfortable, com- 
mode. 
command, v.a. commander (327), 

dominer. 
command, s. ordres, m. pi. 
commence. V. begin, 
commerce, s. commerce, m. 
commit, v.a. commettre (ir. 180). 
communicate, v.a.n. communiquer. 
company, s. compagjiie, f . , societe. f . 
compel, v.a. contraindre (ir. 175). 
complain, v.n. se plaindre (ir. 175). 
comply, v.n. se conformer (a). 
comrade, s. camarade, m. 
conceal, v.a. cacher ('from') d. 
conceive, v.a. concevoir (ir. 189). 
concert, s. concert, m. 
conclude, v.a.n. conclure (107), 

(finish) terminer, finir (100). 
condemn, v. a. condamner (d mort). 
condition, s. condition, f., (state) 

Stat, m. ; in a — to, en etat de ; 

on — , a condition. 
conduct, v.a. conduire (ir. 172), 

metier (96). 
conduct, s. conduit e, f. 
confess, v.a. confesser, avouer. 
confidence, s. confiance, f. 
conflagration, s. incendie, m. 
conformity, s. conformite; in — 

with, conformement d. 
conquer, v.a. vaincre (ir. 174), (a 

country, and fig. to gain, to win) 

conquerir (ir. 188). 
conqueror, s. vainqueur, m. 
conquest, s. conquete, f. 
consent, v.n. consentir (d). 
consequence, s. consequence, suite, f. 
consider, v.a.n. consider er, (think) 

reflecliir. 
consist, v.n. (in) consister {en, dans 

a), (of) se composer {de). 



console, v.a. consoler. 

constantly, adv. constamment. 

constrain, v.a. contraindre (ir. 175). 

construct, v.a. construire (ir. 172). 

contain, v.a. contenir (ir. 187), ren- 
fermer. 

content, adj. content, satisfait. 

content, v.a. contentir, satisfaire 
(ir. 180). 

contented, adj. content (de), satis- 
fait (de). 

contest, v.a.n. contest er (293). 

continually, adv. continuellement. 

continue, v.a. continuer (351). 

contradict, v.a. contredire (ir. 173). 

contrary, adj. contraire (d). 

contrary, s. contraire, m. ; on the 
— , au contraire. 

conversation, s. conversation, f. 

converse, v.n. converser. 

convince, v.a. convaincre (ir. 174); 
to be convinced, se convaincre 
(336). 

cook, v.a. cuire (ir. 172), fairecuire. 

cook, s. cuisinier, m., -tire, f. 

cool, adj. frais, m.,fraiche. f. 

copy, v.a.n. copier. 

copy-book, s. collier, m. 

corn, s. ble, m. ; market, s. Jialle 

au Me, f. 

correct, v.a. corriger. 

Corsica, s. la Corse, f. 

cost, v.n. a. couter. 

cost, s. prix, m., (expense) frais, 
not. pi. 

cotton, s. coton, m. 

count, s. comte, m. 

countess, s. comtesse, f. 

country, s. (in general) pays, m., 
(region) contree, f., (native land) 
patrie, i. , (not a town) campagne, 
f. ; house, s. maison de cam- 
pagne, f. 

countryman, compatriote, m.f. 

courage, s. courage, m. 

courier, s. courrier, m. 

course, s. cours, m. (race-) course, f. 

court, s. cour, f. 

cousin, s. cousin, e, m.f. 

cover, v.a. couvrir (de) (ir. 185). 

cow, s. 'cache, f. 



448 



VOCABULARY. 



coward, s. poltron, m. 

cream, s. creme, f. 

create, v. a. creer, produire. 

creation, s. creation, f. 

creator, s. createur, m. 

credit, s. credit, m. 

creditor, s. creancier, m. 

crime, s. crime, m. 

criminal, adj. s. criminel. 

Croesus, s. Cresus, m. 

cross, v.a. traverser, (again) re- 
passer. 

crown, s. couronne, f. , (coin), ecu, m. 

cruel, adj. cruel. 

cruelty, s.cruaute, f. 

cry, v.a.n. crier (97),(weep)pfe-wm', 
(exclaim) «' eerier. 

cucumber, s. concombre, m. 

cultivate, v.a. cultiver. 

cup, s. (253) tasse, f. 

curse, v.a. maudire (ir. 173). 

custom, s. coutume, habitude, f. 

cat, v.a. couper, (shape) taiUer. 



D. 



daily, adv. journellement, tous les 
jours. 

damp, adj. Jiumide. 

dance, v.a.n. danser. 

dancing, s. danse, f. ; master, s. 

maitre de danse. 

danger, s. danger, peril, m. 

dangerous, adj. dangereux. 

dare, v.n.a. oser (291). 

dark, adj. obscur, sombre ; it is — , 
it fait nuit. 

daughter, s. file, f . 

day, s. jour, m., (whole day) jour- 
nee; the — after, le lendemain ; 
from — to — , de jour en jour, 

dhm jour a V autre; light, s. 

jour, m. 

dead, adj. mort. 

dead, s. morts, m. pi. 

deaf, adj. sourd. 



deal, a great — , beaucoup, Men. 

dealer, s. marchand {de . . .), m. 

dear, adj. clier (83). 

death, s. mort, f. ' 

debt, s. dette, f. 

deceive, v.a. tromper, abuser, de- 

cewir (ir. 189). 
December, s. decembre, m. 
decision, s. decision, f. 
declare, v.a. declarer, annoncer. 
deed, s. action, f. 
deep, adj. profond (83), (in depth) 

deprofondeur (252). 
deer, s. f. (stag) cerf, dievreuil, m. 
defect, s. defaut, in. 
defend, v.a. defendre (108). 
delay, v.a. reiarder ; — , v.n. tar- 

der (353). 
delicious, adj. delicieux. 
delight, v.a. (ir. 178) enchanter, se 

plaire (a). 
delightful, adj. delicieux. 
demand, v.a. demander, (require) 

exiger (327). 
demi, adj. demi, d demi. 
demolish, v.a. demolir. 
deny, v.a. nier (293, 329). 
depart, v.n. partir (ir. 183). 
departure, s. depart, m. 
depend, v.n. (on, upon) dependre 

(de), (rely on) compter (sur). 
deprive, v.a. priver. 
deputy, s. depute. 
describe, v.a. decrire (ir. 176). 
desert, v.n.a. abandonner. 
deserve, v.a.n. meriter. 
desire, v.a. desirer, prier (de). 
desire, s. desir, m., envie. 
desirous, adj. desir eux (de) ; to be 

— (51), avoir envie. 
desperately, adv. en desespere. 
despise, v.a. mepriser. 
dessert, s. dessert, m. 
destiny, s. destinee, 1, destin, sort. 
destroy, v. a. (se) detruire (ir. 172). 
destruction, s. destruction. 
determine, v.a.n. determiner, re- 

soudre (ir. 175). 
devote, v.a. decouer. 
diamond, s. diamant, m. 
dictionary, s. dictionnaire, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



449 



die, v.n. mourir (ir. 135, 188), to 
be dying- with, mourir or se mou- 
rir de. 

diet, s. diete, (food) nourriture, f. 

different, adj. different, divers. 

difficult, adj. difficile. 

difficulty, s. difficulte, f. 

diligent, adj. diligent, applique. 

dine, v.n. diner. 

dining-room, s. salle & manger, f. 

dinner, s. diner, m. ; — -time, s. 
(heure du) diner, f. 

direct, v. a. adresser. 

direction, s. adresse, f. 

directly, adv. directement, tout de 
suite. 

disagree, v.n. differ er, ( — in opin- 
ion with), rCetrepas de Vavts {de). 

disappear, v.n. disparaltre (ir. 178). 

disappointment, s. revers, m. 

disaster, s. desastre, m. 

discharge, v.a.n. (duties) remplir, 
s'acquitter (de). 

discontented, adj. meeontent. 

discourse, s. discours. 

discover, v. a. decouvrir (ir. 185). 

discretion, s. discretion, 1. 

disease, s. maladie, f. 

disembark, v.a.n. debarquer. 

disgraceful, adj. Iwnteux. 

dislocate, v. a. (se) dernettre. 

disobey, v. a. desobeir a (102). 

display, v. a. deploy er. 

displease, v. a. deplaire a (ir. 178). 

disposed, adj. dispose (a) ; weU — , 
Men intentionne. 

dissatisfied, adj. meeontent. 

dissatisfy, v. a. mecontenter. 

dissolve, v. a. dissoudre (ir. 175). 

distinguish, v.a.n. distinguer. 

distress, v. a. affliger. 

distribute, v.a. distributer. 

distrust, v. a. se defier, se mejier de. 

ditch, s. fosse, rn. 

divert, v.a. distraire. 

divine, adj. dicin. 

do, v.a. faire (ir. 180), (a service) 
rendre, (of the health, 381) se 
porter, aller (ir.. 194) ; — with- 
out, se passer (de) ; (auxiliary, 
92, 201; done, 1G4; idioms, 381). 
29 



dog, s. chien, m. 

dollar, s. dollar, m. 

dominion, s. ; — s, pi. etats, m. pi. 

door, s. porte, f. ; out of — s, dehors. 

doubt. v.n.a. ' douter (293, 329). 

doubtful, adj. douteux. 

down, adv. en bas. 

dozen, s. douzaine, f. 

draw, v.a. tirer, (attract) attirer, 

(induce) entrainer, (a picture) 

dessiner ; — after, entrainer. 
drawer, s. tiroir, m. 
dream, s. songe, reve, m. 
dream, v.a.n. rever, songer. 
dress, v.a. Jiabiller, tetir, (adorn) 

parer ; — v. n. s" Jiabiller. 
dress, s. habit, m. (gown) robe, f. 
drink, v.a.n. boire (ir. 177). 
drive, v.a.n. (out) chasser, (go out) 

sortir en voiture. 
droop, v.n.a. pencher. 
drop, s. goutte, f. 
drown, v.a. noyer. 
dry, adj. sec. 
duchess, s. ducliesse, f. 
duck, s. canard, m. 
due, adj. du. 
duke, s. due, m. 
duration, s. duree, f. 
during, prep, pendant. 
dust, s. poussiere, f. 
Dutch, adj. s. hollandais (in.), de 

Hollande. 
duty, s. devoir, m. 
dye, v.a. teindre (ir. 17*5). 



E. 



each, pron. (every) cliaque, (every 
one, 275) cliacun, e; — other, 
Vun, Vautre (279). 

ear, s. oreille, f . , (of corn), epi, m. ; 
ache, s. mal dloreille, m. 

earlier, adv. (159) de meilleureheure. 

early, adv. de bonne heure. 



450 



VOCABULARY. 



earth, s. terre, f. 

easily, adv. aisement, facilement. 

east, s. est, orient, m. 

easy, adj. facile, aise. 

eat, v.a.n. manger (97). 

educate, v. a. elever. 

education, s. education, f. 

effect, s. effet, m. 

effort, s. effort, m. 

egg, s. ceuf, m. 

Egypt, s. VEgypte, f. 

Egyptian, s. adj. Egyptien, m. 

eight, adj. huit. 

eighteen, adj. dix-huit. 

eighth, adj. huitieme, Jiuit. 

eighty, adj. quatre-vingts. 

either, pron. Pun ou V autre (278), 
(with a neg.) ni Vun ni V autre. 

either, conj. soit, ou, (negatively) 
ni (289) ; — . . . or ou . . . ou. 

either, adv. nonplus. 

elder, adj. aine. 

eldest, adj. V. elder, adj. 

elegant, adj. elegant. 

eleven, adj. onze. 

Eliza, s. Elise, f. 

Elizabeth, s. Elisabeth, i. 

Ellen, s. Helene, f. 

elm (tree), s. orme, m. 

eloquence, s. eloquence, f. 

else, adj. autre; — adv. autrement; 
elsewhere, adv. ailleurs. 

embark, v.n. s 1 emibarquer {pour). 

embarrass, v. a. embarrasser. 

embellish, v. a. embellir (102). 

Emily, s. Emilie, f . 

emperor, s. empereur, m. 

empire, s. empire, m. 

employ, v. a. employer (97) ; — one- 
self, s'occuper. 

employment, s. emploi, m., occu- 
pation, f . 

empty, adj. vide. 

enclosed, adj. inclus, ci-joint (2-46). 

encourage, v. a. encourager. 

end, s. fin, 1, (extremity) bout, m., 
(aim) but, m. 

end, v.a.n. finir (100), achever, 
cesser. 

endeavor, v.n. s'efforcer, tdc7ier(de) 
(352). 



endow, v. a. douer (de). 

endowment, s. dotation, f. ; — s, 
(221) avantages, m. pi. 

endure, v.a.n. supporter, souffrir. 

enemy, s. ennemi, e. 

engagement, s. engagement. 

engine, s. machine, f. (a vapeur). 

England, s. V Angleterre, f. 

English, adj. anglais, d'Angleterre. 

English, s. Anglais, m. 

enjoy, v. a. aimer a f aire ; — one- 
self, s' amuser, se rejouir. 

enjoyment, s. plaisir, m. 

enough, adv. (158, 231) assez. 

enrich, v. a. enrichir. 

enter, v. a. entrer {dans or a). 

enterprise, s. entreprise, f. 

entertain, v. a. amuser, (keep up) 
entretenir. 

entertainment, s. fete, i., amuse- 
ment, m. 

entire, adj. entier, complet. 

entirely, adv. entierement, tout 
(280). 

entrance, s. entree, f. 

entreaty, s. priere, f . ; by much — 
(346) a force deprier. 

environs, s. environs, m. pi. 

envy, s. e?ivie, i. 

equal, adj. egal, pareil. 

equality, s. egalite, f. 

equally, adv. egalement. 

error, s. err eur, f ante, f. 

escape, v.a.n. echapper d (376), 
enter, s^ echapper , se sauver (105), 
fuir (ir. 183).^ 

esteem, v. a. estimer. 

eternally, adv. eternellement. 

Europe, s. VEurope, f. 

even, adj. (equal) egal. 

even, adv. meme (279). 

evening, s. soir, m., (whole evening) 
soiree, f. ; in the — , le soir. 

event, s. evencment, m. 

ever, adv. (always, 57) toujours, (at 
any time) jamais ; — so, quelque 
. . . que, si . . . que (281). 

every, adj. chaque, tout (76), tous 
les . . . ; — body, tout le monde ; 
— day, tous les jours; —one, 
chacun, e, (275) tout le monde; 



VOCABULARY. 



451 



— other day, — two days, tous les 
deux jours. 

everything, s. tout, rn. (279); — that, 
tout ce qui, tout ce que (280). 

everywhere, adv. partout. 

evident, adj. evident (331). 

evil, s. mal, m. 

exact, adj. exact, precis. 

examine, v. a. examiner. 

example, s. exemple, rn. 

except, conj. d moins que (with the 
subj.), d moins de (with the inf.) 

except, excepting, prep, excepte. 
(adj. 246) liors. 

exception, s. exception, f„ 

excessive, adj. excessif. 

exclaim, v.n. s 1 'eerier. 

execute, v. a. executer, s'acquitter. 

exercise, s. exercice, m., (transla- 
tion from one's own language 
into another) theme, m. 

exercise, v. a. exercer. 

exhaust, v. a. epuiser. 

exile, s. exit, m. 

exist, v.n. exist er. 

expect, v.a.n. attendre (108), s'at- 
tendre, (demand) vouloir (ir. 191), 
cxiger (307). 

expel, v.a. cliasser. 

expense, s. depense, f. ; frais, m. 
pi., depens, m. pi. 

experience, s. experience, f . 

expose, v.a. exposer. 

extend, v.a. etendre ; — v.n. s* 1 en- 
tendre. 

extensive, adj. etendu. 

eye, s. ceil m., pi. yeux. 



F. 



fable, s. fable, f. 

face, s. face, ft., (person) visage, 

(fam.) figure. 
face, v.a. affronter. 
fact, s. fait, m. 



fail, v.n. faillir (ir. 197), manquer 

(352, 377). r 
faint, v.n. s 'evanoitir. 
faithful, adj. s. fidele. 
faithfully, adv. fidMement. 
fall, v.n. tomber, clioir, eclwir (ir. 

(189) ; — ■ down, tomber par terre. 
fall, s. chute, f. 
false, adj. faux. 
falsehood, s. mensonge, m. 
fame, s. renommee, 1, gloire, f. 
family, s. famille, f . 
famous, adj. fameux. 
fan, s. eventail, m. 
far, adv. loin, (greatly) Men ; as — 

as, aussi loin que, (tUl)jusqu , d,' 

how — , jusqu'ou ; — from, de 

loin. 
far, adj. eloigne, lointain. 
fashion, s. facon, mode, f. 
fast, adj. (swift) vite. 
fast, adv. (swiftly) vite. 
fat, adj. gras. 
fate, s. dettin, sort, m. 
father, s. pere, m. ; — -in-law, 

beau-pere. 
fatigue, v.a. fatiguer. 
fault, s. faute, f . , defaut, m. 
favor, s. faveur, grace, f. 
favor, v.a. favoriser {de). 
fear, v.a.n. craindre (ir. 175, 293, 

326). 
fear, s. crainte, f., peur, f. ; for — 

of, depeurde, de crainte de(M§). 
feather, s. plume, f. 
February, s. fevrier, m. 
feed, v.a. nourrir (102). 
feel, v.a.n. sentir (ir. 184). 
feeling, s. sentiment, m. 
feign, v.a.n. feindre (ir. 175). 
fell, v.a. couper. 
fellow, s. compagnon ; citizen, 

s. concitoyen; — -traveller, s. 

compagnon de voyage, m. 
fertile, adj. fertile. 
fertility, s. fertilite, f. 
festivity, s. fete, f . (321), joies, f. pi. 
fetters, s. fers, m. pi. 
fever, s. fievre, f . 

few, adj. peu (de), (small in num- 
ber), petit nombre, (some) quel- 



452 



VOCABULARY. 



ques; a — , quelques ; but — (57). 

ne . . . guere. 
fickle, adj. inconstant. 
fiction, s. fiction, f. 
field, s. champ, m. 
fifth, adj. cinquieme, cinq ; Charles- 

the-Fif th, Charles- Quint. 
fiftieth, adj. cinquantieme. 
fifty, adj. cinquante. 
fight, v.a.n. combattre. 
fill, v.a.n. remplir (102), ('with,' 

de) emplir, rassasier, combler. 
find, v.a.n. trouver. 
fine, adj. (beautiful) beau. 
finger, s. doigt, m. 
finish, v.a. finir (100). 
fire, s. feu, in. ; — -arms, s. armes a 

feu, f . pi. 
firm, adj.ferme, solide. 
first, adj. s. premier. 
first, adv. dabord ; at — , d'abord. 
fish, s. poisson, m. 
fist, -s. poing, m. 
fit, adj. propre, bon (d). 
five, adj. s. cinq. 

flag, s. drapeau, in., (nav.) pavil- 
ion, m. 
flatter, v.a. flatter. 
flatterer, s. flatteur, m. 
flattery, s. flatlerie, f. 
flee, v.a.n. fuir (ir. 183), s'enfuir 

(ir. 183). 
flight, s. /mfe, f. 
fling, v.n. s'elancer. 
flock, s. troupeau, m. 
florin, s. florin, m. 
flour, s. farine, f . 
flourish, v.n. fleurir (102). 
flower, s. j^wr, f. ; pot, s. pot a 

fleur, m. 
fly, v.n. w?<?r, s'envoler ; — out, 

s'envoler, sortir (309). 
fly, s. mouche, f. 
fog, s. brouillard, m. 
follow, v.a. suivre (ir. 174). 
folly, s. /6>fo'e, sottlse, betise, f . 
fool, s. s<?£, m., -te, f. , imbecile, m. 

f. , /0M, m. 
foolish, adj. sot, bete, ridicule, 

(thoughtless, 78) foil. 
foolishness. V. folly. 



foot, s. pied, m. 

for, prep, pour, (during) pendant, 
(since) depuis, (to) a (250), (be- 
cause of) a cause de, (for the sake 
of) par ; but — (300) sans. 

for, conj. car. 

forbid, v.a. defendre {de) (108, 327); 
God — ! d Itieu ne plaise. 

force, v.a. forcer (a). 

forced, adj. force. 

forehead, s. front, m. 

foreign, adj. etr anger. 

foresee, v.a. prevoir (ir. 192). 

forest, s. foret, i. 

foretell, v.a.n. predire (ir. 173). 

forget, v.a. oublier. 

forgive, v.a.n. pardonner. 

fork, s. fourchette, i. 

former, adj. premier ; the — (119) 
celui-ld, m., celle-ld, f., ceux-ld, 
m. pi., celles-ld, f. pi. 

formerly, adv. autrefois. 

forsake, v.a. abandonner. 

fortnight, s. quinze jours, m. pi., 
quinzaine, f. ; to-day — , d'an- 
joufdliui en quinze^ 

fortunate, adj. heureux, fortune. 

fortune, s. fortune, f. 

forty, adj. quarante. 

forward, forwards, adv. en avant. 

found, v.a. fonder. 

foundation, s. fondation, f. ; lay 
the — (346) prepare. 

four, adj. quatre. 

fourteen, adj. quatorze. 

fourteenth, adj. quatorzieme, qua- 
torze. 

fourth, adj. quatrieme, quatre. 

fox, s. renard, e. 

France, s. la Prance, f. 

Francis, s. Francois, m. 

Frankfort, s. Francfort, m. 

frankly, adv. franchement. 

Frederick, s. Frederic, in. 

free, adj. iibre, exempt [de); — 
-way, s. passage, m. 

freedom, s. liberie, i. 

freely, adv. fran9kement. 

freeze, v.a.n. geler (97). 

French, adj. francais, de France. 

Frenchman, s. Francais, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



453 



frequent, v. a. frequenter. 

frequently, adv. frequemment, sou- 
tent. 

fresh, adj. frais. 

Friburg, s. Fribourrj. m. 

Friday, s. vendredi, m. 

friend, s. ami, e. 

friendly, adj. amical. 

friendship, s. amitie, f. 

frighten, v. a. effrayer (97). 

from, prep. (236, 250, 803) de, (far 
from) loin de, (of time) depuis, 
(commencing on) & partir de, (out 
of) par, (at) a, (reason) a cause de 
(237), (on the part of, as coming 
from, of messages, etc.) de la part 
de; — under, de dessous. 

fruit, s. fruit, m. 

fruitful, adj. fertile, fecond. 

fulfil, v.a. remplir, (satisfy) satis- 
fy ire (ir. 180). 

full. adj. plein. 

funeral, s. funerailles, f. pi. 

furnish, v.a. fournir. 

furniture, s. meubles, m. pi. 

future, s. avenir, m. ; in — , for the 
— , a Vaverdr. 



G. 



gain, v.a.n. gagner, (a victory) 
rcmporter. (make, 319) faire (ir. 
180). 

game, s. jeu, m. (hunt.), gibier, m. 

garden, s. jar din, rn. 

gardener, s. jardinier, rn. 

garment, s. vetement, m. 

gate. s. porte, f. 

gather, v.a. r assembler, recueiUir 
(ir. 184), (fruit) cueiUir (ir. 184). 

general, s. general, m. 

generally, adv. generalement. 

generous, adj. genereux. 

generously, adv. genereusement. 

Geneva, s. Geneve, f. 



genius, s. genie, rn. 

gentleman, s. (term of courtesy) 
monsieur, m. , (man of rank) gen- 
tilliomme, gentlemen, pi. mes- 
sieurs, m. pi. 

gentleness, s. douceur, f. 

gently, adv. doucement. 

geography, s. g'eograplde, f . 

George, s. Georges, m. 

German, adj. allemand, cVAllernagne. 

German, s. Allemand, m. 

Germany, s. VAUemagne, f. 

get, v.a. obtenir (ir. 187), amasser 
(269) ; — v.n. (become) devenir 
(ir. 187), se faire (ir. 180) ; — in, 
entrer ;■ — over, passer, renoncer 
(a) ; — up (rise) se lever. 

gift, s. don, m. 

gigantic, adj. gigantesque. 

girl, s. file, f. 

give, v.a.n. donner (a) (89), (plea- 
sure, pain, etc.) faire (ir. 180) ; 
— back, rendre (a) ; (idioms, 
382). 

glad, adj. aise (de), content. 

gladly, adv. avec plaisir. 

glass, s. terre, m. (233). 

glitter, v.n. briller, reluire(iv. 171). 

globe, s. globe, m. 

glory, s. gloirc, f. 

glove, s. gant, m. 

go, v.n. aller (ir. 135, 194, 297), 
se rendre, (walk) marcher, (de- 
part) partir (ir. 183), s'en aller, 
(take) prendre (ir. 180), (I am 
going, etc., 203); to — and see, 
aller voir ; — away, s'en cdler (ir. 
194), partir (ir. 183) ; — back, re- 
tourner, s'en retoumer ; — for, 
aller cherclier ; — in, entrer ; — 
far from, s" 1 eloigner de; — on, 
continuer ; — out, soriir (ir. 184), 
(of fire, light) s'eteindre (ir. 175). 

God. s. Dim, m. 

goddess, s. d'eesse, f . 

gold, s. or, m. 

goM, adj. d'or. 

good, adj. bon (cornpar. 86), sage ; 
to be — for nothing, ne valoir Hen. 

good, s. bien, rn. ; — s, pi. (com.) 
marchandises, f. pi. 



454 



VOCABULARY. 



goodness, s. bonte, f. 

goose, s. oie, f. 

Gospel, s. Evangile, m. 

govern, v.a.n. gouverner. 

governor, s. gouverneur, m. 

gown, s. robe, i. 

grammar, s. grammaire, f. 

granary, s. grenier, m. 

grand, adj. grand, grandiose; — 

-child, s. petit-fils, m. , petite-file, 

f. ; — -father, grand-pere, m. ; 

— mother, s. grand'mere, f . ; — 

-aunt, grand } tante, f. ; — -son, s. 

petit-fils, m. 
grant, v. a. accorder. 
grape, s. raisin, m. 
grass, s. Jierbe, verdure, f. 
grateful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' 

de). 
gratitude, s. reconnaissance. 
graze, v.a.n. paitre (ir. 178). 
great, adj. grand (82). 
greatly, adv. Men, beaucoup, fort. 
greatness, s. grandeur, f. 
Greece, s. la Grece, f. 
greedy, adj . avide (de). 
Greek, adj. grec. 
green, adj. vert. 
grief, s. chagrin, m. 
grind, v.a.n. rnoudre (ir. 174). 
ground, s. terre, f . ; on the — , par 

terre. 
grow, v.n. croitre (ir. 178) ; — old, 

vieillir. 
guide, v.a. guider, conduire. 
guilty, adj. coupable. 
gun, s. fusil, m. ; powder, s. 

poudre a canon, f. 



H. 



habit, s. habitude, f . ; to be in the 
— of, avoir Vhabitude de. 

hair, s. cheveu, m. 

half, s. moitie, demie, f. ; — adj. 
demi (246). 



hand, s. main, f. 
handkerchief, s. mouchoir, m. 
handsome, adj. jolt, beau. 
happen, v.n. arriver, se passer. 
happily, adv. heureusement. 
happiness, s. bonheur, m. 
happy, adj. heureux ; most — , en- 

chante (311). 
hard, adj. dur. 
hardly, adv. V. scarcely, 
hardship, s. fatigue, f. 
hare, s. lievre, m. 
harvest,- s. moisson, recolte, f . 
haste, s. hate, f . ; to make — , se 

depecher. 
hasten, v.a. hater ; — v.n. se hater 

(de), se depecher, s'empresser (de). 
hat, s. chapeau, m. 
hate, v.a. hair (102). 
hatred, s. haine, f. 
have, v.a. avoir (48), posseder, I have 

just (203) je viens de; (in an- 
swers, 182, idioms, 380). 
hay, s. foin, m. 
he, pron. adj. il, m. (114), lid, m. 

(110, 255), celui, m. (119, 270). 
head, s. tete, f. ; ache, s. mal de 

tete, m. (230), mal a la tete, m. 

(52). 
heal, v.a.n. gu'erir, se guenr. 
health, s. sante, f. 
heap, v.a. entasser, amasser. 
hear, v.a.n. entendre (108), ouir 

(ir. del 198), (listen to) ecouter ; 

to — from (a person), avoir des 

nouvelles de. 
heart, s. cmur, m. 
heat, s. chaleur, f. 
heaven, s. del, m., deux, pi. 
heavy, adj. lourd, pesant. 
heighten, v.a. relever. 
helm, s. gouvernail, timon, m. 
help, v.a.n. aider, assister, (for- 
bear) s'empecher (de). 
help, s. aide, f., secours, m. ; to cry 

for — , crier au secours. 
hen, s. poule, f . 
hence, adv. d } ici, dans (298). 
henceforth, henceforward, adv. de- 

sormais, dorenavant. 
Henry, s. Henri, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



455 



her, proa. pers. (110, 114) elle, (obj. 
of a verb) la, (to her) lui, (pos- 
sessive, 64) son, sa, ses, (demon- 
strative) celle. 

here, adv. id; — is, — are, void, 
'. 

heretofore, adv. jusqui'ci, autrefois. 

herewith, adv. d- joint. 

hers, pron. poss. (125) le sien, la 
sienne, les siens, lessiennes, (pron. 
pers.) a elle, tVelle. 

herself, pron. (Ill) eUe-meme, elle, 
soi-meme (257), soi, (in a reflect, 
verb, 138) se ; by — , seule. 

hesitate, v.m hesiter. 

hide, v.a. cache?'. 

high, adj. Jtaut (252), Sieve, grand. 

highway, s. grand chemin, route, f. 

hill, s. colline, f. 

him, pron. pers. (110, 114) le, lui; 
of — , en ; to — , lui, (demonstra- 
tive) oelui. 

himself, pron. (Ill) lui-meme, lui, 
soi-meme (257), soi, (in a reflect, 
verb, 138) se. 

hinder, v.a. empecher {de) (294). 

his, pron., poss. (G4, 125) le sien, la 
sienne, les siens, les siennes (pron. 
pers.) a lui, de lui. 

history, s. liistoire, f. 

hit, v.a.n. J rapper, (a mark) at- 
teindre (ir. 175). 

hoard, v.a. amasser. 

hold, v.a. tenir (ir. 187). 

holiday, s. jour de fete, to.., fete, f. 

homage, s. hommage, in. 

home, s. chez soi, m.. maison, f. ; 
at — , chez soi, (57) d la maison, 
(225) -par soi-mSme. 

Homer, s. Homere, m. 

honest, adj. (83) honnete. 

honey, s. miel, m. 

honor, v.a. honor er ('with,' de). 

honor, s. honneur, m., honneurs, 
pi. 

hope, s. esperance, 1, espoir, m. 

hope, v.a.n. esperer ; — for, esperer 
(97, 327). 

horse, s. cheval, m. 

hot, adj. chaud; it is — (147) il 
fait chaud. 



honr, s. heure, f. 

house, s. maison, f . , in or at or to 

the — (dwelling) of (37, 299), 

chez ; . . . my, his, your — , chez 

moi, chez lui, chez vous, etc. 
how, adv. comment, (exclam.) que 

(307), comme ; — much, — many, 

combien. 
however, adv. (yet) cependant toute- 

fois, pourtant, (before an adj., 

281) quelque . . . que, si . . . que. 
human, humane, adj. humain. 
humiliate, v.a. humilier. 
humming-bird, s. oiseau-mouche, m. 
hundred, adj. cent. 
hunger, s. faim, f. 
hunger, v.n. avoir faim. 
hungry, adj. affame ; to be or feel 

— (51) a coir faim. 
hunt, s. chasse, f. 
hunter, s. chasseur, m. 
hunting, s. chasse, f. (232). 
hurt, v.a. faire mal, (wrong) nuire 

d (ir. 172), faire tort d, gdter ; 

to — oneself, . . ., se faire mal. 
hurtful, adj. nuisible. 
husband, s. mari. 
hypocrisy, s. hypocrisie, f. 



I, pron. je (29, 114), moi (110, 255) ; 

it is — , c' 'est moi (111), 
idea, s. idee, f. 

idle, adj. oisif, (lazy) paresseux. 
idleness, s. oisivite, p>aresse, f. 
if, conj. si (183, 316, 320, 322, 323). 
ignorance, s. ignorance, f. 
ignorant, adj. ignorant. 
ill, adj. (sick) malade. 
ill, adv. mal; — -treat, v.a. mal- 

trailer. 
illness, s. maladie, f. 
illustrious, adj. illustre. 
imaginary, adj. imaginaire. 



456 



VOCABULARY. 



imagination, s. imagination. 
imagine, v.a.n. imaginer, se ftgur- 

er. 
imitate, v. a. imiter. 
immediately, adv. immediatemeni, 

tout de suite, tout a Vheure, sans 

delai (256). 
immortal, adj. immortel. 
impions, adj. impie. 
importune, v. a. importuner. 
impose, v. a. imposer. 
impossible, adj. impossible. 
impregnable, adj. imprenable. 
improperly, adv. mal d propos. 
improve, v.a.n. ameliorer, faire des 

progres? 
in, prep. (304), dans (238, 297), en 

(45, 236, 297), d (45, 237, 250, 

296), chez. entre, (by) par, de 

(86, 230). 
in, adv. adj. s. en dedans, y. 
inauspicious, adj. funeste. 
incapable, adj. incapable. 
inch, s. pouce, m. 
inclined, adj. enclin (d), porte {a). 
inclosed. V. enclosed, 
inconsistent, adj. inconsequent. 
incorrect, adj. incorrect. 
increase, v.a.n. accroitre, croitre 

(ir. 178), iaugmenter. 
incredible, adj. incroyable. 
incur, v. a. encourir (ir. 184), s'at- 

tirer. 
indeed, adv. vraiment, en effet. 
induce, v. a. engager {a). 
industrious, adj. labor ieux, dili- 
gent. 
industry, s. travail, m., activite, 

f. 
inexhaustible, adj. inepuisable. 
inform, v.a.n. informer. 
ingenious, adj. ingenieux. 
inhabit, v. a. habiter. 
inhabitant, s. habitant, e. 
inherent, adj. inherent id). 
injure, v. a. nuire d (ir. 172). 
injury,^, injure, i, tort, m. 
injustice, s. injustice, f., tort, m. 
ink, s. encre, if. 
inkstand, s. encrier, m. 



innocence, s. innocence, f. 
inquire, v.a.n. s 'informer (de), de- 

mander (376). 
insatiable, adj. insatiable. 
insect, s. insecte, m. 
insensible, adj. insensible. 
instead of, adv. au lieu de. 
instruct, v. a. instruire (ir. 172). 
instruction, s. instruction, f., en- 

seignement, m. 
instructive, adj. instructif. 
instrument, s. instrument, m. 
intelligence, s. intelligence,!., (news) 

nouvelle, f. 
intemperance, s. intemperance, f. 
intend, v. a. se proposer (de), avoir 

l J intention (de), entendre. 
intention, s. intention, f. 
interest, v. a. inter esser, s'interes- 

ser. 
interest, s. interet, rn. 
interrogate, v.a.n. interroger. 
interrupt, v. a. interrompre. 
into, prep, dans, en, d, entre; — 

it, them (things), dedans, y. 
introduce, v. a. introduire (ir. 172). 
invent, v. a. inv enter. 
invention, s. invention, f. 
invite, v. a. inviter (a). 
Ireland, s. VIrlande, f. 
Irish, adj. irlandais, cPIrlqnde. 
iron, s. fer, m. 
iron, v.a. repasser. 
island, s. He, f. 
it, pron. (nominative) il, m., elle, f., 

(obj. of a verb) le, m., la, f. (114, 

255, 260), (dative) M, m. f., 

(imp.) il, ce, c* (73, 111, 255), 

cela; at — , by — , for — , from 

— , of — , en, y; to — , y (114, 

120, 258). 
Italian, adj. italien. 
Italy, s. V Italic, f. 
its, pron. poss. (64, 241) son, sa, scs, 

le'sien. V. his. 
itself, pron. lui-meme, m. , clle-memc, 

f., soi-meme, m. (257), lid, elle 

(258), soi (257), (in a reflect. 

verb, 138) se. 
ivory, s. ivoire, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



457 



J. 



jailer, s. geolier, m. 

James, s. Jacques, m. 

January, s. Janvier, m. 

jealous, &d}.jaloux. 

jealousy, s. jalousie, f. 

jewel, s. bijou, m. 

John, s. Jean, ni. 

join, v.a. joindre (ir. 175). 

journey, s. voyage, m. 

joy, s. joie, f. 

judge, v.a.n. juger (97). 

judge, s. /K0«, m. 

judgment, s. jugement, m. 

Julius, s. Jules, m. 

July, s. juillet, m. 

June, s. j», m. 

just, adj. juste. 

just, adv. juste; — as, fcwi comme, 
tel que (277) ; I have — , je viens 
de (203), je ne fais que (204). 

justice, s. justice, f. 



K. 



keep, v.a. tenir (ir. 187), garder, (de- 
tain) retenir, (have in custody) 
conserver, garder, (observe) ob- 
server, (save from danger) pre- 
server; — , v.n. se tenir, — (from) 
se garder {de). 

key, s. clef, f. 

kill, v.a. tuer. 

kind, s. genre, m. , sorte, f . 

kind, adj. ban; be so — as (191) 
veuillez (Men). 

kindly, adv. avec bonte, bien. 

kindness, s. bonte, i. 

king, s. rot, m. ; street, la rue 

royale. 

kingdom, s. royaume, m. 

kitchen, s. cuisine, f. 

knife, s. couteau, m. 

knock, v.a.n. frapp er ; — down, 
abattre (303). 



know, v.a. (to be acquainted with 
through the senses ; to have ex- 
perienced, viz. seen, heard, smelt, 
tasted or felt before) connaitre 
(ir. 178), (to be aware or con- 
scious of, to have learnt by the 
application of the mind, by heart 
etc.) sazoir (ir. 191, 291), (recog- 
nize) reconnaltre (ir. 178). 

knowledge, s. sawir, rn., science, 
connaissance, f., connaissances, 
f. pi. 



L. 



laborer, s. ouvrier, m. 
laborious, adj. laborieux. 
labyrinth, s. labyrintlie, m. 
laconic, adj. laconiqve. 
lady, s. dame, f., (title) lady; young 

— , demoiselle. 
land, s. terre, f . , (country) pays, m. 
landlord, s. proprietaire, (of hotels 

and inns) aubergiste, m. 
language, s. langage, m. 
large, adj. gros, grand. 
last, adj. dernier {$'5) ; at — , cnfin, 

a la fin. 
last, adv. dernier erne ret, (last time) 

la derniere fois. 
late, adj. adv. tard, (of the dead, 

247) fzu, (behind time) en retard. 
lately, adv. dernierement, Vautre 

jour (286). 
latter, adj. dernier ; the — (119) 

celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci, cellex-ci. 
laugh, v.n. rire (ir. 107, 194) se 

moquer {de). 
launch, v.a. lancer. 
law, s. loi, f. 
lawyer, s. avocat, m. 
lay, v.a. mettre (ir. 180), placer. 
lazy, adj. paresseux. 
lead, s. plornb, m. 
lead, v.a.n. conduire (ir. 172), me- 

ner (96), induire {a) (ir. 172). 
leaf, s.feuille. f. 



458 



VOCABULARY. 



league, s. (distance) lime, f. 

lean, v.n. (rest) s\ippuyer. 

learn, v.a.n. apprendre (ir. 181). 

learned, adj. savant. 

learning, s. science, f. 

least, adv. s. moins (153) ; at — 

(minimum) au moins, clu moins. 
leave, s. permission, f . , (of absence) 

conge. 
leave, v.a.n. quitter, laisser, (not to 

take away, not to go to) laisser, 

(depart) partir. 
left, adj. gauche; to the — , d 

gauche. 
leg, s.jambe, f. 
lend, v.a. preter. 
length, s. longueur, f. (252, 302). 
lest, adj. moindre, plus petit. 
less, adv. moins, (before a noun) 

moins de; the — , moins. 
lesson, s. lecon, f. 
lest, conj. de peur que or de (335). 
let, v.a. (allow) laisser, permettre 

(ir. 180), (cause to . . .) faire (ir. 

180), (hire) louer ; — him come 

(310, 335) qii'il vienne. 
letter, s. lettre, f. 
liable, adj. si/jet (a). 
liar, s. menteur, m. 
liberal, adj. liberal, cnvers. 
liberty, s. liberie, f. 
lie, v.n. (speak false) mentir (ir. 

184). 
lie, v.n. etre situe ; — down, se 

coucher. 
life, s. me, f. 

lift (up) v. a. lever (90), elever. 
light, s. lumiere, f . , (day) jour, m. ; 

to be — , faire jour. 
light, adj. leger. 
lighten, v.a. eclair er ; — , v. n. faire 

des eclairs. 
like, adj. pareil (a) ; to be or look 

— , ressembler (a), avoir Vair 

{de). 
like, adv. comme, tel que. 
like, v.a.n. aimer {a), (wish) vouloir 

(ir. 191) ; I should — to, je vou- 

drais. 
lily, s. lis, m. 



limit, v.a. Umiter, bonier, restrein- 

dre (ir. 175). 
line, s. ligne, f. 
linen, s. toile, f. 
lion, s. lion, in. 
lip, s. levre, f. 
listen, v.a. ecouter. 
literature, s. litter alure, f. 
little, adj. petit (compar. 86). 
little, adv. peu (compar. 152), guere, 

(before a noun) peu de, guere bZe ; 

but — (57) ne . . . guere. 
live, v.n. vivre (ir. 181), (reside) de- 

meurer. 
lively, adj. vif, anime. 
load, v.a. charger, (bestow) com- 

bler. 
lock, v.a.n. fermer (d de). 
London, s. Londres, m. 
long, adj. long, de longueur (252, 

302); a — time, long temps (adv.). 
long, adv. longtemps, (long since) 

depuis longtemps ; as — as, so — 

as, tant que; how — ? combiende 

temps ? depuis quand ? 
long, v.n. tarder ; I — to (353) ilme 

tarde de. 
look, v.n. regarder, (look like, 52, 

247) avoir Vair, (seem) paraitre 

(ir. 178), sembler ; — on, upon, 

regaj'der ; — for, (seek) chercher. 
looking-glass, s. miroir, m., glace, 

f. 
lord, s. maitre, m., (title) seigneur, 

(God) Seigneur, in. 
lose, v.a.n. perdre(lW) ('by,' a). 
loss, s. perte, f. 
lot, s. sort, m. 
lottery, s. loterie, i. 
loud, adj. haut y fort. 
Louisa, s. Louise, f. 
love, v.a. aimer ; — dearly, clierir. 
love, s. amour, m. 
low, adj. bas. 
luck, s. chance, f. ; good — , bonheur, 

in., bonne fortune. 
Lucretius, s. Lucrece, m. 
lustre, s. lustre, m. 
luxury, s. luxe, m. 
Lyons, s. Lyon, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



459 



M. 

machine, s. machine, f. 

mad, adj. fou (79), insense, (of hy- 
drophobia) enrage. 

madam, s. madame, f. 

magistrate, s. magistrat. 

magnificent, adj. magnifiqve. 

mail, s. (post) malle, poste, f. 

maintain, v.a.n. maintenir (ir. 187), 
nourrir. 

make, v. a. faire (ir. 180), (render) 
rendre ; to — oneself understood, 
se faire comprendre (idioms, 381). 

man, s. homme, m., men, pi. 
hommes, (people) gens, m. pi. 

mankind, s. les hommes, m. pi. 

manner, s. manierc, facon, f . ; — s, 
pi. mceurs, f. pi. 

many, adj. (42) beaucoup {de), Men 
(des) ; — a (276), tel ; a great — , 
very — , beaucoup (de), Men {des) ; 
as — , aidant, (before a noun) 
autant de ; as — as, aidant que, 
tant que; how — ? combien (de) ? 
too — , trop, (before a noun) trop 
de. 

map, s. carte. 

March, s. (month) mars, m., (mil.) 
mar die, f. 

market, s. (2dS)marc7ie, m., lialle, f. 

marriage, s. mariage, m. 

married, adj. marie. 

marry, v.a. (give or unite) marier, 
(take to oneself) epouser ; — v.n. 

Mary, s. Marie, f . [se marier. 

master, s. maitre, m. ; — -key, s. 
passe-partout, m. ; — -piece, s. 
chef-cVaiuvre, m. 

master, v.n. dompter, s* emparer (de) . 

mathematics, s. mathematiques, f.pl. 

matter, s. mature, f., affaire, 
chose, f . ; what is the — ? qu'est-ce 
quHly a? what is the — with 
you (52) ? qiCest-ce que xous 
avez, qiCest-ce qiCU a. 

maxim, s. maxime, f. 

may, v. auxil. poutoir (ir. 190, 
335) ; you — have seen, vous avez 
pu voir. 



May, s. (month) mai, m. 

me, pron. me (114), moi (110). 

meadow, s. prairie, f., pre, m. 

meal, s. repas, m. , (flour) farine, f . 

mean, s. milieu, m..; — s, pi. moyen, 
m. (pecuniary) moyens, m. pi., 
ressources, f. pi. ; by — s of, au 
moyen de. 

measure, s. mesure, f. 

meat, s. viande, f. 

medal, s. medaille, i. 

meddle, v.n. se meler (de). 

medicine, s. medecine, f. 

meet, v.a. (pers.) rencontrer. 

member, s. membre, m. 

memory, s. memoire, f. 

mend, v.a. raccommoder, repairer, 
, (a pen) tailler. 

mention, v.a. mentionner, parler de. 

merchant, s. neg.ociant, (retailer) 
marchand (de . . .). 

merciful, adj. miser •icordieux. 

merit, s. merite, m. 

messenger, s. messager, m. 

metal, s. metal, m. 

middle, adj. du milieu. 

midst, s. milieu. 

mild, adj. doux. 

mile, s. mille, m. 

milk, s. lait, m. ; — -woman, s. 
laiiiere, f. 

milk, v.a. tvaire (ir. 174). 

miller, s. meunier, m. 

mind, s. esprit, in., (opinion) avis, 
m. ; to change one's — , changer 
(Pavis, 

mine, pron. poss. (125) le mien, la 
mienne, les miens, les miennes, 
mes, (pron. pers.) a moi, de moi; 
this drawing is — , (belongs to 
me) ce dessin est a moi; a friend 
of — , (65) un de mes amis. 

mine, s. mine, f. 

minute, s. minute, f. 

mirror, s. miroir, m. 

miser, s. autre, m. 

miserable, adj. miserable. 

misfortune, s. malheur, m. 

Miss, s. mademoiselle, f. , demoi- 
selle, f . 

miss, v.a.n. manquer (377). 



460 



VOCABULARY. 



mistake, v.a.n. se tromper (de, sur). 

mistake, s. (taking one for another) 
meprise, f., (error) erreur, 1, (fail- 
ing) faute, f . 

mistress, s. matt r esse, f. 

mistrust, v. a. se mefter, se defer de. 

mix (up), v.a. meter . 

mock, v. a.n. se moquer de, fire de 
(ir. 194). 

modern, adj. s. moclerne. 

modest, adj. modeste. 

modesty, s. modeslie, f. 

moment, s. moment, m. 

Monday, s. lundl, m. 

money, s. argent, m. 

monk, s. moine, m. 

month, s. mois, m. 

monument, s. monument, m. 

moon, s. lune, f. ; — -light, s. clair 
de lune, m. 

moral, s. morale, 1 

more, adv. plus, davantage (287), 
(before a noun) plus de, (again) 
encore du or de la or des ; no — , 
pas davantage, ne . . . plus (57, 
290); once — , encore une fols ; 
the — , plus. 

morning, s. matin, m., (whole morn- 
ing) matinee, f . ; good — , bonjour. 

mortal, adj. s. mortel. 

most, adj. le plus, (most part, 276) 
la plupart. 

most, adv. s. le plus (153), p^ us -, 
(extremely, highly) tres, fort, 
Men. 

mother, s. mere, f. 

motive, s. motif, m. 

mountain, s. montagne, f. 

mouse, s. souris, f. 

mouth, s. louche, f. 

move, v.a. (set going) mouwiv (ir. 
195), (shake) ebranler, (furniture) 
demenager, (affect) emouvoir (ir. 

Mr., Monsieur, M., Mr. [190). 

Mrs. , Madame, Mme. 

much, adv.' s. beaucoup, Men, (be- 
fore a noun) beaucoup de, Men 
du or de la or des, (very) tres, 
fort; very — , beaucoup), blen(2S6); 
how — ? comb leu f 

multitude, s. multitude, f. 



murder, v.a. assasslner. 
murder, s. mcurtre, m. 
murmur, v.a.n. murmurer. 

usic, s. muslque, f. ; 

maUre de musique. 
must, v.n. imp. falloir (ir. 148, 190, 

830), devoir (ir. 189) ; we — (163) 

on doit ; ilfaut. 
mutable, adj. inconstant, variable. 
my, pron. poss. (68) moil, ma, mes. 
myself, pron. (Ill) moi-meme, moi, 

(in a reflect, verb, 138) me. 



N. 



name, s. nom, m. 
napkin, s. serviette, f. 
narrow, adj. etroit. 
nation, s. nation, f. 
native, adj. (of a place) natal. 
natural, adj. naturel ; — philo- 
sopher, naturallste, m. 
nature, s. nature, f. 
naughty, adj. mediant. 
near, &a].pres de, volsin. proc7tain. 
near, prep. adv. pres, pres de; — it, 

them (things), aupres. 
nearly, adv. de pres, d peu pres, 

presque, pres de. 
neat, adj. propre, soigne. 
neatly, adv. proprement. 
necessary, adj. necessalre ; to be — , 

falloir (ir. 147, 190). 
necessity, s. necessite, f. 
need, v.a. avoir bcsoln de; v.n. etre 

necessalre (de), falloir (ir. 147, 

190). 
needful, adj. necessalre. 
neglect, v.a. negllgcr. 
neglectf ulness, s. negligence, f. 
neighbor, s. volsin, e. 
neither, pron. (279) ni Vun (Fune, 

f.), nil' autre. 
neither, conj. (57, 289) ni, nonplus; 

— ... nor (57) nl . . . ni. 



VOCABULAKY. 



461 



Nero, s. Neron, m. 

nest, s. nid, m. 

never, adv. jamais, (with a verb, 

57) ne . . . jamais. 
nevertheless, adv. neanmoins, cepen- 

dant. 
new, adj. neuf, (different, addi- 
tional, novel, of a later season, 

nouveau (79). 
New Orleans, s. la NouveUe- Orleans. 
news, s. nouvelle, f . , nouvelles, f . pi. 
newspaper, s. journal, rn. 
next, adj. (of place) voisin, (of 

place and order) suivant, (of 

time to come, coming-) prochain. 
next, adv. apres, ensuite. 
nice, adj. joli, gentil. 
niece, s. niece, f. 
night, s. nuit, f . ; last — , eette nuit, 

la nuit, dernier e, Itier au soir ; to 

be — , fake nuit. 
nine, adj. neuf. 
nineteen, adj. dix-neuf. 
ninety, adj. quatre-vingt-dix. 
ninth, adj. neumeme, neuf. 
no, adv. non, pas ; O — ! que non 

(308). 
no, adj. (57, 7G) aucun, mil, pas, 

point, pas un, ne . . . pas, ne . . . 

point de (159) ; — more, ne . . . 

plus (289). 
nobility, s. noblesse, f. 
nobody, s. (57, 130) personne, ne 

. . . personne, personne , . . ne. 
noise, s. bruit, m. 
noisily, adv. bruyamment. 
noisy, adj. bruyani. 
none, adj. pron. aucun, mil, pas un, 

aucun ne, pas un ne (275) ; I have 

— , je rCen aipas. 
noon, s. midi, m. 

nor, conj. ni, ni . . . ne, et . . . ne. 
Normandy, s. la Normandie, f. 
nose, s. nez, m. 
not, adv. (57, 58, 159, 289 ; without 

pas 291), ne . . . pas, ne . . . 

point, non, pas. 
nothing, s. (57, 130) rien, ne . . . 

rien, rien . . . ne (adverb, in no 

way), nullement ; — bnt, ne . . . 

que. 



notice, v. a. remarquer, s' apercevoir 

de. 
notwithstanding, prep, malgre ; — 

adv. neanmoins. 
nourish, v. a. nourrir (102). 
novel, s. roman, m. 
November, s. novembre, m. 
now, adv. maintenant, d present, 

done. 
nowise, adv. nullement. 
nowhere, adv. nulle part. 
number, s. (quantity) nombre, m., 

(sign of distinction) numero, m. 
nut, s. (walnut) noix, f. 
nymph, s. nymphe, f. 



o. 



o, int. oil, 6! 

obedient, adj. obeissant. 

obey, v.a. obeir (101). 

object, s. objet, m,, but, m. 

obligation, s. obligation, f. 

oblige, v.a. obliger (a), (do a service) 

obliger (de). 
obliged, part. adj. (indebted, in duty 

bound) oblige ('to,' a, 'for,' de), 

(compelled) oblige ('to,' de) ; to 

be — , fallow (ir. 148, 190). 
observation, s. observation, f. 
observe, v.a. observer, remarquer. 
obtain, v.a. obtenir (ir. 187), acque- 

rir, remporter. 
occasion, v.a. causer. 
occupation, s. occupation, 1, emploi. 
occupy, v. a. occuper ; to — oneself 

in or with, s ^ occuper d (352). 
ocean, s. ocean, m. 
o'clock. V. clock. 
October, s. oclobre, m. 
odious, adj. odieux. 
of, prep. (42, 235, 250, 342) de, 

(among) entre ; a brother — mine, 

unfrere d-moi. 
offence, s. offense, injure, f. 
offend, v.a. offenser, ?nanquer(d). 



462 



VOCABULARY. 



offer, v.a. offrir (a) (ir. 184), pro- 
poser (a). 

officer, s. officier, m. 

oft, often, oftentimes, adv. souvent; 
as — as (241), toutes lesfois que. 

oh, int. oli ! 6 ! 

oil, s. huile, f. 

old, adj. (68, 79, 252) meux, meil, 
age ; to be ten years — , avoir dix 
ans, etre age de dix ans ; how — 
are yon? quel age avez-vousf 

omen, s. augur e, m. 

omit, v.a. omettre (ir. 180). 

on, prep. (304) sur, (at, to, about) 
a, (of, from, towards) de. 

on, adv. dessus. 

once, adv. unefois; — more, encore 
line fois ; at — , tout de suite, tout 
a coup, tout dhin coup (286). 

one, adj. un, une, tin seul, une seule; 
not — (76) aucun, nul. 

one, pron. (man, people, they, 129) 
on, (somebody) quelqiCun, m., 
(the — ) celui, m., celle, f. ; any — , 
quelqiCun; (neg. 275) personne ; 
some — , quelqiCun; the — , V. 
that ; — another, V. each other. 

one's, pron. son, m., sa, 1, ses, pi. 

oneself, pron. soi-meme, soi, (in a 
reflect, verb,' 138) se. 

only, adj. seul, unique. 

only, adv. settlement, ne . . . que, 
(57, 160, 307), rien que. 

open, v.a. owvrir (ir. 185). 

open, adj. ouvert. 

opera, s. opera, m. 

opinion, s. opinion, f . , avis, m. ; to 
be of — , etre d'avis. 

opportunity, s. occasion, f. 

opposed, adj. oppose ; to be — , s" 1 op- 
pose?'. 

opposite, adj. prep. adv. oppose, vis- 
a-vis (de). 

or, conj. ou (285), (negat.) ni ; — 
else, ou Men, autrement. V. also 
either. 

orator, s. orateur, m. 

orchard, s. verger, m. 

order, s. ordre, m. , (rule) regie ; in 
— to, a fin de (346), pour; in — 
that, a fin que, pour que. 



order, v.a. ordonner, commander, 
faire (ir. 180). 

origin, s. origine, f. 

other, adj. (276) pron. autre; — s, 
— people, les auires, cVautres, au- 
trui. 

otherwise, adv. autrement. 

ought, v. def. devoir (ir. 189), fal- 
low (ir. 148, ISO). 

our, pron. poss. (64) notre, nos, pi. 

ours, pron. poss. (125) le notre, la 
notre, les notres, (pron. pers.) d 
nous, de nous. V. for examples, 
mine, his, hers, yours. 

ourself, pron. (Ill) nous-meme ; 
— ves, pi. nous-memes ; nous, (in 
a reflect, verb 138) nous. 

out, adv. dehors, hors ; — of (299) 
Jiors de, (of numbers) de, sur. 

outlive, v.a. surxivre a (ir. 181). 

outside, adj. exterieur ; — adv. en 
dehors, dehors. 

over, prep. (305) (on, upon) sur, (a 
top of, more than) au- dessus de. 

over, adv. dessus, par-dessus, (ended 
action) passe, fini. 

overwhelm, v.a. accaUer (de). 

owe, v.a. devoir (ir. 189). 

owing, adj. die (a), cl cause (de), 
grace («). 

own, adj. (241) propre ; one's — , 
son propre, son (sa, ses), (when 
nob used before a noun) le sien, d 
soi, sien, etc. (coming from) de soi } 
(relations), les siens. 

ox, s. bceuf, m. 



pagan, s. adj. pcCien, m. 

pain, s. douleur, 1, mnl, m. ; to 

take — s, se downer de la peine ; 

to give — , faire de la peine. 
painful, adj. douloureux. 
paint, v.a.n. peindre (ir. 175). 
painter, s. pcintre, m. 
painting, s. peinture, f. 






VOCABULARY. 



463 



pair, s. paire, f . 

palace, s. palais, m. 

pale, adj . pale. 

paper, s. papier, m., (newspaper) 
journal, rn. 

paradise, s. papadis, m. 

pardon, v.a.n. pardonner. 

pardon, s. pardon, m. ; I beg your 
— , je vous demande pardon. 

parent, s. pere, m., mere, f. ; — s, 
pi. parents, m. pi. 

park, s. pare, rn. 

part, s. partie, f . , (share) part, por- 
tion, f. 

particularly, adv. surtout. 

party, s. parti, m. 

pass, v.n.a. passer, (occur) se passer. 

passage, s. passage, m. 

passion, s. passion, f . 

passionate, adj. passionne, emporte. 

past, prep, au-deld, de, (of age) 
plus de, (of time) passe, apres ; 

half two (73) deux lieures et 

demie. 

patience, s. patience, f. 

patient, s. malade, m.f. 

pay, v.a. payer (97;, (visits, re- 
spects) rendre, faire (ir. ISO). 

peace, s. paix, f . 

peach, s. peche, f. 

pear, s. poire, f . 

peasant, s. paysan, m. , -ne, f . 

pedestal, s. piedesial, ra. 

pen, s. plume, f. ; — -holder, s. 
porte-plume, m. ; — -knife, s. 
canif, m. 

pencil, s. crayon, m. 

people, s. (nation) peuple, m., na- 
tion, f ., (individuals : anywhere) 
gens m.f. pi., (207), (considered 
together, within certain limits)' 
monde, m. , (if a number is men- 
tioned, persons) personnes, f. pi., 
(inhabitants) habitants, m. pi., 
population, f., (common folks, 
lower class) peuple, m., (they, 
one-, 129, 274) on ; — say, en dit. 

perceive, v.a.n. (see, with the eye 
or mind) apcreesoir (ir. 189), (find 
out, notice, by the mind only) 
tfapercevoir de. 



perforin, v.a.n. faire, executer, s'ac- 
quitter de, (theat., mus.) jouer. 

perhaps, adv. peut-etre. 

perish, v.n. perir, deperir. 

permit, v.a. permettre (ir. 180). 

pernicious, adj. pernicieux. 

persecute, v.a. persecuter. 

Persian, s. adj. Per san, e. 

persist, v.n. persister, s'obstiner. 

person, s. personne, f. ; — s, pi. 
gens, m.f. pi. 

persuade, v.a. persuader. 

Peru, s. le Perou, ni. 

perusal, s. lecture, f. 

Peter, s. Pierre, m. 

Philip, s. Philippe, m. 

philosopher, s. philosophe, m. ; na- 
tural — , naturaliste, m. ; — 's- 
stone, s. pierre philosophale, f . 

physician, s. medecin, m. 

piano, s. piano, m. 

pickle, v.a. mariner, confire (ir. 
172). 

picture, s. tableau, m. 

pie, s. (of meat) pate, m. , (of fruit) 
tartc, f. 

piece, s. morceau, piece f. 

pier, s. pile, f . 

pierce, v.a.n. percer.. 

pin, s. epingle, f. 

pink, s. csillet, m. 

pinnacle, s. pinacle, m. , degre, m. 

pious, adj. pieux. 

pitiless, adj. impitoyable. 

pity, s. pitie ; it is a — (330) e'est 
dommage. 

pity, v.a.n. avoir pitie de, plaindre 
(ir. 175). 

place, s. place, lieu. 

place, v.a. placer (97). 

plain, adj. uni, (simple) simple, 
(common) ordinaire. 

plan, s. plan, projet, m. 

plank, s. planche, f. 

plant, s. plante, f. , 

plate, s. (a dish) assieite, f . 

play, v.a.n. jouer (377), (idioms, 
383). 

play, s. jeu, m. , (drama) piece, f. , 
(theatre) spectacle, m., co/iiedie, 1 

pleasant, adj. agreable. 



464 



VOCABULARY. 



please, v.a.n. plaire d, faire plaisir 

d (ir. 178) ; if you — , sHl xous 

plait. 
pleased, adj. content (de). 
pleasure, s. plaisir, m. 
Pliny, s. Ptine, m. 
plum, s. prune, f. 
plunder, s. butin, m. 
j)bcket, s. poche, f. 
poem, s. poeme, m. 
poet, s. #0e£e, m. 
poetry, s. poesie, f. 
point, s. point, m. , (sharp end) 

pointe, f . ; on the point — of, swr 

£e _£><?&>&£ de. 
poison, s. poison, m. 
poison, v.a. empoisonner. 
polite, adj. poll. 
political, adj. politique. 
pond, s. etang, m. 
poor, adj. pauvre (83), (bad) mau- 
pope, s. pape, m. [«#&. 

poplar, s. peuplier, m. 
portal, s. portail, m. 
portion, s. portion, part. 
IDOst-office, s. bureau de poste, m., 

_poste, f. 
pot, s. pot, m. (233). 
potato, s. pomifye de terre, f . 
pound, s- livre, f., (coin) livre 

sterling. 
poverty, s. pauvrete, f. 
powder, s. poudre, f. 
power, s. pouvoir, ni. 
powerful, adj. puissant. 
practise, v.a.n. pratiquer. 
praise, v.a. fc^dr (133). 
praise, s. louange, f., eloge, m. 
pray, 'v.a.n. prier (97). 
preach, v.a.n. precher. 
precede, v.a. preceder. 
preceding-, adj. precedent. 
precious, adj. precieux. 
precisely, adv. precisement, au juste. 
prefer, v.a. prefer er (97). 
prepare, v.a. preparer. 
presence, s. presence, f . 
present, adj. present; to he — at, 

assister d. 
present, s. present, m., cadeau, m. ; 

at — , a present. 



present, v.a. presenter, (give) faire 
present de. 

preserve, v.a. (from) preserver (de), 
(keep) conserver, (in sugar, etc.) 
confire, (ir. 172), (save) sauver. 

pretend, v.a.n. (feign) feindre (ir. 
175). 

pretty, ndj.joti, gentil. 

pretty, adv. (158) assez ; — much, 
— near, d peu pres,presque, assez. 

prevent, v.a. preoenir (ir. 187), 
(hinder) empecher (de) (294). 

price, s. prix, m. 

pride, s. orgueil, in. 

prince, s. prince, m. 

princess, s. princesse, f . 

principle, s. principe, m. 

printer, s. imprimeur, m. 

prison, s. prison, f . 

prisoner, s. prisonnier, m. 

prize, s. (capture) prise, 1, (reward) 
prix, m. 

probable, adj. probable (331). 

probity, s. probite, f . 

procure, v. a. procurer. 

prodigious, adj. prodigieux. 

produce, v.n. produire (ir. 172). 

product, s. produit, m. 

professor, s. professeur, m. 

profit, v.n. profiter ; to — by, pro- 
filer de. 

progress, s. progres, m. 

project, s. projet. 

promise, s. promesse, f. 

promise, v.a.n. promettre (ir. 180). 

prompt, adj. prompt. 

proper, adj. propre. convenable. 

property, s. propriete, f., biens, m. 

proposal, s. proposition, f. 

propose, v.a. proposer. 

prosperity, s. prosperity f. 

protect, v.a. proteger. 

protector, s. protecteur, m. 

proud, adj. fier, orgueilleux. 

prove, v.a. proaver. 

provide, v.a.n. pourwir (ir. 190). 

provided, conj. (333) pourvu que. 

providence, s. providence, f. 

prudence, s. prudence, f. 

Prussia, s. la Prusse, f. 

public, adj. s. public, m. 



VOCABULARY. 



465 



punctual, adj. ponctuel, exact (a). 

punctuality, s. exactitude, f. 

punctually, adv. ponctuellement. 

punish, v.a. punir (102). 

pupil, s. (of the eye) pupille, pru- 
nelle, f. , (scholar) Sieve, m.f. 

purchase, v.a. acheter (' of,' a). 

pure, adj. pur. 

purpose, s. but, rn., dessein, m., 
usage, m. 

purse, s. bourse, f., porte-monnaie. 

pursue, v.a.n. poursuivre (ir. 174). 

pursuer, s. persecuteur, m. 

put, v.a.n. mettre (ir. 180), placer 
(97) ; — off, (postpone) remeitre 
(ir. 180), differ er, r envoy er ; — 
on, mettre (ir. 180) ; — out, mettre 
dehors, (a fire, etc.) eteindre (ir. 
175). 

Pyrenees, s. pi. Pyrenees, m. pi. 



Q. 



quantity, s. quantite, f. 
quarrel, s. querelle, dispute, f. 
quarter, s. quart, m. ; — of an 

hour (73) quart dlieure, m. 
queen, s. m'?26, f. 
question, s. question, f. 
question, v.a.n. questionner, douter 

de (329). 
quick, adj . vif, prompt. 
quick, adv. vite. 
quiet, adj. tranquille, calme. 
quire, s. main, f. 
quite, adv. tout dfa.it, tout (280). 



R. 



railroad, s. cliemin defer, m. 
rain, v.n. imp. pleuwir (ir. 190). 
rain, s. pliiie. f. 



raise, v.a. ?6yer (96), tod?' (321), 

enfler. 
rapidly, adv. rapidement. 
rare, adj. rare. 
rather, adv. platot (286). 
• read, v.a.n. lire (ir. 177); — over 

again, relire (ir. 177). 
ready, adj. pret (a) ; — to be, avoir 

fini. 
real, adj. reel, vrai. 
really, adv. reellement, vraiment. 
reap, v.a.n. recolter. 
reason, s. raison, f . 
recall, v.a. rappeler (96), (to the 

mind, remember) se rappeler. 
receive, v.a. recevoir (ir. 189), ac- 

cueulir (ir. 184). 
recognize, v.a. reconnaUre (ir. 178). 
recollect;, v.a. V. remember, 
recommend, v.a. recommander. 
recompense, s. recompense, f. 
red, adj. rouge. 
redouble, v.a.n. redoubler. 
reduce, v.a. reduire (ir. 172). 
reed, s. roseau, m., canne, f. 
re-enter, v.a. rentrer (dans). 
re-establish, v.a. retablir. 
reflect, v.a. refechir. 
reflection, s. reflexion, f . 
refuse, v.a.n. refuser. 
regard, s. egard, m., consideration, 

f . ; with — to, d V egard de, quant d. 
region, .s. region, f. 
regret, v.a. regretter. 
regret, s. regret, m. 
regular, adj. regulier. 
reign, v.n. regner, (prevail) dominer. 
reign, s. regne, m. 
rejoice, v.a. rejouir ; — v.n. sere- 

jouir (de) (139). * 
relate, v.a.n. raconter, rapporter. 
relieve, v.a. soulager, secourir (ir. 

184), subvenir d (ir. 187). 
rely, v.n. compter (sur), se reposer 

(sur), s\ippuyer, se fonder. 
remain, v.n. rester, demeurer. 
remedy, s. remede, m. 
remember, v.a. se rappeler (96), se 

souvenir de (ir. 187). 
remonstrance, s. remonstrance, f. 
render, v.a. rendre. 



466 



VOCABULARY. 



renew, v. a. renouveler (06). 

repair, v.a.n. reparer. 

repeat, v. a. repeter, (by heart) re- 
citer. 

repent, v.n.a. se repentir de (ir. 184). 

reply, v.a.n. repondre. 

report, v. a. rapporter. 

report, s. bruit, m., nouvelle, f. 

repose, v.a.n. se reposer. 

represent, v.a. representer. 

reproach, v.a. reprocher, bkimer. 

reproach, s. reproche, m. 

repugnance, s. repugnance, f. 

reputation, s. reputation, f. 

request, v.a. demander, prier. 

require, v.a. demander, (as a right) 
exiger (327), (want) avoir besoin de. 

resemble, v. a. ressembler a. 

resolve, v.a. resoudre (ir. 175), se 
resoudre (a). 

respect, v.a. respecter. 

respect, s. respect, m. ; with — to, 
quant d, sur. 

respectful, adj. respectueux (envers). 

rest, v.n. se reposer, (lesaijs'apypityer. 

rest, s. rcpos, m. 

restless, adj. (anxious) inquiet. 

restrain, v.a. rcprimer, resireindre 
(ir. 175). 

result, s. resultat, m. 

retain, v.a. retenir (ir. 187). 

retire, v.a.n. (se) retirer. 

return, v.n. (go back) retourner, 
(corne back) retenir (ir. 187) ; 
— v.a. rendre, (send back) r en- 
voy er. 

return, s. re-tour, m. 

revenge, v.a. se venger de. 

reward, v.a. recompenser (' for,' de). 

reward, s. recompense, f. 

Rhine, s. Rhin, m. 

ribbon, s. ruban, rn. 

rich, adj. riche. 

riches, s. richesses, f . pi. 

ride, v.n.a. (on a horse) monter (a 
cheval). 

ridiculous, adj. ridicule. 

right, adj. adv. droit, bon, _ Men, 
juste ; to be — • (pers. ) avoir rai- 
son (de). 

right, s. droit, ni., raison, f., litre, 



m. ; to the — , a droite ; to be in 
the — , avoir raison. 

ring, s. bague, f. 

ring, v.n. sonner. 

ripe, adj. mur. 

rise, v.n. (get up) se lever. 

risk, v.a. risquer, hazarder. 

rival, s. rival, e. 

river, s. riviere, f. 

road, s. route, 1, cliemin, m., voie, 
f . , (of streets) chaussee, f . 

rob, v.a. voter, (deprive) priver (de). 

Roman, adj. s. romain. 

Rome, s. liome, 1 

roof, s. toit, m. 

room, s. cliavibrc, f. 

rose, s. rose, f. 

round, adj. rond. 

round, adv. V. around, adv. 

royal, adj. royal. 

rubbish, s. decombres, debris, m. pi. 

rule, v.a.n. gouverner, (over) regner. 

rule, s. regie, f. 

ruler, s. souverain ; regie, f . 

run, v.n. courir (ir. 184), (to) ac- 
courir, (319) acliever ; — away, 
s'enfuir (ir. 183) , — over, passer 
sur, (of fluids) deborder, (read 
cursorily) par courir (ir. 184). 

Russia, s. la Eussie, f . 



sad, adj. triste. 

sadness, s. tristesse, f. 

safety, s. surete, f. 

St. Helena, s. Sainte-IIclene, f. 

St. Petersburg, s. St. Peter&bourg, f. 

sake, s. ; for the — of, a cause de, 

par egard pour, pour aroir. 
sale, s. vente, f. 
salt, - s. sel, m. 
same, adj. (279) meme, (the same 

thing (la meme chose) ; all or just 

the — , tout de meme. 
satisfied, adj. satisfait (de), content 

(de). 



VOCABULARY. 



467 



satisfy , v.a.n. satisfaire (ir. 180), 

satisfaire a (377). 
Saturday, s. samedi, m. 
savage, adj. s. sauvage, ra.f. 
save,. v. a. sauver, (spare) epargner. 
save, prep, sauf, except e. 
sav. v.a, dire (ir. 172); it is said 

*(274) . . . on dlt . . . 
scarce, adj. rare. 
scarcely, adv. a peine. 
scholar, s. ecolier, eUve, m. 
school, s. ecole, f . ; at — , a V ecole. 
science, s. science, f. 
Scipio Africanus, s. Scipion VAfri- 

cain, m. 
scissors, s. ciseaux, m. pi. 
scold, v.a.n. gronder. 
scripture, s. Ecriture sainte, f. 
sculpture, s. sculpture, f. 
Scythian, adj. s. scythe, des Scythes. 
sea, s. mer, f. 
season, s. saison, f. 
second, adj. second, deuxieme, (of 

the month) deux. 
secret, adj. s. secret, m. ; to keep a 

— (342), (se) taire (ir. 17S). 
security, s. surete, f., garantie. 
see, v.a.n. voir (ir. 1 ( J2), (under- 
stand) comprendre (ir. 181). 
seek, v.a.n. chercher, (ask) dcman- 

der. 
seem, v.n. senibler, paraUre (ir.178). 
seize, v.a.n. saisir (102), s'emparer. 
seldom, adv. recrement. 
self, pron. s. (Ill, 257) soi-meme, soi, 

se. 
sell, v.a. xendre (105) ; — v.n. se 

vendre ; to be sold, a vendre. 
send, v.a.n. envoy er (ir. 194); — 

away, renvoyer ; — for, envoy er 

chercher, faire venir. 
sense, s. sens, m. 
sensible, adj. sensible (a), (common 

sense) sense, (conscious) en pleine 

connaissance. 
sentiment, s. sentiment, m. 
September, s. septembre, m. 
seriously, adv. serieusement. 
servant, s. serviteur, domestique, 

m., servante, f. 
serve, v.a.n. servir (ir. 183). 



service, s. service, m. 

set, v.a. poser, placer (97), mettre 

(ir. 180) ; — off (start) faire par- 

tir ; — out, v.n. (of the sun, 

etc.) se coucher ; — off or out, 

partir (ir. 183). 
seven, adj. sept. 
seventeen, adj. dix-sept. 
seventh, adj. septieme, sept. 
seventy, adj. soixante-dix. 
several, adj. plusieurs. 
sew, v.a.n. coudre (ir. 174). 
shade, shadow, s. ombre, f. 
shall. V. p. 54, 90, 201. 
shame, s. honte, f . 
share, s. part, f. 
share, v.a.n. partager (97). 
she, pron. adj. elle (110, 114, 225), 

celle (119, 270). 
shed, v.a. verser, repandre (108). 
sheep, s. mouton, m., brebis, f. 
sheet, s. (of paper) feuille, f . 
shepherd, s. berger. 
shine, v.n. luire (ir. 171), briller. 
shining, brilleint, beau. 
ship, s. (chiefly for war) vaisseau, 

(chiefly for trade) navire, (general 

term) bdtiment, m. 
shirt, s. chemise, f. 
shoe, s. Soulier, m. ; maker, s. 

cordonnier, m. 
shoot, v.a. (fire arms) tirer, (go out 

shooting) cliasser. 
shop^ s. magasin, boutique (de . . .). 
short, adj. court, petit ; to be — 

-sighted, avoir la vue basse. 
should. V. p. 54, 90, 201, 235. 
shoulder, s. epaule, f. 
show, v.a. montrer. 
shun, v.a. eviter, fuir (ir. 183). 
shut, v.a.n. fermer; — in, enfermer. 
shutter, s. volet. 
Sicily, s. la Sidle, f. 
sick, adj. malade. 
side, s. cote, m. 
siege, s. siege, m. 
sight, s. vue, f. 
sign, s. signe, m. 
sign, v.a. signer. 
signify, v.a.n. signifier. 
silence, s. silence, m. 



468 



VOCABULARY. 



silent, adj. silencieux ; to be or 
keep — , se taire (ir. 178). 
*.& silk, s. sole, f. 
fcs '- silk, adj. de sole. 

silly, adj. niais, sot. 

silver, s. argent, m. 

silver, adj. cP argent. 

simple, adj. s. simple, m. 

sin, s. peche, m. 

since, conj. depitis que (292), que 
(308), (inasmuch as) puisque. 

sincere, adj. sincere. 

sincerity, s. sincerity f. 

sing-, v.a.n. chanter. 

singer, s. chanteur, m. 

single, adj. seul. 

sink, v.n. (s^enf oncer, (decline) de- 
choir (ir. 189). 

sir, s. monsieur, m. 

sister, s. sceur, f . ; ■ in-law, bclle- 

sceur. 

sit, v.n. (seat oneself) s'asseoir (ir. 
192) ; — down, s'asseoir ; (to din- 
ner, to table) se mettre (ir. 180) 
a table. 

situated, adj. situe. 

situation, s. situation, place, f . 

six, adj. s. six. . 

sixteen, adj. seize. 

sixteenth, adj. seizihne, seize. 

sixth, adj. sixieme, six. 

sixty, adj. s. soixante. 

size, s. grandeur, f. 

skate, s. patin, m. 

skate, v.n. paiiner. 

skilful, adj. habile, adroit. 

skin, s. peau, f . 

sky, s. ciel, m. ; skies, pi. (clouds) 
nues, f. pi. 

slander, v.a. medire de (ir. 172). 

slate, s. ardoise, f . 

slave, s. esclave, m.f. 

slavery, s. esclavage, m. 

sleep, v.n. dormir (ir. 183). 

sleep, s. sommeil, m. 

sleepy, adj. ; to be — , avoir sommeil. 

slow, adj. lent. 

slumber, v.n. sommeiller. 

small, adj. petit. 

smell, v.a n. sentir ; — sweet (285) 
sentir boii. 



smile, v.n. sourire (ir. 107, 194), 
('at,' pers., a ; things, de). 

smoke, s. fumee, f. 

smoke, y.n.a. fumer. 

snow, s. neige, f. 

snow, v.n. neiger (146). 

snuffers, s. mouchettes, f. pi. 

so, adv. ainsi, (therefore) done, (to 
such a degree) si, tellement, tant, 
aussi, (used after an adj. or a 
verb) le, en, que oui, (provided 
that) pourvu que ; — that, — as 
to, de sorte que, de maniere que. 

soap, s. sawn, m. 

society, s. societe, f. 

Socrates, s. Socrate, m. 

soft, adj. (yielding, not hard in sub- 
stance) mou, mol, (not rough, and 
fig. not hard or harsh or strong) 
doux, delicat. 

softly, adv. (gently) doucement. 

soil, v.a. salir (102), souiller. ' 

soldier, s. soldat, m. 

solid, adj. solide, (not hollow) massif. 

some, adj. art. adv. (some or other, 
a small amount of, a short . . . , a 
few), quelque, qitelques,jil., (an in- 
definite quantity or number, 39) 
du, m., de la, f., des, pi., (of it, 
of them, 120) en, (about) environ, 
dpeupres; pron. quelques-uns. 

somebody, s. pron. (129) quelqiCun, 
on. 

something, s. pron. quelque chose, 
m. ; — else, autre chose, m. 

sometimes, adv. quelquefois, (when 
repeated) tantot. 

somewhere, adv. quelque part. 

son, s. fils, m. 

soon, adv. bientot, tot, (early) ae 
bonne heure, tot; as — as, aussi- 
iot que, des que (320). 

sooner, adv. plus tot (280). 

sore, adj. (tender) douloureux, sen- 
sible ; to have ■ — eyes, throat 
(52) avoir mal aux yeux, d la 
gorge. 

sorrow, s. chagrin, m., d&uleur. 

sorry, adj. fdche ('for,' 'to,' de), 
afflige. 

sort. s. sorte, capece, f. 



VOCABULABY. 



469 



soul, s. time, f. 

source, s. source, f. 

south, s. sud, midi, in. 

sow, v.a.n. seiner (96). 

spacious, adj. grand, taste. 

Spain, s. VEspagne, f. 

Spanish, adj. efpagnol, (PEspagne. 

sparrow, s. moineau, rn. 

speak, v.n.a. perrler, dire (ir. 172). 

speaker, s. oratcur, rn. 

spectacles, s. lunettes, f . pi. 

spell, v.a.rj. epeler, (write) Scrire, 

(is spelt) s'ecrit (ir. 175). 
spend, v.a.n. depenser, (time) passer. 
spirit, s. esprit, m. 
spite, s. depit, rn., malice, f . ; in — 

of, en depit de, malgre. 
splendid, adj. splendide, magnifique. 
spoil, v.a. corrompre (107*), gdter, 

ahimcr, detruire (ir. 172). 
spoon, s. cuiller, f . , (for salt or ice) 

peUe, f. 
spread, v.a. Stendre, (scatter, pub- 
lish) repandre (107). 
spring-, v.a.n. (leap) sender. 
spring, s. (season) printemps, m., 

(elastic body) ressort, m. ; in the 

— , au printemps. 
stair s. — s, pi., escalier, m. ; down 

— s, en has ; up — s, en liaut. 
stand, v.n. se tenir (debout) (ir. 187), 

(be placed) et re place, etre situe ; 

v.a. (bear) supporter. 
standard, s. drapeau, rn. 
star, s. etoile, f. 

start, v.n. (set out) partir (ir. 183). 
starve, v.n. mourir de fawn, (with 

cold) mourir defroid. 
state, s. Stat, in., condition, f. 
stay, v.n. Tester, demeurer. 
steal, v.a.n. voter. 
steam, s. vecpeur, f. 
steamer, steamship, s. "bateau a 

vapeur, m. 
steel, s. acier, m. 
step, s. pas, m. 
stick, s. baton, rn., canne, f. 
still, adj. calme, tranquille. 
still, adv. encore, (nevertheless) 

cependant. neanmoins. 
stocking, s. bas, m. 



stone, s. pierre, f. 

stop, v.a. arreter ; — v.n. s' arreter. 

store, s. provision, f., (warehouse, 

shop) magasin, m. 
storm, s. orage, in., tempete, f. 
story, s. Mstoire, 1, conte, m. 
strange, adj. Strange. 
stranger, s. Stranger, rn. 
street, s. rue, f. 
strength, s. force, f. 
strict, adj. strict, exact. 
strike, v.a.n. f rapper, (of clocks, 

etc.) sonner. 
string, s. (twine) ficelle, f . , (of shoes, 

etc.) cordon, m., (of nius. instrs.) 

corde, f. 
strong, adj. fort. 

studious, adj. studieux, atterdif [a). 
study, s. etude, f. 
study, v.a.n. etudier. 
stuff, s. (cloth) etoffe, f. 
style, s. style, gout, m. 
subject, s. svjet, m. 
sublime, adj. sublime. 
submission, s. soumission, f. 
submit, v.a.n. (se) soumettre el (ir. 

180). 
succeed, v.a.n. (follow) succeder (a), 

suivre, (be successful) reussir, 

panenir (ir. 135, 187). 
success, s. succes, rn. 
successively, adv. successivement. de 

suite (280). 
such, adj. tel (276), pareil, (these, 

those) ces ; (adverb. : thus) tel, 

ainsi, (so) si; — a one, un tel, 

m. , une telle, f. ; — a man, un 

tel liomme ; — as, tel que. 
suddenly, adv. subitement, tout d 

coup (286). 
suffer, v.a.n. souffrir (ir. 185), en- 

durer, (undergo) subir. 
suffice, v.n. svffire (el) (ir. 171, 343). 
sufficient, adj. svffisant, (adverb) 

assez ; to be — . svffire (a) (ir. 

171, 330, 343). 
sufficiently, adv. svffisamment, as- 
sez. 
sugre, s. sucre, rn. 
suit, v.a. convenir el (ir. 187). 
sum, s. somme. f. 



470 



VOCABULARY. 



summer, s. ele, m. 

sub, s. soleil, m. 

Sunday, s. dimanche, m. 

sup, v.n. souper ('on,' de, avec). 

superstition, s. superstition, f. 

supplicate, v.a.n. supplier. 

support, v.a. supporter, (help) ap- 
puyer, soutenir (ir. 187). 

suppose, v.a. supposer, (fancy) s' ima- 
gine?'. 

supposed, part, suppose (248). 

sure, adj. sur. 

sure, surely, adv. surement, mm- 
merit. 

surprise, s. surprise, f . 

surprising, adj. surprenant. 

surrender, v.a.n. (se) Tendre, livrer. 

surround, v.a. entourer. 

survive, v.a.n. survivre (a) (ir. 181). 

suspect, v.a.n. soupconner. 

suspend, v.a. suspendre. 

sustain, v.a. soutenir (ir. 187). 

Sweden, s. la Suede, f. 

sweet, adj. doux. 

swim, v.a.n. nager, (float) flotter. 

Switzerland, s. la Suisse, f. 

sword, s. epee, f. 

symbol, s. symbole, m. 



T. 



table, s. table, f . 

tailor, s. tailleur, m. 

take, v.a. prendre (ir. 180), (bring 
with oneself, and without carry- 
ing) conduire (ir. 172), mener 
(96), (by carrying) porter, (off, 
away) emmener (96), emporter, 
enlever (96), oter, (a prize) rem- 
porter, (hire) louer ; — ■ up, pren- 
dre (ir. 180), (pick. up) ramasser; 

— from, depouiller (jusqii'a) ; 

— charge of, se charger de ; — 
part in, se meter ; — off, oter. 

talent, s. talent, m. 
talk, v.n. parler, causer (' about,' 
' over,' de). 



talk, s. conversation, f. 

tart, s. tourt-e, tarte, f . 

task, s. tdclie, (of schools) devoir, m. 

taste, v.a.n. gouter. 

taste, s. gout, m. 

tasteful, adj. de bon gout. 

tea, s. the, m. ; cup, s. tasse a 

the, f. 

teach, v.a. enseigner, apprendre 
(a) (ir. 181). 

teacher, s. malire, m., -sse, f., pro- 
fesseur, m. 

tear, s. larme, f. ; — s, pi. larrncs, 
f . pi., pleurs, m. pi. ; to burst into 
— , fondre en larmes. 

tear, v.a. dec-hirer. 

tedious, adj. ennuyeux. 

Telemachus, s. Telemaque, m. 

tell, v.a.n. dire (a) (ir. 172), (re- 
late) raconter, (inform) appren- 
dre (ir. 181), informer (de) ; I 
cannot — , je ne sals pas, je ne 
saurais vous dire. 

temper, s. caractere, m.; oat of — , 
de mauvaise humeur ; to lose o.'s 
— , to get out of — , s" emporter, 
se fdcher. 

temperate, adj. sobre, modere. 

ten, adj. s. dix, m. 

tend, v.a.n. garder, avoir soin de ; 
— v.n. tendre (a). 

tender, adj. tendre (83). 

tenth, adj. dixieme, dix. 

term, s. terme, m., condition, f., 
(charge) prix, m. 

terminate, v. a. n. terminer, finirtyar). 

terrible, adj. terrible. 

than, adv. que (86), de (2S7), que 
. . . ne (293). 

thank, v. a. remercier (de) ; — you ! 
mercif 

thanks, s. remerclments, m. pi., 
(owing to) grace (a) ; — ! mercif 

thankful, adj. reconnaissant ('for,' 
de). 

that, pron. dem. ce, cet, m., cette, f., 
ce . . . -Id, cet . . . -Id, cette . . . -Id 
(62), celui, m., celle, I., (that one) 
celui-ld, m., celle-ld, f. (119), (that 
thing) cdu, ca, m. (120), (it, so) 
le ; — which (what) cc qui (uom.), 



VOCABULARY. 



471 



ce que (obj.) or ce qu? (120, 126), 

(that is- to say) c 1 ' est-d-dire (808). 
that, pron. relat. V. who, whom, 

and which. 
that (conj., 163 ; with indicative, 

308; with subj., 825) que, (in 

order that) afin que (333), pour 

que. que (310). 
the, art. (28, 34, 218, 221) le, m„ 

la, f ., les, pi. 
theatre, s. theatre, m. 
thee, pron. pers. toi (110), te (114). 
their, pron. poss. leur, leurs (64, 

241). 
theirs, pron. poss. (125) le leur, la 

leur, les leurs. 
them, pers. pron. eux, m. , dies, f. 

(110), (obj. of a verb) les, (to 

them) leur (114) ; at — , by — , for 

— (of things) y, en (120). 
theme, s. t/ieme, sujet, m. 
themselves, pron. (Ill, 257) eux- 
' memes, eUes-memes, eux, dies, (in a 

reflect, verb) se (138). 
then, adv. (at that time, in that 

case) alors, (afterwards) ensuite, 

puis, (therefore) done ; since — , 

depuis ee temps-Id, depuis. 
there, adv. (place not mentioned 

before) la, y, (place mentioned 

before) y, (emphatically) Id ; — 

he or she is (or goes) le or la voild; 

■ — they are, les voild ; — is or are, 

V. be. 
these, pi. of this (V. this), pron. 

dem. (62) ces, ces . . . -ci, ceux-ci, 

celles-ci (il-y-a, 147). 
Theseus, s. Thesee, m. 
they, pron. Us, m., elles, f. (114), 

eux, m., elles, f. (110), (those) 

ceux, m., celles, f. (119), (people, 

anyone) on (119, 274). 
thick, adj. (252) epais, d'epaisseur. 
thief, s. voleur, m. 
thine, pron. poss. (125) le tien, la 

tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, a toi, 

de toi. V. mine, 
think, v.a.n. p'enser, (believe) croire 

(que) (ir. 177, 327). . 
third, adj. troisieme, trois. 
thirst, s. soif, i. 



thirsty, adj. ; to be or feel — , avoir 
soif. 

thirteen, adj. treize. 

thirty, adj. trente. 

this, pron. dem. ce, eet, in., cette, f., 
ce . . . -ci, cet . . . -ci, cette . . . -ci 
(62), (this one) celui-ci, m., celle- 
ci, f. (119). (this thing) ceci, cela, 
ce (120). V. that. 

those, pi. of that ( V. that), pron. 
dem. (62) ces, ces . . . -Id, ccux, 
celles, ceux-ld, celles-ld ; — are, 
ce sont, ce sont Id, wild. 

thou, pron. tu (114), toi (110). 

though, conj. (163, 333) quoique, 
lien que; quelque . . . que (281). 

thought, s. pensee, f . 

thoughtless, adj. insouciant. 

thousand, adj. (68) mille, (of the 
date) mil. 

thread, s. fd, m. 

threaten, v. a. menacer. 

three, adj. trois. 

throat, s. gorge, f. ; a sore — , an 
mal de gorge (230), mal a la gorge 
(52). 

through, prep, d travers, par, (in 
the middle, in) dans, (by means 
of) par. 

throughout, prep. d\m bout dV autre. 

throw, v.a. jeter (96) ; — off, jeter d 
bas. 

thunder, v.a.n. tonner. 

thunder, s. tonnerre, m. ; — -storm, 
s. orage, m. 

Thursday, s.jeudi, m. 

thus, adv. ainsi. 

thy, pron. poss. (65) ton, ta, tes. 

thyself, pron. (Ill) toi-meme, toi, 
(in a reflect, verb, 138) te, toi. 

tile, s. Utile, f. 

till, prep. conj. V. until. 

time, s. temps, m. , (of the clock) 
heure. f . , (with regard to repeti- 
tion, 160)/«9i.s, f. ; a long — , long- 
temps; at one — (at once, 
formerly) autrefois, tout dhin 
coup (286) ; at the same — , en 
mime temps; at — s, parfois, 
quelques fois; in good — , a 
temps ; it is — , il est temps (330). 



472 



VOCABULARY. 



timely, adv. apropos. 

timid, adj. timide. 

tire, v.a.n. (se) fatiguer. 

to, (particle used before an infini- 
tive) a (347) de (342), (in order 
to) pour (354), afm de ; (some- 
times untranslated). 

to, prep, a (435, 232, 250), en (236), 
(into) en, (towards, of behavior, 
with regard to, 250, 299) envers, 
(towards, of direction) vers (299), 
(as far as, till) jusqiCa, (about, 
244) vers, (of the hour, 72, 244) 
moins. 

to-day, adv. aujourdliui. 

together, adv. ensemble. 

tolerably, adv. passablement, assez. 

to-morrow, adv. demain ; the day 
after — , apres demain. 

ton, s. tonne, f. 

too, adv. trop, (also) aussi, deplus. 

tooth, s. dent, f . ; ache, s. mal 

de dent, m. (230), mal aux dents 
(52). 

touch, v.a.n. toucher {a). 

towards, adv. (250, 299) vers, en- 
ters, pour. 

towel, s. essuie-mains, in. 

town, s. ville, f . ; in — , en ville. 

tradesman, s. mardiand, m. 

traduce, v. a. V. slander. 

train, s. (rail) train, m. 

tranquillity, s. tranquillite, f. 

translate, v. a. traduire (ir. 172). 

translation, s. traduction, version, f. 

travel, v.n. voyager. 

traveller, s. voyageur, m. 

treasure, s. tresor, m. 

treat, v.a.n. traiter, regaler, ('with,' 
'to,' de). 

treatment, s. traitement, m. 

tree, s. arbre, m. 

tremble, v.n. trembler. 

tribute, s. tribut, m. 

triumph, v.n. triompher (de). 

troop, s. troupe, f. 

trouble, v. a. troubler, tourmenter ; 
to — oneself, se deranger, (be 
uneasy about) sHnquieter (de). 

trouble, s. trouble, m., (affliction) 
peine, f., (annoyance) ennui, m. 



Troy, s. Troie, f. 

true, adj. vrai. 

truly, adv. vraiment, sincercment. 

trunk, s. malle, f., coffre, m., (of ele- 
phants, insects) trompe, f. 

trust, v.a.n. (rely on) sejter «, avoir 
conjlance en, (in trust) confier a. 

trusty, adj. fidele, constant. 

truth, s. verite, f. 

truthful, adj. vrai. 

truthfulness, s. veracite, f., verite, f. 

try, v.a.n. essay er, (test) eprouver, 
(endeavor) tdcher (de), (tire) fa- 
tiguer. 

Tuesday, s. mardi, m. 

tumult, s. tumult e, m. 

turn, v.a.n. tourner, (change) 
changer, convertir (en), (direction) 
(se) dinger or tourner (vers), 
(move toward) se dinger (vers). 

turn, s. tour, m., (service) service, 
m. ; by — s, in — , tour a tour. 

tutor, s. precepteur, mavtre, m. 

twelfth, adj. douzieme, douze. 

twelve, adj. s. douze; — o'clock 
(noon) midi, m. , (midnight) mi- 
nuit, m. 

twenty, adj. (67) vingt. 

twitter, s. gazouillement, m. 

two, adj. deux. 

tyrant, s. tyrani, m. 

Tyre, s. Tyr, f. 

Tyrian, s. Tyrien, m. 

Tyrolese, s. adj. Tyroiian, adj. 
Tyrolien, m., -ne,f. 



u. 



ugly, adj. laid, vihiin. 
umbrella, s. parapluie, m. 
unable, adj. incapable (de). 
unanswerable, adj. sans repligue. 
uncertain, adj. s. incertain, m. 
uncle, s. oncle, m. 

uncomfortable, adj. gene, maid son 
aise, (things) incommode. 



VOCABULARY. 



473 



uncommon, adj. rare, extraordi- 
naire. 
under, prep. adv. sous, dessous, au- 

dessous de. 
undergo, v. a. subir, eprouver. 
understand, v.a.n. comprendre (ir. 

181), (suppose, to mean) entendre, 

(know) s" 1 entendre d or en. 
undertake, v.a.n. entreprendre (ir. 

181), se charger de, s* engager (d). 
undoubtedly, adv. sans doute. 
unexpectedly, adv. tout dhen coup 

(280). 
unfit, adj. pen propre (a), more — 

(371) moins convenable, inepte. 
unfortunate, adj. s. infortune, mal- 

heureux. 
unfortunately, adv. malheureuse- 

ment. 
ungrateful, adj. ingrat. 
unhappy, adj. malheureux. 
unheard, adj. — of, inoui. 
unite, v.a. unir. 

United States, s. Etats-Unis, m. pi. 
universal, adj. s. universel. 
universe, s. univers, m. 
unjust, adj. injuste. 
unjustly, adv. injustement, mal. 
unknown, adj. inconnu (el). 
unless, conj. a moins que (292, 333), 

(with the subj. and ne) que . . . 

ne (310), d moms de, (before an 

inf.), excepts, sinon. 
unlikely, adj. invraisemblable. 
unmerited, adj. immerite. 
unpleasant, unpleasing, adj. desa- 

greable. 
until, prep, jusqu'd, j usque. 
until, conj. jusqu'd ce que (310, 

333, 334). 
up, adj. leve. 
up, adv. en limit, (standing) debovt, 

(out of bed) leve. 
up, prep, en haut de. 
upon, prep. V. on. 
us, pron. nous (110). 
use, v.a. (377) user de, (employ) se 

servir de (ir. 183), employer; — 

v.n. (pers.) a coir coutume (de). 
use, s. usage, m. ; for the — of, a 

Vusage de; to be of — , servir (ir. 



183) or etre utile (a) ; to make — 
of, se servir (ir. 183), user (377). 

useful, adj. utile. 

useless, adj. inutile. 

usual, adj. usuel. 

usually, adv. ordinairement. 



V. 



vain, adj. vain; in — , en vain; to 

be in — , avoir beau. 

valley, s. vallee, f. 

valuable, adj. precieux. 

value, s. valeur, f. 

variety, s. variete, f., bien des. 

various, adj. different. 

vegetable, s. legume, m. 

verb, s. verbe, m. 

verse, s. vers, m. 

very, adj. meme, (only) seul; the — 
thing, la chose meme. 

very, adv. (286) tres, fort. Men. 

vessel, s. vaisseau, m. V. ship. 

vice, s. vice, m. 

vicinity, s. voisinage, m., environs, 
m. pi. 

victory, s. victoire, f . 

Vienna, s. Vienne, f. 

view, s. vue, f., coup d'ceil, m. , in- 
tention, f., (opinion) idee. 

vigor, s. vigueur, force, f. 

village, s. village, m. 

vine, s. vigne, f. 

vinegar, s. vinaigre, m. 

violet, s. violette, f. 

violin, s. violon, f . 

virtue, s. vertu, f. 

virtuous, adj. vertueux. 

visit, v.a. visiter ; — v.n. fair e des 
visites. 

visit, s. visile, f . ; on a — , en visif.e 
(chez). 

voice, s. voix, f. 

volume, s. volume, tome re. 

vote, s. vote, m., voix, f. 

vow, s. vceu, m. 

vowel, s. voyelle, f . 



474 



VOCABULARY. 



w. 

wait, v.a.n. attentive (107), (at 

table, etc.) servir (ir. 185). 
waiter, s. gar con, m. 
wake, v.a.n. V. awake, 
walk, v.a.n. marcher, (go on foot) 

aller a pied, (come on foot) nenir 

d pied, (take a walk) se promener. 
walk, s. marche, f . , (for pleasure) 

promenade, f., (path) cdlee ; to go, 

to take a — , aller (ir. 194), fazre 

tine promenade. 
wall, s. mur, m. 
walnut, s. noix, f . 
want, v.a. avoir besoin de, falloir 

(ir. 148, 190), (be destitute) man- 

quer de, (wish) vouloir (ir. 191), 

desirer. 
want, s. manque, (need) besoin, m. ; 

for — of, j ante de. 
war, s. guerre, f. 
warm, adj. chaud ; to be — (51), 

a-yew chaud. 
warm, v.a.n. chauffer, s'echauffev. 
warn, v.a. averiir (de). 
wasp, s. guepe, f. 
waste, v.a.n. (lose) perdre. 
watch, v.a. xeiller [sur). 
watch, s. (time-piece) montre, f., 

(at night) veille, f . , (guard) garde, 

i. ; to .keep a strict — , veiller 

avec soin {sur) ; maker, s. hor- 

loger, m. 
water, s. eau, f. 
water, v.a. arroser. 
way, s. chemin, m., route, f., vote, 

f., (direction, side) cote, m., 

(means) moyen, m. ; which — ? 

cfe quel cote? par out this — , 

par-ci ; that — , par -id. 
we, pron. nous (110, 114, 255), 

(anyone) on. 
weak, adj. /a^te, riMe (129, 274). 
weakness, s. .faiblesse. 
wealth, s. richesse, f., richesscs, f. 

pi., bicns, m. pi. 
wear, v.a. user (377), (have on) 

porter. 
wear, s. wser. 



weather, s. temps, m. ; how is the 
— ? quel temps.fait-il ? 

Wednesday, s. merer edi, m. 

week, s. semaine, f., huit jours \ m. 
pi. ; this day — , d'avjourdlud en 
hint ; yesterday — , il y eu hier 
huit jours. 

weep, v.a.n. pleuvev ; to — bitterly, 
(359) fondre en larmes. 

welfare, s. bien-etre, m. 

well, adj. bien, bon, bien portant ; 
to be — , se porter bien. 

well, adv. bien. 

West, s. ouest, Occident, m. 

west, adj. de Vouest, ouest, occiden- 
tal. 

West Indies, les Indes occidentales. 

Western, adj. V. west. 

wet, adj. mouille. 

what, pron. rel. adj. que, quoi (122, 
265, 270), qiCest-ce qui, qiCe&t-ce 
que (264), quel, m", quelle, f., 
quels, m.pL, quelles, f. pi. (62), (ex- 
clam.) quel . . . que (307), ce qui, ce 
que (126, 270), (that of which, 
what . . . of ) ce dont, (as) comme, 
(how much) combien. 

whatever, pron. rel. (76, 282, 283) 
tout ce qui, tout ce que, quelque, 
quelconque, quoi que ce soit, quoi 
que, (when used adjectively) quel 
que, quelle que, quels que, quelles 
que, tout ce qui, tout ce que 
(280). 

when, adv. (286, 309) quand lorsque, 
(used for in or on or at which) 
que oil, (after ' scarcely ' or ' hard- 
ly,' 308) que, (and — (309) et que. 

whence, adv. d'oil. 

whenever, adv. toutes lesfois que. 

where, adv. oil; any — , parlout ; 
from — , d'oil. 

whereas, adv. teindis que. 

whether, conj. (310) soit que, que, 
(with the subj. ) soit, (if) si. 

which, pron. rel, adj. (122, 125, 
263, 267) qui (nom.), que (obj.), 
(alter a prep.) Icquel, m., laquelle, 
1, lesquels, m. pi., lesquelles, f. pi., 
(which one) Icquel, m., (the one 
which) celui (m. ) or celle (f . ) que, 



VOCABULARY. 



475 






(used f©r 'what,' before a noun) 
quel, quelle, quels, quelles ; of or 
from — , dont, duquel, etc. ; to — , 
auquel, d laquelle (mi, 270). 

whichever, whichsoever, prOn. le- 
quel, laquelle, ksquels, lesquelles, 
quelque . . . que. 

while, s. temps, instant; a little — 
ago. tantot (286). 

while, adv. pendant que, tandls que. 

whisper s. ; in a — , tout bas. 

white, adj. s. Mane, m. 

whither, adv. oil. 

who, pron. rel. (122, 125, 264, 267, 
270) qui. 

whoever, pron. rel. (282) quiconque, 
qui que ce soit, qui. 

whole, adj. entier, tout (76, 280), 
the — town, toute la mde. 

wholesome, adj. sain, salutaire. 

whom, pron. rel. (125. 264, 268) que, 
(after a prep.) qui,kquel, laquelle, 
lesquels, lesquelles; (what person) 
qui ; of or from — , de qui, dont. 

whose, pron. rel. (123, 264, 268) 
(followed by a noun nom. of the 
verb) dont le (la, f., les, pi.), (fol- 
lowed by a noun obj. of the verb) 
dont ; — book is this ? d qui est ce 
Ymre. 

whosoever. V. whoever. 

why, adv. pourquoi, (for which) 
pour lequel or laquelle; — conj. 
mais ; — not? pourquoi pas, que 
. . . ne (292, 307). 

wicked, adj. mediant. 

wide, adj. (252, 302) large, de lar- 
geur. 

width, s. largeur, f. 

wife, s. femme, f . 

will, v.a. wuloir (ir. 191), ordonner 
(327). 

will, v.n. auxil. vouloir (ir. 191). 
V. also p. 54, 90, 201. 

will, s. volonte, f. , testament, m. ; 
good , bienveiUance, f. 

William, s. Guillaume, m. 

willing, adj. dispose (a), pret (a) ; 
to be — , vouloir (ir. 191). 

willingly, adv. tolontiers. 

win, v.a.n. gagner. 



wind, s. vent, m. 

window, s. fenetre, croisee, t, 

wine, s. vin, m. 

wing, s. aile, f. 

winter, s. hiver, m. 

wipe, v.a. essuyer (97). 

wisdom, s. sagesse, f. 

wise, adj. sage. 

wish, v.a.n. desirer (327), wuloir 
(ir. 191), souhaiter ; I — (197), 
je voudrais. 

wish, s. de.sir, souliait, m. 

wit, s. esprit, m. 

with, prep. (305) avee. (by) par, d 
(250), (from, of) de (250), (in) en, 
dans, (among) cliez, (in the esti- 
mation or eyes of) aupres de, de- 
vant, (cook, done in, mixed with) 
an, m., d la, f., aux, pi. 

within, prep, dans, en. 

within, adv. en dedans, dedans, (at 
home) d la mai-son, chez soi. 

without, prep, sans (300) ; — conj. 
(with the subj.) sans que, a mains 
que, que . . . ne (310, 333). 

woman, s. femme, f . 

wonder, s. merveille, f. 

wonderful, adj. merveilleux. 

wood, s. hois, m. 

wooden, adj. de hois. 

wool, s. laine, f. 

word, s. (as a mere sign printed, 
written, or even pronounced) 
mot, m., (of utterance only) 
parole, f., (form of expression) 
ierme, m., (assurance, promise, 
pledge) parole, f. ; to keep o.'s 
— , tenir parole or sa parole. 

work, v.a.n. travailler. 

work, s. travail, m., (thing done or 
to be done) ouvrage, (literary or 
artistic production) ceuvre, f. 

world, s. monde, m. 

worse, adj. plus mauvais, pire. 

worst, adj. le pire, le plus mauvais. 

worth, adj. qui vaut ; to be — , 
valoir {ii: 191). 

worthy, adj. digne (de), Irate (83). 

would (sign of the conditional). V. 
p. 54, 90, 201, 235. 

wound, v.a. blesscr. 



47G 



VOCABULARY. 



wound, s. blessure, f., coup, in. 

wretched, adj. miserable. 

wrist, s. poignet, m. 

write, v.a.n. ecrire (ir. 175). 

writing, s. ecriture, f. ; master, 

maUre d 1 ecriture, m. 
wrong, adj. /aw#, maZ; to be — 

(pers.) avoir tort (de). 
wrong, s. mal, m., injustice, f., 

tort, m. ; to be in the — , avoir 

tort. 
wrong, v.a. faire tort d. 



Y. 



yard, s. cour, f., (measure) metre, m. 

year, s. annee, f . , an, m. ; last — , 
V annee dernier e or passee ; next 
■ — , Vannee prochaine; new — , 
nouvelle annee, nouvel an; New 
— 's Day, jour de Van, m. ; New 
■ — 's gift, etrennes, f. pi. ; to wish 
a happy New — , souhaiter la 
bonne annee. 

yellow, adj. s.jaune, m. 

yes, adv. oui, si (201), que oui, que 
si (308). 

yesterday, adv. liier ; the day be- 
fore — , avant d'hier. 

yet, conj. cependant, que . . . ne 
(310). 



yet, adv. encore. 

yield, v.a.n. ceder (a). 

yonder, adj. ce, cet, cette, ces, ce . . . 
Id, etc. ; adv. la-bas. 

you, pron. (110, 114) vous. 

young, adj. jeune ; — men, — peo- 
ple, jeunes gens, m. pi., la jeun- 
esse, f. 

younger, adj. plus jeune. 

your, pron. poss. (64, 65) voire, 

DOS, pi. 

yours, pron. poss. (125) le voire, la 
wire, les votres, (pron. pers.) a 
vous, de vous ; a friend of — , tin 
de vos amis ; — truly, sincerely, 
or faithfully, tout a vous, voire 
tout devoue. 

yourself, pron. (Ill) vous-meme, 
(in a reflect, verb, 138) vous. 

yourselves, pron. (Ill) vons-memes, 
(in a reflect, verb, 138) vous. 

youth, s. jeunesse, f., (lad) jeum 
Jiomme, m. 



zeal, s. zele, m. 
zealously, adv. avec zei 
zero, s. zero, m. 
zone, s. zone, f. 



~*^p<?>V«-&~rT>-& /X 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: August 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
{724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 120 818 A 



Wm 


wwKm 


@ : " 


$*$$' 


W&B& 


mi 


tiffflfii 


5# 


Krv^- 


M 


V -?MKsil 


1 


<3?fSI 


tiW 


BRjH 




m 


Hr 








^TjKftKr 







lalWHllll. 

ishhbi 

' . H I ? I : H I ,* H : J 'it' 

ran ^9n^vi 






— ■__ 



